ZO OG.) —rp Rw-Cibso ni ny ONS aN nal i a, Tae an + Aa? THE CANADIAN RECORD OF SCIENCE INCLUDING THE PROCEEDINGS OF THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF MONTREAL, AND REPLACING ite eA NeUDIAN NA TURAL TST: VOL. IV, (890-1891) LIBRARY NEW y O BOTANICA) GARDEN | MONTREAL: PUBLISHED BY THE NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY. 1891. . ha 4 a) Ae NY Academy Ct setences EDITING COMMITTEE. EDITOR : F. D. Apams, M. A. Se. ASSOCIATE EDITORS: G. F. Matruew, St. John, N.B. Dr. T. Westry Miits. J. F. Wutreaves, Ottawa. Rev. R. Camrse tz, D. D. CONTENTS OF VOLUME IV On New Plants from the Hrian and Carboniferous, and on the Characters and Affinities of Palzeozoic Gymnosperms. Sim J. W. Dawson, LL.D .......- On an Expedition down the Beghula or Anderson River. R, MacFaruane. With Introductory iyge ra Ge MEBIBANYSON: es oeccdscces ss S.b eres essesee: The Flora of Cap 4a L’Aigle, P.Q. Rev. Ropert Proceedings of the Natural History Society............ IBOO eS INVOICES chaser Mose: Seaceennr coat ere SCE een eer rea eee ee INOS se Gee Se cccosaede ae ssoce conte nen ocean eee eee Some Temperaturex in the Great Lakes and St. Law- REMC CM pAC Ee UMMON D +)cnevs sea. sesecsn 2 o¢-csesees “Note of a Fossil Fish and Marine Worm found in the Pleistocene Modules of Green’s Creek on the OLA AASB RIV DIDASWISONE ccteicdarenvetelecccaceses A New Botanical Laboratory. Prorzssor D. P. IPDS TE CATE ONT 6 bo bS > OOH aR EDO EN EA Ee oes ane Ieee ane ee Notes on Géthite, Serpentine, Garnet and other Cana- dian Minerals. Dr. B. J. Harrinerton............. Scolecite from a Canadian Locality. J.T. Donan, AUS enat Craters iejelaviieis oc Gemcmardenedasacbia eens sey Notes on Asbestus and some Associated Minerals. J. SL ONAN IIA Ron tio seem ant lat dokci seetsavcwctaas es The Lower Helderberg Formation of St. Helen’s Telandes Winn Drnks, MA... ....0.cctscce ccs eue Notes on a Bird new to the Province of Quebec. F. 1B. CUNT: TTUTAILAD) Speak Bette coh oe Ree eEe ae eee ae Charles Frederick Hartt. G. F. Marruew............... PAGE 1V Canadian Record of Science. rons eae OUIGen Naeeeee secan ATS Proceedings of the Natural History Society............ 479 Proceedings of the Microscopical Society ............0... 481 THE CAA Drawn RECORD OF SCIENCE. fe 4 es i “== OF soqt VOL. IV. JANUARY, 1890. NO. T’iweer On NEw PLANTS FROM THE ERIAN AND CARBONIF- EROUS, AND ON THE CHARACTERS AND AFFINITIES OF PALAOZOIC GYMNOSPERMS. By Sir J. Wriu1am Dawson, L.L.D., F.R.S. In Paleo-botany it often happens that some specimen recently discovered upens up a multitude of new questions respecting former acquisitions. A noteworthy instance of this in my recent experience, has been the kind communica- tion to me by Mr. R. D Lacoe of Pittston, Pennsylvania, of some specimens of Palssozoic Gymnosperms obtained by him in the Catskill and Carboniferous of Pennsylvania. One of these is a large slab containing a leafy and fruit-bearing branch or stem of a new plant allied to Cordaitez on the one hand and to Neeggerathie on the other, and remarkable for its exhibiting in connection parts usually found separ- ately. Another isa set of specimens of certain peculiar organs of fructification referred by Huropean paleo-botanists to the genus Dolerophyllum, allied to Neggerathia, and which have not, so far as I am aware, been previously found in America, About the sametime Mr. Francis Bain, of North River, Prince Edward Island, had placed in my hands some 2 Canadian Record of Science. yery interesting examples of the stems known as Tyloden- dron, which occur not infrequently in the Permian of that Island, and of which he has found the leaves and probably the fruit along with stems shewing markings and struc- ture. iis le Dictyo-cordaites, Lacoi—much reduced; (a) venation of leaf nat. size; (b) seed and bract, enlarged. A short notice of Mr. Lacoe’s remarkable specimen was sent at once to the American Journal of Science,' but the 1 July, 1889. New Plants from the Erian and Curboniferous. 3 questions raised by this and the other specimens demanded a more detailed investigation; and I now wish to base on this, and the other specimens above referred to, some gene- ral remarks on our present knowledge of Paleozoic Gymnosperms, and more especially on those of North America. Mr. Lacoe’s large specimen, for which I have proposed the generic name Dictyo-cordaites in reference to its peculiar netted venation, may be described as follows! :— Dioryo-corparres Lacor, Dawson. (Fig. 1) / ‘ ° ° ° ° The specimen is a branch or small stem 24cm. in diameter and 46 cm. in total length. It is flattened and pyritised, and shows, under the microscope, only obscure indications of the minute structure, which would seem to have consisted of a pith surrounded by a fibrous envelope and a bark of no great thickness. It would appear, therefore, to be exogenous with a thin woody cylinder and large pith. Thestem shows portions of about 15 leaves, which have been at least 16 cm. long and 3 to 4. cm. broad. They arespirally arranged and are decurrent, apparently by a broad base, on the stem. Their distal extremities are seen in a few cases, but in all seem injured by mechanical abrasion or decay. It seems most probable that they were truncate and uneven at their extremities. The stem is terminated by a cluster or com- pound corymb of spikes of which 20 are seen. They are slender, but seem to have been stiff and woody, and the lar- gest are about 15 cm. in length. The peduncles are knot- ted and wavy in outline, as if dry and woody in texture when recent. In this they differ from most of the ordinary Antholites, but agree with my A. Devonicus,’ and also with A. rhabdocarpi of the Carboniferous’ which they resemble in the form and arrangement of the fruit. They have short 1 T am indebted to Professor Penhallow, of McGill University, for his kind aid in the study of the specimen. 2 Fossil Plants of Devonian and Upper Silurian, 1871, Plate XTX. ’ Journal London Geological Society, 1867, Plate VII. 4 Canadian Record of Science. pointed bracts, and some of them bear oval fruits, but only a few of these remain, the greater part of them having ap- parently fallen off before the plant was fossilized. There may have been about 50 to 100 seeds or fruits on each peduncle, and they seem to have been spirally arranged. So far the characters do not differ from those of the genus Cordaites, except that in those plants the spikes of fructification are more usually lateral than terminal. Grand ’Kury, however, figures' one form of Cordaicladus in which they are ter- minal. The most remarkable peculiarity, however, appears in the leaves, which instead of having the veins parallel, have them forking at a very acute angle, and slightly netted by the spreading branches of the veins uniting with the others near them. ‘This allies the leaves with those of the pro- visional genus Neeggerathia, some of which have this pecu- liarity, as also certain modern Cycads of the genus Zamia, which Professor Penhallow has kindly pointed out to me. Leaves with forking veins and even anastomosing to a certain extent, are also known in certain fossils of the genera Otoza- mitesand Neggerathiopsis, &c., which are referred to Cycads, and the modern Cycadaceous genus Stangeria has forking veins. The present plant would seem to bea form of Cordaitez, tending to Neggerathia, which most paleo-botanists believe to have been a gymnospermous genus allied to Cordaites. The affinities however, so far as can be judged, are nearer to the latter; and following the example of Grand ’Eury in his nomenclature of the genera, I would propose the name Dictyo-cordaites for the present genus, and the specific name Lacoi, in honor of its discoverer. I may add here that the general aspect of this plant must have been so near to that of a Carboniferous species of Cordaites, as restored many years ago in my Acadian geology,” that I reproduce the figure here, * Flore Carboniferce, Pl. XXV, Fig. 4. * Second Kdition, 1868, Page 458, figure 172. 5 New Plants fromthe Erian and Carboniferous. Stem, f ) (5) section o es of Diplotegium, an allied type B. Markin (from Acadian Geology.) (2) leaf, (3, 4) base and point of leaf, Fig. 2. Restoration of Cordaites borassifolia. (1 stem. 6 Canadian Record of Science. The specimen thus invites a comparison with the families of Cordaitee and Negerrathie in connection with allied genera and with a number of discoveries made in recent years with reference to the Gymnosperms of the Pale- ozoic. Mr. Lacoe’s specimen is flattened out on a slab of grey sandstone, and was collected by him in the Lower Catskill (Upper Devonian) of Meshoppen, Wyoming Co., Pennsyl vania. Mr. Lacoe informs me that it is there associated with Archeopteris minor and A. major, Lesqx., and in neigh- bouring quarries half a mile distant and about fifty feet higher in the series, there are different species of Archzop- teris, including one identified with A. Hibernicus, and a stro- bile apparently of Lycopodites Richardsoni, a form character- istic of the Upper Devonian of Perry in Maine. These beds have also afforded to Prof. White a species of Spirifer, and the Stylonurus excelsior of Hall. I may add that I described, some years ago,’ under the name WMeggerathia Gilboensis, a specimen from the collection of Mr. Lockwood of Gilboa, New York, and from the Cheming group, which was kindly communicated to me by Prof. Hall. It differs from the present species in the form of the leaves and also in the veins being simple and appar- ently of two orders. Its characters are as follows: —“ Leaf rhombic-obovate, with a broad base. Nerves or radiating plice nine in number, not forked, and with fine strie between them. eneih 37; inches. Breadth 24 inches. It seems to have been bent in a eondiaiicats manner, and clasp- ing or decurrent, on astem or branch. The form tends to that of Dolerophyllum, though the species has been referred to Meggerathia.” I may also add that the only undoubted Devonian Cordai- tes previously in my collections, is C. Robbii from the middle Devonian of St. John, New Brunswick. This is a long and broad parallel-sided leaf, pointed at the extremity, and clasp- ing at the base, with parallel veins, and nearly akin to C. borassifolia of the Carboniferous. With it are found species - * Quarterly Journal Geological Society, 1871. DULG New Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous. 7 bo of Antholithes, and of Cardiocarpon, which may have belonged toit.’ It would thus seem thatso far as now known in America the typical Cordaites had precedence of the Neggerathia, and of Dictyocordaites. My narrow-leaved species C. angustifolia is equally ancient with C. Robbii, but is of doubtful affinities. DoLEROPHYLLUM, Saporta. This genus was established by Saporta for certain densely leaved plants, having rounded leaves with radiating nerves and closely arranged in a spiral manner on the stem. The male inflorescence of these plants consists of a central disk, with cavities for the pollen, and surrounded with radiating fibres, while the seed is of large size. and longitudinally striated, being the fruit usually known as Rhabdocarpus. It is likely that in America we have usually placed the leaves with ferns, as species of Cyclopteris. The fruits are known and have been described as Rhabdocarpi. One species, my Fh. insignis from Nova Scotia, is an inch and a half in length. Another, A. oblongatus of Fontaine, from Virginia, is nearly as large. Mr. Lacoe has found separate- ly what is regarded as the male organ of fructification. One of his specimens is a nodule of clay ironstone from Illinois, and exhibits merely the central disk. Two others are flat- tened in shale and are from the Carboniferous of Pennsylva- nia. They are of different sizes, but may be of the same species. ‘The larger of the two has a disk three quarters of an inch in diameter, and marked with pits and ridges in an irregularly radiating manner, while the border of radiating fibres is about half an inch in breadth, giving a total diameter of an inch and three quarters. If we put together the leaves of some of the larger specias of Cyclopteris, the fruit of Rhabdocarpus, and these singular disks, we shall have all the principal parts of Dolerophyllum as restored by Saporta from actual specimens found in the 1 Report on Devonian Plants of Canada, 1871. 8 Canadian Record of Science. coal measures of France.’ I have not in my own collections any specimens proving this collocation of parts, but give it here on the authority of the French palzo-botanist. The structure of the stem of Dolerophyllum does not appear to be known, but its affinities would seem to be Cycadean, and the organs of fructification above described have some re- semblance to the remarkable Carpolithes horridus of our Cre- taceous of the North-west.2 The species collected by Mr. Lacoe so closely resembles D. Gospperti of Saporta, that I hesitate to give it a specific name. It may, however, be distinguished by its longer marginal rays and larger pits on the disk, and may be provisionally named D. Pennsyl- vanicum. TYLODENDRON, Weiss. A very important class of fossils in connection with the subject of this paper is that included in the genus Tylodendron of Weiss, which are more characteristic of the upper than the lower members of the later Paleozoic. They are, how- ever, closely allied to some of the forms included in the genus Knorria, which goes back to the Devonian. These stems are characterised by elongated ridges spirally arranged, and with a slight groove at one end. Some speci mens also show distinct swellings or nodes of larger scars as if giving origin to whorls of smaller branches. They are most frequently sandstone casts, and the surface markings are not those of a true exterior surface, but of an inner cylin- der showing the points of exit of bundles of fibres or ves- sels. These stems have received several names. They constitute the genera Schizodendron and Angiodendron of Richwald, and the Lepidodendron elongatum of Brongniart is is apparently of this nature. It is difficult to distinguish them into good species, and the 7’. speciosum of Weiss covers most of the forms. Weiss has described the structure of the stem as consisting of a cellular pith surrounded with a 1 Evolution des Plantes, Pheenogames, p. 75. * Trans. R. Socy. of Canada, Vol. I, p. 21, Pl. I., Fig. 3. New Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous. 9 cylinder of porous discigerous fibres, with three rows of contiguous pores, and radially arranged. This is of course near to Dadoxylon. 'The stem and fruit have not hitherto been recognised in Europe. . These plants were first recognised in Prince Edward Island by the writer in 1870, and published in his report on the geology of the Island in 1871, under the generic name of Knorria. They are there stated to “ resemble very closely the Permian stems to which Hichwald has given the name Schizodendron.” They are also stated to show traces of woody tissue allied to that of Conifers, and are conjectured to have been branches of trees allied to that family. In that Report they are said to occur in the Permo-Carbonif- erous of Gallas Point, and also in beds referred to the Trias. Additional specimens were subsequently collected by Mr. Bain of North River, Prince Edward Island, and were sent to me for examination. They are described in a paper pub- lished in the Canadian Naturalist in 1885 as follows :— “Tylodendron was founded by Weiss to include stems with elongate, prominent leaf-bases of the character of those of Knorria, but bifurcate at the top. These stems or branches, are very characteristic of the Permian of Russia, Germany and France. They have been found by Weiss to show the character of Dadoxylon when the structures are preserved, and are therefore Coniferous; and it is now pretty generally believed that they are decorticated bran- ches of Walchia. So far as European evidence extends, they are regarded as strictly Permian, and the species drawn by Mr. Bain is not distinguishable from TJ. speciosum of Weiss. In Prince Edward Island, I have figured (Report, Plate III Fig. 30) what seems to bethe same species, though under Knorria ; but my specimen may have been from the Middle Series, then called Lower Trias, but now regarded by Mr. Bain as Permian.? 1Mr. Bain informs me in a recent letter that he has found speci mens of Tylodendron in beds regarded by him as Triassic. 10 Canadian Record of Science. The specimens were associated with branches of Walchia, leaves of Cordaites Simplex, Trigonocarpa, and also with Fig. 8. Portion of stem of Tylodendron (from drawing by Mr. Bain.) trunks of Dadoxylon (D. materiarium.) Since the publication of the paper referred to, Mr. Bain has made addi- tional collections, more especially on i St. Peter’s Island and other places on the south side of Prince Edward Island, some of which have been sent to the Geological Survey at Ottawa, and others to the writer, along with draw- ings of specimens still in Mr. Bain’s possession. These specimens show the internal structure of the pith and woody cylinder, and varieties in the external markings which may perhaps indicate distinct species; and along with the stems, Mr. Bain has found leafy branch- lets and fruits of a peculiar form which, from their association, he regards as be- longing to these plants. The principal external differences in Mr. Bain’s specimens, consist in greater or less size and distance apart of the long, projecting, spindle-shaped and furrowed ridges which mark the stems, and in the presence or absence of enlarged nodes marked with whorls of tubercles. This last difference may be specific, and ap- pears to correspond with certain differ- ences in the structure of the wood. Several of the specimens showing structure, represent the pith-cylinder alone in a silicified state, and these specimens have the external markings as perfectly shown as in the sandstone casts, so that the supposed external markings of Tylodendron may in some cases belong to the outer surface of the pith-cylinders. The internal structure of these medul- lary cylinders shows, in some cases, the transverse dia- New Plants from the Evian and Carboniferous. 11 phragms characteristic of Sternbergia. In other examples this is less pronounced or absent. The pith is composed of ordinary parenchymatous tissue, becoming more dense toward the outer surface, and especially in the prominences corresponding to the exterior ridges. In each of these there is also a vacant canal, and similar canals appear in a verti- cal position in the interior of the pith, as if there had been vessels dispersed through the pith and sending off bundles to the exterior prominences. In some specimens, shreds of woody tissue appear at the surface of the pith, and in others, in which the pith is not preserved, the woody cylin- der shows its character somewhat perfectly. In the cross section it presents square meshes in radiating rows, not dis- tinguishable from those of Dadoxylon. In the longitudi- nal section, however, the tissue is seen to be thin-walled, with very indistinct disks, which, so far as observed, appear to be in a single row, in which respect they differ some- what from those observed by Weiss, which varied from one to three rows, and with frequent medullary rays, simple and composed of few cells superimposed, in which respect, as well as in the disks, they differ from those of Dadoxylon materi- arium the species found with them in the Permian sandstones of Prince Edward Island. In the nodose specimens, the woody fibres are very small, and in the nodes, become tortuous and interlaced in the manner described by William- son in the nodes of Calamites. In the non-nodose form the tissue is more open and very thin-walled. Nothing is known of the structure of the outer bark except impres- ee eae Peay eas sions of its form with elongated with fruit sears. (Drawn leaf-bases different from the mark- pyre) ings on the internal surfaces. (Fig. 4.) With reference to the latter it would seem that they 12 Canadian Record of Science. are not limited to the surface of the pith, but occur on the woody cylinder as well. Mr. Bain has observed in one instance, what seems to be an outer envelope which would indicate a thick bark, but its structures are crystalline, and it may be merely’a concretionary covering. The leaves’ and branchlets in fig. 5 have been found by Mr. Bain in such relation to the debris of Tylodendron, that he regards them:as belonging to it. They certainly differ from those of any of the known species of Walchia, Fig. 5. Leafy branch of Tylodendron and leaf (Drawn by Mr. Bain.) sar New Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous. 13 and more resemble those of the genus Voltzia. They have apparently three nerves, but the lateral ones may be resin-vessels. Mr. Bain also finds at St. Peter’s Island, with the bran- ches and leaves of Tylodendron, the fruits or seeds represen- ted in Fig. 6. They appear to be wedge-shaped and in fours, and an involucre similar to that in Fig. C. accompa- nies them, and is supposed to have velonged to them, or possibly to male flowers of the same species. Neither of these organs have been found actually attached to the bran- ches. If these fruits belong to Tylodendron they would in- dicate taxine affinities, and they somewhat resemble the curious coniferous fruits from the Tertiary of Australia known as Spondylostrobus. Fie.6. Fruit and bracts of Tylodendron. (a) Fruit. (6) single seed, (c) bracts. (Drawn by Mr. Bain.) Stems having the markings of T’ylodendron occur in the Permo-Carboniterous of Cape John in Nova Scotia, and at that place there are also obscure Voltzia-like leaves some- what resembling those of the Prince Edward Island speciriens. If we connect the trunks, branches, leaves and fruits above referred to, we can now extend the description given by Weiss much beyond that given to his 7’. speciosum, and should perhaps give a new name to the form from Prince Edward Island, more especially as it differs slightly both in markings and structure from that described by Weiss. TYLODENDRON BAINI, S.N. Exterior of stem with elongated leaf-bases, truncate above, obtusely pointed below. Pith-cylinder and ligneous surface 14 Canadian Record of Science. with elongate ridges pointed below and bifurcate above, differing in size and form on branches of different sizes. Branches or younger stems with nodes bearing a whorl of prominences projecting beyond the general sur- face. Stem consisting ofa pith-cylinder somewhat Sternbergian in structure, and formed of cellular tissue denser at the surface and with traces of detached vascular bundles. Woody cylinder with fibres having one row of pores and frequent medullary rays of few rows of cells superim- posed. Foliage borne spirally on pinnate (?) branchlets. Leaves elongate, oblong, acutely pointed, narrowed and decurrent at base, with a midrib and two side nerves, possibly resin ducts. Fruit borne laterally on the branches, and consist- ing of four large seeds, rounded without, and wedge-shaped within, so that in outline they have a semilunar form. They seem to have been enclosed in an involucre. ; Should it prove that the nodose and non-nodose stems are specifically distinct, and that the leaves and fruit above described belong to the latter, the description of the stem will require a slight modification in that sense. It would appear that in Tylodendron we have a gymno- spermous type akin to the Taxinez, and which was charac- teristic of the Permian, apparently extending also into the Triassic Period. We may now turn to the consideration of what is known of Paleozoic gymnosperms allied to the forms above — noticed, with the view of ascertaining their position in the classification, and clearing up some doubtful points arising from the fragmentary condition of our materials. In the first part of the “ Flore du Monde Primitif” (1820) Sternberg describes and figures, under the names Flabellaria borassifolia and F. palmata, two groups of leaves from the Coal Formation, both apparently referable to the species now known as Cordaites borassifolia. Leaves of this kind have since been found very abundantly in the Carboniferous New Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous. 15 in different parts of the world. To separate these plants from others of different type, Unger proposed the name of Cordaites, in honour of Corda, who had for the first time figured a somewhat perfect leafy branch (Beitrage 1845). Corda’s specimen showed something of the structure of the stem which was described by him as having a ring of scalari- form vessels surrounding a cellular pith, having that trans- versely marked surface known as Sternbergia, indicating diaphragms or partitions within. This apparently simple acrogenous structure induced both Unger and myself to re- gard the plant as allied to Lycopods, and it was placed with these in my Acadian Geology, and in my paper on the Fossil Plants of the Coal Formation of Nova Scotia.’ It now appears, however, that Corda’s figure must have repre. sented only the inner ligneous zone, and this imper- fectly. The leaves in Sternberg’s and Corda’s specimens were large, parallel-sided and pointed, with closely placed paral- lel veins of two orders, and they were attached by a broad base to the stem. The leaves showed bundles of fibres in the veins and stomata in the epidermis. Brongniart having the same objections with Unger to the name of Flabellaria, but acting independently, in 1849 desig- nated the leaves of Cordaites by the name Pychnophyllum, but was induced by their peculiar form and structure to in- clude them in the Gymnosperms with the allied family of Neggerathie, and near to the Cycads.* He compares the leaves with those of Dammara and Podocarpus among the Conifers. Goldenberg and Weiss subsequently corroborated Brongniart’s view by the discovery of spikes of fructification known as Antholites in association with Cordaites. Finally Grand ’Eury discovered in the coal field of St. Etienne in France, abundant and well preserved stems, leaves and fruits which have enabled the French paleo-botanists to re- construct the whole plant and to discriminate several gen- era and species, constituting a gymnospermous family 1 Journal of Geological Society. 2 Tableaux de Genres. 16 Canadian Record of Science. which they designate Cordaiteew, and which they regard as intermediate between Cycadee and Taxinee. As restored on the basis of the French specimens, the typ- ical Cordaites are simple or branching arboreal plants with broad parallel-veined, more or less pointed, leaves attached by a wide base to the stem, and leaving simple transverse .8cars when removed. ‘They bear spikes of nutlets, or large, naked seeds, each subtended by a bract, and which are usually lateral, though sometimes terminal. The stem has a thick bark, composed of cellular tissue with bundles of bast fibres, and the axis has an outer cylinder of porous tis- sue, in wedges, with medullary rays, and an inner cylinder of the slit-pored or transversely barred tissue, which I have in previous papers designated by the term pseudo-scalari- E form, to distinguish it from the true scalariform-tissue, from which it differs in having bars and pores only on two sides, and in the apparent pores being of the nature of transverse- ly elongated dises. It is very common in paleozoic gym- nosperms and exists in modern cycads. The pith is cellu- lar with denser tabulz opposite the nodes of the stem giving it the characters of the casts of pith known as Sternbergia or Artisia. Leaves of Cordaites, spikes of fructification known as Antholites, now often called Cordaianthus, fruits of the kind formerly known as Cardiocarpum, but now usually named Cordaicarpum, occur somewhat plentifully from the Middle Hrian to the Permian. If however, we are to regard, all the Cardiocarpa as seeds of Cordaites, it seems remarkable that the species of these fruits should be so numerous in compari- son with those of the leaves and stems. Inthe Middle Hrian of New Brunswick, I have recognised five species of Cardio- carpum, besides Antholites and Trigonacarpa, and in the Car. boniferous of Nova Scotia, the disproportion, as compared with stems and leaves, is still very great. This might per- haps lead to the inference that many of the species of Cor- daites belonged to the higher grounds, and that only water- borne seeds found their way into the aqueous deposits. This would also serve to account for the fact that while leaves of New Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous. 14% Cordaites are locally very abundant, they are not so gener- ally diffused geographically as the Sigillaria and Le- pidodendra. The oldest species known to me is 0. Robbii from the Middle Hrian of New Brunswick, where it occurs with two species of Antholites—A. devonicus and A. floridus, —perhaps its male and female flowers, and with the species of Cardiocarpa already mentioned. I observe it has been stated that C. Robbii has been found in the Upper Silurian of Hainault.’ The latest species known in Acadia is C. Simplex found in the Permian of Prince Edward Island and also in the newer Coal formation of Nova Scotia. Antholites and Trigonocarpa are found in the same beds, but no Cardiocarpa. Stems of Cordaites showing structure have not yet been certainly recognised in this country. This leads, however, to the question whether such stems may not have been referred to other plants. I may mention more particularly those named WDadoxylon, (Araucarioxylon) and Sigil- laria. With a view of settling this question, I obtained through the kindness of the eminent French palobotanist, M. Renault, specimens of the stems from St. Htienne referred by. him to Cordaites. These I found to be of two types which may be distinguished as follows :— (a) Silicified stem, associated with leaves of Cordaites proper (C. borassifolia or allied). This has a large cellular pith, which has, however, mostly disappeared, leaving a hollow cylinder occupied with structureless silica and vege- table debris. The pith has been nearly an inch in diameter and showed no distinct evidence of Sternbergia structure. The woody cylinder surrounding the pith was less than a quarter of an inch in thickness, and consisted of two layers. The inner of no great thickness, shows pseudo-scalariform tissue, while the outer layer, which is radially arranged, is composed of porous woody tissue, the pores or discs being sometimes in one row, and sometimes as many as three 1 Ward, History of Palzo-botany. 2 18 Canadian Record of Science. rows, but not contiguous. There are medullary rays which are numerous, simple and of few tiers of cells superimposed. The cortical tissues have perished. (b) The other stem is of smaller diameter with a strongly marked Sternbergia pith, an inner layer of indistinct pseudo-scalariform or spiral tissue and an outer layer, much thicker in proportion, and with wood-cells having three rows of contiguous hexagonal areoles with central slit pores. The medullary rays are simple. This second stem is not distinguishable from Dadoxylon of the type of D. Brandlingii or D. materiarium. The specimen itself shows no evidence that it belongs to Cordaites. Setting aside, as probably Coniferous, the second specimen and assuming the stem (a) to be truly Cordaitean, it accords with one of the species of Dadoxylon described by me from the Erian of New York, namely D. Clarkii, which presents similar characters though with a somewhat thicker woody cylinder! D. Clarkii was described as follows in 1882. ‘The pith cylinder is large and shows ordinary cellular tissue. The medullary sheath or inner fibrous layer consists of pseudo-scalariform and reticulated fibres; but the most remarkable feature of this wood is the structure of the medullary rays, which are very frequent, but short and simple, sometimes having as few as four cells superimposed. This is 4 character not before observed in coniferous trees of so great age, and allies this Middle Erian form with some Carboniferous woods which have been supposed to be- long to Cordaites or Sigillaria.” The resemblance of this peculiar stem to those of Cordaites and Tylodendron, above referred to is obvious. I have noted and illustrated by characteristic examples, the fact that the erect ribbed trees found in tke coal forma- tion section at the South Joggins in Nova Scotia, often con- tain the remains of their axis, either calcified and standing erect within the tree, or fallen to the bottom in the form of mineral charcoal. The examination ofa large number of 1 Report on Erian Plants of Canada, Part II, 1882. New Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous. 19 such axes has led me to the conclusion that there are two types of these erect trees, one with an axis of scalariform tissue only, though with the outer radiating cylinder characteristic of Diploxylon, the other with a double axis of pseudo-scalariform tissue internally, and discigerous or multiporous tissue externally, of similar character -to the stems of Cordaitee. Perhaps in accordance with this is the fact which I have also illustrated, that some so called Sigillaric or Favularic of the type of S. Elegans, have some- what broad parallel-veined leaves resembling those of Poa- cordaites.’ As characteristic examples of these trunks, I may refer to two which I have described in the Journal of the Geo- logical Society. (a) Steruuaria (Diploxylon.) The most characteristic example is a trunk rooted in an under-clay in the Joggins section and existing as a sand east 12 feet in height. This tree was discovered and care- fully removed by Mr. Albert J. Hill, who found the interior of the cast a calcified axis extending throughout its length and showing well preserved structure. The structure is described as follows :—’ “The axis is about 6 centimetres in its greatest diameter, and consists of a central pith cylinder and two concentric coats of scalariform tissue. The pith cylinder is replaced by sandstone, and is about one centimetre in diameter. The inner cylinder of scalariform tissue is perfectly contin- uous, not radiated, and about one millimetre in thickness. Its vessels are somewhat crushed, but have been of large diameter. Its outer surface, which readily separates from that of the outer cylinder, is striated longitudinally. The outer cylinder, which constitutes by much the largest part of the whole, is also composed of scalariform tissue ; ? Journal Geological Society of London. * Acadian Geology. * Journal Geological Society of London, Vol. xxxiii., 1877. 20 Canadian Record of Science. but this is radially arranged, with the individual cells quadrangular in cross-section. ‘The cross-bars are similar on all the sides, and usually simple and straight, but some- times branching or slightly reticulated. The wall inter- vening between the bars has extremely delicate longitudi- nal waving lines of ligneous lining, in the manner first de- scribed by Williamson,’ as occurring in the scalariforn tissue of certain Lepidodendra. (Fig. 4.) A few small radiating spaces, partially occupied with pyrites, obscurely represent the medullary rays, which must have been very feebly developed. The radiating bundles passing to the leaves run nearly horizontally ; but their structure is very imperfectly preserved. The stem being old and probably long deprived of its leaves, they may have been partially disorganized before it was fossilized. The outer surface of the axis is striated longitudinally, and in some places marked with impressions of tortuous fibres, apparently those of the inner bark. In the cross-section, where weathered, it shows concentric rings ; but under the microscope these appear rather as bands of compressed tissue than as proper lines of growth. They are about twenty in number. Though apparently of very lax tissue, the wood ofthe outer cylinder may, in consequence of the strength of the vertical rods and transverse bars of ligneous lining, have been of considerable firmness, which would indeed seem to have been implied in the manner of its preservation within the hollow bark.” This stem is evidently that of a Sigillaria of the Diploxylon type, with a slender woody axis wholly of scalariform tissue and a thick inner bark, probably mostly of cellular tissue of a lax and easily decomposed character, but pro- bably also with bundles of fibres. This was protected and strengthened externally by an outer bark of sclerenchy- matous cells, now converted into coal. * Monthly Microscopical Journal, August, 1860. New Plants from the Evian and Carboniferous. 21 (b) StainuARgia (Favularia ?) This example was furnished by another erect tree, about a foot in diameter, and which I took down with care and examined its contents. It was described and figured in the journal of the Geological Society of London.’ It presented the following parts :— (a.) A coaly outer bark, no doubt originally composed of dense sclerenchyma. (6.) A cylinder of sandstone, representing the inner bark entirely removed by decay. (c.) A ligneous axis composed of wood-cells, the inner with two rows of contiguous bordered pores on their radial surfaces, the outer with only one. The medullary rays short, frequent, and of one row of cells or sometimes partly with two rows. Diagonal bundles of pseudo-scalariform tissue traversed this cylinder, no doubt leading to the leaves. (d.) An inner cylinder of pseudo-scalariform tissue similar to that in the inner cylinder of the axis in Cordaites and in Cycads. (e.) A medulla or pith, consisting of a hollow cylinder of cellular tissue sending off at intervals thin diaphragms toward the interior, giving it a Sternbergia structure. This type of Sigillarian stem is obviously of far higher grade than the former, and would justify the inference that it belonged toa gymnospermous plant. The structures of the stem correspond with that of others in which the axis exists only as fragments in the base of the once hollow stump. Some of these, however, conform to the type of multiporous wood-cell seen in Poroxylon. If the foliage was like that of Sigillaria elegans, and the spikes of fructification of the nature of Antholithes, these parts might be referred to Cor- daitee, though the stem was ribbed in the manner of Sigillaria. I may add here that I have shown’ that some Sigillarie of the Favularia type, divided at top into small 1 Vols. xxvi. and xxvii., 1870 and 1871. * Journal Geological Society, Vol. xxii., also Acadian Geology. 22 Canadian Record of Science. branches without ribs and with leaf scars very different in form from those of the trunk. The question now arises whether these different trunks can belong to one genus, or even to one family; whether, in short, we may not have been confounding very different types, of trees under the name of Sigillarie? The first of the above types, that of Diploxylon, corresponds with the structure of undoubted Sigillarie, as illustrated by William- son and other British paleobotanists, and conforms so closely to that of Lepidodendron that we can scarcely doubt the close affinity of this particular type with the Lycopo- diaceous Acrogens. On the other hand, so many of the erect ribbed trees at the South Joggins have afforded tissues of a much higher — type that we cannot doubt the existence there of trees simi- lar in external characters to the ordinary Sigillarie, yet. with internal structures conforming rather to the type of Cordaitee. In these circumstances, while we must admit the Gymnospermous affinities of the latter family, we must wait for further information before being able to define its precise relations to the Sigillarize on the one hand, and the Conifers on the other. I have referred above to Sternbergia piths. These are usually sandstone casts, but in some instances shreds of the enveloping tissues remain. In a few instances the in- ternal structure is preserved. Where the latter occurs it is seen to be cellular, arranged in tubule in the manner which I have explained as occurring in the young pith of the Balsam Fir and in the stem of Cecropia pelfata. Such piths I have described as occurring in large and well pre- served stems of Dadoxylon of different species from the Middle Devonian to the Permian. The large size of the pith would seem to indicate that the young branches were very thick, in which case they could not have resembled those of Walchia or Araucarites, which otherwise might be supposed to represent the foliage of these trees, unless, in- deed, there were thick branches bearing slender branchlets, or unless, as Williamson has affirmed to have been the case New Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous. 23 in some other Coniferous trees, the pith increased in size with the growth of the stem or branch. -There are, how- ever, Sternbergize which have not belonged to “Dadoxylon. I have figured’ specimens which show, attached to them, multiporous tissue like that of Poroxylon or Dictyoxylon. Others are enveloped with scalariform tissue like that of Lepidodendron or Lepidofloios. This fact was long ago ob- served by Corda. Others show pseudo-scalariform and discigerous tissue like those of Cordaites, or of the peculiar type of supposed Sigillaroid trees above referred to. Thus it is apparent that the Sternbergia piths belonged to a num- ber of trees ranging from Gymnosperms of high type to Acrogens. I may remark here that the true Calamodendra, of which Calamites approximatus is a type, in so far as the medullary cylinder is concerned, are really internal casts of pith cavities, originally surrounded by a thick woody en- velope showing psuedo-scalariform and discigerous tissue, and, therefore, not very dissimilar from that of Cordaites. Williamson has shown, however, that the medullary rays and other structures were different, and the stems of Calamodendra were jointed in relation to the support of whorls of organs. If these Calamodendra were really Acrogens allied to Calamites, they present the same curious resemblance to Gymnosperms which we see in another form in one of the types of Sigillaria, and warn us that the structures of stems and the character of fructification may not have been correlated in the Carboniferous in the same manner as in modern stems. Doubts of this kind are further justified by the considera- tion of the stems known as Poroxylon, Medullosa, Cycadeo- xylon, Colpoxylon, Lyginodendron, Kaloxylonand Heterangium, several of which have recently been described in great detail by Williamson and by Renault. These have a true medulla, surrounded by a cylinder of discigerous or reticu- lated tissue, arranged radially and traversed by medullary rays. Such characteristics would well suit a gymnosper- 1 Journal Geol. Society, 1871. 24 Canadian Record of Science. mous standing, but, on the other hand, there are specimens which, as Williamson has shown, unite such structures with foliage referred to ferns of the genus Sphenopteris.” Williamson suggests that inasmuch as the living Stangeria among the Cycads combines an exogenous stem with fern- like leaves, the same may have been the case in the Carboni- ferous. If so, the problem as to their position can be determined in each case only by the discovery of their fructification. In Bertrand and Renault’s recent elaborate memoir on Poroxylon, these botanists have shown that this genus pos- sesses an exogenous stem of some complexity. It hasa distinct pith, not Sternbergian, with gum canals, an inner or centripetal layer at first in distinct bundles of scalari- form and punctated fibres, a true radiating woody zone of multiporous fibres, with numerous medullary rays, and a cambium layer, two layers of inner bark, and an outer suberous bark. The leaves are petiolate and simple, and have a single vascular bundle at base, forking in the blade, in the manner of Veggerathia. From these and other more minute characters in the distribution of the tissues, the authors conclude that Poroxylon may be placed between the Dyploxyloid Sigillarie and the Cycads, as probably a low Gymnospermous type. They refer to three species of Poroxylon—P. Edvardsii, P. Boyseti and P. Stephanensis. Medullosa of Cotta presents several thick woody cylinders twisted together, and with detached star-shaped or radiat- ing bundles of fibres in the pith. The woody tissue of Medullosa is said to resemble that of Paleoxylon, which is, however, a subgenus of Dadozxylon, and allied to the Conifers. Colpoxylon has a thin woody cylinder and much thicker bark than the preceding, and simple bundles in the pith. Cycadeoxylon has several concentric circles of fibrous tissue, with cellular tissue between them, somewhat in the manner of Gnetacez, and with no fibrous bundles in the * Transactions Royal Society. New Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous. 25 pith. My Dadoxylon annulatum shows structures approach- ing to this last. Renault has constituted a new genus (May, 1889) under the name Ptychoxylon, in which the wedges of the woody cylinder extended inwards, and are then bent so as to simu- late internal woody layers. All these stems are regarded as probably gymnospermous, and with the different types of Dadoxylon, the Cordaites and Tylodendron, serve to give some account of the trees from which the multiform nutlets and seeds of the Carboniferous and Hrian were derived. The genus Megyerathia, like that of Flabellaria (Cor- daites), dates from the time of Sternberg, and his JV. foliosa is the original type, to which, however, a somewhat miscel- laneous group of species has been added by subsequent authors. Some of these, instead of the pinnate leaves of the original species, have simple leaves spirally arranged and decurrent on the stem. This is the case, for example, with WV. flabeliata of Lindley and Hutton, which, on this and other grounds, has been placed with some other species by Schimper ' in a new genus Psygmophyllum, while Saporta* places them in his genus Ginkgophyllum, suppos- ing them to be akin to the modern Ginkgo or Salisburia. These two types of Neeggerathe agree with one another, and differ from Cordaites in the flabellate form and forking venation of the leaves. The nearest approach to the Cor- daites is that of the leaf of JV. flabellata to that of C. patulus Grand Kury.’ Saporta states that the ordinary Neggera- thie (JV. foliosa) bear their fructification on the surface of modified leaves, and he is inclined to place them near to the Cycads. On the other hand, he regards the second type (WV. flabellata, &c.) as more nearly allied to the taxine Coni- fers, though their fructification is not certainly known. Lacoe’s specimen, now under consideration, would, how- ' Paleeontologie Vegetale. * Evolution de Monde Vegetal. * Saporta l. ¢. 26 Canadian Record of Science. ever, go to show that a plant with Neggerathoid leaves might have a fructification similar to that of Cordaites. It has further become a question with paleobotanists to what extent some of the broad, flabellate and rounded leaves referred to Cyclopteris and other genera of ferns, may belong © to gymnospermous plants of the nature of Neggerathia. Of these leaves those already referred to of the genus Doler- ophyllum seem certainly to be Gymnospermous, The pecu- liar fan-shaped leaves described by Newberry under the name Whittleseya,| and of which one species occurs in the coal formation of Nova Scotia, belong apparently to the same category. The singular unilateral leaves, or fronds, of which my WNeggerathia dispar from Nova Scotia was the type, and which Fontaine has recently separated in his genus Saportea,’ may also be gymnospermous. Less cer- tain is the reference by Saporta to this group of the genus Cannophyllites of Brongniart, and of the large and beautiful Erian and Lower Carboniferous fronds of my genus Mega- lopteris.” I have already referred to the numerous Gymnospermous seeds known in the Paleozoic, and belonging to the genera Trigonocarpum, Cardiocarpum, Rhabdocarpus, ete. The structure of many of these has been illustrated by Hooker, C. Brongniart, Williamson and myself, and they are unquestionably allied to the seeds of Cycadee and Taxinee. When the vast abundance of these seeds on certain beds is considered, and the fact that Schimper catalogues 67 species, while recent discoveries would nearly double that number, it becomes evident that plants ofthis grade must have borne avery important part in the paleozoic vegetation, and we have reason to suspect that many stems and leaves now of uncertain affinities will be found to have been of this class. We may now tabulate as follows the principal Gymnos- permous groups which may be represented in the Palzo- ZOIC :— 1 Lesquereux “ Coal Flora.” 2 “ Permian Flora.” * « Kyolution du Monde Vegetal. New Plants from the Erian and Carboniferous. 247 1. Sigillariz and Calamodendree. Favularia, (in part)? Sigillaria proper, (in part)? Calamodendron, (in part) ? 2. Cycadex. Rhiptozamites.? 3. Neggerathie. Neggerathia. Poroxylon. Dolerophyllum. Whittleseya. Saportea. Medullosa? Colpoxylon ? Ptychoxylon. 4. Cordaitezx. Dictyocordaites. Cordaites. Dorycordaites. Poacordaites. 5. Taxinex. Psygmophyllum. Baiera ?1 Ginkgophyllum. Tylodendron. Walchia, Voltzia, ete. Dadoxylon. ‘ 6. Coniferz. It would thus appear: 1. That the nearest structural affinities of the Paleozoic gymnosperms with the higher Cryptogams lead toward all the groups of Acrogens, viz.: Sigillarie, Calamitee, Lepi- dodendrez and Ferns. 2. That the present dominant groups of Conifers proper and Cycadacez are absent or slenderly represented in the Paleozoic. 3. That the dominant Paleozoic families are the Negge- rathie, Cordaitese and Taxinesr, and that these occupied a prominent and important place, and culminated in the Paleozoic and early Mesozoic periods. 1Permian of Russia, Schmalhausen. 28 Canadian Record of Science. 4. The two former families, did they now exist, would supply connecting links between the Coniferee and Cycade, and between the latter and the Acrogens. On AN EXPEDITION DOWN THE BEGH-ULA OR _ ANDERSON RIVER. By Mr. R. MacFaruann, Chief Factor, Hudson Bay Company. . INTRODUCTORY. In 1857, Mr. MacFarlane carried out an exploratory expedition from Fort Good Hope on the Mackenzie River, to the Anderson River, and down that river, returning by a different route to Fort Good Hope. A report on this ex- pedition was made by him to the late Mr. James Anderson, then in charge of Mackenzie River district, for the Hudson Bay Company. This report was not written for publication, but a copy of it was handed to me about a year ago by Mr. J. Anderson, son of the late Chief Factor. As the report contained much information respecting a region of which scarcely anything is known, | applied to Mr. MacFarlane for his permission to haveit printed. This permission Mr. Mac- Farlane kindly accorded, and the narrative is here given as written by him in the year of the exploration, with the omission merely of some portions of the original, bearing upon the fur trade and business of the Company. Mr. MacFarlane’s services to science in the extreme northern portions of the continent are well known, and his report of his journey to the Anderson River, gives further evidences of close and accurate observation, which would be creditable as the result of an expedition undertaken for scientific purposes, instead of primarily in the interests of the fur trade. The region traversed lies to the east of the Mackenzie and to the north of Great Bear Lake, within the Arctic circle. A short notice of the Anderson or Begh-ula river is to be found in Sir J. Richardson’s Journal of a Boat Voyage (Vol. I., p. 265), and a brief description of the country in its An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 29 vicinity is given by Abbé Petitot, in the Bulletin de la Societé de Géographie, (Vol. X., p. 173). The map accom- panying the article of Abbé Petitot, is the best available of the region in question and may be consuited in following Mr. MacFarlane’s route. His course was northward and eastward from Fort Good Hope to the Lockhart River, thence down that river and the Anderson (of which itis a tributary), nearly to the Arctic coast, where he was turned back by the Eskimo. He then returned southward by land, and after examining an additional portion of the Andergon, above the mouth of the Lockhart, together with another tributary named the Ross, he struck across in a westward direction to the Peau de Liévre or Hare-skin River by which he returned to Fort Good Hope. Mr. MacFarlane has also furnished me with an additional short general description of the Barren Grounds, to the east of the Anderson River, between that river and Franklin Bay, crossed by him four times in 1862 to 1865 for the purpose of collecting birds, eggs, etc., for the Smithsonian Institution. Some fossils collected by Mr. MacFarlane in the course of these expeditions are described by Meekin his paper, pub- lished in the T’ransactions of the Chicago Academy of Science, (Vol. I., p. 75). These are referred to in my Notes to Accompany a Geological Map of the Northern Portion of the Dominion of Canada, (Annual Report Geol. Surv. Can., 1886., p. 30R,) but Mr. MacFarlane’s valuable observations were not then available for reference in connection with the compilation of the map. It would now appear from them, that between the Mackenzie River and Franklin Bay, the Devonian and probably also the Cretaceous rocks, came further south than was supposed, covering a portion of the region coloured as Archean on the map. Gzorce M. Dawson. On the afternoon of June 4th, 1857, accompanied by Jerome St. George, dit Laporte, and four Indians, I started from Fort Good Hope for Canoe Lake, carrying with us such further 30 Canadian Record of Science. necessaries as were required, and we reached that place about noon of the 8th. In proceeding thither we pursued a northerly course, and on the 5th came to a lake called ‘‘ Loon Lake,” along which we continued, camping that night at its northern end. It is about twelve miles in length, with a breadth of from two to five miles. On the 6th we encamped on the west side of a larger lake, and next day crossed a smaller and halted at the southern end of another, in size equal to ‘‘ Loon Lake,” to whith I gave the name of Chief Trader Murray. These lakes, together with a chain of from forty to fifty small ponds or sheets of water, varying in extent from one-eighth to two miles, lie in a flat or valley formed by two ridges of rising ground running parallel with each other, and extend- ing on the southward from within a short distance of the Mackenzie (the country thence being undulating) to Mur- ray Lake, where they subside into a series of gentle hills or eminences, to Canoe Lake. The country appeared to be well timbered in every direction with pines, juniper, several species of willow, and a few small groves of poplar and birch. Marshy plains and swamps occurred at intervals, and the soil, where not composed of moss or vegetable mould, consisted of a thin layer of dark loam, with a whitish clay or reddish sand underneath. Ice was still as firm as ever on the larger lakes, and wild fowl were exceed- ingly numerous wherever water appeared. On the west side of ‘Lac Rory” (where we camped June 6) several fossils similar to those found in the limestone forming the Ram- parts on the Mackenzie [Devonian] were picked up. The beach was shingly and no rock in sitt could be discovered in that quarter. Canoe Lake is larger than any of the above and is of a triangular form, with high banks and hilly ground toler. ably wooded in its vicinity. At its northeast end we found the Iroquois, who had the canoes and everything in excel- lent order. Finding that the river issuing from the lake was too insignificant to admit of being navigated by canoes even of the smallest size, I determined on making a portage An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 31 to a part of it lower down, where the Indians informed us jt was sufficiently deep. Till noon of the 9th was accord- ingly spent in doing so, and during the remainder of that day and till the afternoon of the next: we toiled ina river from one to ten yards wide, extremely tortuous in its course, with the navigation impeded by immense quantities of. drift- wood. We had considerable difficulty in getting on. The wood had to be cut and afterwards removed before we could proceed. On the afternoon of the 10th it was found utterly impracticable to make any further progress. The drift-wood was in such large piles as would occupy more time for its removal than we could spare. Another portage was therefore decided on. Several Indians who had joined us on our route hither were sent on ahead, with all the ‘ pieces,’ to the junction of this river (called the Iroquois after my steersman) with that coming from a lake known as the “La Porte,” and lying three days’ march to the north-east of Good Hope, and we made a portage of six miles with the canoes to a part of the Iroquois, on which we launched them. Finding it deeper and clearer of drift- wood we reached its mouth early next day. The Iroquois flows through a fiat plain, bounded on both sides by two ridges of ground composed of sand and fragmentary rock, and well covered with pine and willow. The driftwood on this river is doubtless the accumulation of many years. Its course is so very tortuous that any floating wood easily gets jammed between the growing trees on both banks, and thus forms into large piles, s0 that very little of it ever reaches its mouth. Halting for an hour, we then embarked the ‘ pieces’ and commenced the descent of Lockhart River (I have named it after a friend and brother officer), finding it much broader and deeper than the Iroquois and the adjacent country better timbered. The river varies in breadth from 50 to 300 yards, the greater breadth occurring near its mouth, where it receives the waters of three small rivers, two of them coming from the westward and the third from the east. A strong head wind greatly retarded us in 32 Canadian Record of Science. descending it. This was, however, effected by noon of the 13th, when the Begh-ula River was reached. The formation of the banks of the Lockhart for some distance after we fell upon it, consisted of a bituminous coal, resting on a bed of limestone, with an upper layer of veget- able mould covering a bed of from two to ten feet of clay, underneath which the carboniferous stratum appeared. Lower down, the formation was perceived to be stratified shale and the beach sandy, and near its debouchement the banks were composed of a dark blue and gravel-mixed clay. The banks were high and sloping and in parts steep; a few small islands and sandy battures occurred, and the current was smooth and swift, broken only by a few shallows which form rapids at a lower stage of the water. Rabbits were in great numbers, as well as geese, ducks and swans. ‘Two out of seven black bears were shot, six reindeer fired at and missed, and an otter, a beaver, a mink and two wolves were seen. The surrounding country ig doubtless a fine tract for fur-bearing animals, and I be- lieve but little hunted owing to its distance from Good Hope, the Hare Indian country being situated more to the southward. ‘The Lockhart is said to be navigable from its source and only broken by a few not very formidable rapids in its upper portion. The Begh-ula, or Anderson River, was found to be drifting thick and the beach lined with ice. Perceiving a fire on the opposite side of the river, we crossed over with much difficulty and there found an assemblage of some fifteen or eighteen Indians, mostly Batard Loucheux belonging te Fort Good Hope. From these we ascertained that the river had only broken up the previous day. I therefore got up my tent, the pickets of which could not be driven home, and _ employed the remainder of the 13th in engaging some Indians required to make up our complement, as well as in making other necessary arrangements. It was a party of these Indians who paid a visit to the Esquimaux of this river in April last. They informed us, that on that occasion they had a rather narrow escape with An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 33 their lives from a large party of western Esquimaux who had come there for the purpose of trade, and it was only through the interposition of the former, whom they found very friendly, that they were permitted to return. On coming to a halt shortly after parting with the Hsquimaux the Indians discovered that one of their number was miss- ing, who, strange to say, had not since been heard of. But more of him anon. On the 14th June we embarked on Anderson River in two canoes, our party numbering ten in all. The general appear- ance of the country, to the lodges of the Upper Hsquimaux, which were reached about noon of the 15th, differed materi- ally from that previously passed. The banks of the river were higher and of a more hilly character, and had a considerable sloping tendency upward, the summits of these hills occa- sionally presenting a smooth rounded surface covered with moss and dwarf willow, and the slopes with timber of a medium size. In some parts also, on the east side, the sum- mits were perfectly flat, with a few clumps of tall willow. The banks on the left generally consisted of a succession of small hills, intersected by several valleys, through which small streams made their way. The course of the river was pretty direct, chiefly in a northerly direction. _ Its breadth varied from 500 to 1500 yards, with abundance of water for loaded craft. Very few sandy battures or islands occurred. Some time before reaching the Hsquimaux lodges, we were joined at intervals by fifteen of these people, who had been employed hunting reindeer on the slopes and summits of the river banks. They rarely hunt at any distance be- yond, probably from fear of being attacked by hostile Indians. When an Esquimaux succeeds in killing a deer, he drags the animal as it falls to the water's edge, into which it is plunged. The hunter then inserts an arrow into the carcass, so that on its floating past the lodges it may be taken possession of for the benefit of the party by whom it has been killed. On landing at the chief’s encampment I immediately marked out a line on the beach, and directed my interpreter 34 Canadian Record of Science. to inform him that if the Esquimaux, in accordance with messages previously sent through Indians, wished to open up and maintain a friendly intercourse with us, it would be expected of them to respect such arrangements as we should deem necessary for that purpose, one of which consisted in not attempting to cross the said line. To this they at once agreed and accordingly ranged themselves beyond it. A small present of tobacco, a commodity of which they seemed inordinately fond, having been made to each person assembled, the objects of the expedition were then entered into and discussed at great length, evidently to the satisfac- tion of the Hsquimaux, who expressed much pleasure at our visit to their lands. They regretted not having been apprized of our visit at an early period of last season so as to have had a large collection of furs against our arrival, but promised faithfully to exert themselves during the ensuing winter. They also informed us that they have two sources of trade—the first with their brethren to the west- ward, and the other with some Indians whom they were occasionally in the habit of meeting on their hunting excur- sions up the river, and that the remuneration received for their furs was too trifling to stimulate exertion among them, although foxes were in great numbers on their lands. The Esquimaux of Anderson River are certainly fine specimens of the race—tall and well formed, active in their movements, lively in their conversation, good-humored, with smiling open countenances, and affable, though, it must be confessed, rather troublesome in their deportment. Their clothing consisted of trowsers of deerskin, with the hair side next the body, shirts of the same material, and an outer shirt or coat, with the hair outside, having a hood fringed with the fur of the wolf or wolverine attached ; boots or shoes of sealskin, water-tight and neatly made. The crowns of their heads were closely cropped, and the front hair in a line with the forehead. A few of them also sported tolerable mustaches and imperials. The dress of the women differed only in being ornamented with beads, and in their having a short tail appending to the hind part An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 35 of their shirt or coat, which was tied in front. The lofty top and side hair knots, so fashionable among the Hsqui- maux of the Mackenzie and Cape Bathurst, prevailed here, and in my opinion did not at all tend to improve their appearance. The women are decidedly better looking and cleaner in their habits and persons, so far as I had an-oppor- tunity of judging, than the generality of Indian women in the North. Their cheeks were red and rosy, the expression of the face always amiable, and their behaviour in perfect accordance with the latter quality. The kayaks and oomiaks are precisely similar to those in use among other tribes of Hsquimaux, and their arms comprised a bow and quiver of arrows—iron, bone and ivory pointed—a spear, a long and short knife, and a long prong which they use in darting at wild fowl. There were eight lodges at this place. The covering consisted of half-dressed sealskins mounted on poles placed upright in a slanting position, the interior being covered with deerskins and robes for sleeping. The kettles we saw were of sheet iron and copper, the former large and the latter of various sizes, and had evidently been traded from our Indians. The knives were mostly of Eng- lish manufacture, but the larger beads were different from those used for the trade of the “R” District. - The chief “Pabina” had a common gun and horn with some powder and ball, which he told us he had received from one of the Good Hope Indians who visited the Esquimaux last spring. The gun was marked “ Barnett, 1854.” Finding the Esquimaux so very friendly, I somewhat relaxed my demeanour towards them, and accordingly per- mitted several of them to cross the barrier referred to, at the same time directing the erews to prevent any attempts at pilfering; they however presumed on this occasion, doubtless encouraged to do so by the fear which the Indians evidently had of them, and which from their natural acute- ness they clearly perceived. One of them (a Coast Esqui- maux) went so far as to steal a silver fox which I had shortly before traded from him, I was at the time occupied in talking to the chief at some distance from the canoes, buton being 36 Canadian Record of Science. made aware of the theft, immediately made up to the fellow, wrenched the skin out of his hand and warned them all not to attempt anything of the kind again. This fellow helped himself to the fox in presence of the Indians, not one of whom attempted to prevent him, I could already see that the Esquimaux looked upon them with contempt, invariably addressing them as ‘‘nonga,” which, in their language, signifies “spittle.” Even Laporte was favored with this mark of their esteem. On making enquiries of them regarding Captain McClure’s despatches, I could obtain no satisfaction; they all denied having seen or heard of any such having been delivered to the Esquimaux, but from the change which the counten- ances of several of them underwent during the examination, and other causes, I had every reason to suspect that they knew something about them. These Esquimaux are exceed- ingly fond of written or printed paper, and it has been no uncommon thing with the Indians to exchange their debt bills with them for arrows, &c. It may therefore readily be presumed that McClure’s despatches have been cut up, and may thus be, in minute portions, in possession of a great number of Esquimaux.. From the inability of Laporte on this and every subsequent occasion to make himself thoroughly understood by the Indians who acted as Esquimaux interpreters, I could not ascertain the origin of this fondness for written paper, or whether they attributed any medicinal or other virtue in its possession. After a stay of some hours, we again started, embarking the chief in Laporte’s canoe so as to facilitate our inter- course with the Esquimaux lower down. Most of his men also wished to accompany us, but as they would have proved a source of much annoyance, I peremptorily ordered them to return. Two Coast Esquimaux were allowed to follow. Until we camped at half-past 10 p.m., we saw several small parties from whom we traded a few foxskins; the women put off to us in their boats, and on receiving the 1An account of the discovery of Hees esd BAe oem AP soe ae s despatches in 1862, will be found in An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 37 customary present of tobacco, thanked us and immediately returned, as did also the men, with a few exceptions. These were not permitted to encamp with us, but camped on the opposite side of the river, where they sat up till next morning. Our encampment lay at the foot of a high hill, moss covered and entirely destitute of wood, its face steep and intersected by small clefts or hollows. These hills occasion- ally form bends of the river. The banks on the left were, as usual, rather better timbered, the breadth of the river more uniform, the current smoother, and the beach sandy, stony and muddy at intervals. The country was almost entirely covered with snow, and the shores thickly lined with ice, the latter clearly proving that the river had broken up but very recently. Resuming our course early next morning (16th June) we put ashore at 11 a.m., at a large encampment of Esquimaux under ‘‘ Dowlas,” the head chief of this river (they are governed by two chiefs), who received us very kindly; his conduct then and afterwards was in perfect keeping with this reception. This fine old man labored under an affection of the thorax, which prevented him from making himself heard at any distance; he appeared, however, to possess considerable influence over his people, and we had therefore little or no trouble while we remained at his place. I was here informed that with the exception of a few lodges about two miles below, no more Hsquimaux would be seen until we got near the coast, which was still at some distance ; and that these Esquimaux were not, in the words of the chief, ‘too good.” Understanding from my interpreters that they were Anderson River Esquimaux and under the command of Dowlas, and also that they had some furs in their possession, I saw no reason to prevent us from going not only down to them, but as instructed, to the mouth of the river, especially as he volunteered to accompany us for the purpose of exercising his authority in our favor. On the contrary, from their being of Dowlas’ party, I expected 38 Canadian Record of Science. to find them as easy to deal with as the others, and therefore decided on proceeding. The lodges (5) above alluded to were reached about 1 p.m. We halted for dinner, and here, as wherever we landed, we were treated to several dances performed to a low mono- tonous song chanted by the women. The utmost harmony existed among this interesting people, who appeared to feel much affection for their children. We saw very few old people and they seemed to be well taken care of. The married women are all very slightly tatooed, and the men wore the usual mouth ornaments. The oomiaks are taken up the river by means of a line made of walrus hide, hauled by three or four women and as many dugs. We met several boats thus hauled en route for above. A large Inconnue (Salmo Mackensii) and white-fish, both of excellent quality, were here traded. The first-named fish, together with carp, loche, herring, jack, blue and white-fish abound in this river. The Esquimaux use nets made of deer sinews for taking them. Small herds of reindeer were seen browsing on both banks and venison was everywhere in great abund- ance, in fact, deer were to be had when required. After leaving last night’s encampment, we found the country barer as :ve advanced and but thinly wooded, willow being more abundant than pine. Two great bends occurred, across which the Esquimaux make a portage when ascending the river. In one spot we observed a bed of shale similar to, but more friable, than that on Lockhart River. From that time until 9 p.m., when it was found necessary to abandon the canoes, the river gradually in- creased in breadth with longer reaches and a slow current. The immediate banks were at intervals low and muddy, and extended for some distance in an undulating plain to the base of the hilly ground which now ran parallel with the river. Wood at first appeared in clumps, but the country latterly was quite barren, the ground was covered with snow, the weather cold, and not a stick of drift-wood to be seen. About 8 o’clock we arrived at nine lodges on the right An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 89 bank of the river (all the lodges passed were on that side) where I was surprised to find only two men with the women and children, of whom there were 35. They informed us that the others had not yet returned from hunting, and that they had no furs to trale. Embarking under sail, the wind being fair, we were very shortly overtaken by 15 kayaks, to the occupants of which the usual presents were made, but without eliciting any thanks. The dress of these men was observed to differ from the others in being ornamented with beads, and in most of their coats being made of the skin of the wild goat or sheep, animals only to be had in the vicinity of the Rocky Mountains. I supposed that they had received them from the western Hsquimaux, and although I noticed that their manner and the expression of their countenances (which was fierce) were anything but prepossessing, it never occurred to me that they were from the vicinity of Mackenzie River, as I had no idea of encountering any of that tribe at this period of the season. Continuing on we passed another group of lodges, from which upwards of 20 men put off to us, but no women. Finding them very troublesome and in our way, the wind having changed right ahead, I peremptorily ordered them back, and as they would not return I stopped the canoes and caused the crews to present their guns at them (this was the first occasion we had to show our arms), which had the effect of making them keep a little behind; but they persisted in following, and while we were occupied in deal- ing with another party who met us, those behind came up and joining the last they surrounded both canoes, laying hold of Liporte’s, evidently with the intention of dragging it on shore, a proceeding which, after much trouble, aided by the chiefs, we succeeded in preventing. We were con- stantly joined by new arrivals, who were shouting at a great rate and making much noise, and I now saw that owing to the interpreters not having thoroughly understood what Dowlas told them regarding these Hsquimaux, whom we had no doubt were from the westward, we had got into a dilemma from which retreat with the canoes was 40 Canadian Record of Science. impossible and that there was at least as much risk in attempting to return as in proceeding agreeably to my instructions. I fully expected to encamp that night on the shores of the Arctic Sea, and should certainly have done so but for the reasuns which will after appear. Determined to go forward at all hazards, especially as from the banks of the river here being muddy and nearly level with the water, covered with ice and no drift-wood—in short, utterly unfit for any defensive purposes, I could not land, and well knowing that the Esquimaux would never resort to extreme measures while we kept on the water, so long as we did not allow them to lay hold of our canoes. With my Own canoe we always made our way; not so, however, with Laporte’s, despite order after order given him to keep them off he would or could not, and it was therefore neces- sary for us to protect him in addition to opening up a road through the kayaks before us. Guns were again presented, which had now the effect of making the Esquimaux, if any- thing, more troublesome than before. Seven guns were held up to intimate to us that they were as well armed as ourselves, and such of them as had none dipped their bows in the water and arranged their arrows before them. These appearances, though certainly indicating hostile intentions, were, I suspected, made at present with the view of adding to the fears of the Indians, and they had the desired effect. The latter now became anxious to be put ashore so as to return overland, of course leaving everything. This I could not agree to, and therefore continued on. About 9 p.m. we arrived opposite to a large encamp- ment, from which some thirty or forty canoes were seen putting off, which caused the others to close around us, and thereby almost drove us on shore. Extricating our- selves with much difficulty we managed to go on a little further and were about twenty yards from the left bank when the new arrivals approached, seeing whom, six of the Indians suddenly got out of the canoes and made for land on a batture which extended for some distance from the shore. The Iroquois and I immediately jumped out, An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 41 dragged the canoe to land, and with some trouble I suc- ceeded in making the Indians turn back. They were ordered to re-embark, but refused. Seeing that they would not, I ranged them in a line along the beach with their guns pre- sented, so as to prevent the Esquimaux from landing. The beach at this place was low and flat, the mud knee deep, ice in large sheets, with snow and water immediately in the back ground, not a stick of drift-wood and the position perfectly untenable. The Indians were clamouring to be off, some of them who had been at Peel River recognized many of the Esquimaux as recent frequenters of that post, and “ Brulez” also informed me that he had seen the gun and horn of the missing Indian with one of the Esquimaux. Finding that with these crews I should never be able to get back with the canoes, even if they had agreed to remain, I at length very reluctantly consented to accomp- any them, and we accordingly set out with all the property, leaving behind only what was too cumbrous to be carried, viz., our stock of dried meat and pemican (5 pieces), track- ing line, kettle, tent, oil-cloth, a tin pan, &c. It is but just to state that throughout, the Iroquois and “ Crashey” the Hsquimaux interpreter, were the only two who duly supported me. Had the conduct of the others, from the first, been equally satisfactory, it is my firm belief that we could have passed on and returned despite of the Esquimaux, not- withstanding their notoriously bad character and that they were well armed with guns and other weapons. Their chief object was to get possession of our guns and stock of ammunition which, added to their own, would have made them rather formidable in the event of an encounter with the Peel River brigade. While occupied in giving out the tobacco, ammunition and other trading goods, a number of Ksquimaux had landed above and below where we were; those in front of us were prevented from landing by the Iroquois and interpreter. The whole proceedings, after I decided on saving the ammunition, &c., occupied but a few minutes, and it was only on consenting to abandon the canoes that I could at all prevail on the Indians to remain. 42 Canadian Record of Science. The chiefs were, if possible, in greater fear than the Indians. The Esquimaux paid not the slightest attention to what they said. I had ascertained when too late that they were not of their tribe, but from the westward, being some of the same Esquimaux who wished to pillage the Indians last spring. The chiefs wished to accompany us, but I left them with the canoes, telling them that these would yet be demanded at their hands. Their reply was a strong regret at what had occurred and that they had done all in their power to pre- vent it. It was plain enough to be seen that the party of western Esquimaux whom the “Good Hope” Indians saw last spring, apprized of our intended visit, had returned to their camps and afterwards, with their families and some others, came across land from the westward via Esquimaux Lake, and had accordingly prepared to intercept us. The chiefs informed me that this lake only existed as an inlet of the sea. We were also told that a number of the above people usually pass the winter with the Anderson River Esquimaux. In emergencies of this kind, Indians, or at least those of the Hare tribe, who are the most peaceable in the country, are not to be depended upon. One shot fired while we were on the water would have been followed by the sacrifice of the whole party, and on land, excepting the position was really good, they would all have deserted after the first round even if they could have been brought to fire. The crews were good enough while we had to deal with the Esquimaux of Anderson River, who were merely troublesome and somewhat addicted to pilfering; and, as to those lower down, I was loath to resort to extreme measures, asin any event it was impossible to bring back the canoes, and such a proceeding would certainly have been attended with very bad results. It would have put an end to all future prospects of trade, and they are good with the Esquimaux, not only of this river, but with those along the coast, east and west of Liverpool Bay. I therefore conceived it best to act as I did, especially as I could not persuade the Indians to re- main with me. An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 43 After being compelled to abandon the canoes, we pursued a course to the westward of the river and at a distance of several miles, so as to avoid the bends in its course as well as any Esquimaux, against whom the Indians now threatened the direst revenge! The country extended in a flat plain or morass covered with slush and water, to the foot of a chain of undulating hills, along which a small deep river flowed. On ascending the summit of the highest hill we had a view to seaward. The outline of the coast was distinctly seen and beyond it what appeared to us to be the sea, of course, entirely covered withice. The country before us consisted of a series of undulations interspersed with plains of some extent and several small sheets of water. Continuing on until 6 a.m. of the 17th June, we encamped, finding the country as before described and destitute of timber, a few small clumps of dwarf willow occurring at long intervals. With much difficulty, a few small half dry pine sticks about an inch in diameter were collected, a fire was made and part of a deer, which one of the Indians killed, cooked. Next day, or rather that afternoon, we resumed our course through a country similar in appearance, having a low chain of hills or ridges running in a parallel direction to the right of us. Towards midnight stunted trees became frequent along the banks of several small streams which were passed, in the valleys formed between the hills ob- served in our descent of the river. The snow was very deep in the valleys, and altogether the walking was dread- fully bad. From this until the 24th of June, when we reached the Indian encampment at the mouth of Lockhart River, the country was more hilly and better wooded, intersected by numerous small and two middling sized streams having their rise in the south-west. The Anderson also receives the waters of a large lake lying in the Barren Grounds on the left. Reindeer were pretty numerous and as many were shot as we required. ‘Traces of moose were seen for three days below the said encampment. There are no musk oxen to be found on the west side of the Ander- 44 Canadian Record of Science. son. These animals are however pretty numerous in the country to the eastward which is said to be hilly and destitute of wood. A few small lakes were passed on our route. The composition of the hills, when exposed, was of a reddish clay mixed with sand and smallstones. Our course latterly lay along the beach where the walking was rather better, and on the 22nd we met six Esquimaux who had been hunting higher up. They expressed much regret on learning what had occurred below, but trusted that it would not be attributed to their tribe which, they stated, had nothing in common with the others. On reaching the encampment I procured a small Indian canoe, an old ricketty affair, but the only one to be had, with which I determined on examining the upper part of the river (Anderson). With this view, as I could not take them with me, I paid off most of the party, who proceeded overland to Good Hope, and by whom I forwarded the trading goods and furs. On the 25th I set out accompanied by the Iroquois, Laporte and two Indians. One of the party steered the canoe, the others tracking in their turn, but always walked along the shore as the canoe was too small to carry them. On the 29th, Laporte and one of the Indians were sent home as I found that I could as well get on with- out them, and the remainder of the voyage was performed by the Iroquois and Brulez. After leaving, we found that the river trended to the east- ward, the banks were well wooded, low, and composed of clay and alluvial mud, the current smooth, and the river deep but not so broad as below. The country also differed in appearance. On the 27th we encamped above a shallow part of the river which the Indians dam up with willow, &c., in the fall of the year when the water is low, and by this means take immense numbers of inconnues, white, jack and other fish. The banks on the left (.) at this place are com- posed of a blue slaty marl and stone probably resting on a bed of limestone. About noon of the 28th we encountered the first rapids, three in number and small. We had however to make a portage. Several more rapids were thus met and An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 45 passed the same day. On the 28th another succession of more formidable rapids flowing over a rocky bottom were met, and next day we encountered several more, and at one part also, where the banks were high and perpendicular, a portage was rendered necessary. The breadth of the river in the intervals between each succession of rapids varied from a fifth to half a mile, but contracted considerably where these rapids occurred, in some instances being less than 100 yards. The banks were now high and tolerably wooded, and the country had a flat appearance, occasionally diversified by low ridges of rising ground. The rapids generally occurred where the course of the river assumed a south-westerly tendency. Ice was still in large quantities along the beach, rendering the tracking anything but good. Our canoe also delayed us very much, it being so frail and leaky as to require repairs several times a day. In general, the banks of the river, where no rapids occurred, were composed of clay mixed with sand and frag_ mentary rock; but along and in the vicinity of rapids the formation was limestone containing fossils, frequently rest- ing on a bedof harder rock, and often overlaid by a stratum of blue slaty-marl or clay-slate and a species of pudding-stone or soft sandstone. A few boulders were also passed as well as a small sulphur spring. On the Ist July we encamped at the foot of a long succession of rapids, being the first seen since the afternoon of the preceding day, where we shot a moose-deer. A portage of two miles was made next morning and the mouth of a small river coming from the south-east passed. Late in the evening we encamped at the foot of a defile of high per- pendicular rocks through which the water flows with great velocity, forming numerous rapids, some of them rather formidable. The river here is about 30 yards wide. A portage of six miles had therefore to be made the following morning (the 3rd). I have called this defile the Lower Ramparts on account of its resemblance to the Ramparts near Good Hope on the Mackenzie. Shortly afterwards we 46 Canadian Record of Science. ascended a small rapid and made another portage, above which we began to perceive indications of coal along the beach. The banks were here of a dark blue clay in which thin seams of coal were observed. A number of boulders similar in size to mill stones, but rounded on one side -were also met with. They had evidently tumbled from the left bank, higher up, where the formation was clay and gravel mixed with like stones. Continuing on, our course being more southerly than before, we passed another sul- phur spring flowing at the base ofa rock, and encamped a short distance above the mouth of ariver having its rise in the south-west, which will be described hereafter, and to which I gave the name of Chief Trader Ross. The breadth of the Anderson was now from 50 to 400 yards, and we had many narrow escapes in the smaller rapids which were mostly ascended with the line. The canoe had also become so very leaky that it was only by constant baling and fre- quent repairs that we could at all get forward. Resuming our course next day (July 4th) by making a series of portages equal to two miles, we then had some fine water until the afternoon, when we encountered another defile of rocks similar to, but lower than, that lately passed. Several long portages had to be made, but not before our canoe had become nearly useless. It was so very frail and leaky that it was impossible to proceed farther up the Anderson, it being rapid to its source. Another such day as the last would have completely finished our canoe. ‘The Indian Brulez informed me that the Ross River had its rise in a ‘Great Fish Lake” lying to the eastward of the La Porte, and that it flowed through a chain of smaller lakes, and was broken but by a few rapids. I therefore decided on proceeding by that route, in order to examine the adjacent country, and be able to re- port on any advantages that it might possess over the others, as a means of communication with the Anderson. Before leaving the latter, however, the Indian and I set out next day to examine a portion of it beyond our encamp- An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 47 ment, which we did for several miles, finding the river narrow and very rapid. We also perceived that it assumed a south-easterly course, which he informed me it maintained until near its head. Healso stated that the distance thither overland was about three days’ march. I conceived also that I was now on the nearest point of the river to.Good Hope. A lop-stick marked with a cross was made, and we returned to the camp, where we found that the Iroquois had patched up the canoe. We then dined and retraced our steps to Ross River, which was reached and ascended for several miles. A few small rapids were passed near its mouth, but there was abundance of water higher up— breadth from twenty to fifty yards, with a smooth current, the banks high, sloping and partially timbered. The country along the Anderson was latterly very well wooded, and some goodly pines were seen. We also saw several rafts which had been used by Indians in cross- ing last spring, but no Indians were met with. This quarter is seldom hunted by them, their wintering grounds being situated more to the westward. The tract of country embraced by a line drawn west from the borders of the woods on the Anderson to the Mackenzie, southward to the Peau de Liévre River at Good Hope, is very well tim- bered, and doubtless rich in martens and other fur-bearing animals, as well as rabbits and moose, and reindeer in their season—and this tract is but partially hunted by the Loucheux and Hare Indians. The Lower Ramparts are composed of a hard, compact limestone, and the rocky banks seen below and above them, not already described, as well as the Upper Ramparts, are also of limestone, but of a less durable quality. Some blue rock resembling granite was seen at one place, and also a species of shale. No fossils were noticed in the rocks passed after the 29th ult. A few deer and great numbers of geese were seen daily, and moose- and bear-tracks were not very scarce. On the 6th July, Ross River was ascended to a lake 48 Canadian Record of Science. about twelve miles in length by five in breadth, which we skirted on the north side, on account of the ice that still partly covered it. The banks were of sand, low, and but thinly wooded, and the lake shallow near land. Some strata of shale was observed on the Ross shortly before the lake was reached. On the 7th we had to make several por- tages over long necks of land to avoid the ice, and then paddled to the side of the lake opposite the exit of the Ross, when we made a portage of four miles through a swampy country interspersed with morasses and small sheets of water to the next lake, the river thither being too rapid for our canoe. This lake we found almost entirely covered with ice, a narrow lane of water only appearing in its centre, which we followed and got safely through, though at great risk, the ice having begun to close on us so that we had to cut our way at one spot with the axe. We then continued along the lake until we reached the Ross. It was ascended next day to another and larger lake. From a sandy knoll at its entrance, we had a view of a high and rocky mountain of an angular form, at the base of which the Anderson is said to takesit rise. It then lay N.H. 4 E. of us. The afternoon of thatday and some portion of next was occupied in proceeding along this lake, when we crossed over and made a portage of five miles to another lake, in the vicinity of which we expected to find some Indians, We therefore halted and made a large fire, which was shortly answered by a volume of smoke rising in the east,in the direction of which Brulez and I set out, and reached it in an hour and a half, when we found six lodges of Hare Indians under the Chief, “ La Rocque.” They were employed fishing on the banks of a small river, which empties itself into the Anderson some distance above the Upper Ramparts. All the rivers and lakes in this part of the country abound with white, blue and jack fish, the former of excellent quality. The summer is passed by the greater portion of the Hare Indians in fishing among the rivers and An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 49 lakes in the tract alluded to, until the deer begin to approach the woods, about the middle or end of August. A few of the Batard Loucheux tribe hunt along the east side of the Anderson below the mouth of the Lockhart. Their lodges consist of poles placed nearly upright with a partial covering of turf, and their dress and appearance was extremely dirty, thus presenting a great contrast to the Esquimaux, whom they affect to despise. The country in this quarter was sandy and marshy, with several plains and numerous small lakes and its general appearance flat. The Anderson River Mountain was now much nearer and bore E.N.E. We left the Indians in the evening, reached the Ross, and there encamped. We next day saw three more lodges on another lake, and were supplicd with some half dried fish. From this place we made a portage of two miles to a smaller lake, which we crossed, and then reached a larger, along which we continued until we came to a nar- row strait dividing it from another lake. ‘These lakes were less encumbered with ice than the others, and our progress, therefore, was better. The country in the vicinity was high and hilly. Small sandy hills or knolls of a conical form were invariably observed near the entrance and out- flow of the river, as well as along the banks of the several lakes. On the 10th we ascended the Ross to the largest lake (named ‘Colville Lake’) yet seen, which was reached about noon and found to be almost entirely covered with ice. We, however, followed a narrow space of water on the right shore, and by means of a few portages we succeeded in getting to the other end of the lake about midnight. On this occasion, while paddling along at a distance of 150 yards from land, the canoe sprung a leak which threatened to sink us, and it was only by very hard paddling we man- aged to save ourselves. The canoe, however, sunk in four feet of water. It was taken onshore and again repaired. In our course thither it required constant baling, but had at length ‘become useless. The banks of Colville Lake are 4 50 Canadian Record of Science. low, the soil moss and vegetable mould covering sand, the beach stony, shingly and sandy at intervals. A large hill or rocky mountain (several hundred feet high), destitute of wood, lay at the end (S.H.) of the lake, beyond our encamp- ment, and a chain of lower and well wooded hills encircle the Lake. The river thence to the Great Fish Lake, said to be the largest lake in the Hare Indian country (and now named after Sir George Simpson), which then lay to the west of us, at the distance of a few miles, could not be ascended with the canoe. It was, therefore, determined on proceeding overland to Fort Good Hope. These lakes lie to the west and southwest of the Anderson. Rabbits and partridges were pretty numerous, but very few geese, and no deer were seen after leaving that river. We set out early on the morning of the 11th July, and had dinner on the summit of the ridge at this end (S.) of the lake, to the right of the mountain alluded to, which was now perceived to be the commencement, as well as the highest, of a chain of similar hills stretching for a considerable distance to the east and south-east. The walk- ing hither was over a series of undulations, gradually ascending as we advanced, the top of each ascent being flat, the ground dry or swampy alternately, well wooded and interspersed with small lakes. This ridge has alsoa simi- lar descent on the other side. The country thence to an- other ridge, which we reached next day, was flat and broken by some small mounds and knolls, with lakes and marshes as usual. Until we reached the Peau de Liévre River, on the evening of the 13th, after three long days’ march, the general appearance of the country did not differ very materially. It comprised several valleys lying between ridges resembling those described, and is bounded on the left by the chain of rocky hills before mentioned, on the right, occasionally, by lower ridges of wooded ground. One lake several miles in extent, and numerous smaller ones, were passed, such of them as lay in our path having to be skirted. The soil consisted of moss, vegetable mould, turf and Clay, the higher ground being sandy, mixed with clay An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 51 and rock. Before reaching the Peau de Liévre, the said rocky chain disappeared behind us, and two others arose to the south, viz : that at the Sansault Rapid, above Good Hope, and the other on the east side higher up the Mac- kenzie, The timber consists of pine, juniper, fir, willow, and a few groves of poplar and birch. Some of the pines were of a large size. From the spot where we halted for dinner on the 11th, we had a fine view of a large bay on Simpson Lake. The ice thereon was still as white and firm asin mid-winter, and the Indian informed me that it never broke up until late in the season. The banks appeared high and well timbered. He also informed me that its waters were deep and of a bluish color, and its shores rocky. A great number of families pass the severe months of the winter on this lake, in which fish are obtainable all the year round. Finding near our encampment a raft which had been used by Indians in crossing the Peau de Liévre, last spring, we launched it and continued the descent of that river until noon, when we found an Indian canoe on the beach. This we repaired, and going on much quicker with the paddle, we arrived at Fort Good Hope late in the evening of the 14th July, after an absence of forty-one days—the Indians sent home having preceded us by nine and Laporte by seven days. Had we not lost our own canoes, this trip would have been performed in less time, as most of the rapids on Anderson River could have been ascended with the line, and all of them—one only excepted—might be run by a North canoe. From the date of our departure until the 3rd of July we had but a few hours of rain or snow, the weather being always fine. After that date we had rain and cloudy weather until we reached the Peau de Liévre, the descent of which was effected under a severe thunderstorm, accom- panied by torrents of rain. The prevailing winds were from the north and northeast. It was also misty at night near the coast. After leaving the Anderson, musquitoes were in 52 Canadian Record of Science. myriads, and proved very annoying. Vegetation had made considerable progress during our journey. The natural history of the tract of country examined resembles that of the Mackenzie. We observed moose and reindeer, black bears, otters, wolves, wolverines, siffleurs, beaver, musquash, marten, mink, squirrels, rabbits and foxes; also frogs and mice; Canada, laughing, snow and Esquimaux geese, stock, king, teal and long-tailed ducks, divers, loons, swans, hawks, owls, swallows, gulls, plovers, robins, snow buntings, willow grouse and white partridges, or ptarmigan; white, jack and blue fish, grayling, inconnu, carp and loche. The Barren Grounds to the Hast of Anderson River. The belt of timber which at Fort Anderson’ extends for over thirty miles to the eastward, rapidly narrows and be- comes a mere fringe along the Anderson River and dis- appears to the northward of the 69th parallel of latitude. The country is thickly interspersed with sheets of water varying in size from mere ponds to small and fair-sized lakes. In travelling north-eastward toward Franklin Bay, on the Arctic coast, several dry, swampy, mossy and peaty plains were passed before reaching the Barren Grounds proper. ‘The country thence to the height-of-land between the Anderson and the deep gorge-like valley through which the Wilmot Horton River (MacFarlane River of Petitot’s map) flows, as well as from the “crossing” of the latter to the high plateau which forms the western sea-bank of Franklin Bay, consists of vast plains or steppes of a flat or undulating character, diversified by some small lakes and gently sloping eminences, not dissimilar in appearance to portions of the north-west prairies. In the region here spoken of, however, the ridges occasionally assume a mound-like, hilly character, while one or two intersecting ' Established on Anderson River in 1861 and abandoned 1866. Approx. Lat. 68° 35/7. ae An Expedition down the Begh-ula. 53 aftiuents of the Wilmot Horton flow through valleys in which a few stunted spruce, birch and willows appear at intervals. On the banks of one of these, near its mouth, we observed a sheltered grove of spruce and willows of larger growth, wherein moose and musk oxen had fre- quently browsed. We met with no more spruce nor any traces of the moose to the eastward, and I doubt if many stragglers range beyond Lat. 69° North. The greater part of the Barren Grounds is every season covered with short grasses, mosses and small flowering plants, while patches of sedgy or peaty soil occur at longer or shorter distances. On these, as well as along the smaller rivulets, river and lake banks, Labrador tea, crow-berries and a few other kinds of berries, dwarf birch, willows, etc., grow. Large flat spaces had the honey-combed appearance usually presented in early spring by land which has been turned over in theautumn. There were few signs of vegetation on these, while some sandy and many other spots were virtu- ally sterile. * * * ‘Traces of the dark bituminous formation seen on the Lockhart, Anderson and Ross rivers, of the 1857 report, no doubt exist along the Wilmot Horton River and the greater part of Franklin Bay, especially to the north of our camping point [near its southern extre- mity.] The foregoing Barren Grounds are chiefly composed of a peaty, sandy, clayey or gravelly soil, but stones are rare, and rock in situ (limestone?) was encountered but two or three times on the line of march from the woods to the coast. e 54 Canadian Record of Science. NorTes ON THE FLORA oF Cap-A-L’AIGLE, By Ropert Camppsit, M.A., D.D. The locality represented by the flora described in this paper, is embraced in a stretch of six miles on the north shore of the St. Lawrence, between the Murray and Loutre Rivers, County of Charlevoix. The species noted are those that are found in fiower or fruit during the months of July and August. Those that come forth in spring and then dis- appear, or that flower later than the end of August, are not embraced in this catalogue, with one or two exceptions. EXOGENS. RANUNCULACES : Clematis virginiana, L., very frequently met with in the clumps of wood bordering on the St. Lawrence. Thalictrum cornuti, L., on the borders of little streams. Ranunculus flammula var. reptans, L., found by the writer in one spot, which was somewhat under water. Ranunculus recurvatus, Poir., abundant everywhere by the roadside and in pasture fields. Ranunculus acris, L., the stately bright buttercup, every- where found. Coptis trifolia, Salisb., on dry pine hills, growing under the shade of evergreens. Aguilegia canadensis, L., rather rare, but found on the high rocks on the banks ef the St. Lawrence. Acta spicata, L., abundant in the rich woods on the sloping banks of the St. Lawrence. Actwa alba, Michx, somewhat rarer, in similar situations. CRUCIFERZ: ee opicinale, Scop., seen occasionally on the road- side. Sinapis arvensis, L., too often seen in the grain fields, where it is a nuisance. Capsella bursa-pastoris, L., abounds in rich soil, especially in gardens and potato fields. Notes on the Flora of Cap-a-L’ Aigle. 55 Cakile americana, Nutt, one of the characteristic plants of the sea shore, to which it is confined, in this district. VIOLACEA : Viola cucullata, Ait., the only species found by the writer in fruit so late as July. CARYOPHYLLACEAE: Silene inflata, Smith, its beautiful white starry blossom abounds, and is one of the characteristics of the district. Lychnis githago, liam., seen occasionally in grain fields. Arenaria stricta, Michx., abounds in the sandy fields on the mountain steppes. Stellaria media, Smith, found everywhere in rich damp soil. Cerastium viscosum, L., abundant everywhere in pastures and by the roadside. Cerastium arvense, L., also abounds in cultivated fields. MALVACE : Malva rotundifolia, L., one specimen found outside a gar- den fence. LINACEs : Linum usitatissimum, ., found near old abandoned houses and barns. GERANIACEZ: Geranium robertianum, L., in the moist woods near the St. Lawrence. Ozxalis acetosella, L., abundant in shady ravines of the brooks running into the St. Lawrence. Oxalis stricta, L., not so often seen as the last, on higher grounds. 4 Impatiens fulva, Nutt., in the clay slopes bordering on the St. Lawrence. Impatiens pallida, Nutt., abundant on the borders of the brooks running into the St. Lawrence. ANACARDIACEZ : Rhus glabra, L., very abundant in old clearings that have been neglected. 56 Canadian Record of Science. SAPINDACEZ: Acer pennsylvanicum, L., abundant in rich moist woods near the banks of rivulets. Acer spicatum, Liam., also abounds in the same description of territory. Acer saccharinum, Wang., this tree does not thrive in the district, although oc ;casional serag goy specimens are seen. Acer rubrum, l., this variety is very abundant in the low grounds bordering on the St. Lawrence. LEGUMINOS2 : Trifolium arvense, L., seen occasionally on grass plots in front of houses by the roadside. Trifolium pratense, Li., everywhere in hay fields and pas- tures. Trifolium repens, Li., everywhere in hay fields and pastures, with its sweet perfume scenting the air. Medicago lupulina, L., abundant everywhere in pastures, hayfields and by the roadside. Melilotus officinalis, Willd., abundant in fields and by the roadside. Melilotus alba, iam., occasionaily seen, but much rarer than the yellow. Vicia sativa, L., in cultivated fields and waste grounds. Vicia cracca, l., one of the characteristic species of the district, in which it grows abundantly and luxuriantly in all situations. Vicia hirsuta, Koch, is also found, but is much rarer in the locality. Lathyrus maritimus, Bigelow, seen here and there on the clayey banks of the St. Lawrence. ROSACEZ:: Prunus pennsylvanica, L., very abundant on edges of thickets and along fences. Prunus serotina, Ehrhart, occasionally found of a consider- able size in woods bordering on brooks. Spirea salicifolia, L., very abundant in damp meadows and beside roadside fences. Notes on the Flora of Cap-a-L’ Aigle. 54 Agrimonia eupatoria, L.,a very abundant and characteristic plant of the district. Potentilla norvegica, L., found everywhere in pastures and fields, on high ground and low. Potentilla anserina, L., abundant on the coast of the St. Lawrence, and generally on damp grounds. Potentilla tridentata, Ait., another characteristic’ plant of this district, abundant in sandy fields. Fragaria virgimana, Khrhart, this favorite fruit comes in with the arrival of the first summer guests, and in damp seasons lasts for four or five weeks. Fragaria vesca, L., this delicious variety grows on up- turned roots of trees, and in the shady patches of sandy loam, and lasts right through the season. Rubus triflorus, Richardson, seen occasionally, but rather rare. | Rubus strigosus, Michx., the summer visitors luxuriate on this fruit, which the habitants’ children gather in im- mense quantities in the evenings, and sell to the Eng- lish residents on their way to school in the mornings. It lasts till September. Rosa blanda, Ait., is very abundant near dwellings and by the roadside. Pyrus americana, D.C., is very plentiful on the rich banks of the St. Lawrence, especially near rivulets; one specimen measured, girthed 46 inches. Amelanchier canadensis, Torr. and Gray, is occasionally seen but, of course, in fruit, its flowering season being June, SAXIFRAGACES : Ribes cynosbati, L., in all open woods and clearings. Ribes hirtellum, Michx., less frequently met with on low grounds near the St. Lawrence shore. Ribes floridum, L., abounds in damp woods. Ribes rubrum, L., less frequently met with on the edge of bogs or wet woods. ONAGRACEA , Circea alpina, L., this delicate little plant is a character- istic of the district, carpeting the paths through the woods in July. 58 Canadian Record of Science. Epilobium angustifolium, L., everywhere seen in the woods and new clearings. Epilobium coloratum, Muhl., is another of the characteristic plants of the district, being found everywhere in woods, grain fields and pastures. nothera biennis, L., is abundant-in the sandy fields and edges of the woods. UMBELLIFERE : Heracleum lanatum, Michx., is occasionally found, but abounds more in the Murray and Loutre river districts. Pastinaca sativa, ., frequently met with on the road- sides. Conioselinum canadense, Torr. and Gray, abounds in the swamps near the shore. Thaspium aureum, Nutt., occasionally found in dry rich woods. Cicuta maculata, Nutt., seen sometimes on the banks of small streams. Ligusticum scoticum, ., this foreigner, evidently brought by vessels from Europe, grows very luxuriantly on the rocks by the Cap-a-L’Aigle wharf, and has strayed downwards along the coast. ARALIACES: Aralia racemosa, ., rather rare, in rich soil on the bor- der of ravines. Aralia lispida, Michx, a characteristic plant of the district, very abundant in recently burned land allowed after- wards to lie waste. Aralia nudicaulis, ., almost covers the ground in therich dry woods Aralia quinguefolia, Gray, occasionally met with in the same localities. CoRNACE#: Cornus canadensis, L., vies with the Aralia nudicaulis for possession of the ground around the larger trees and plants of rich woods. Notes on the Flora of Cap-a-L’ Aigle. 59 Cornus circinata, 1 Wer., now and then met with in dry rich woods. Cornus stolonifera, Michx., abounds everywhere in damp grounds along fences. Cornus paniculata, L’Her., somewhat rare, in the thickets on the sloping banks of the St. Lawrence. CAPRIFOLIACEA : Linnea borealis, Gronoy., this beautiful favorite is rarely seen in flower so late as July, but its trailing vine in fruit, is a characteristic of the Cap-a-l’Aigle woods everywhere. Lonicera ciliata, Muhl., is occasionally met with on the wooded slope running down to the St. Lawrence. Diervilla trifida, Mcench., is one of the characteristic shrubs of the district, lining the roadside fences. Sambucus canadensis, L., occasionally seen in clumps in fields near streams. Sambucus pubens, Michx., is more abundant, growing on the edge of rocky woods. Viburnum lentago, L., on the border of a marsh by the roadside. . Viburnum nudum, ., in thickets near the margin of the ~ river. Viburnum opulus, L., one specimen seen near the Loutre. RUBIACES:: Galium aparine, L., abounds in ditches by the roadside. Galium triflorum, Michx., plentiful in the light woods, away from the seashore. Galium asprellum, Michx., abounds in the thickets border- ing on the coast. Galium boreale, L., to be found in the same regions as the Galium triflorum. Composit @ : Cirsium lanceolatum, Scop., in the fields and roadsides everywhere. Cirsium muticum, Michx., somewhat rare, on the margins of brooks. 60 Canadian Record of Science. Cirsium arvense, Scop., this pest of the farmers has taken firm hold in this district. Lappa major, Gerth,, raises itself in very strong form throughout the locality. Tanacetum vulgare, ., to be found only in two spots on the roadside, near dwellings, from the gardens of which it probably has strayed. Artemisia vulgaris, L., found near old dwellings and along the roadside, having travelled with advancing civiliza- tion, but clearly not a native. Gnaphalium decurrens, lves, abounds on the hillsides. Gnaphalium polycephalum, Michx., still more abundant than the last, and found in every variety of soil and situation. Gnaphalium uliginosum, L. in all the fields, on the hilltops, and in the cultivated grounds and gardens below as well, proving rather a nuisance; one of the charac- teristic plants of the district. ELupatorium purpureum, ., grows very large in spots near the Murray and Loutre rivers, but there is little of it in the intervening territory. Eupatorium perfoliatum, L., still rarer than the last and found in the same localities. Eupatorium ageratoides, L., grows high and strong in the woods bordering on the brooks. Senecio vulgaris, L., abounds in grounds near barns and in the neighborhood of gardens especially. Senecio aureus, L., occasionally met with in swamps and damp ditches by the wayside. Solidago squarrosa, Muhl., abounds everywhere in open fields and borders of woods. Solidago concolor, ., also abundant in the same localities as the last. Solidago latifolia, L., very abundant in cool thickets. Solidago cesia, L., is occasionally met with near fences and on the hillsides. Solidago arguta, var. juncea, Ait., prevails largely in the district in the fields and roadside. Notes on the Flora of Cap-a-L’ Aigle. 61 Solidago canadensis, L., this magnificent plant is the most, common variety of the golden rod in the district, found in all situations. Solidago gigantea, Ait., also abounds. Solidago lanceolata, this is a characteristic of the ditches and other damp portions of the wayside ; it is the latest in flowering of all the golden rods of the locality. Aster macrophyllus, L., is one of the characteristic plants of the district, contending for space throughout the woods with the Aralia nudicaulis and the Cornus cana- densis. Its large heart-shaped root-leaves completely carpet the ground with green, and are fragrant when crushed ; but few of them send up a stalk. Aster undulatus, L., also abounds in the woods on the higher ground. Aster cordifolius, L., found along fences and on the edge of woods. Aster longifolius, Lam., frequently met with in moist thickets along streams. Aster multiflorus, Ait., often seen on dry soil, near fences. Aster tenuifolius, L., occasionally found in low thickets. _Erigeron canadense, L., a characteristic plant of the dis- trict, completely covering new ground lately burnt over, and found on all the hillsides. Erigeron bellidifolium, Muhl., in thick dry woods. Erigeron strigosum, Muhl, abounds in the dry fields. Leucanthemum volgare, Lam., is as plentiful as it is every- where in Canada. Rudbeckia hirta, L., is occasionally met with in dry meadows. Achillea millefolium, L., abounds everywhere in fields, woods and waysides. Cichorium intybus, L., is rather rare, but an occasional specimen is seen on the roadside. Hieracium canadense, Mich., this and tie HMieracium scabrum, Mich., are characteristic plants of the district, found in dry sandy fields and on the hillsides, 62 Canadian Record of Science. Nabalus albus, Hook., is very abundant in the rich woods near the banks of the St. Lawrence. Nabalus altissimus, Hook, is occasionally found in the woods higher up on the banks of streams. Taraxacum dens-leonis, Desf., in the fields everywhere, although its glory is past before July. Mulgedium leucopheum, D.C., is here and there met with alongside fences and ditches. Sonchus oleraceus, L., is occasionally found near barn- yards. Sonchus arvensis, L., is found occasionally near ditches in rank grass. LOBELIACES : Lobelia inflata, L., found on the high banks of the Murray river. CAMPANULACES: Campanula rotundifolia, L., on the rocks bordering on the St. Lawrence. VACCINIACEA: Vaccinium oxycoccus, L., on the top of rocks at Cap-a- VY Aigle wharf. Chiogenes hispidula, Torr. and Gray, found in St. Fidele marsh, Vaccinium pennsyivanicum, Lam., everywhere found on high dry plains. ERICACE: Gaultheria procumbens, L., found on the high wooded slope of the Murray river. Andromeda polifolia, lu., in the St. Fidele marshes. Kalmia glauca, Ait., in the St. Fidele marshes. Kalmia angustifolia, L., in the same situations as the two last named. Ledum latifolium, Ait., also found in the St. Fidele marshes. Pyrola rotundifolia, L., in moist rich woods. Pyrola elliptica, Nutt, more numerous than the last in the the same localities. Notes on the Flora of Cap-a-L Aigle. 63 MoNOTROPES : Monotropa uniflora, L., somewhat rare, in thick woods on the Laurentian ridges. PLANTAGINACE: Plantago major, L., abounds everywhere on roads and paths and around dwellings. Plantago maritima, var. juncoides, L., grows all along the sandy shore of the St. Lawrence. SCROPHULARIACEZ : Verbascum thapsus, L., occasionally seen in the high pas- ture grounds. Veronica serpyllifolia, L., somewhat rare on warm sandy hillsides. Linaria vulgaris, Mill., seen in only two spots, evidently strayed from some garden. Euphrasia officinalis, .: found only in two places, one on the roadside at St. Fidele, the other on the face of one of the Laurentian ridges. Rhinanthus crista-galli, L., is very abundant, forming de- cidedly one of the characteristic species of the district. Melampyrum americanum, Mich., is also so numerous in _ fields and woods as to be entitled to rank with the Rhinanthus crista-galli. LABIATE : Mentha viridis, L., found in wet ditches. Mentha piperita, L., is still more abundant than the last, in the same situations. Mentha canadensis, L., found plentifully on the shady moist banks of the Murray river. Nepeta cataria, L., somewhat rare, yet one specimen near the top of one of the high Laurentian ridges. Brunella vulgaris, L., seen everywhere in moist woods and fields. Scutellaria galericulata, L., rare, on the moist banks of the Murray river. Scutellaria lateriflora, L., seen occasionally in the same situations as the last named. 64 Canadian Record of Science. Guleopsis tetrahit, L., numerous in waste places and fields. BORRAGINACES : Lycopsis arvensis, L., numerous in potato fields and gar- dens. Echinospermum lappula, Lebm., so plentiful as to be a nuisance to ladies and sheep, the nutlets clinging to wool and garments. Cynoglossum officinale, Li., common in pasture fields and by the roadside. Lithospermum arvense, ., abounds in all sandy loam soil, among the grass. Myosotis palustris, var. laxa, With., found in a few locali- ties in ditches by the roadside and on the margin of marshes. SOLANACEZ : Physalis viscosa, L., occasionally met with in sandy loam soil in brush. APOCYNACEE : Apocynum androsemifolium, L., numerous on banks and thickets, and here and there by the wayside. CHENOPODIACEZ : Chenopodium album, L., extremely common in cultivated soil and by the roadside. Chenopodium hybridum, l., in waste places, rarer than the last. Salsola kali, li, everywhere on the seashore. POLYGONACEZ: Polygonum aviculare, L., everywhere in yards and about doors. Polygonum persicaria, Lu., common near dwellings in moist ground. Polygonum acre, H. B. K., on muddy margin of streams. Polygonum arifolium, L., common in low grounds. Polygonum sagittatum, I, a characteristic plant of the district in marshy ground. Notes on the Flora of Cap-a-L Aigle. 65 Polygonum convolvulus, L., abounds among grain in cul- tivated fields. Polygonum dumetorum, L., in moist thickets, Rumex orbiculatus, Spotten, everywhere along the shore of the St. Lawrence. Rumex salicifolius, Weinmann, abounds in marshy places near the coast. Rumex crispus, L., numerous on roadsides and near dwellings. Rumex acetosella, Tourn., very common in poor sandy fields and woods. Fagopyrum esculentum, Mcench., in old fields, near deserted dwellings, strayed from cultivation. KUPHORBIACE#: Euphorbia platyphylla, L., is so plentiful everywhere as to be a characteristic plant of Cap-a-l’Aigle. URTICACEZ : Ulmus americana, L., Willd., grows near the Loutre and Murray rivers. Cannabis sativa, L., seen occasionally in waste places and by the roadside. CUPULIFERA : Corylus americana, Walt., somewhat rare at borders of woods. Ostrya virginica, Willd., rare in rich woods on the slope of the St. Lawrence. Carpinus americana. I, occasionally near the banks of streams. BETULACE : Betula lutea, Michx., in moist woods occasionally. Betula papyracea, Ait., is with the poplar, the prevailing wood of the district. Alnus incana, Willd., grows up everywhere in fields and pastures if not kept continually cut. SALICACES : Salix humilis. Marshall, indry and barren grounds, 66 Canadian Record of Sctence. Saliz discolor, Muhl., abounds in low grounds near streams. Saliz livida, var. occidentalis, Spotten, grows plentifully in moist situations, Salix lucida, Muhl., also prevails largely in similar spots. Populus tremuloides, Michx., grows very abundantly and is the chief article of fuel. Populus grandidentata, Michx., also abounds in the district. Populus balsamifera, L., attains a great size on the clayey banks of the St. Lawrence. CONIFER : Pinus resinosa, Ait., not numerous,yet well represented. Pinus strobus, L., still rarer than the last, yet found. roe Bal Marshall Abies balsamea, Marsha i All very abundant in damp J ni Poir : ; Picea WAGED OW, situations near streams. Picea alba, Link., Tsuga canadensis, Carr. is also met with in rocky and sandy hillsides, Lariz americana, Michx., seen on the banks of the Mur- ray and Loutre rivers. Thuja occidentalis, L., occasionally met with in swamps. - Juniperus communis, L., a characteristic shrub of the district, in sandy fields, ENDOGENS. TYPHACEZ : Typha latifolia, L., in marshy places, not numerous. ORCHIDACE: Spiranthes romanzoviana, Spotten, very often seen in damp pasture and hayfields. IRIDACEZ : Tris versicolor, L., abounds in wet situations. Sisyrinchium bermudiana, L., met with in moist meadows. LILIACEz : Medeola virginica, L., occasionally in rich woods. Zygadenus glaucus, Nutt., found in a few spots on the rocks néar the St. Lawrence coast. Notes on the Flora of Cap-a-L’ Aigle. 67 Clintonia borealis, Raf., under evergreens in damp woods, Streptopus roseus, Michx., numerous in thickets. Smilacina trifolia, Desf., occasionally in bogs. Smilacina bifolia, Ker., numerous in moist woods. JUNCACES : Luzula campestris, D. C., Both prevail in woods and Lnuzula pilosa, Willd., shady banks. Juncus bufonius, L., along damp paths, through hayfields. CYPERACEZ : Cyperus diandrus, Torr., frequently met with in low places. Eleocharis obtusa, Schultes, often seen in muddy soils. Scirpus pungens, Vahl., abounds in marshes, Eriophorum polystachyon, L., very common in boggy situ- ations. Carex intumescens, Rudge, common everywhere in moist soil. GRAMINES : Agrostis vulgaris, With., everywhere that grass grows. Poa pratensis, L., in all moist meadows. Bromus secalinus, L., a common pest in wheat fields and on strong soils near the coast. Panicum capillare, L.,everywhere in sandy cultivated soil. Panicum crus-galli, L., grows wherever the ground is enriched with barnyard manure. Setaria glauca, Beam, very numerous in peafields and among potatoes. Glyceria nervata, Trin., on the loamy margins of the coast. Arundinaria macrosperma, Michx., abounds on sandy mar- gins of the salt water. Spartina polystachia, Willd., Muhl., on the margin of the St. Lawrence. Phleum pratense, L., everywhere in cultivated hayfields. Alopecurus aristatus, Pers., grows on the seashore. Leptochloa fascicularis, Gray, also grows near the shore. Danthonia spicata, Beauv., abounds in the same localities, Gymnopogon racemosus, Beauv., on the banks of the St. Lawrence, 68 Canadian Record of Science. _ Festuca elatior, L., is also found in similar positions, Leersia oryzoides, Schwartz, is found high up the banks. Milium effusum, L., is also occasionally seen. CRYPTOGAMS. FIuicEs : Polypodium vulgare, L., rare, on shady rocks. Adiantum pedatum, L., common in rich woods on the higher ground. Pteris aquilina, L., is as characteristic of the district, as it is of the highlands of Scotland, covering the entire faces of many of the high hills. Asplenium filix-femina, R. Brown, in rich woods. Phegopteris dryopteris, Spotten, common in rich woods. Struthiopteris germanica, Willd., in low wet grounds near streams. Onoclea sensibilis, L., in wet grounds near Loutre. EQUuISETACEE : Equisetum hyemale, L., is a characteristic plant, growing everywhere on the high Laurentian ridges. EHquisetum limosum, L., on dry banks of streams. LyYcopoDIAE# : Lycopodium dendroideum, Michx., in dry pine woods. Selaginella rupestris, Spring, on exposed rocks in high situations. PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY. The first regular monthly meeting of the Society was held on the evening of October 28th, Sir Wm. Dawson pre- siding. The Curator reported the following donations :— Collection of game birds, Mr. Henry Hogan. Ant-eating bear and sponges, Mr. W. F. Darling. Fossils from Lake St. John, Mr. E. T. Chambers. Geological specimens, Mr. W. H. Rintoul. Birds, Mr. G. Dunlop. Beaver chips, Mr. H. T. Martin. Proceedings of Natural History Society. 69 The thanks of the Society were tendered to the donors. The Librarian reported the usual exchanges. Mr. Beaudry read a letter stating that a number of human bones had been found in an excavation on Maple Avenue, Cote St. Louis, at a depth of thirteen feet below the surface. Mr. Beaudry and Mr. McLachlan were asked to investigate the matter and report upon the results of their enquiries at a future meeting. The following were elected to ordinary membership :— Mr. HK. H. Botterell, Mr. A. 8S. McBean, Mr. Henry Mott, Dr. F. D. Adams, Mr. D. Burke and Dr. Wyatt Johnston. Mr. Shearer took the chair, and the President presented a paper on fossil sponges, illustrating the same with draw- ings and photographs, and specimens of indigenous and exotic species. The author dealt with the subject on general grounds, and traced the development of these organisms from the earlier forms. Sir Wm. Dawson also exhibited a maple leaf found by Mr. J. Townsend in an excavation on the Don River, Toronto, at a depth of fifty-five feet. Prof. Penhallow stated that it resembled the leaf of the common sugar maple in some respects, while in others it approached the Norway maple. It might possibly be an intermediate species. Dr. Wesley Mills exhibited a remarkable specimen of the plumage of a Langsham fowl, which presented the pecu- liarities of hair more than of feathers. Prof. Penhallow gave a few additional notes upon a remarkable blaze found in the interior of a beech tree, as reported to the Society some three years ago. On motion of Mr. Shearer, seconded by Dr. Mills, the following resolution was adopted :— “‘ This Society records, with deep regret, the death of Mr. Thomas Workman, one of its oldest life members, and wishes to express its sincere sympathy with the relatives of its late member ; also, that a copy of this resolution be forwarded to them.” The regular monthly meeting of the Society was held on Monday, the 25th of November, Sir Wm. Dawson presiding. 70 Canadian Record of Science. In addition to the usual representation of members, there were present a large number of citizens, who assembled to participate in the presentation of a portrait of the President to the Society. After the usual routine business had been transacted, Mr. J. S. Shearer was moved to the chair, upon taking which he announced the special business of the evening, and stated that the very fine portrait, executed by Harris, had been presented to the Society by the following friends and members: Messrs. John H. R. Molson, J. Stevenson Brown, Charles Gibb, B. J. Harrington, Sir Donald A. Smith, Prof. D. P. Penhallow, M ssrs. P. S. Ross, E. B. Greenshields, W. Drysdale, Robert Mackay, Samuel Finley, John S. Shearer, Albert Holden, George Sumner, E. T. Chambers, Hon. Edward Murphy, Messrs. Jonathan Hodgson, J. H. Joseph, Chas. Alexander, E. K. Greene, James Gardner, G. R. Prowse, J. A. U. Beaudry, and Major Latour. The Chairman then introduced the Hon. Senator Murphy, who presented the following address to Sir Wm. Dawson :— To Sir Wiliiam Dawson, LL.D., F-R.S., F.G.S., C.M.G.: We, the Council and members of the Natural History Society of Montreal, take advantage of the occasion of the uncovering of this portrait of yourself, with which we seek to adorn our walls, to ac- knowledge the obligations under which you have laid our society in particular, as well as our appreciation of the distinguished ser- vices which you have rendered to science in general. It is now thirty-four years since your name was first enrolled as a member of this society, and from that time until now you have labored assiduously to promote its objects. No fewer than twenty times have you, by the suffrages of the members, been elected to the presidency, the highest office in their gift, although they have felt that you have done greater honor to the society than the society could confer upon you, in accepting this office at their hands, while you have been no less active in working in the interests of the society when not occupying the presidential chair. We gratefully recognize the spirit of the true scientist in the readiness which you have ever shown to devote time and energy to furthering the aims of the society, when the pressing nature of your important professional duties might well have been pleaded as an excuse for declining to charge yourself with the responsi- bilities in connection with our humble undertakings. We desire to Proceedings of Natural History Society. 71 put on record also our sense of the geniality which has always marked your intercourse with the members of the society, and of the kindness and encouragement you have shown to young workers in the domain of natural history. Then you have striven to foster a taste for the study of nature in the community generally by your numerous popular lectures on scientific subjects, while in the many original papers which you have read before the society, and-which have gone to enrich the columns of its journals, you have pointed out the way by which the student of special branches of science may become expert. We recognize in you a foremost authority in the science of geology, and rejoice in the appreciation of your scientific attain- ments and achievements, evinced not less in your elevation by the vote of brother scientists to the presidency successively of the American Association for the Advancement of Science and of the British Association for the same object, the highest position attain- able by a man of science, than in your being enrolled by our be- loved Sovereign Queen Victoria, in the distinguished order of British knighthood. As members of the Natural History Society of Montreal, we have felt as if we shared in the various well deserved honors conferred upon you. We further congratulate you upon the high position attained by the university of which you are the eminent principal, among the educational institutions of the world, and upon the growing evidence, afforded from time to time, of the estimation in which it is held by prominent citizens who have contributed to its endowment. Feeling that we were doing a Service to future students of natural history who will wish to look upon the features of one who had so much to do with laying its foundations in Canada, we have resolved to hang in our hall this portrait by Harris, subscribed for by members and friends of the society, hoping that it may prove an inspiration to the generations that shall come after us, to emulate the noble example which you have set them. In reply, Sir William said:—Hon. Mr. Murphy and gentlemen, I need not say how much I appreciate the kind- ness of the friends who have desired to give me in that picture, a permanent place in the rooms of the society along with those who have been its friends and ornaments in the past, and to accompany this generous act with so kindly, and I fear too complimentary, words to myself. I do not, however, consider myself precisely one of the specimens of the Natural History Society. I hope that the excellent 12 Canadian Record of Science. portrait executed by Mr. Harris may, as you anticipate, do its part in affording stimulus and encouragement to future votaries of science who may pursue their studies under the auspices of this society. In entering, thirty-four years ago, onthe educational work in this city, which has been the main business of my life, [reckoned on this society and on the Geological survey, then under my friend Sir William Logan, as guarantees for the elevation of the study of natural science in this country and in connection with our univer- sity. In this I have not been disappointed ; and if, as you kindly say, I have been ready to further the aims of the society, | have only done what gratitude prompted, as well as the feeling that the popularization of science and the promotion of original work for which this society is consti- tuted, must furnish the most potent aids to scientific educa- tion, as well as the best encouragement to those younger workers in natural science whose interests have always been near my heart. For myself, I have felt that the place given to me has been that of an humble student in the school of nature, and an expositor to others of what I have been able to learn respecting the works of the All-Wise, of whose mighty power only a faint whisper can be heard by us in this lower sphere. This society, the earliest established in Canada for the study of natural science, can take credit to itself for the first suggestion of our now great geological survey ; for the first invitation to meet on Canadian soil, ex- tended to the great scientific associations of America and of Great Britain ; for along and invaluable series of scientific memoirs published in its proceedings, which now constitute the most complete repertory of the progress of natural science in Canada, and for the aid and encouragement which it has afforded to many of our ablest workers in scientific education and original research. During the time in which I have had the privilege of being a member of this society, it has passed through some perilous crises, but its course has on the whole been onward; and as some of its old and tried friends have passed away, others have arisen in their room. It is now in a better and more secure position than ever be- Proceedings of Natural History Society. 73 fore. It has many young and earnest men interested in its prosperity, and has a hold on the esteem and liberality of the public which must ensure it a still higher and more use- ful career in the future. You have been so kind as to refer to the university with which I am connected, and in which education in science has made great progress in recent years. I am happy to know that between it and this society there have always been the most cordial relations, which have been cemented by many mutual benefits. It is an ad- ditional pleasure to me that the portrait now to be placed on the walls of this society has been contributed to by so many personal friends, long associated with me, all of them in the work of this society. I may add that it is an ad- ditional pleasure that the function of presenting it has been placed in the hands of my friend the Hon. Mr. Murphy, who has been for so long a valuable member of this society; who has always been a zealous friend and patron of science and who has been considered worthy of being one of the lords in the Senate of Canada. Mr. Stevenson Brown presented Lady Dawson with an ex- tremely tasteful bouquet, after which, in a few judiciously chosen terms, he accepted the picture on behalf of the society, and as curator, promised to give it a prominent place in the museum. After adjournment, the audience passed two hours most pleasantly, in an inspection of the collections and of micro- scopical specimens which were kindly placed on exhibition by members of the Microscopical Society. 74 Canadian Record of Science. Book NOTICES. Buiietixn U. S. GeotocicaL Survuy.'—In this interesting and valuable bulletin Mr. Russell describes the great deposits of red clays, &c., resulting from the decay of the surface rocks in the Appalachian Region, south of the southern limit of the glaciated area, and then considers their bearing on the much debated question of the origin of the red coloring matter of sandstones and shales. Over large areas in Virginia and the Carolinas these residual deposits are over 100 feet thick. The clayey material when washed with water, leaves behind a residue composed of more or less angular fragments of quartz and feldspar with scales of mica and fragments of other minerals, each grain being coated with a thin layer having a red or brown color, which is rich in ferric oxide and alumina and may be described as a feruginous clay. This coloring matter adheres firmly and is not removed by prolonged washing, a fact which is illustrated by the red color of the sands deposited by the streams of Virginia and the Carolinas in districts underlain by crystalline rocks. Hot hydrochloric acid, however, ‘removes the coloring matter, leaving the grains with their normal tints. The examination of a number of red sandstones showed that their coloring matter was identical, both chemically and in its mode of occurrence, with that in these residual deposits. Mr. Russell believes that when crystalline rocks become thoroughly decomposed, especially in hot and moist climates where decomposition takes place not only more rapidly, but more thoroughly than in colder or drier climates, where rocks are often disintegrated without suffering marked decomposition, the residual deposits will be of a red color on account of the oxidation of the iron contained in the original rock, not only in the form of pyrites and magnetite, but also in various silicates such as pyroxene, mica, &c. Such deposits are by no means confined to the Appalachian Region, the terra rossa of Europe, the Laterite of India, and the red earth of Bermuda being similar in character and origin. If these deposits be washed away and redeposited, without prolonged friction such as that produced by ocean waves, the transportation being carried on by water which does not contain organic matter or other agents which would affect the reduction and solution of the iron, red sandstones and shales will be produced. 1 Subaerial Decay of Rocks and Origin of the Red Color of Certain Formations. Israel Cook Russell, Bulletin of the United States Geological Survey No. 52, Washington, 1889. (pp. 65.) Book Notices. — 75 If, however, rocks are merely disintegrated and carried away without undergoing any profound decomposition, if the iron is re- moved from red sediments by the agencies above mentioned or if the original rock does not contain any considerable amount of iron, the resulting rocks will not be red, but will have the subdued tints more often presented by the same rocks. After a brief state- ment of the views of some former writers as to the cause of the red color in question, Mr. Russell coneludes his pamphlet with a good bibliography of the subject which will be of much value to any one wishing to continue his study of this most interesting problem. ° F, D. A. Meramorpxosis or Rocks.\—This book is a thesis written for the Doctorate in Science in the University of London and is an attempt to consider more fully tee Chemical and Physical side of Professor Bonney’s Presidential address to the Geological Society of Iondon in 1886. The author considers that a greatly exaggerated importance has been attributed to “ Regional Metamorphism” and endeavours to show that the theory which occounts for the genesis of the Archeen Rocks by the reactions which took place in a cooling globe, is the only true and valid one. After a few general and introductory remarks, the subject of metamorphism is taken up and treated under the five following heads:—Paramorphism, Metatropy, Metataxis, Hyperphoric Change, and Contact-metamorphism, with the introduction of a somewhat depressing number of new, terms. Two appendices con- tain notes on various points connected with the subject. The book contains little or nothing new being merely a redis- cussion of facts already discussed, but the author has agood know- ledge of the literature of his subject and the frequent references which he gives to important papers, will make it of value to students. The book is unfortunately written in a very self-satisfied spirit, and the frequent more or less contemptuous personal references which it contains are, especially in a work of this kind, to be de- plored. In order to make any sound progress toward a final solution of the problem of the origin of the Archzen Rocks and Crystalline Schists, what is really needed is a great deal more good, careful and 1 Chemical and Physical Studies in the Metamorphism of Rocks. A. Irving, D. Sc.,B.A., F.G.S. London, Longmans, Green and Co., 1889, (pp. 137.) 76 Canadian Record of Science. laborious work in typical areas of these rocks—such work as has been carried out by Lehmann, in Saxony ; Brogger, Tornebohm and Reusch, in Scandinavia; Heim, in the Alps; Macpherson, in Spain, and Lawson in part of Central Canada. When we have in this way become possessed of the facts concerning these rocks, our theoretical deductions will be much more valuable than they are at present. In the meantime, the consideration of such questions as, whether the water present on the primeval crust of the earth existed as puddles or oceans, and whether the feeble foliation of the fundamental gneisses may not be due to the solar tidal waves in the original magma, while the more pronounced foliation and apparent false bedding of the schists may be attributed to the action of the lunar tides, can scarcely be considered to be especially profitable. Ff, (Dy AG NOTES. A very interesting and somewhat unusual instance of reversion was recently brought to my notice in a specimen of Trillium erectum var album which appeared in the student collection of Mr.S. W. Mack. The plant was eight inches high and the three leaves much less than the normal size. The ordinary sepals were enlarged to two-thirds the size of the leaves, which they very closely resemble in all respects. The three petals had become sepals, which were, however, much broader and more leaf-like than in the normal flowers. The six stamens were all connected into fuliar organs, each about the size of a normal sepal. They closely resembled the sepals in all respects except in the tips, which were white and quite pitaloid. The pistil was completely transformed, and each carpel replaced by two— six in all—linear and small foliar structures resembling abortive petals. Monstrosities are common in this genus, but this particu- lar case is one of more than passing interest. DPagPe Duration in hrs.. 131 I Mean velocity...| 13.0 18 Greatest mileage in one hou Greatest velocity in gusts 5 the 28th. — | | == =) | i | R, 1889. : Meteorologi?et. OC. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. Bg. } a THES. 95 5 Ba a | =a fees oT: yest Rae orm] goS| ae | 38 | zs DAY. poesia] £8 | es | 85 DAY. — Ba al Bs Bg ag Mean.| VS 44S fe ep tall ge jae D faa ee oe ees | es ee | Sr ed —_—__———— I} 56.93 4H C9] 0 42 . | O-qz2 | ox 2 46.03 of 00 0 07 Oo 07 2 3] 38.82 oF OF |) 0.39 25348) 3 4 40.37 TOWN} SO 0.24 0.24 4 5 | 38-93 Tie) | | ID es 5 SuNDAY........ Wil g, obs Bio] | eo eto arAe) 35 OWE | © conadeb asd SUNDAY 3 10 00 0.33 0 33 7 g es: 10 90 | 0.08 ° 08 8 9| 44.77 ° 80 | 0.04 0.04 | 9 IO | 40.45 oy 44 see 10 II 41.63 of 79 F It 12 | 39.47 of 54 12 SuNDaAY....... 3} |), os ode ff 95 = el acpealhe sia aen, 9 DEQ Winvtpatns 20g Sunpay 14 | 42.30 fe) 2g 30 sad6 maul es 15 44.32 OF 9 oon Hrsiane ree 15 16 | 43.95 of 97 sees 3000 -+e. | 16 17 48.13 gop 12 tees soibd Hoe Pe B5? 18 A320) 4) Sn) <2 Inapp- 0.00 | 18 19] 43.50] 4° 79 ao gg. Nr epoca 19 SunDay...., mats 20)"| Meee gs Pf 77] +e PAO) PASS EIigoleeheccuens SUNDAY, 21 3-47] 4 Om 7° ‘ : - | 22 5 22| 34.40| 4° : a vee 22 23 27.70 308 9 On 23 24 | 33-28] 4o§ 92 : : 24 25 | 39.02] 4|° i Silke 25 AB) || Pari}, | ZA) | fy. SAS 26 SUNDAV.s <4 414427) | 0.200 4° 00 | 0-47 E Owe? Pep -wahe eenne SunDay 28 | 38.13 4c f oO} 0.47 0.8 | 0.55 | 28 29 35-73 La | poe 0.04 vislafe 0.04 | 29 go || 35-12] 4/0 45] ---- so) SS) Bia a5. 650 1) 4) Oia vee 30 soo. | Se ~ Le ee | ae senen S eee Aah ona Means.| 40.15 | 4 36.6] 3.34 ORS Hu lesiea 2 SUMSiae ee ee eleter eels —————|———__|_—_ jj —_—_— | | Chu —— I5 yrs. means for & i 15 years means for and ‘ncluding this mo.} 45.00] 5|:: 141.2] 3.42 1.7 | 3.59 ‘including this month ndgthe Ist. Coldest day was the 23rd. Highest baro- Wmeter reading was 30.605 on the 23rd; lowest bar- ometer was 29.393 on the Ist; giving a range of 1.212 inches. Maximum relative humidity was 99 on the lstand7th. Minimum relative humidity was 38 on the 24th. Rain fell on 12 days. Snow fell on | day. Rain or snow fell on 12 days. Aurora on | night. Hoar frost on 12 days. Fog on 2 days. ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF OCTOBER, 1889. Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent, "7 Sky Croupe Ee THERMOMETER. BAROMETHR. WIND. In Tentus. [5 5 Sis - 2 =a roel 1 Mean Fenn 5 Sk 23 iy oa Fa a pres- jrelative| Dew el] ES) a, =| DAY. ‘ . Sure of | bumid-| point. | @ Mean a | # ca 5 Ba oe a5 DAY. Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range] *Mean. | SMax. | §Min. | §Range.} vapour. | ity- General velocity! ¢ | & ou! 3 o= |.28 direction. jin miles S = a4 2 r= 3 perhour} a 2) Fa 1} 56.93] 61.1 53-0 8.1} 29.4642 | 29.543 29 393 150 4293 2.3 54-7 S.W. 15-5 8.5 | 10 00} 0 42 eel |} a 2 46.03 54-4 35-5 18.9 29.7908 30.042 29 479 563, 2482 79.8 39-0 W. 21.2 8.2 | 10 00 © 07 oO 07 2 3] 38.82] 42.4 32.0 10.4 29.9888 | 30-068 29-868 200 2132 go.o 35-8 S. 7-5 8.3 | 10 or 0.39 0.39 3 4] 40.37 | 42.8 37-7 5-1 39-0917 30.242 29.846 396 2322 2.5, 38.3 N. W. 8.2 10 9 | Io 00} 0.24 0.24 4 5 | 38.93] 41.9 36.5 5-4] 30 1415] 30.220 39 084 136 1888 79-7. 33.0 a 9-4 ] 10.0} 10 Cr) od 5 Sunpay........ 6) eee 4500 37-5 76 ah 4) Saiager een | lee tccal= = a oe N_E. 13.7 Sates 00 | 0.79 OW || © coeccescnc SuNnDAy 7 39.95 42.7 38 5 4-2 2 798 221 «2315 93-7 38.2 N..W, 15-7 10.0 | 10 | 10 00 0.33 © 33 7 8] 37.38] 40.0 35-5 4-5 29.788 052 1908 85-3 33-2 S.W. 20.3 | 100] 10 | 10 00 | 0.08 oo8 |} 8 9| 44:77 | 53.2 35.9 17.3 29 696 970 2115 17 35-7 S.W- 19.3 6.8 | 10 80 | 0.04 O-o4 | 9 TO} 40.45 45.0 35-1 9-9 29.768 150 1728 09 0 31.0 W.. Il.4 (77 || +O) 44 = 10 z} 41.63 | 47.7 36.4 11.3 29-909 085 1790 67.8 31-7 Wi. 8.1 8.0 | Io 79 It 12] 39-47 | 45.0 35-6 9.4 30.036 138, 1630 67.3 29-7 N-\W. 7:3 3.5 | 10 54 12 Sunpay....... 13] .-. 48.1 PA UKE) | | “oooubing! |! cebeou IP sebaco |} coca. || eopns . me N.E. 19-9 500 I, 95 TZ -.-000 14 | 42.30] 49.9 33-7 10.2 | 30.2042 | 30.285 30.135 150 -1915 71-5 33:3 N.E. 15-9 Oo] 0 97 14 15 | 44.32] 52.8 30.7 16.1] 30.1727 | 30-231 39 119 112 1787 61.2 31.5 N. 14.0 0.0] 0 98 15 16 | 43.95] 51.4 36.2 15.2] 30.1922] 30.265 30.116 149 1678 59-3 ae? | hoceoc. wo00 8.4 o.5) |) 2 97 16 17} 48.13] 55.6 39-6 16.0} 29.9413 | 30.063 29.857 206 2328 68.7 37-8 S.W. 16 4 5.5 | 10 12 17 18} 43.20] 48,2 38.6 9:6] 29.9857 | 30.044 29.888 156 1782 71-7 31.3 W. 12.4 7-3} 10 23 18 19] 43-50] 49.3 37-7. | 11.6} 29.9905 | 30.125 29.739 386 1942 69-3 | 33-7 S.l. 9-7 | 6.8 | 10 a 19 SUNDAWEP eine 20) | Meena 53.9 S| 2) Scsapas || 55600 9 ao Ban pe} || Suso 3 77 20 ++ 000ees+SUNDAY 21 | 33.47] 49-9 27.6 13.3] 30.2495 | 30.306 30.103 203 1215 65.0 22.5 4.3 3-8] 10] o Te os 22 | 34.40] 41.5 28.5 13.0] 30.3545 30. 463 30.309 154 1262 63.2 22.8 10.6 67]|10] o 7 22 23 | 27.70] 33-2 21.8 11-4] 30.5400 | 30.605 30.480 125 0988 65.3 17.8 9.6 0.0} 0} o 98 23 24 | 33:28] 42.9 22.8 20.1 | 30.2975 | 30 436 30.135 301 1053 57-5 19.3 8-7 0.5 | AO) a 24 25| 39.02] 46.3 30-7 15.6 | 29 9863] 30.075 29.929 146 1428 60.7 26.2 15.0 8.2] 10] 0 12 25 26] 41-13] 46.3 35.5| 10.8] 30.0037] 30.045 29.946 099 1678 64.8 300 4.2 | 100] 10] 10 00 26 SuNpay.. ...., Fy f|\ panna 43.8 38.1 Corel | “uosdaml icopcoo WilPemserde |! -odeo t || canon N.E. WE |} son 00} 0.47 ee 0.47 | 27 «++. -.0e, Sunpay 28) 38.13 | 42.1 33-2 8.9 29.990 29-744 246 -2152 93 3 36.3 N.E. 43-1 } 10.0 | 10 | 1c 29] 35-73] 38.3 329 5-4 30-177 30.017 160 1770 84 31 N.E. 31.1 9-5 | 10] 7 30 | 35-12] 4-1 30.6 10.5 30.228 30.171 057 1602 78.8 28.8 N.W. 83 35} 10] 0 31] 35-85 | 4r.1 29.7 11.4 30-193 30.093 100 1785 84.8 3I 5 E. 4.6 8.0] 10} o tries c+eessMeans.| 40.15 | 46.06] 34 42 30.0384] ..... Bo jf- aeeau .182 1888 74-3 EO |} csoncs 13-75 | 6.31 | . 15 vis. means for & =| F | 15 years means for and neluding this mo,| 4.00 | 52,02 shcyul ao || eereere || soesos Ml sapoas 212 2399 (cee, Naseer be seaian 6 45 41.2] 3.42 1 7_| 3-59 /includine this month ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. fies *Barometer readings reduced to sea-level andthe Ist. Coldest day was the 23rd. Highest baro- ‘eee 2 Pies f mlmeter reading was 30.605 on the 23rd; lowest bar- irection.... N. N.E. | BE. | S.E. Ss. S.W. W. | N. W. | Calm. temperature of 32° Kahr. meter was 29-393 on the Ist; giving a range of ——— a 1.212 inches. Maximum relative humidity was 99 seees| 1703 3150 236 | 374 696 1739 1712 620 § Observed. be the eae le Minimum relative humidity was SS eee ee ee as o 38 on the 24th. RON f n inches of mercury. 0 Duration in hrs.. 131 170 38 36 59 112 131 62 5 f HACER 2 ane Roe ae iy 7 oe Rain fell on 12 days. Mean velovity...|_ 13.0 | 281s 62 || aad |) el) Gag Vee || ew pp Humidityrelative, sptrahonsbatne LG: Snow fellonWdny. I Hight years only. Rain or snow fell on 12 days. ————— Greatest mileage in one hour was 48 on the 28th. Greatest velocity in gusts 56 miles per hour on the 28th. Resultant mileage, 2,275 Resultant direction, N 17° W. Total mileage, 10,230. lest cold was 21.8 on the 28rd, temperature of 39.3 degrees. The greatest heat was 61.1 on the Ist; the great- iving & range) of Warmest day was Aurora on I night. Hoar frost on 12 days. Tog on 2 days. > ; Re, 1889. Meteorologica C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. a THER} 38 | E ° 5 -_ a a I Se al ee {Bie ae Ros] so Sy | ee DAY. Soa| FA | ad | ss DAY. S27) & Ba | Se a, 6 [aa] & = 2 & fe 1 31 eee see 0 I 2 09 0.07 aoe 0 07 2 SUNDAE EES Cry |] Od 28) cobn || Conch ewan aan . SUNDAY 4 7° | Inapp.| .... | 0.00} 4 : 5 58 0 2006 5 6 46 | Inapp.| Inapp.| 0 00 | 6 7 49 nOO0 misters nae 7 8 86 : 8 9 66ull. a 3 } 9 SunpDAy. .....-10 go aarere hie . TOfeietrarsveisueters SuNDAY II co | Inapp. fo. || Oeetey | ro 12 tele) 000 nem see | 12 13 00 | 0.02 Sic 0.02 | 13 14 07 | 0.07 | Inapp.| 9.07 | 14 15 06 at 0.6 0.06 15 16 61 eras eis 16 SUNDAY........ 17 98 S000 1000 cocoon |] HG) ocagcsoodn SUNDAY 18 96 ae boo || aK) 19 00 O.O1 oe 90 Or 19 20 bore) 0.96 ae © 96 | 20 | H 21 oo 0.13 0.13 | 21 22 oo 0.24 o 0.24 | 22 23 o3 0.02 0.02 | 23 SUNDAY fee 24 OL | 0.03 adits @s08 |) cabostboo SUNDAY 25 12|Inapp.| - - 0,00 | 25 26 36 oe so0o (Me ; 27 00. 6 7-5 | 0.75 | 27 | 28 00 . Goi 0.76 | 28 29 00 0.4 | 0,04 | 29 30 96 3 boo +++, | 30 sa tatennetave ..- Means 30.5 1.68 15.6 S),232) |SUTS Gasosooondcosune | I5 yrs. means for & 15 years means for and including this mo,) 32. 38.(129.0] 2.41 13.6 | 3.79 !including this month |ometer was 29.315 on the 22nd; giving a range of [ j (1.296 inches. Maximum relative humidity was 100 Direction...... se N. N.E. on the 20th. and 2lst. Minimum relative humidity = ==|—= —— was 49 on the 4th. Miles.........+.-| 332 2412 Rain fell on 14 days. Duration in hrs.. 28 122, Snow fell on 6 days. = - ——|—_——_ Rain or snow fell on 18 days. Mean velocity...] 11.9 19-8 Rain and snow fell on 2 days. a Le ee ee aes An Aurora was observed on 1 night. Greatest mileage in one hour v See frost on 6 days. Greatest velocity in gusts 76 ; Lunar halo on | night. z ay 3 Lunar corona on the 30th. three miles on the 28th. Romontmdans Resultant mileage, 4,410 ‘ ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF NOVEMBER, 1889. Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. THERMOMETER. *BAROMETER. WIND. The epee he} 5 Ba a 5 ia hie Guan] (a iz? rogsmits {Mean {Mean is wae ae | oe 2? =s = 3 |) he } pres- relative) Dew 5 828 ec BS as DAY. sure of | bumid-| point. Mean} ¢ | 4 alesse] 2+ ge | cs DAY. Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range] Mean §Max. §Min. | SRange.} vapour. f ity- General |yelocity] & S652? a Sa aig direction. in miles} S| = | A J¥¢ | 2 perhou: a 1 39.47 | 43.9 35-8 8.1 30.2202 | 30.264 30.151 ~113 2010 83.0 34-5 4.9 8.7 | 10 5 31 9060 ao AeD0 I 2| 46.58) 54-0 37.2 16.8} 29.9795 | 30.235 29.651 +584 2697 83.0 40.5 16.6 | 10.0] 10] 10 09 | 0.07 0 07 SUNDAY: :...++- 3 30006 55:0 44.6 10.4 : Sod 2 || co090 we Pte Bone bond 25.5 0000 || co |} 40 04) o 13 0.13 Bo .. SUNDAY 4] 42.37 | 48.7 37.2 11.5} 30-0207 | 30.074 29.963 111 1810 67.7 31.8 24-3 4.3] 10] 0 7° | Inapp. 0.00] 4 5 | 35.00} 38.7 31-7 7-9} 30 1023 | 30.153 30-044 109 1433 70.8 26.3 18.4 88/10} x 58 000 aoa || 4 6} 38.55] 43.2 32-8 | 10.4} 29.9530 | 30.037 29-856 +181 1573 67.5 | 28.5 25.8 | 8.8]10] of 46} Inapp. ooo] 6 7| 41.77) 48-3 32-9 15-4] 29 9347 | 30 113 29-840 +273 1835 68.5 32.3 24.3 5.2 | 10] o 40) || sovo dc 7 8] 32.52] 38.0 20.7 11.3] 39.1580] 30.258 30.030 228 1302 70.8 24.2 9.3 2.0 | 10] o 86 8 9} 39-32] 47-1 31-7 15-4] 29.9630] 30,017 29 918 -099 1948 81.7 33-8 9.6 5.3] 10 || o 66 9 GPYS%s sacacnt@ |} eo noe 2.6 29.8 12.8 5 70000 O06 800 0900 K. eu” || ocoo |< é G21] como eA | Nom isc ecenee SUNDAY 11] 39.73 | 43-0 33 7 9.3 30.107 30.042 065, 91-3 37-7 S.W. 10.6 | 10.0 | 10] 10 oo | Inapp. 0-00 | rr 12 43.68 46.6 4o1r Os 30.186 30.012 174 89.2 40.7 s. 7-5 10.0 | Io | 10 oo Soba wees | x2 13 | 41 55| 46.0 38.3 7-7 29.961 29.686 275 94:3 39-8 N.E. 10.5 | 10.0 | 10] 10 00 | 0.02 0.02 | 13 14 39 02 47.0 29.5 17-5 29-774 29-581 -193 87.0 35-2 W. 19.7 9.5 | 10 7 °7 0.07 0.07 | x4 15 | 21.82 || 30.1 18 g 11.2 30.437 29 960 477. 66.5 12.7 N. W 16.3 8.3 | 10 | 5 06 0.06 | 15 16 | 22.07 | 25.0 17.5 760} 30.011 30.495 116 70.2 14-2 W. 20.2 2.8]10] o 61 +. | 16 Sunpay. 7 31| Waser 400 23 9 16.1 Secreto ||Gesop aad nl eodaores aoa dso " abt WwW. 280 end 6 98 5000 WW] ooscosc00n SunpDAy 18 | 34.35] 40.4 27.7 12-7 | 30.2457 | 30.311 30.176 +135 1522 76.7 27-7 We 11-5 0.5 1] 0 96 nou 18 19 | 36.22 | 40.5 32.3 8.2 30.0462 30.130 29-952 178 1750 82.2 31.2 N.h. 12.6 10.0 | 10 | 10 00 | o.o1 19 20| 38.18] 40.0 35 6 4.4] 29-7005 | 29.882 29-599 -283 2238 96-8 37-2 N.E. 15.6 | 10,0} 10 | 10 09 | 0.96 20 21} 39-33| 42-9 36.6 6.3} 29.5740 | 29 605 29.503 102 2260 93.5 37-7 Ss. 7.2 g-2|10] 5 00 | 0.13 21 22] 37.07] 39.3 35.6 3-7] 39-3767 | 39.437 29-315 122 2110 95-3 35-8 N. 13.3 | t00| 10] 10 00} 0.24 22 23 | 38.62] 43.0 36 5 6.5] 20.7145 | 29-955 29.486 =469 2072 88.3 35.2 NW. 16.7 8.7] 10] 2 3 | 0.02 23 Sunpav.. .24 so00d 43-1 32.7 10.4 . 6\I|) Seqdo0 ceoonaxce 9000 008 oocd 2008 16.6 cave || 0 60 or o- so OG} |} 2X) ocaocooene SuNDAY 25 | 30.20] 41.0 22.8 18.2] 30 2738 | 30.441 30.109 +332 1192 70.9 21.8 16.4 6.3] 10] o 12 5 00 [OCS || B5 26} 26.08] 28.9 22.8 6.1 39-5553 | 30-597 30-494 103 1018 72.2 18.3 7.6 6.5] 10] o 36 . -... | 26 27 | 2357 | 27.0 20.8 6.2 3°. 4345 30.595 30.189 +406 1055 84.2 19 3 20.1 10 0 | 10] 10 00 7-5 | 0.75 | 27 28 | 22.08 | 25.0 x98 5.2 29.6868 30.029 29-473 -556 1103 93 5 20.5 37-6 10.0 | 10} 1c 00 7-1 0.76 | 28 29) 24.45 | 31.0 199 11.1 29-7177 29.856 29-611 +245 1158 87 5 21.2 15.6 10.0] 10] o oo 0.4 | 0,04 | 29 3°] 17.98] 21.5 137 7-8} 30-2017 | 30-369 29 956 413 0790 80.2 13.0 28 2 3.0] 10] o 96 oo cone || 20 ++.+-Means.| 34.29 | 40.03 | 29.97] 10.06] 30.0118] ...... 244 1686 81.2 289 16.7 | 7.61] .. | .. J. 30.5] 1.68 15.6 | 3.29 |Sums .. 15 Reet means for & 15 years means for and including this mo, 32.08 | 38.08 26.04! 12.04 1 30,0117 261 1551 Fee) 4 eco VY eno eos008 7-40 129.0] 2.41 13.6 3-79 lincludine this month ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. Direction........ N. | NE) & | se | os. |siw. | w. |N.w.| Calm. 332 2412 379 Fag ma | 2192 3360 aecR | Durationinhrs..|| 28 |/a22)/ 48/428 | 75 | 13a | 277 | 3a | 6 Mean velocity...| az.9 | 19-8 Aa | 10.7 ran | 16.5 te 19.9 Greatest mileage in one hour was 62 on the 28th. Greatest velocity in gusts 76 miles per hour for three miles on the 28th. Resultant mileage, 4,410 Resultant direction, N 76°5 W. Total mileage, 12,025. Average velocity 16.7 m. p. h. «Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and temperature of 32° Fahr. § Observed. + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. { Humidity relative, saturation being 100- | Hight years only. The greatest heat was 55-1 on the 3rd; the great- est cold was 13.7 on the 30th, giving a range of temperature of 41.3 degrees. Warmest day was the 3rd. Coldest day was the 30th. Highest baro- meter reading was 30.611 on the 16th; lowest bar- ometer was 29.315 on the 22nd; giving a range of 1.296 inches. Maximum relative humidity was 100 on the 20th. and 2lst. Minimum relative humidity was 49 on the 4th. Rain fell on 14 days. Snow fell on 6 days. Rain or snow fell on 18 days. Rain and snow fell on 2 days. An Aurora was observed on 1 night. Hoar frost On 6 days. Lunar halo on 1 night. Lunar corona on the 30th. Fog on7 days. 1889. Metecfeet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. OUDED] E ONTHS. |°5 9 Ay g | — pn .| ao om as | S| Gls [ee ae DAY. Ml dg |atea = Be pee DAY. M: or On or om BR) lS & & SUD sasonoo = | Palh || 29 35] .. ago || S000 Il 3 ‘Goocpapdapsimeay.Gy 2] 3f0 | 1° og) vee o.r | 0.01] 2 3 {o ° 72 > 0.2 0.02 3 Pea eteniene 78 oey Aili miowaal ei 5 pace) ° 00 ono 1.0 0.07 5 6] 219] 0 32 coe 1-2 0.07 6 7 3/0 Io foJe) eye aye afals 7 SUNDAV...... fo 8 00 | 0.41 ghdo. |/@o4is' I posds cacao seimyny 9 4!o I 00 0.41 oid 0.41 9 10 | 3f0| © 78 | 0.02 : 0.02 | 10 11 | 3f0]| 10 | 0°] 0.55 | Inapp.| 0.55 | 1 12 2/0 | © 53 toe Oddo g |) 1&3 13] 1f9] O° 24 3900 0.5 | 0.03 | 13 14 fo ° 00 ecee oO.1 O.Or | 14 SUNDAY........15 | a: | SIL. 0000 1.4 | 0-05 | 15 eseeeeeeee SUNDAY 16 | 20] O}| 64] .e. Sl 56) |} 17 | 2/0 | 10 QD) |} ooc 0 2 | 0.02 | 17 18 | 3/9 | 1¢ 09 |} 0.12 000 0.12 | 18 19 | 3/0 | 10 00 | 0.58 0.58 | 19 20 | 3/2] to 00 | 0.64 se. | 0.64 | 20 21| 2/3| © 64 | 0.14 0.14 | 21 SUNDAV.-. cece: 22 ee 50 fee) 0.06 3.2 a Ee) eP) clodidacs ..» SUNDAY 23] 10} © 96) | see. ad06 Go | easy 24 | 3° | 10 31 D008 Ts FO ra) 24 25 jo | 10 04 | 0.01 soon) Ores. | 3 26 | 2| 9] C9} wees 3-4 | 0.34 | 26 27 lo | o qi lore Stan . | 27 28] 1°] © 44 | cone o.r | o.or | 28 SuNDAY. 4005-29] «+ | °= 00 | 0.25 0. | 0.26 | 29 ..........SUNDAY 30 | 110] © CEH ene gone Googull ee) 31 11 fo} 95 tee wee sooe | 31 2 iio te ...»Means.| 2). | -- | 30-1 | 3-19 BIA || Ziggy) WSUS soooogéocaq0s0nn || Ie yrs. means for & 15 years means for and Peoeaine this mo,] 1] -- [126.7] 1-43 23.9 | 3 81 including this month —________4] andjbarometer was 29.036 on the 26th, giving a range of) 2 : 1.853 inches. Maximum relative humidity was x1o¢| Direction........| NN pe the ene Minimum relative humidity was 56 on| See Te ae the 3rd. Miles.....-.-+++-| 8 Rain fell on 11 days. Durationin hrs..| Snow fell on 14 days. a eT aaa] Rain or snow fell on 22 days. Mean velocity...) 14| Rain and snow fell on 3 days. — TTC An Aurora was observed on 2 night. Greatest mileage in giving) Hoar frost on 3 days. Greatest velocity inirmest) Lunar halo on one night. ; dghest) Hog on 5 days. five miles on the 30th. jo oct g on 5 days on our records.) | ib 2 ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF DECEMBER, 1889. Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. Sky CLouDED THERMOMETER. *BAROMETER. WIND. Ty Toxmas. (33 | a,|, | 8 | { Mean praca is Fis aa =a |os | pres- |relative) Dew . ofA] & eS 2 DAY. , sure of |bumid-| point. | generar Mee,| & | el aloes] 22 | Fe | es DAY. Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range} Mean. | SMax. §Min. | §Range. | vapour. | ity. dituston Ke wale iS § 5 |e8 fe oA B= i . =| aN [ iperhour| e 1) ea | RPS a cuo0nan 8] Goaa 35-9 17-7 18.2 ppnG0d || 000056 ova0a 0006 see p09 wae WwW. FEB. |) cone Bo 35 anos 0 a0 a | 2| 34.72 | 38.2 22.0 16.2] 29.9258 | 29.990 29.895 +095, 1598 79.0 28.7 W. 25-7 | 10.0| 10] 10 00 On p +1. SUNDAY | 3 8.63 22.0 “1.0 23.0 30-2937 30.507 30.064 +443 +0472 67 2 73.5 N. 17-8 3.7 | 10} 0° 72 0.2 3 | 4] -1.48) 4-2 -7-1 | 11.2] 30-5160 | 30.614 30-407 207 +0315 78.0 | -7.2 N.E. 6.3 | 4.8] 10] 0 78 S500 4 | 5 | 12.52 | 22.4 0.8] 21.6] 30 0587 | 30.354 29-825 +529 0742 92.3 10.5, S.E. 8.4 | 8.3] 10] o| 00 Tio) 5 | 6] 23-20] 28.9 15-8 | 13-1] 29.9488 | 30.052 29 829 +223 1010 78.0 17.5 W. 17-4 8.0] 10] o 32 1.2 6 | 7| 30.70| 36.9 16 7 20.2} 29 8682 | 29.994 29-770 224 1350 77.0 24.5 W. 15-3 | 100| 10] 10 Ce) ae wl 7 i} |SUNDAvseeeeeeen S| Metietr iam | ea 253) |] 85-2]| coonace |] comencs ena Ill ao00e selon alle cts E. M3 |} ovoo |} I co} o.4r | ..,. | 0.41] 8 ..........SUNDAY 9] 41-40] 45-7 345 11.2} 29.9905 | 30.224 +450 +2053 78.2 34.8 W. 26.3 8.0] 30} x 00 . |o4r| 9 10 | 30.38 | 35-0 28.0 7-0] 39.3443 | 30.466 +330 +1238 73.3 | 23.2 W. 12.7 | 6.5|10| o| 78 . | 0.02 | 10 11] 35-98 | 42.0 27-8 14-2] 29.7423 | 29.866 +238 .1762 82.3 31.0 S.W. 26.5 | 100| 10] 10 te) Inapp.| 0.55 | 11 12] 24.43 | 31-8 20.0 11.8 | 30.1057 | 30.197 +233 . 1012 76.8 13.3 Ww. 20.9 4.3 | 10] 0 53 000 sees | 12 13] 19-42] 25.6 10.7 14.9 | 30.0098 | 30.349 +556 0855 79-3 14-2 W. 13-9 4.0] 10] 0 24 0.5 | 0.03} 13 14 4.60 | 10.7 1.3 9-4] 30.3402 | 30.410 +131 «0392 72.7 -2.3 . 10.6 5-0] 10] 0 oo} .... 0.1 | O.or | 14 |SUNDAY.......- 15 wees | 20.0 =1.0 PAO || aeorccos 60000 aa00 || goose 5 d000 E. 7-1 500 ¥5-{} 00 oo 1.4 | 9.05 | 15 eeeeeeseesSUNDAY. | 16] 25.55] 29.0 18 6 10-4 | 30.1852 | 30.282 -218 1127 81.3 20-7 S.W. 12.4 8.0} 10] 0 64 none ssa |} ® 17 29.58 34-5 25-5 9-0} 30.2618 | 30.300 .094 1405 85.3 25.8 Ss. 11.3 10.0 | 10] 10 00 © 2 | 0.02} 17 18} 33-35 | 41.2 24.5 16.7 | 30.1420 | 30.258 311 1802 92.8 31-3 E. 15.2 | 10.0 | 10 | 1c 00 0.12 | 18 19 | 39.97 42.0 38-6 3-4] 29.8507 | 29.882 .053 2220 89.8 37-2 W. 20.5 | 10.0 | 10} 10 fo} 0.58 | 19 20) 35.23] 39.5 32.8 6.7 29-7427 | 29 909 +499, +1917 93 3 33-5 W. 12.5 10.0 | 10} 10 oo 0.64 | 20 2r| 25.78 | 34-3 17.1 17-2} 30.1555 | 30.361 +524 1167 8.7 20.7 N. W. 28.6 RO) || Bl] © 64 0,14 | 21 SUNDAY........ 22 Sere 36.0 14.9 21.1 op0c00 . aaa0 wer 000 N. 20.7 Go6o || co 00 3.2 O50) |22) 12. ».. SUNDAY 23 | 17.47 | 23-3 13-9 9-4] 30.3490 | 30.444 267 0770 80.3 12.3 N.W. 27.6 3.0] 10] o 96 ecao no 24 | 30.57 | 35-2 17-7. 17-5] 30-2290 | 30.340 363 1500 87.8 27.2 N. W. 14.1 | 10.0 | 10 | 10 31 25 | 36.38 | 41.3 30.7. 10.6 | 29.6667 | 29.761 +183 1782 83.0 31.3 Ww. 29-1 | 10.0 | 10] 10 o4 26] 25.88] 35.5 18.6 16.9} 30-3003 | 29.674 -638 1158 81.3 21.0 N.W. 23-7 9-8] 10] 9 00 27 8.32 | 18.6 5-5 13-1 | 29.7893 | 29.866 .210 0455, 42.0 o7 S.W.? 28.3 5-7] 10] © 7 28 | 13.58| 17.2 10.1 7-1 | 30.0457 | 30.231 +372 0695, 85.8 10.5 S.W. 6.2 6.3| 10] o 44 ISUNDAY...+++++29 | «1.5 42.0 5:0 Zye@)|| socaace HOO000 Jando 6000 Aoaoa anon N.E. ES} || oo00 || qo 00 30] 19.43] 45.7 9-7 36.0] 30.2502 | 30.636 29-684 +952 0807 68.7 11.0 N.W. 30.6 2.3] 10] o 93 31 | 13.02] 19.5 4:7 14.8} 30.8330 | 30.889 30.767 .122 0543 68.0 4-5 N.W. 11.2 0.2] 1} 0 95 -Means.| 23.79 | 31.49 16.13 | 15.36] 30.1133 80.2 18 5 18.19 | 6.88 | .. 30-1 \'5 yrs. means for & 15 years means for and including this mo.|_19.03 |_25.94 | 11-61 |_14.33 | 30.0160 287 0990 82.5 «| 7-19 126.7 | 1-43 23.9 | 3 81 |including this month ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. Se *Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and Jpartorelios was Loess on ee POLI ELLE e range of, aS 1.853 inches. Maximum relative humidity was 100 Direction........ N. N.E. | E. | §.E. S.W. W. | N. W.| Calm. temperature of 32° Fahr. ou the 20th. Minimum relative humidity was 56 on Een Bare az7x ere7 § Observed. the 3rd. SS SS eS SS + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. Rain fell on x1 days. 37 96 224 108 6 : j Snow fell on 14 days. = =| eal aeeeaea ieaeal == { Humidity relative, saturation being 100. Rain or snow fell on 22 days. es) » oo EAS {1 Hight years only. Rain and snow fell on 3 days. = An Aurora was observed on 2 night. P : F e oth and ; th Greatest mileage in one hour was 70 on the 30th.| Resultant mileage, 5,630. etheler sate bes vias 45-7onl ne Sea Hea Hoar frost on 3 days. Greatest velocity in gusts 150miles per hour for) Resultant direction, West. a range Gh Looe oe pas Sdeenece: eum eat Lunar halo on one night, i . (This is the greatest velocit i b day was the 9th. Coldest day was the 4th. Highest) Jog on 5 days. as Gee, Gn (ase, velba) “Huey ety see barometer reading was 30.889 on the 31st; lowest Doe Nea H YHAR isso. Observations made jitude N. 45° 30’ 17”. Longitude 4" 54™ 18°55 W. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. ip ma eT ae ie pre ee LS Peas B | 62 Brae’ 3 O's: is] ee wg Bo hee AS ge ees O83 | aaa = Tee ol se | See Cee ole Montu. Sj tani | SS) S| ese oaenr eis = Monrs. a | Fas Ba fel teet |) trey fe 9S, S ® 15 yes Aen 2 BES |HAT |) sds FI = | meas oS ee A a eA ea ; ——— Se ——|————_ |} ——_—_|______ foo a ee eee Jamuany sees ee 21.23 | + 91.88 7 40.5 TO | EEGs a2 22 |January.... «+ Pebruary asec 5 — 40.¢ 2 SYA) 16 BreD 0 18 |February....... INTEC,” So dod onoos aL § 9 15.3 12 2a kG 15 AID Tilireseenceens + 0.1 2 2.15 0 13 Minivan eccrine + a x 2.97 | 16 Aisuetcen woe eer — Be 4.73 20 Tbby odassoovds ats 1 Be .- 7.16 20 ANEUIER soo 6n00 068 My od 2.73 UB WANE Keo Cooae September ws j 4.63 14 |September....... October ..... 0.8 1 3.42 1 Le Oetoberseasceeeere November 15.6 6 8.29 2 18 |November.-...... December 13.2 14 AL Bei Bs 22 |December. ...... Sums for 1889...| ... ..p.37 | 149 Wot 70 45 58 | 16 203 \Sums for 1889 ... Means for 1889 ..) 42.90 | +1... aaa “+++ | 38.80] .. | 16.9 |Means for 1889... Means for 15 | Means for 15 years ending? | 41.67 +f TA 133 125 3 8t 40.05 15 202 years ending Dee. 31, 1889. | Dec. 31, 1889. for 10 years, inclusive of 1889. J anemometer and wind vane are on the summit of Mount Royal, 57 feet above the ground, and 810 feet a The greatest heat was 88.0patest range of the thermometer in one day was 39-8 on Jan. 30th; least range was 3.4 on Jan 7th. Theeyature was 10.73 below zero. The highest barometer reading was 30.889 on December 31st, the lowest waitest mileage of wind recorded in one hour was 70 on December 30th, and the greatest velocity in gusts walyas 131,829. The resultant direction of the wind for the year was S. 698 W-. and the resultant mileage 47,950qlos on 8 nights. Lunar coronas on 5 nights. Solar halos on 8 days and contact arc on one day. The sle, The first sleighing of the winter was on November 28th. The yearly means, above a) | * Barometer readings bP anomomet has been higher; ““—” that it has been lower than the average METHOROLOGICAL ABSTRACT FOR THE YHAR isss. Observations made at McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. — Height above sea level 187 ft, Latitude N. 45° 30’ 17”. Longitude 4" 54™ 18°55 W. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. g me Q re | : BE THERMOMETER. * Banonermr. Bt Winn. al] (Bl ents) s | 32 g a he] ri e OR r=] a ons al E eS] SE] Ba | Bes & PS | Sebg in \T Deyia- BS =e Meo || 28/22/05 |Sea) ¢ |oe | See M x y y 2 3 l ric 2 g one ‘| ra] rest NTH. SNEED { 8 |tion from a S ERs) & ie] 4 Be Ss Resultant | velocity} © © 3a 3 Bak = a= | 2 Es g ONDE 6 | ldyear | & 5 oa s o a ou $2} direction. | in miles} BS] 2.2 3 Ae 2 BES | Rs = | means. | = =| AGA | =| ete ee perhourf @™| SS) 4 3 Sines & 2123) + 9.64] 44.0)— 6.5! 11.9 | 29.9560 | 30.708 1664S. 70° W. 18.5 | 67.3 80.5 tl 40.5 19 4.67 4 22° |January .-.. 10.59 | — 4.65 | 39.5 |— 22.6) 17.5 | 30 0410 | 30.885 5.6 4S. 65° W. 18.9 }605 | 43.6 2 32.2 16 3.33 0 18 |February.. 28.70 | + 5.01 | 43.9 7.8; 12.2 } 29.8885 | 30.503 21-6 1S. 85° W. 17.4 63.2 40.0 9 15.3 12 2 6 15 | 43.34) + 3.76 | 73.6 23.8) 16.8 | 29 9554 | 380.499 3l yD 145 7 54.8 63.0, un} 0.1 2 2), 0 18 56.95 | + 2.17 | 88.0 35.3} 17.7 | 29.8539 | 30.216 46. 15.8 f/f 2 | P41 16 35 2.6 Ba 16 62.91 | —1.55 | 84.9 45.1) 16.1 9194 || 80.42. 5 13.8 | 711 45.5 20, . 4. 20 3 67.97 | — 1.05 | 87 5 52.3} 16.0 9286, B 12.5 | 63 6 50.3 20) . 7.1 20 August 64.97 | — 2.13} 81.1 50.1} 148 | 30.0049 12.4 | 59.6 59.0 13 r 2. 13 Septembe: 59:93 | + 1.37 | 82.1 37-7 | 15.6 | 29.9835 7 12.4 | 62-1 45.0 14 30 4.6; 14 October . 40.15 | — 4.85 | 61.1 21.8) 11.6 | 3.0384 | 30.605 | 26 6 13.7 § 63.1 35.6 2 0.8 1 5 12 November . | 3420) + 221) 55.0) 13.7! 10-1 } 30.0118 | 30.611 | 29.315 | “944 16.7 | 761 | 30.5 14 15.6 6 2 18 |November December .......| 23.79 + 4.76 | 31.5 16 1} 15.4 | 30.1133 | 80.889 | 29.036 | .322 18.2 7688 30.1 ll 13.2 14 3 22 |December. . Sums for 1889...|... piped |e |r| Geet || batscmsl| cheaal (es ae Seeee| een ean ; 149 117:7)| 70 16 203 [Sums for 1889 Means for 1889 | 42.90 | 4 1/92] 7.77 : 14-6] 29-9687] 2... ||... || 201 | 2601 | 76.1] 35:3] S. 69° w. | 15.39 | 650 | 48:9] 3. | 2 16.9 |Means for 1889 ee | BC BEBE sh (Ee BA NEA REE fierce | foe | SPORE | es Means for 15 od Means for 15 years ending? | 41.67 pond poco! ooo0 ooo |] PANS |] case Bea Bape || ce: SY/ ere ee) ee rae S000 Sona 61.4 |§46.0) 27.74] 133 125 3 84 40.05 16 202 years ending ec. 31, 1889. | li Dee, 31, 1889. for] *B; meter readings reduced to 32° Fah., and to sea level. t Inches of mercury. Saturation, 100. § For8 years only. 1 “+” indicates that the temperature has been higher; “—” that it has been Zower than the ayerage ae 5 years, inclusive of 1889. The monthly means are derived from readings taken every 4th hour, beginning with 3h. 0m, Hastern Standard time. The anemometer and wind yane are on the summit of Mount Royal, 57 feet ‘hove the ground, and 810 feet above sen level. The greatest heat was §8.0 on May 18th i greatest cold 22.6 below zero on February 4th; extreme range of temperature was therefore 110°.6, Greatest range of the thermometer in one day was 39-8 on Jan. 30th; least rd, when the mean temperature was 10.73 below zero. The highest barometer reading was 30.889 rate was 3.4 on Jan 7th. The warmest day was May 18th, when the mean temperature was 77 $2. ‘The coldest day was Feb. ¢ the wcetaber 81st, the lowest was 28.981 on March ith, giving wrange of 1.907 forthe year. ‘he lowest relative humidity was 15 on Apri litth. The greatest mileage of wind recorded in one hour was 70 on December 30th, and ang gieatest velocity in gusts was at the rate of 150m. p. h. for 4 miles on Dec. 8Uth ; this is the greatest velocity on our records. The total mileage of wind was 131,829. The resultant direction of the wind for the year was 8. 69° W.. contnE Tesultant mileage 47,950), Auroras were observed on 16 nights. Fogs on 42 days. Hoar-frost on 80 days. Thunder storms on 17 days. Lunar halos on 8 nights. Lunar coronas on 5 nights. Solar halos on 8 days and act are on one day. The sleighing of the winter closed, in the city, on March 26th, ‘The first appreciable snowfall of the autumn was on October 28th, The first sleighing of the winter was on Noyember 28th. The yearly Tneans, above are the averages of the monthly means, except for the velocity of the wind. s. 3 SS ——— ——— oS ; THE CAN Pana a © OJR D OF SCIENCE. VOL. IV. APRIL, 1890. NO. 2. SomME TEMPERATURES IN THE GREAT LAKES AND St. LAWRENCE. By A..T. Drummonp. The equalizing influence exerted by great and deep bodies of water upon the climate of the surrounding land is well known. Apart from this general result, the temperature of the water has also a direct effect. On the banks of the Lower St. Lawrence these two effects are well illustrated. Where the cold Labrador current, trending inward from the Straits of Belle Isle, skirts the north shore of the estuary, the little semi-arctic plants are more numerous than on the south shore, where the same current returning outwards carries with it the milder waters which have descended from the Great Lakes and the St. Lawrence. Lake Superior, around whose jutting headlands dwell semi-arctic and northern plants, and west of whose coasts many of the familiar forest trees of Ontario and Quebec do not range, affords another illustration. The vast area and depth of the St. Lawrence Great Lakes, the different latitudes in which they lie, and their relations to each other, taken in connection with the extremes of heat and cold of the Canadian seasons, combine to give an interest to the temperature of the waters of these inland phat ail [% wg AU: 78 Canadian Record of Science. seas. Lakes Superior and Michigan may be regarded as two distinct reservoirs—the former of cold and the latter of warmer water—which constitute the largest sources of sup- ply for the lower Great Lakes. Hind found the surface of Lake Superior on 30th July, at noon, as low as 39.50° at fifty miles from land. The outlets of these two lakes into Lake Huron are close to each other, the Michigan “waters flowing directly into the main basin of Lake Huron, and the colder waters from Superior, while joining them in part through the detours between the Manitoulin Islands, appear- ing in part also to find their way eventually to the Georgian Bay by the channels north of the same islands. Now, Lake Huron in its profound depths forms three great basins— the Georgian Bay, the Central and the Southern Basins. The Georgian Bay is separated from the Central?Basin, not only by the Bruce Peninsula,j but by a continuous sub- aqueous ridge which comes to the surface in islands at dif- ferent points, whilst under water it presents on the one side bold precipitous cliffs facing the Georgian Bay, and on the other, shelves somewhat gradually towards the deeper waters of the Central Basin. This ridge prevents the free interchange of water between the deeper portions of the Georgian Bay and Lake Huron proper, and makes the for- mer a somewhat isolated basin of cold water without any considerable free current of warmer water flowing into and through it. This isolation aids in retaining in the Bay the colder waters which have accumulated there during the winter months. Thus, whilst the surface in July and August may be as high as 65° F., the bottom temperature at 31 fathoms and upwards,varies between 39.5° and 37.75° F, The Central and Southern basins of Lake Huron, on the other hand, are separated by {the} sub-aqueous corniferous escarpment which diagonally crosses the lake in a south- eastern direction from the outlet of Lake Michigan, and which also appears to have its? effect on free circulation between the deeper waters of these two basins. In the Central basin, at the bottom in 65 fathoms the temperature in July was 42° F., whilst in the Southern basin at the bottom Temperatures of Great Lakes and St. Lawrence. 79 in 38 and 45 fathoms it was 52° F. The Southern basin not only lies in a lower latitude, but is much shallower and has a bottom largely composed of sand. Apart from these cir- cumstances, the natural flow of the warm Michigan surface waters is towards and into this basin before their final entrance into the St. Clair River at Sarnia. On the other hand, the tendency of the colder Superior waters constantly flowing into the Central basin and modifying the warm sur- face waters from Lake Michigan, is to maintain a somewhat lower temperature in the depths of the Central than in the lesser depths of the Southern basin. In their main expanse, Lake Superior and the Georgian Bay thus constitute in midsummer, great bodies of colder water, whilst the Central basin of Lake Huron in its greater depths also forms a reservoir of cold water, but tempered by the warmer inflow from Lake Michigan. Lakes Erie and Ontario are, on the other hand, warmer lakes, consequent on their geographical position, their affluent streams from the south and south-west, and the necessarily higher temperature of the larger volume of waters which have flowed over the great shallows of Lake St. Clair before reaching Lake Hrie. . Records of observations made by myself during this last summer near the outlet of Lake Ontario, and in the St. ‘Lawrence and other rivers, and by Staff-Commander Boulton, R.N., during last and previous seasons in the Georgian Bay, appear to establish some interesting results which are here appended. It is not assumed that these results are new, but they exemplify some characteristics of fresh water in the great masses in which it occurs in the Canadian Great Lakes and rivers, and under the varying conditions of climate which the geographical position of these lakes and rivers presents. The instruments used in my observations were :—for sur- face readings, Negretti & Zambra’s Reference Thermometer with Kew corrections, and, for deep water, the same makers’ Patent Marine Thermometer, carefully compared with standard instruments. Staff-Commander Boulton’s 80 Canadian Record of Science. thermometers were previously tested at the Toronto Observatory. Motion as AFFECTING THE TEMPERATURE OF WATER. Some tests made above and at the foot of the rapids in the Richelieu River at Chambly, would seem to show that the motion of the water during the one mile of continuous rapid here, raises the temperature of the water at least per- ceptibly. Above the rapids at 3 p.m. on 29th August, the air at the surface indicated 80° F., and the water at a depth of 1.5 feet, 73.75° to 74° F., whilst at 2.45 p.m., at the foot of the rapids, with the air at the surface, 75° F., the water in 1.5 feet in the rapids was, in different tests, 74° to 74.5° F. In other words, the water showed an increase of about one-half a degree in the face of the decreasing temperature of the air, as the afternoon wore on. Again, on 7th Sep- tember, at 4.20 p.m., above the rapids, with the air on the bank registering 66.5° F., the water at 1.5 feet depth indi- cated 69.75° F. in the sun, while at 5.30 p.m., at the foot of the rapids, the water in the rapids was still 69.75° F., though the sun was clouded and the air on the bank had fallen to 62.5° F. Rapid currents have, however, the effect of equalizing the temperature of the water. Thus, in June, at Rockport, among the Thousand Islands in the St. Lawrence, where there is a strong current, the water, at nearly 40 fathoms, indicated only 0.5° lower temperature than at the surface. AREAS OF WATER OF DIFFERENT TEMPERATURES. Under conditions which appear to be the same, and at points relatively near each other, the water on the surface of the lakes and rivers is not uniform in temperature, but seems to flow in areas of different temperatures—the varia- tion being generally from 1° to 3°. At different depths down to the bottom, there are equally marked variations. In the tributary streams similar results appear. An inter- esting illustration occurred in a shallow creek, fully Temperatures of Great Lakes and St. Lawrence. 81 exposed for an eighth of a mile to the sun’s rays, and slowly flowing over a succession of limestone ledges, where, in 1.5 inches of water, the mercury on a warm June afternoon could be seen rising and falling between 81° and 83° F. Here there were some exceptional causes, but in the line of outfiow from Lake Ontario to the St. Lawrence, the fluctu- ations are rather to be ascribed to the evaporation ‘at the surface, and to the cooler waters beneath ascending to sup- ply the place of the evaporated water. As the evaporation would be irregular, varying with the passing clouds, the gusts of wind, and the features of the land, the ascending currents would also be irregular. These ascending waters would give rise to a slight inflow at the bottom from deeper and cooler parts of the lake to take their place, and both these currents would be affected by the general onward flow of the lake waters towards the entrance of the St. Lawrence. Bortrom CurRENTS IN GEORGIAN Bay. On 20th August, 1886, Commander Boulton, in a series of soundings diagonally across the centre of the Georgian Bay, in a somewhat southerly direction, found the tempera- ture of the water at the bottom at one point (31 fathoms deep) 39.5° F., at another (47 fathoms) 38.25° F., and at a third (42 fathoms) 37.75° F.—the distance between the extreme points being about 40 miles. On LOth July, 1889, nearer the Bruce peninsula, the readings in 70 fathoms gave 38.75° F., and on 8th September following, at another point in 63 fathoms, the reading was 39° F. In all these different cases, the surface water varied from 59.75° to 68°— the last being on 8th Sept., at 10.10 a.m. As the tempera- ture of water at its maximum density is 39:2° F., and below that, the density again diminishes, there would be a tendency in these bottom strata of water to rise until they intermingled with water of a higher temperature and equivalent density. It is thus necessary to seek some explanation of this singular fact that the bottom tempera- tures in this extensive bay are in summer as low in places 82 Canadian Record of Science. as 37.75° F. The probability is that there are strong bottom currents which prevent what would be the natural course upwards of the colder and lighter waters of the bottom. Commander Boulton is also inclined to take this view. The two leading physical features which characterize the bottom of the bay, are, first, the somewhat shelving nature of the bottom from east to west, the western side, along nearly its whole length, being remarkably deep, and continuing so up to the very cliffs which bound it, and, secondly, the appa- rently complete severance of its deeper waters from those of Lake Huron by the submerged escarpment between the Bruce peninsula and the Manitoulin Islands. These two features may be found to have some influence in this con- nection. Harsour TEMPERATURES. The more land-locked a harbour is, the higher is the temperature of its water as compared with that of the water outside of the harbour. It may be equally predicated that, up to a certain point, the more foul the harbour water is, the higher, to a further extent, is the temperature likely to be. At Kingston, this occasionally, in midsummer, is well illustrated. On 10th July last, after two or three days of comparatively calm weather, during which the upturned sediment of the bottom. the floating harbour accumulations, surface drainage, and the sewage appeared to be gathered together in the harbour to an unusual extent, while the mercury at 3000 feet off the wharves indicated 73.5° F. two inches under the surface ; it, at 100 feet, rose to 78° F., at the same depth three hours subsequently, though in the meantime the sky had become overcast with clouds. These accumulations contaminate the water for very considerable distances outward in the harbour, and warn us how impor- tant to the health of cities and towns, similarly situated, it is to have the water, supplied for domestic uses, taken from points beyond any possible line to which such accumula- tions may extend. The higher temperature of the harbour Temperatures of Great Lakes and St. Lawrence. 83 waters would form some objection to their use for household purposes, though not so serious an objection as their contamination. TEMPERATURE IN RELATION TO DeEprTH. It is impossible to lay down any general rule regarding the changes of temperature with the increase of depth. Apart from variations resulting at the different seasons, surface readings are affected by sunlight and cloud, gusts of wind, channel currents, the inflow of affluent streams, and the physical features of the surrounding land. Readings beneath the surface are affected by the depth of the water, by ordinary currents resulting from changes of level, by evaporation at the surface creating an upward flow of the water underneath, by the contour of the bottom, and by high winds which drive the surface waters before them, creating return currents underneath to take their place. Each case has to be judged by its own special circumstances. Thus, in the Georgian Bay, between Cabot’s Head and Cape Croker, Commander Boulton, on 27th July, 1888, at 8.30 a.m.; obtained the following record : SUT FACE sie sueleyeieasrsies cis clausielisie.ocisieres 60°2° F 10fms....2.- 60000 656606 bOa0E0O05 45-7° BS neadond goadea coo aisiasuetee ota eat 41-4° iM ccibee tote lavente lolclomataveleicie tsveverarciet sree: 41° 66 “ (bottom))- 0.2. os 6.00 sesnee. 30°5: On 14th June, 1889, at 11.25 a.m., one mile south-west of Kingston, in the channel from the lake to the river, one of the records was: IASIIPSUMIMBULMsyoio aie lavereMelevereisial es c/sns cceve's 19° F SuTlacewaterieers:shavcle\s'sic's cleisie-ieieie'e 58.5°. Opleetisterrerctersteletelelecielsleisiel overerertielelolare 56.25° 13) Ovo sco sbb) suacooorpceooubioe 54°. SOP teceileteletevelanctevers¥els) ole ters) 06 es 6 * te om ZOPRTENHAS ROCMET: 00 a0 00000 ce viece * * = APTOS (S03 Fadcn dqackaddaanortece. 5) * * * TEGO IEBES SA OBO STD COO COC HOA COOK ae % % ps ‘Canadian Naturalist. Vol. [X., p. 302. Formation of St. Helen’s Island. Lowpr HeipprserG Limmsronp or St. Hetmn’s Isuanp. Fenestella (allied to) perangulata.....++ . Ptilodictya acuta. +++ .eeeee stolaifeielsieyerat : Atrypa reticularis....... doovdod UsONe ers CHG ISOs Poon owia0bbe 40D oc00e0G000 Zeptaena Sp. 2.-.e+ecccrvses oeee- o00 5006 Tfingula perlata).<..0. sssccscce veescss ° Orthis deforms)... 260. +2205 cece score OninistQisctisis levels talelelel=is\slealel tele stevens cls Onrihis eminense- i. 0<0 2-1-5 +++ eles B'Sb Orthis hippartonyG ee sccces seve occcee Orthis ObIGLG. tw -)2 eel clelole cies «ne Dor obiNGd Orthis tubulostriata..........++ elarelatel clove Pentamerus galeatus...+..2222 vecees S066 Pentamerus pseudogaleatus...++ ..+0+ 50 Pentamerus bernewilli.... csscescece voce Rhynchonella xquivulois....+. +020 ceseee Rhynchonella formosa -- .-.-202 .ssces -- Rhynchonella mutabilis.......erceeseee Rhynchonella (allied to) mutabilis. . .... Rhynchonella. nucleolata ....++ +00 vereee Rhynchonella vellicdta...esescrcvcce sees Rhynchonella ventricosd..o+ +++. sere Nav Spirifer (allied to) Sp. arenosus....++.-.- Spirifer CONCINNUS. +2 +2004 vere sccerece Spirifer cyclopterus..e++.2+ ssccreeevees Sricklandinia Glaspensis....++-+....+20s Streptorhynchus radiata ....++ seess--+65 Strophodonta profundd...+..sseseerveee Strophodonta punctuliferd..+.+++.+- a0 08 Strophodonta varistriata...+++++ sssees . Strophomena rhomboidalis...+ ess +.++++ Avicula Sp. ?.cccrcsseses Bret rateratatateleyarats Platyostoma depress sssseesseeevee A AOC Tentaculitis Helend...soeceveserceccoce 107 Gaspé New and Nova York. |Bay des} Scotia. Chal’urs % way a aes % ANS x ee a x ave Bis! * eee * * a aes * =e — x* os wat * — — * ita Ho — —_— * * x al * a} * * oe — * * Eee * * * — * *? * a ay ea * x* pie * x % x * * * *% * x * 108 Canadian Record of Science. Our present knowledge justifies us in drawing the follow- ing conclusions, which embody those stated by Prof. Donald : 1st. The fossils determined belong to 24 genera, compris- ing 44 species. Of these 33 are common to New York, 16 to Gaspé, and 19 to the Nova Scotia series. 2nd. Atrypa reticularis, Pentamerus pseudo-galeatus, Rhyn- chonella formosa, Rhynchonella nucleolata, Spirifer concinnus, Spirifer cyclopterus, Strophodonta varistriata and Strophodonta punctulifera, from their abundance, may be called the most characteristic fossils of the deposit. 3rd. They are closely related to the New York series, and are probably the continuation of the same beds. This is the more striking when we consider the small number that has been collected from St. Helen’s Island, and yet many of these are typical New York species. 4th. From the large number of St. Helen’s Island species common to the Gaspé and Bay des Chaleurs series, and also to the Nova Scotia series, it must be inferred that these are closely related also, and particularly since five of the characteristic species of St. Helen’s Island are characteristic also of these formations. 5th. In Canada no sharp line of demarcation can be drawn between the Lower Helderberg and Oriskany formations, as a number of specimens of Spirifer allied to arenosus, and Orthis hipparionyx have been found in the limestone. 6th. The species called Tentaculites Helena is different from any published by Dr. Hall as occurring in the Lower Helderberg, and as it has occurred only in loose fragments may possibly be of foreign origin and of Hudson River age. “Tube strong, somewhat rapidly enlarging from apex; varies in length from ;% to { of an inch; annulated by sharp elevated rings, extending to the apex, eight to nine in the eighth of an inch. Spaces between the elevated rings from two to three times the width of the rings. These spaces are marked by numerous very fine vertical: striz.” It closely resembles Tentaculites Sterlingensis which is described in Worthen and Meeks’ reports on the Hudson Notes on a New Bird. 109 River formation of Illinois, except that it is straight, the raised rings are more angular, and it is a little less slender in general form. Thus we have the picture presented of the old Silurian sea, in which flourished a very rich fauna, depositing lime- stone over a broad belt south of the St. Lawrence, as far west as the Adirondack Mountains, and east over Gaspé and a part of Nova Scotia. Contemporaneous with this the voleano, of which Mount Royal is the remains, poured lava and fragmental debris into the waters, hardening the lime- stone, and affording sufficient protection to preserve this small outlying patch from the denuding agencies which afterwards swept away all similar limestone between it and the New York series on the South-west and the Gaspé series on the Hast. This outlier of Helderberg limestone constitutes an interesting feature in the local geology of Montreal, being the only example of Silurian strata with characteristic fossils in a district so rich in fossiliferous strata of the older Cambro-Silurian, or Ordovician age. NoTES ON A BIRD NEW TO THE PROVINCE OF QUEBEC. By F. B. CauLriep. I have much pleasure in recording the fact that this winter has brought to us a very interesting addition to our list of birds occurring within the Province of Quebec, viz., the Evening Grosbeak, Cocothraustes vespertina, Coop., one of the most beautiful of a group, many of whose meme bers, unite in a marked degree, brilliancy of tint, with bold contrasts of color. The Evening Grosbeak was first described by Wm. Cooper in the Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York, Audubon states that a few were observed by School- 9 110 Canadian Record of Science. craft in April, near the Sault Ste. Marie in Michigan, from which it was traced to the Rocky Mountains. Dr. Richardson, in the Fauna Boreali Americana, states that it is common in the maple groves of the Saskatchewan, where it is known as the “sugar bird.”” Townsend found it abundant in the pine groves of the Columbia River, and from specimens obtained by him, Audubon re-described the species and drew his beautiful plate, figures of the adult male and female and young male. Townsend found that they were of social habits, keeping together in large flocks ; he also states that they are noisy during the day, from sun- rise to sunset. Mcllwraith, in his Birds of Ontario, 1886, gives the follow- ing record of its occurrence in that Province :—The first report of their appearance in Ontario was made by Dr. T. J. Cottle, of Woodstock, who, in May, 1866, observed a flock among the evergreens near his residence, and obtained one or two of them. In 1871 they were noticed near London, and several were obtained; and on March, 1883, Mr. Mellwraith, when passing through a swamp in West Flam- boro’, observed two in a bush by the roadside and secured both. He further tells us that he has also heard of a female having been obtained at Toronto by the Rev. Mr. Doel on the 15th of December, 1854. He gives its habitat as Western North America, east to Lake Superior, and casually to Ohio and Ontario; from the fur countries south into Mexico. The species is not mentioned in any of our Quebec lists, and the honor of obtaining the first specimen falls to Mr. Dodd, gardener to J. H. R. Molson, Esq., who on or about the 1st of February of the current year, secured a male in this neighbourhood ; and Dr. Harrington noticed several of the birds in the McGill College Grounds on the 28th of January last. On February 5th, four specimens were obtained by Dr. Brousseau at Laprairie, one of which was brought to me for identification; and Mr. E. B. Audette, of the same place, secured one alive. I am indebted to the kindness of Mr. E. D. Wintle for the following additional records of its occurrence during the present season :— » Charles Frederick Hartt. i La ba New Hampshire and Massachusetts, Wm. Brewster. New York, A. K. Fisher. Oswego, N. Y., J. Alden Loring. Lockport, N. Y., J. L. Davidson. All obtained between December 14th and February. I have not yet seen any notice of its appearance in Ontario during the present winter, but doubtless it has been there also. At all events the foregoing records are sufficient to prove that we have not been visited by a few stragglers only, but that there has been a widespread migration, extending much farther to the east than any point at which it had been observed in former years. The specimen examined was in excellent condition, plump and fat, the stomach being filled with vegetable matter. CHARLES FREDERICK HARrt. ! By G. F. Marrunw.? It is now nearly twelve years since, to the surprise and sorrow of his friends, news came from Brazil of the sudden and untimely death of Prof. Charles Frederick Hartt; cut off in the midst of his noble work of making known to the world the Natural History and resources of the great Em- pire of Brazil. He died in middle age with all the enthusiasm of youth upon him, with his life work giving promise of a glorious future. When we think of what he might have accom- 1 Read before the Natural History Society of New Brunswick, 5th Nov. 1889. * In the preparation of this paper I have quoted freely and ver- batim from a sketch of the life of Professor Hartt written by Mr. G. V. Hay, and from the very excellent sketch prepared by Mr. Richard Rathbun, one of Prof. Hartt’s assistants in Brazil. The present sketch is fuller, for his early life and a few incidents that have transpired since his death have been added. 112 Canadian Record of Science. plished, had his life been spared, we cannot repress a feel- ing of regret at the loss which science has sustained in the death of this talented and devoted man. Prof. Hartt was the eldest son of the late Jarvis William and Prudence (Brown) Hartt and was born at Fredericton, New Brunswick, August 23, 1840. His father, Jarvis Hartt, on the completion of his educa- tion was appointed Principal of the Baptist Kducational Seminary in Fredericton. He was noted for his earnest character and quiet devotion to educational work, and these qualities no doubt helped to mould the character of his son, and implant in him those habits of intense and continous application which he possessed. And to the fine temperament and high ideals of his mother we may believe that Prof. Hartt was largely indebted for the inspiration which carried him along in the study of Nature. Mrs. Hartt was educated at Cambridge, Mass., and came to Fredericton to take charge of one of the de- partments of the seminary where her future husband was teaching. Her intellectual training enabled her to appre- ciate her son’s tastes, and in her he found a sympathetic and ready listener, when as school-boy and student he pro- pounded to her his schemes for future study and work. Through her friends he found himself at home in later years in Cambridge, and frequently wrote to her of his plans and prospects. Hartt’s early education was carried on under the direct supervision of his father, who, for a long time was identified with the educational interests of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. He studied at Horton Academy in Wolfville N.S. where his father was at the time professor, and after- ward at Acadia College in the same town. In 1860 he gra- duated from the college with honor, receiving the degree of Bachelor of Arts, and later that of Master of Arts. When still a boy, Hartt developed a strong taste for phi- lology, and with the aid of transient people of the vil- lage near his home, would make vocabularies of Gaelic and Italian; and it was a day to be remembered by him when Charles Frederick Hartt. 13 Mr. Rand, the Micmac missionary, on his round visited Wolf- ville and taught him something of the Indian dialects. Hartt’s passion for Nature Science was not a late growth, for at the age of ten he showed a decided predeliction for Natural History and as he grew up took great delight in assisting Prof. Chipman of Acadia College in preparing and arranging his specimens. With the professor’s aid and encouragement he made great progress in acquiring a knowledge of Mineralogy which, owing to the abundance of trap-minerals (zeolites &c.) in the vicinity, was a favour- ite study of the Professor of Acadia College and his pupils. Fortunately Hartt was not with Prof. Chipman when the — latter made the trip by boat to the trap-cliffs of Blomidon, which cost him his life. Hartt’s versatility was shown in his talent for drawing, and for the acquisition of languages, and we are told that he became instructor in drawing in Acadia College when quite ayouth. While atcollege he learned the elements of Portu- guese from a shoemaker of the village, and this acquisition no doubt proved useful to him when he visited Brazil; he attained afterward such proficiency in this language that he lectured with great success to cultivated audiences in Rio Janeiro. His skill as a draftsman and his command of language always drew to his lectures interested hearers. Already, while occupied with his college studies, he en- tered with zeal into the work of geological investigation. He explored the parts of Nova Scotia in the vicinity of the Annapolis Valley and the Basin of Minas, traversing the country on foot, and making large collections of specimens whenever the opportunity was afforded him. It was his intelligent eye and busy hands that selected in the Gaspe- reaux Valley the material which enabled Sir Wm. Dawson to establish the genus Aneamites on a remarkable fern of the Lower Carboniferous period, which, before that had been confounded with Cyclopteris. Many of the specimens of minerals and fossils which Hartt collected in those days, are to be found in the Museum of the Natural History Society at St. John, in the Peter Redpath Museum of McGill Uni- 114 Canadian Record of Science. versity in Montreal and at the Agassiz Museum in Cam- bridge. While enguged in his college studies, he also made a large collection of insects; and made meteorological ob- servations for the Smithsonian Institution which have re- ceived much commendation. While yet at Acadia College pursuing his studies, Hartt entered into correspondence with the author of this sketch, and before he graduated, we made a visit together to the mineral localities of Minas Basin and the adjacent shore of the Bay of Fundy, where the rich harvest of zeolites and showy varieties of quartz minerals, set free by the frost of winter, still attract numerous summer visitors. This visit was the beginning of a more intimate acquaintance, which was continued when Mr. Hartt moved to St. John." Later in this year (1860) Mr. Jarvis Hartt removed with his family to St. John for the purpose of establishing a Young Ladies High School, which he carried on successfully for many years. For some time his son aided him in con- ducting the school, but the son’s love for his favourite stu- dies was such, that every spare moment which could be snatched from the immediate duties of the school, was given to explorations in the neighborhood of the city, and the gathering of a rich harvest of fossils from the ballast of vessels, arriving from the west coast of Ireland, the Medi- terranean and elsewhere. When Mr. Hartt came to St. John, but little was known to the Scientific World of its geology. Some twenty years previously the late Dr. Abraham Gesner, then employed on the Geological Survey of New Brunswick, had traversed the neighborhood of the city of St. John, and had referred the rocks of that vicinity to the “Grauwacke Formation,” with the reservation that certain portions near the city were “im- perfect coal measures.” He made the latter part of this statement in consequence of the discovery of a fossil tree in the sandstones Hast of the city. Dr. Jas. Robb of King’s College, Fredericton. the successor of Dr. Gesner in the study of the geology of New Brunswick, pronounced the same rocks some years later to be Upper Silurian. It re- Charles Frederick Hartt. 115 mained for Mr. Hartt and his collaborateurs to amass the materials which, in the hands of the sagacious Principal of McGill University, were to show that these plant-bearing sandstones contained a Devonian flora. The writer had already found in these beds a sufficient number and variety of species to enable Sir Wm. Dawson to pronounce upon their Devonian age, but the rich harvest of fossils—exquisitely preserved ferns, asterophyllites, and psilophyta were not discovered until Mr. Hartt entered the field. To the collection and observation of these plants he gave the whole of his vacations during the years 1861, ’62 and ’63; and the result of this work has been of the most enduring value to science. LHvery bed of the unique section at the “Fern ledges” in Lancaster, West of St. John, was carefully studied, its fossils collected and its remains recorded. Such a work had not been done before in the Maritime provinces of Canada. The thoroughness of the work will be seen from the fact that while Hartt dis- covered scores of species in these beds, no new species of plants have been added to those which crowned his re- searches, and remains of only two insects beside those he found. The discovery of insects of such great antiquity was per- haps the most striking result of these investigations. A few insects mostly related to the cockroaches had previous- ly been found in the Coal Measures in several countries, but Hartt’s discovery of insect wings in these older rocks threw a new light upon the history of insect life in the first geological ages. These insects were of five species, and were placed in the hands of Dr. 8. H. Scudder of Boston for study. He referred them all to the Neuroptera; in part to new, in part, doubtfully, to old families, and suggested that some of the forms were synthetic types. But their impor- tant bearing on the history of insect-life was not then fully reached by that sagacious and experienced student of insects, for he has since referred them all to a great Palso- zoic order, now quite extinct, the Palswodictyoptera of Gol- denberg, from which he conceives that all the modern or- ders of insects have arisen. 116 Canadian Record of Science. Plant remains and insects, however, were not the only organisms discovered by Mr. Hartt in these interesting beds, for crustaceans also were found. These were of peculiar types and others found since in the same beds are not less remarkable. Hartt’s restless energy would not allow him 10 be content with field work alone, so in conjunction with several other young men of kindred tastes, in the city of St. John, he formed the ‘‘Steinhammer Club” an association devoted to the study of Geology. Subsequently at the suggestion of Sir Wm. Dawson of Montreal, this club was changed into a public society under the name of the Natural History So- ciety of New Brunswick, whose meetings have been the means of sustaining an interest in the natural sciences in St. John, and in whose publications are recorded much that is of value relating to the Natural History of the Province of New Brunswick.—In this society Mr. Hartt took the warmest interest, attending its meetings, reading papers germain to its object, and devoting much material and time to the enlargement and arrangement of its museum. Absorbed as he was in geological studies Mr. Hartt could not long remain content with his work in the High School. Accordingly he resolved to seek a larger field for study and work. Prof. Louis Agassiz had then recently come to America, and had already become widely known on this continent, as a successful teacher and instructor in Natural History. To his Zoological museum Mr. Hartt resolved to go in order to complete his studies. He sold his Devonian collections to the Natural History Society of New Bruns- wick, and proceeded to Cambridge to avail himself of the great stores of material for study in Agassiz Museum, and to obtain instruction from that talented and most attractive teacher of Natural History. Here, with such kindred spir- its as Verrill, Morse, Putnam, Hyatt, Scudder and St. John, he devoted himself for several years to the investigation of Nature under the intelligent eye of Agassiz. The writer of this sketch had meanwhile commenced the study of the older slates at Saint John, whose age hitherto Charles Frederick Hartt. 11 [r( had not been determined, but which were supposed to be a downward continuation of the measures which contained the Devonian plants. At first only some badly preserved trilobites were found, which, on account of their long thor- aces were supposed to be of Lower Silurian age.' Subsequently (1863) much better material of well pre- served species of trilobites were found by the author in Portland (St. John) and these, with the collections of the Geological Survey of Southern New Brunswick, were placed in Mr. Hartt’s hands for study. Taking advantage of the opportunities which he possessed at Cambridge, he gave these fossils a careful scrutiny, and was able to announce that they were equivalent in age to those of Htagé C. of M. Barrande and, therefore Primordial. After his first brief notice in the report of the Geological Survey of New Brunswick, announcing this discovery, Hartt continued his study of these organisms with the aid of additional material. Upon this material, together with what had been previously obtained, was based his fuller descriptions of the fossils, with many figures, which appeared in Dr. (now Sir Wm.) Dawson’s Acadian Geology in 1868. In 1864 Mr. Hartt and the author were invited by Profes- sor L. W. Bailey, to take part with him in the Geological Survey of Southern New Brunswick instituted by the Pro- vincial Government. The results of this survey were pub- lished in the following year, and were a very important ad- dition to the knowledge of the geological structure of this part of New Brunswick. The results embodied in this re- port, formed the basis from which the Geological Survey of Canada in this region, after the confederation of the Cana- dian provinces, was carried on. Beside his work on this survey in New Brunswick, Mr. Hartt did independent geological work in Nova Scotia. In 1864 he obtained proof of the pre-carboniferous age of the gold of Nova Scotia, His observations were made at Cor- 1 At that time the Cambrian had not by common consent, been separated from the Lower Silurian. 118 Canadian Record of Science. bitt Mills, where the well-known auriferous slates are im- mediately overlaid, unconformably, by conglomerates, grits, and sandstones of Lower Carboniferous age. The lower portion of these rocks contains an abundance of gold, which was undoubtedly extracted from the underlying slates, while the former deposits were in process of formation, and was mixed with the loose gravelly material, which subse- quently became consolidated into the conglomerate and sandstone. We owe to Hartt also, the careful investigation of the rela- tions of the different members of the carboniferous limestone deposits in the neighborhood of Windsor, Stewiacke, &c. in Nova Scotia. He collected and studied the fauna of each separate set of beds with much pains, and in this way was enabled to determine their sequence. ‘The fossils which are marine, are very numerous, and some new species were des- cribed by him in the “‘ Acadian Geology.” Much interest attaches to the study of this formation at the above localities, where, in the upper beds, occur many forms common to both the Carboniferous and the Permian, and a great like- ness is apparent to the upper members of the Carboniferous system in the western United States, called Permo-Carboni- ferous. Dr. Meek, who examined the fossils, suggested that we might have here what Barrande would call an upper Coal-Measure or even Permo-Carboniferous fauna, ‘colon- ized’ far back in the Sub-carboniferous period. Dr. (Sir Wm.) Dawson has enlarged on Hartt’s results, and shows that the divisions made by him are of more general appli- cation than Hartt had known them to be. As early as this, Hartt developed a constitutional tendency to asthma, which interfered with his field work in the cold and humid climate of this region, and which, after he entered on his professional work in the United States, pre- vented him from revisiting his native land. This, probably, was one of the causes which induced him to seek occupation in the warmer climate of Brazil. Upon the organization of the Thayer Expedition to Brazil, by Prof. L. Agassiz, Mr. Hartt was appointed one of its Charles Frederick Hartt. 119 two geologists, Mr. Orestes H. St. John being the other. This expedition left New York in April 1865 and returned in July 1866, having been absent a little more than a year. This was the strong and final inducement that called Hartt away from the geology of his own country. Although he was not fortunate in finding a very rich geological territory during his wanderings while connected with the Thayer Expedition, he saw enough to thoroughly interest him in returning again to Brazil, and in finally giving his whole attention to Brazilian studies. The primary object of the Thayer Expedition was to in- vestigate the distribution of the fresh water fishes of Brazil, but much time was also devoted to its geology. Prof. Agassiz limited himself mostly, in his geological work, to the examination of the superficial deposits at Rio de Janeiro and on the river Amazon, which were studied in connection with the question of glaciers. Hartt was retained near Rio for some time, in making examinations of the many Rail road cuttings around that city. After this work was com- pleted, his field of exploration lay mostly between Rio and Bahia, where he carefully studied the geological and other features of the coast, and of the principal river basins lead- ing to it. Large collections of the fresh water fishes of the rivers, and of the marine animals of the coasts and reefs were made. In consequence of the absence of fossils, no results in systematic geology were obtained, but, neverthe- less, Hartt’s studies of the geology of this monotonous tract were of great interest. In the neighborhood of Porto Seguro he explored the coral and sandstone reefs, the latter of which is a promi- nent feature of the Brazilian coast. He was the first to carefully work out the structure and mode of formation of these sandstone reefs. After Hartt had returned to the United States from the Thayer Expedition, he felt that he had left unfinished some of the more important investigations he had made in Brazil. He was unable to report as fully as he wished, on many subjects of interest which he had partly studied. So in 1867 120 ‘Canadian Record of Science. he returned to Bahia, to perfect his former work and to continue his observations. He worked out the geology on the line of the Bahia railroad in detail, and collected some fossils from the Cretaceous terreins of that region. He also studied the structure of the Abrolhos islands and reefs which lie off the coast of Bahia. The islands are of strati- fied deposits, capped with trap, while the reefs, which had never been to any extent examined by a naturalist, are of coral, generally assuming curious tower-like forms, and often growing together to form a large connected expanse. In addition to throwing new light on the formation of certain kinds of coral reefs, he also discovered a large num- ber of species of corals of which the majority were new, but belonged to West Indian types. The absence of many pro- minent West Indian genera such as Madrepora, Meandrina, Diploria &c. was noted by him. The Cretaceous region of Sergipe was visited and yielded many fossils, which have been in part described by Prof. Alpheus Hyatt. In the short interval which elapsed between his first and second trip to Brazil, he was engaged in scientific teaching and lecturing in and near New York city, at the Cooper Institute, Pelham Priory, Adelphi Academy and other places where he attained much success, and made many warm friends who aided him in his second Brazilian expe- dition. In 1868, soon after returning the second time, he was appointed Professor of Natural History in Vassar Col- lege; but he resigned this position in the autumn of the same year to accept the chair of Geology in Cornell Uni- versity, where he was retained at the head of the depart- ment of Geology until the time of his death. In 1869 he was elected General Secretary of the American Association to serve at the meeting of 1870, but before that time he had departed on his third trip to Brazil. It was in the year 1869 also, that he was married to Miss Lucy Lynde of Buffalo, N. Y., by whom he had two chil- dren, a son and a daughter. Both his widow and children are living. His son, now in his twenty-first year, is study- ing at Williams College, Mass., and his daughter at the Charles Frederick Hartt. IPA Buffalo Seminary, Buffalo, N. Y., of which her mother, for several years past, has been the principal. While at Cornell University, when not occupied with college duties, he was engaged in working up the results of his Brazilian explorations, and in preparing his report as geologist of the Thayer Expedition. This report, however, grew to so great a size, and was so complete in itself, that it was found advisable to publish it separately in 1870 as “The Geology and Physical Geography of Brazil.” It forms a large octavo volume of over six hundred pages, and contains in addition to an account of his own researches, a résumé of our previous knowledge of the natural history of the country. It is thus not limited to a discussion of the subject indicated by the title, but treats of the topograph- ical and general features of the country, of its flora and fauna, both marine and terrestrial, and of its mining, agri- cultural, commercial and manufacturing interests. The numerous maps and sketches which illustrate it, were drawn by Professor Hartt himself, and the greater part of them represent regions never before depicted. The volume closes with a valuable appendix on the Botecudo Indians. In the year 1870, the same in which his book was issued, Professor Hartt organized the largest of his own expeditions from the United States. It was composed, beside himself, of Professor Prentice and eleven students of Cornell Uni- versity. His object in taking so many young men was to give them thorough practical training, and to stimulate them to undertake original work. He says in his report of this expedition, that he did not expect to make scientists of them all, but hoped that some of them might thus be in- duced to accept this calling. The means for defraying the €xpenses of the trip were contributed by several parties, the most prominent of whom was Mr. H. B. Morgan of Au- rora, N. Y. whose name has been given to this and the sub- sequent expedition. Prof. Hartt determined on this occasion, to change his field of research, and explore the Amazonas. Accordingly he went with his party direct to Para, and in the neighbor- 122 Canadian Record of Science. hood of this city, spent some time in training his inex- perienced assistants. The tributary rivers Tocantins, Zinga and Tapajos, were then examined throughout their lower courses, and many valuable geological facts ascertained. On the Tapajos were discovered highly fossiliferous carbon- iferous deposits. At the falls on each of the above named rivers were found series of metamorphic rocks, which, from their position and lithological characters, have been referred to the Silur- ian system. Passing to the North side of the valley of the Amazonas they minutely investigated the geology of the vicinity of Monte Alegre and the Sierra Ereré. On the plain cf Ereré were discovered sandstones and shales, with characteristic Devonian fossils, corresponding more or less with those of the Hamilton and Corniferous groups of New York State. These were the first Devonian fossils found East of the Andes in South America. One of the party examined the ancient Indian mounds of the island of Marajo at the mouth of the Amazonas, at that time only imperfectly known, and discovered large quanti- ties of richly ornamented pottery, mostly in fragments These have since been made the subject of considerable study by Prof. Hartt and others. The sea coast was ex- amined at several points, from Para to Pernambuco, and in the neighborhood of the latter city, the fossiliferous Cre- taceous formations of the province of the same name, were studied for the first time. At all the localities visited, they made large collections in geology and zoology, which were sent to the United States, and are now contained in the museum of Cornell University. Prof. Hartt’s researches on the Amazonas did not tend to bring proof of the former existence of glaciers there. The sierra of Ereré was found not to belong to the series of table-topped hills, as Professor Agassiz had been led to suppose, but to consist of inclined strata of very irregular outline. The Devonian fossils of the plain were from a por- tion of the supposed “drift” material of Agassiz. Professor Hartt returned to Ithaca, N. Y., January 1872, Charles Frederick Hartt. 123 where he remained two years and a half, giving all the time he could spare from his college duties to working up the results of his two Amazonian trips, with the aid of his two assistants, Orville A. Derby and Richard Rathbun. Tis reports were published as soon as finished, in the journals of several scientific societies. During this time he also gave popular lectures on Brazil in New York, Boston and Syracuse. But Professor Hartt was unable to continue long in this state of comparative quietude. In bringing together the result of his several trips to South America, with the object of explaining the geology of all Brazil, he saw how meagre were his data for this purpose, notwithstanding all that he and others had recently done toward elucidating the struc- ture of this vast region. He wished to extend his researches and conceived the idea of organizing a survey of the whole Brazilian Empire, which has an area scarcely less than that of the United States. There was only one way of accom- plishing such an undertaking; it must be supported by the government, Hartt ventured to bring the matter before some of his Brazilian friends, and his ideas met with such favour that in 1874 he received an unofficial invitation from the Brazilian minister of Agriculture, to submit a proposi- tion for the systematic geological exploration of the Empire. In August of the same year, he accordingly went to Rio de Janeiro for the purpose of formally presenting his plans. Upon arriving at that city he was received with almost as much enthusiasm as was Prof. Agassiz nearly ten years earlier. His thorough acquaintance with the language of the country enabled him to communicate freely with the people, and he soon tound himself encircled with friends, who gladly gave their influence in advancing his plans. A Geological Commission of the Empire of Brazil was or- ganized on the Ist May 1875 with Prof. Hartt as chief, and the following assistants H. F. de Jordao, Engineer, O. A. Derby and Richard Rathbun, Assistant Geologists and F. G. de Freitas, “Particante.” Mr. John Branner, now in charge of the geological survey of Arkansas, was soon 124 Canadian Record of Science. added to the staff, and a few other additions and changes were made. The active work of the Commission began in June 1875, and the coast region North of Rio to Cape San Roque was explored. Here extensive cretaceous deposits were found, with remains of sharks, crocodiles and other reptiles; and large collections of recent marine animals were made along the coast. In the next year, the work in the maritime provinces North of Rio was continued and abundant remains of rep- tiles, fishes, and other animals were found. The diamond- bearing gravels near Bahia were also examined for the pur- pose of discovering the source of these gems. In the pro- vince of Sergipe was gathered a rich harvest of cretaceous fossils for the museum at Rio. In this and the following year (1877) explorations were carried on in the provinces South of Rio, where Carboni- ferous and Devonian or Silurian deposits were discovered, rich in fossils, and the gold regions of this part of the em- pire and of Minas Geraes were examined by Mr. J. HE. Mills. While this work was in progress in the South, Mr. Derby was arriving at important results on the Amazonas, where he proved the existence of an immense basin of Paleozoic rocks with carboniferous deposits occupying an extensive area in the centre, surrounded by Devonian and Silurian beds rich in fossils. Owing to the dense vegetation of the lowlands of the valley of the Amazonas, they were unable to discover whether these Carboniferous rocks held deposits of coal or not. Immense collections of geological, zoo- logical and ethnological specimens were sent to the capital by the various exploring parties, and it was found necessary to set apart a large house to contain them. In June 1877, prompted by motives of economy, and un- acquainted with the amount and value of the work being done by the Commission, the Government gave orders for the temporary suspension of the Commission on the Ist of July. The Emperor, soon after returning to Rio, fresh from the Museums of the Old World and North America, Charles Frederick Hartt. 125 carefully inspected the building and work of the Commis- sion. He showed a just appreciation of the value of the new Museum of Geology, both to his own country and to the world at large; he was generous in his words of praise to the talented chief, who had so dearly earned them, and declared that the work should go on. In the beginning of the following year, an entire change was made in the Ministry of Brazil, and before the several departments had been entirely re-organized, and the appro- priations determined upon, Professor Hartt died. There was no one to succeed him, and his large collections were placed in the care of the National Museum at Rio de Jan- eiro. It is expected that steps will be taken by the Brazil- ian Government at an early date, toward publishing the many reports which were finished under the direction of Prof. Hartt. It would appear that before the researches of Professor Hartt, the systematic geology of vast areas of Brazil, was an utter blank. ‘The Carboniferous system was known to exist in the South of Brazil, and some Paleozoic fossils had been found on the Tapajos R. in the North of the Empire ; the Cretaceous formation had been recognized on the eastern coast, but it remained for Hartt to exhibit the general geo- logic structure of extensive areas of the Empire, and to recognize wide spread formations of Upper Silurian, Devo- nian, Carboniferous and Triassic (?) age. He also divided the vast areas of metamorphic rocks in Central Brazil into Kozoic and Lower Silurian by their lithological aspect and other characters. Nor did he confine his studies to Geology alone, for in addition to voluminous reports on this subject, he had the following works nearly or quite ready for publication I. Brazilian Antiquities,—about 500 pages, 4 to. Il. Mythology of the Brazilian Indians,—about 300 pages 4 to. Ill. Grammar, Dictionary &c. of the Tupé Language, 400 pages. IV. An Album—of about 100 photographs, illustrating the country, people &c. of the Lower Amazonas. With about 100 pages of text. 10 126 Canadian Record of Science. Prof. Hartt’s scientific career may be said to have cover- ed a decade and a half, and one can only wonder at the mar- vellous industry which crowded what might well be con- sidered the work of an ordinary life-time into this short period. Only those engaged in his enterprises knew the variety and excellence of his scientific work, or could appre- ciate the skill with which he directed the operations first of his exploring parties in Brazil, and then of the Geological Survey of that vast region. Judging from his brilliant be- ginning, we may confidently assert that, had he not been cut off in his prime, he would have accomplished a work that would have placed him beside the greatest of the geo- logical investigators of the present century. None but the hardiest constitution could stand the great strain which Hartt laid on his physical powers, and under the exhausting heat of a tropical climate he finally suc- cumbed. Having been on an exploring expedition inland, he came out upon the coast at Rio de Janeiro tired and worn out by physical toil and mental anxiety; the latter due to the difficulties in which the Survey had been placed by changes in the administration of the country. Here he was attacked by that formidable scourge of the lowlands of tropical America—yellow fever. His exhausted system could not withstand the disease. His illness was of scarcely more than two days duration, and he suddenly (and unex- pectedly to those who were watching him) passed away in the early morning of Monday 18th of March 1878. Prof. Hartt was a man of winning manners, affectionate disposition and generous nature, and was greatly esteemed by his scientific associates. He was gifted with an original and inventive mind, and indefatigable industry. The Christ- tian training of his early home, and the stimulating influen- ces of the educational institutions where he spent the first years of his life, no doubt served largely to form his charac- ter. His death terminated the Geological Survey of Brazil, as no one was thought worthy of taking the mantle which fell from him. His assistants remained to work up the material which he had gathered; but the leading mind Charles Frederick Hartt. 127 which had inaugurated the Survey was gone, and further investigation of the physical structure of Brazil with governmental aid is left to the enterprise of another generation. Since Professor Hartt’s death, two volumes of the Archives of the National Museum of Brazil have been pub- lished, which testify to the extent of his labors. The first (No. VI.) contains an account of the Archeology and Eth- nology of the tribes of the Amazonas, based on observations mude by Prof. Hartt and his assistants on the shell-heaps, the cemeteries and the artificial mounds of that region, and contains descriptions and figures of the articles found in these repositories of the relics of its pre-historic people. It contains also an essay on the origin of art, and the evolu- tion of ornamentation as exhibited by their pottery Xc.; as well as an account of certain tribes of the region and their mythology. In the remainder of the volume the result of Prof. Hartt’s work stands out on many a page, especially in the very in- teresting memoir by Dr. Ladislaus Netto on the Archeology of Brazil. The material collected under Prof. Hartt’s di- rection at the island of Marajo and at Maraca, are largely used by Dr. Netto in illustrating his memoir. The succeeding volume of the Annals of the Museum (No. VII.) is devoted to a description of the Cretaceous Mollusea of Brazil by Dr. C. A. White of the geological sur- vey of the United States. This voluminous memoir, pub- lished in Portuguese and English, is also based on the ma- terial collected under Prof. Hartt, when in charge of the geological survey of Brazil. Several years after his death, the remains of this devoted man were removed from Brazil to Buffalo, N. Y., the home of his widow, where they now lie in a cemetry on the shore of Lake Hrie. Since his death, a tablet to his memory has been placed in the library of Acadia College (his ‘‘alma mater’). This tablet was set up by his classmates in commemoration of his great services to Science. On the unveiling of the monu- 128 Canadian Record of Science. ment, June 1884, one of their number, Dr. Silas Alward, paid a high tribute to the character and worth of their de- ceased companion in an oration before the faculty and friends of the college. The following is a list of the scientific writings of Pro- fessor C. F. Hartt as far as known to me :-— 1. The Gold of Nova Scotia of Pre-Carboniferous Age. Cana- dian Naturalist, 1, No. 6, 459-461, 1864. 2. Observations on the Geology of Southern New Brunswick, made principally during the Summer of 1864, by Prof. L. W. Bailey and Messrs. George F. Mathew and C. F. Hartt; prepared and ar- ranged, with a Geological Map, by L. W- Bailey, A.M. Contains the three following reports by C. F. Hartt:— (a) Preliminary Notice of a Fauna of the Primordial Period in the vicinity of St. John, N. B., pp. 30-31. (Published also in Can. Nat., VII, 318-320 1865; and in Dawson’s “ Acadian Geology,” 2nd Ed., 1868, 641-643.) . (b) On the Devonian Plant Locality of the “ Fern Ledges,” Lan- caster, New Brunswick, with a detailed Section, and Notes on the Fossils, 131-141. (Includes report of 8. H. Scudder on the Devon- ian insects. An abstract was published in “ Acadian Geology,” 1868, 513-523.) (c) List of New Brunswick Fossils, 143-147. 3. The recent Bird-Tracks of the Basin of Minas, American Naturalist, I, 169.176, 234.243, 1867. 4. Ona Sub-division of the Acadian Carboniferous Limestones, with a desciption of a section across these Rocks at Windsor, N. 8. Can. Nat., III, 212-224, 1867. (A summary of the results recorded in this paper are given in “ Acadian Geology,” 1868, 279-280.) 5. [Descriptions and Notices of the Trilobites and other fossils of the Acadian Group, at St. John, N. B.] “ Acadian Geology,” 1868, 643-657, with many figures. (Prepared by Dr. Dawson from the MS. notes of Prof. Hartt.) 6. Résumé of a Lecture on the “Growth of the South American Continent,” delivered before the Library Association, Ithaca, N. Y., Dec. 4.1868. Cornell Era, Dec. 12, 1868. (Pamphlet reprint con- tains 8 pages.) 7. A Vacation Trip to Brazil. Amer. Nat., I, 642-651, 1868. 8. A Naturalist in Brazil. Amer. Nat., II, 1-13, with illustra- tions, 1868. 9. The cruise of the “ Abrolhos.” Amer. Nat., II, 85-73, with illustrations, 1868. 10. On the Botocudos of Brazil, (abstract). Proceed. Amer. Ass. Ady. Sci., 18th meeting, Salem, 1869, 273-274. Charles Frederick Hartt. 129 11. Thayer Expedition.—Scientific Results of a Journey in Bra- zil, by Louis Agassiz and his Travelling Companions.—Geology and Physical Geography of Brazil, by Charles Fred. Hartt, with illustrations and maps, 8°, pp. 620. Boston, Fields, Osgood & Co., 1870. 12. Discovery of Lower Carboniferous Fossils on the Rio Tapajos, (A letter written near Monte Alegre, Rio Amazonas, Oct. 5, 1870.) Amer, Nat. IV, 694-695, 1871. 13. Devonian Rocks in the Amazonian Valley. Amer. Nat., V. 121-122, 1871. 14.. Amazonian Drift. Amer. Jour. Sci. and Arts, I, April 1871, 294-296. 15. Braz. Rock Inscriptions. Amer. Nat., V, 189-147, with 9 plates, 1871. 16. The Ancient Indian Pottery of Marajé, Brazil. Amer. Nat. V, 259-271, with numerous figures, 1871. 17. Recent Explorations in the Valley of the Amazonas, with Map. Jour. Amer. Geogr. Soc., N. Y., III, 1872, 231-252, (read May 16, 1871). 18. [The Origin of the Basin of the Amazonas (abstract).] Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., XV, 153-154, 1872. 19. On the Tertiary Basin of the Mararon. Amer. Jour. Sci. and Arts, IV, July, 1872, 53-58. 20. On the Occurrence of Face-Urns in Brazil. Amer. Nat. VI, 607-610, with one large figure, 1872. 21. Notes on the Lingoa Geral or Modern Tupi of the Amazonas, Trans. Amer. Philog. Ass., 1872, pp. 20. i 22. O Mytho do Curupira. Aurora Brazileira, Ithaca, N. Y., Oct. and Nov. 1873. (Also separate reprint, pp. 12.) 23. Morgan Expeditions 1870-71.—Contributions to the Geology and Physical Geography of the Lower Amazonas. The Ereré- Monte-Alegre District and the Table-Topped Hills. Bull. Buffalo Soe. Nat. Sci., I, No. 4, 201-235, with maps and sketches. 1874. 24. Preliminary Reports of the Morgan Expeditions, 1870-71.— Report of a Reconnoissance of the Lower Tapajos. Bull. Cornell University Society (Science), No. 1, pp. 37, with map, 1874. 25. Evolution in Ornament. Popular Science Monthly, January, 1875, 266-275, with many figures. 26. Morgan Expeditions, 1870-71.—On the Devonian Trilobites and Molusks of Ereré, Province of Para, Brazil; by Ch. Fred. Hartt, and Richard Rathbun. Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist., N. Y., XI, 110-127, May, 1875. 27. The Indian Cemetery of the Gruta das Mumias, Southern Minas Geraes, Brazil. Amer. Nat., 1X, 205-217 (illustrated), 1875. 130 Canadian Record of Science. 28. Amazonian Tortoise Myths. Rio de Janeiro, Wm. Scully. Publisher. 1875, pp. 40. 29. Notes on the Manufacture of Pottery among Savage Races. Published at the office of the “South American Mail,” Rio de Jan- eiro, 1875, pp. 70. 30. Exploragoes Scientificas,— I. Commissao Geologica do Brazil. Catalogo da Exposicio de Obras Publicas do Ministerio da Agricul- tura, Rio de Janeiro, 1876, 96-106. 31. Nota sobre Algumas Tangas de Barro Cosido dos Antigos Indigenas da Ilha de Marajo. Archivos do Museu Nacional do Rio de Janeiro, I. Trimestre T°, 21-25, Estampas III, 1V & V, 1876. 32. Descripgao dos Objectos de Pedra de Origem Indigena Con- servados no Museu Nacional. Arch. do Mus. Nac. do Rio de Janeiro, I, Trim. 2° & 3°, 45-53, Estampas VII & VIII, & 2 figu- ras, 1876. 33. The Geological Survey of Brazil. First Preliminary Report made to the Counselor Thomaz José Coelho de Almeida, Minister and Secretary of State for Agriculture, etc.; by Ch. Fred. Hartt. Chief of the Geological Commission of the Empire of Brazil, Rio de Janeiro, 1876. Translated and abridged by Prof. T. B. Com- stock. Amer. Jour. Se. and Arts, XI, June, 1877, 466-473. (Posthumous). 34. Contribuicies para a ethnologia do valle do Amazonas, par C. F. Hartt. In Archivos do Museu Nacional do Rio de Janeiro, Vol. VI, 1885. Book NotIcks. Frrn Frora..—This little book, issued as an appendix to the School Fern-Flora of Canada, is a useful contribution to Canadian Botany. The first seven pages are devoted to the structural charac- ters of ferns, and taxonomic considerations. The remainder is occupied by a description of the various genera and species, together with an account of their geographical range, and special localities for the rarer species. The descriptions are clear and direct. The principal genera are illustrated by a plate of well-executed figures. The book is of a convenient size to be used in the field, but its usefulness for the ordinary student would be enhanced, had an analytical key been provided.—D. P. P. 1The Fern Flora of Canada; descriptions of all the native ferns of the Dominion, with the localities where they grow. By George Lawson, Ph. D., &e. Halifax, A. & N. MacKinlay, 1889, (pp. 29.) Proceedings of the Naturai History Society. 131 PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY. The regular monthly meeting was held on Monday even- ing, January 27th, Sir Wm. Dawson presiding. The minutes of the previous meeting having been read and confirmed, Dr. Harrington reported that the Lecture Committee had arranged for the usual Sommerville course of seven lectures upon Food Supply and Food Adultera- tions. The Curator reported the following donations :— Chinese New Testament, Mr. C. Griffen. Quartz Crystals from Mount Stephen, Mr. A. B. Chaffee, jr. Olive-sided Fly Catcher and Black Crowned Night Heron, Mr. F. B. Caulfield. Various papers relating to the Society, Mr. J. Ostell. A New York newspaper under date of 1800, giving an account of the death of General Washington; also a portion of log, supposed to be Norway spruce, from an excavation on Commissioners street, on or near the site of Maison- neuve’s fort, and supposed to have formed part of the same, Mr. I’. W. Henshaw. Some discussion followed respecting the last donation and its relation to the fort, and Messrs. J. A. U. Beaudry, J. S. Brown, Prof. Penhailow and J. McLachlan were appointed a committee to collect all available evidence bearing upon the character of the specimen, and present the same at a future meeting of the Suciety. The balloting for new members resulted in the election of Messrs. EH. P. Hannaford, G. H. McHenry, Thos. E. Hodgson, Edwd. H. Hamilton and M. H. Hersey. The Curator drew the attention of the Society to the need of putting the Museum in a more attractive shape, and sug- gested that a sub-division into departments, each under an assistant curator, would greatly promote the usefulness of the collections. The following papers were then presented and ordered to be printed in the REcorD or ScIENCE :— “Fossil fish from the Pleistocene of Green’s Creek, Ottawa,” Sir Wm. Dawson. “Mineralogical notes on some Canadian Minerals from new Localities,” Dr. B. J. Harrington. 132 Canadian Record of Science. “ Notes on the flora of Cap a L’Aigle, Quebec,” Rev. Dr. Campbell. After the usual vote of thanks to the authors of papers, the meeting adjourned. The regular monthly meeting was held on Monday, Feb- ruary 24th, Sir Wm. Dawson in the chair. The Curator suggested the adoption of a by-law providing for the acceptance of specimens and the disposal of dupli- cate material. He also announced the following donations :— Head of Maskinonge, Mr. C. HE. Dawson. Blue Heron, Hon. Edward Murphy. Evening Grosbeak, Mr. F. B. Caulfield. The thanks of the Society were tendered to the donors. The following papers were read and accepted for publi- cation in the REcoRD oF ScrENCcE :— ‘‘ Helderberg Fossils from St. Helen’s Island,” by W. E. Deeks, B.A. “ Notes on Asbestus and Some Associated Minerals,” by Prof. J. P. Donald. ““ Notes on a Bird New to the Province of Quebec,” Mr. F. B. Caulfield. After the usual discussions, the thanks of the Society were tendered to the authors for their valuable contributions. Sir Wm. Dawson introduced Mr. J. Stevenson, who pre- sented some statements bearing upon the past and present distribution of eider ducks in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. He showed that under the present system of egg gathering, the birds had greatly diminished in numbers of late years, and there was great danger of ultimate extermination. He urged the desirability of having the Government take some steps looking to the protection of the birds, and to the en- couragement of the settlers along the shores of the Gulf, to engage in the industry of gathering their feathers. He mace an earnest plea for the better protection of the birds against wanton destruction, and asked if the Society felt disposed to use its influence in the matter. After some dis- cussion the following committee was appointed to take the matter into consideration and co-operate with Mr. Steven- son :—Messrs. J. A. U. Beaudry, J. S. Brown, Dr. Wesley Mills, F. B. Caulfield, J. S. Shearer and Aiex. Henderson. The ballot for new members resulted in the election of Messrs. A. P. Winn and W. A. Scott. 890. M i Olt, C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. EDy rE Lae Ge Aa A q 223) 34 | oe | os DAY a2a| go Ee a2 Sel BE) SS ic DAY. aise" 3 Ba | 448 Ee ES) q eI Tl oo tole) 0.28 He 0.28 I 210 00 | 0.17 So Opel) 3 |O 93 oe . . 3 4} 0 Oo) 500 0.2 | 0.027 4 SUNDAY..... 40% 5 I, ©) | 5600 6.6 | 0.774 5 .....+....SUNDAY 9 00} o.4t | Inapp.| 0.41] 6 Z i) 87 ao'o Inapp.| 9.90 7 iz 90 wee 2.3 O.Ir 8 9 2 95 o how o 9 { | 2) Ts 12 ... | Inapp.| 0.00 # 10 mas) | V8) oo 30 6.4 | 0.82] 11 STINT eee OO | sees 0.2 | 0.02} 72 ..........SUNDAY | Seay Pape ners -» | 0055 | 13 t47 pf roo] .... so0, {| sooo || 22 To} o 00 | 0.04 2.5 | 0.25] 15 16} CQ saad 6.7. | 0.39 | 16 ws Pp 81 an 0.3 | 0.01 | 17 Boy |) 64 ete 0.3 | 0.02 | 18 | SUNDAY....+. se) 1 fels) tale 960 soe IQ seceeeeeee SUNDAY | 201) 00 | 0.18 1.0 | 0.28 | 20 217» 37 S06 2.0 | 0.07 | 21 2 |") 87 -»- | Inapp.| 0.00 } 22 237 5 90 ve 1-5 0.09 | 23 7415 gt .. | Inapp.| 0.00 } 24 | 2545 oo . 1.0 | 0,10 } 25 | |SUNDAY.-..... | Sian Mees eee Nah ok e so SonpaAy Ill > 54 vee O.1 0.01 | 27 | D 43 O.1 0.01 | 28 | 5 42 oe noon siele 29 | P) 900 . sane soe 30 a > 07 | 0.01 0.I | 0.02 } 34 pe snouor i Cela |i 313269 || zo@A Bo2) | || Anz | FEES Se ocodqooddes 060 — |, | —_— ||t6 yrs. means for & a inckudinge tus mol | ["3%5] o-8+ | 90:9 | 2:68 6 years mane et | id barometer was 29.201 on the !3th, giving a range of | Direotion........ 1.516 inches. Maximum relative humidity was toc ——|/— jon 7days. Minimum relative humidity was 44 on Miles........+--- 2 |the 28th. Ear emt | Rain fell on 7 days. | uration in ATs.-/ | | Snow fell on 21 days. Mean velocity...| 1 | Rain or snow fell on 24 days. Rain and snow fell on 4 days. ~~) | Hoar frost on 2 days. Greatest mileage ie : Greatest velocity ilg Lunar halo on one night. on thelsth. | st} Fog on 3 days. Resultant mileagest Resultant directiost to the Mountain Anemometer. t ind ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF JANUARY, 1890. Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. 7 = “ Sky CLOUDED LE THERMOMETER. WIND. In Tenras. 38 Ba a | & nets —<—— ——_ | ——__—__—__—_ ——_- = { Mean pean . ze ap AG 3 aa a4 ag . pres-_ |relative ew C x on! Ge Sig ax DAY. st hh mr au aN sure of |bumid-| point. | general pMceny el oad ae Ee 2 e DAY. Max. in. nge ean. ax. in. | SRange. | vapour. | ity- Aitaotionelnamnilen & s Ke a fi or E i perhour] re 38.7 1663 22.4] 30-4448 | 30.679 30.209 +479 «1563 84.8 27.8 s. 21.8 8.3 | 10] o 00 | 0.28 a6 0.287 x 52.3 36.4 15-9] 30.0345 | 30.207 29.893 314 -2477 88.5 39-7 S.W- 32.3 6.8] 10] 0 00 | 0.17 5000 o.17] 2 37-0 14-5 22.5} 30.5820 | 30.695 30-394 or 0792 63 2 12.3 N. W. 20.0 0.3] 6] 0 93 oo eas 900 3 | 18.8 8.9 9-9} 30-5453 | 30.679 30.343 «330 0617 71-3 6.8 WwW. 10.5 8.3 | 10] o oo . 0.2 | 0.02} 4 ||Sunpay 22.0 | 17.6 Le04|| sooqa06 20009 vee anon nod dnd N.E. 4% |} oang|} ao |] BI] © 5 cssarseasSUNDAY | 35-0 19.6 15.4] 29-6543 29-446 +382 . 1303 gI-3 24.0 i. 9.9 9.8] 10} 9 00 6 | 29.0 8.0 21.0} 30.0228 29.931 160 - 0608 78.0 7-3 W. 12.4 3.5] 10| 0 87 7 | 29.2 13-9 15.3] 29-5015 29.226 607 - 1023 89.0 18.2 S.W. 17.0 8.5 | 10] 1 oo 8 | 14.6 | —13.3 27-9} 29-9925 29.804 334 -0237 78.2 |—12.8 W. 22.3 2.3 | 10] o 95 9 | | i—11-0 | —21.6 10.6] 30.2417 30.161 250 .0205 96.7 |—16.0 N.E. 26.3 5.3 | 10] 0 12 10 7-0 | —14.5 21.5 | 30.2015 29.922 547 +0345 96.5 | —5-7 N 24.3 8.3 | 10} o 00 IL | | | Sunpay. 10.5 6.5 Ais@|| cecececass |] sooooe Bon agaod 5000 000 i733 |} c000 |} 5o.|} ob 00 000 0.2 | 0.02] 12 ..........SUNDAY | See 9.0 Bed BOS EHT 30 aay 938 743 74.7 23-3 40.5 5-5 10] 0 ir} 0.55 apoa J} Goes |} 83 | 19. 7.0 r2u 30.5822 30.67: +30! .053) 05.3 4.5 19-4 2. Io} 0 100 Petal 6000 seen | 14 | 22.5 18.2 4.3 30.1458 30.438 +530 . 1037 93-2 | 19:0 6.1 10.0 | 10 | 10 00 | 0.04 2-5 0.25] 15 | 24-9 Sos 26.4 | 29.9030 | 30.286 } 587 +0907 88.8 13.3 20.5 7.8 | 10] c 00 us 6.7 | 0.39 | 16 | fare |] Soo 19.6} 30-5000 | 30-553 30.435 118 +0328 76.7 | —6.8 17.6 5.0] 10] o 81 0.3 | o.or | 17 8.9 Sn 10-0 f 30.4675 | 30.490 30-439 O51 -0442 85.0 0.5 6.5 6.3 | 10] o 64 0.3 | 0.02 | 18 SUNDAY........ 14.1 —4.9 19.0 se |] saa000 |} soabed e900 aod no 60100 N. THA |) cone || cs. |] 0 00 F 00 5G) 00000 «SUNDAY 38.0 13.3 24-2] 29.6297 | 30.010 29.356 654 -1150 84.8 21.2 N. 33.6 98]10] 9 00 so) 20 | 24.3 9-4 14.9] 29.8850 | 29.962 29.750 +212 -0670 78.8 9-3 Ww. 25.9 5:3] 10| o 97 .o 21 | 16.0 1.0 15.0) 30 3747 | 30-622 29.954 674 0365 64.8 | 4,2 N.W. 24.9 1.3 | 9 || 0° 87 22 6.8 250 8.8 | 30.3090 | 30.620 30.012 608 0380 79:5 | —3.0 N.W. 11-3 8.3] 10] o ) 23 Ir. 1.0 Io.1} 30.2268 | 30.324 30.069 255 0457 75-5 1,0 Ww. 16.4 17) |(1x0))|) 10) gr 24 33.0 5.0 28.0 29.7867 30.165 29.605 560 1060 81.7 18.0 Ss. 23-9 8.3 | 10] o oo 25 SuNDay......., 33-0 23.8 O3|| doooane Wi 5) || coo |} Se Ile 84 ao 26. ++.SUNDAY 24.0 8.7 15.3] 30-1415 -B. 6 is ro | o 54 : 11.9 4.4 16.3 30.5852 .W. -4 -7 | 10 ) 43 | 38.0 11-5 26.5 30.0913 ie) 9-8] 10] 6 42 | 29.9 9-9 20.0} 30 3357 8 10.0 | 10 | 10 00 wee 38.5 13.9 24 G | 30.0303 8 7-5) 10} o 07} 0.o1 23.76 6.42 | 17.34 30.1399 6.46 33-8 1.64 \| — = ead pete pose | 16 yrs. meansfor &} 11-7 20.42 z 16.88 10. 06: 90nd aqn0 Py So. Ba . 6. 1133. 0.8, 30. .68 [16 years means for and aclnatia this mo. 2 4 e588 2 oy 388 es ae 22 ul 33 | i L 3 i linet this month _ ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. eee : *Barometer readings reduced to sea-leyel and|barometer was 29-201 on the |3th, giving a range of} Nirection N. N.E E | S.E S. s.W WwW N.W. Cal @ r1.516inches. Maximum relative humidity was 109) HON. -.....- : B b BOB b ee | 0 . W. | Calm. temperature of 32° Fahr. on T days. Minimum relative humidity was 44 on) Miles...... a 2473 1698 288 313 1757 2679 3144 2205 = s)Observed: , me Zin Daan Rania ey = + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. AM fell on 7 days. uration in hrs..| 170 89 26 13 78 119 149 93 1 a Snow fell on 21 days. re same | = -——= Humidity relative, saturation being roo. Rai fell on 24 days Mean velocity...) 14. 19-1 11.1 24.1 22 22. Ti . u 4 PON Ase te eed | ee) 2 i) 5 3 eae 2357) 1 Nine years only. Rain and snow fell on 4 days. SGiniLS aS a eee Seon = Hoar frost on 2 days. ¢ i i . The greatest heat was 52.3 on the 2nd ; the 5 Ceeutee poreaee in Ga HORS ee Cn HAO Heit, Total mileage, 14,557. greatest cold was 21.6 below zero on the 10th, giving) Lunar halo on one night. on the 13th eee) 4 ay Ban Nore.—The wind directions and velocities inja range of an ere of 73-9degrees. Warmest} Fog on 3 days. Regultantimilengays(o7o - jheavy faced type are from the City Hall record.|day was the 2nd. Coldest day was the 10th. Highest Resultant Gta, N, 75° W. The mileage has been multiplied by 1.5 to reduce it/barometer reading was 30.717 on the 28th; lowest! 390. Meteora C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. | Fee E | i ie aI Gell ee Snes al 8 | i = 5 = cs Ro 5 as =6 Zo 1] DAY. oa's| Sf | os | 85 Davee Mea |22"| 2 5.8 | aq | a pa qt a | oo} a | eal a cane ——_—____| I 15.g 96 os saee on I Sunpay..... make alte ae i 46] .. ade Beall 2ivelaenisiele sp Sunpay || 3 33-9 oo 0.12 Pees 0.12 g} | 4| 16.4 33 | 0.28 0.3 | 0.31 4 | Bil 2ie 5Su|proser ann 0.2] 5 | 6] (s: TOO) Ge Seay Nita || 7 10. yf see Ti 7 i OOO Min 8 35-4 fete) wees 9°5 0.50 8 | | | SDN aN ame rin! onl ee | 89M cece Petsete leer |e) ake cee alee Sunpay || Io | —2.d gt an A060 sapio || wf) II 3.1 80 : : IL || 12 24. 5t os ZrOMn|sOnLON| eT? } | Tape szeg 5° S60 30 13 | 14 | 34.7 00 | 1.08 0 1.08 | 14 mis |} F@).G) 76 | 0.20 erie | Onzonlurs | |\SUNDAY....,...16 hears i/o choc 1.6 0.05 | 16 ....0+2+«sSUNDAY 17 6.9 41 oon6 I.0 | 010] 17 | 18 8g tele) . 4.3 | 0.42 | 18 1 | 19 a go 0.3 | 0.02 | 19 || 20) nie 00 -3 | 0.23] 20 || 21 | —3.7 61 Ae 21 | 22 0.9 | 100 .. | Inapp.| 0.00 | 22 || SUNDAY.-...... 23 soo 47 sig00 Re? Il @o@y Il) Beha gasauoncc SuNDay {aye 24 | 33.1 14 | Inapp.| 0.4 | 0.03 | 24 || | 25 34.3 fofe) o.1II . O-1I! 25 | AG |) Bac 00 | 0.06 0.06 | 26 | | 27a \aB WA 00 | oor + ,On0X 127, || | 28 37.3 00 0.78 oe o 78 | 28 | eee seeee-Means.| 19-¢] 44-9] 2.85 Fish | CoA SHINS Sooooadaopeaonas||l\ '6 yrs. Meansfor &| 15.4 141.7] 0.90 22.6 | 3.07 |16 years means for and including this mo, ‘including this month A | lon 5 days. Minimum relative humidity was 42 on. Direction........| N. | |the Ast- - ——|———| Rain fell on 10 days. || Milessreenace *+++:| 453) | Snow fell on 12 days. — | —__—_—_. Duratiooin hre. 22/| Rain or snow fell on 20days. | - - —-|——-— Rain and snow fell on 2 days. || Mean velocity...) 20.6.) Hoar frost on 2 days. | | Se eee? | LOLS On 7 days: || 5 __' Parhelic ares on the 11th. Greatest mileage in ort f ; be F Greatest velocity in gt} The rainfall of this month (2.85 inches) is the 12 miles on the 5th. t/greatest for February in 16 years, the next highest | Resultant mileage, 4,4¢/being 2.18 in 1884. t ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF FEBRUARY, 1890. Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. s SKY CLOUDED) 1 E THERMOMETER. *BAROMETER. WIND. In Tenrus. |S 9 Ay =) iF iy = eal REN Le {Mean | Mean ee seg ae | Ea fee = * 25| So i) o pay. shroot |iumide| pot. | genera (eae 2 | el alezal 22 | ee |2s| Day. Gj i i > eneral |yelocity & |. 152 A] 8g Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range} Mean. | SMax. §Min. | SRange.} vapour. | ity- direction. |intmiles|’ ss) |) [ay 3 a 2} 3 iperhour| 1) | 1] 15.93 | 36-2 76 28.6} 20.4885 | 30.676 30.087 +589 0598 60.2 4.2 21.9 07 | 2] © 96 Sat oooo || x Sunnay... Pe, 320 —6.0 38.0 Ae eb é00qc0 cog oes 9008 agon 17-0 S000 |. G0.|| cel 46 00 on As . SUNDAY | 33-98 | 39.0 23 0 16.0} 29.9530 | 30.220 29.831 389 -1785 88.3 31-0 28.3 8.3 | 10] o (-} - jor] 3 || 16.43 34 5 8.8 25-7 29-9848 30.345 29.315 1.030 -0775 75 3 10.0 14.8 6.7 | 10 () 33 0.3 0.31 4 27.95 45.0 100 35.0 29.5477 30.081 29.092 .989. 1377 75-5 213 36.8 4.8 | 10 ° 53 Boon 0.20 5 5.03 I1.0 oo 11.0} 30.3887 | 30.567 30.205 - 362 -0358 66-3 | —43 10.7 0.0] 0} of 100 5s0 eee 6 || 10.62 19.8 1.5 18.3 30.5090 30 683 30.142 +540 0572 73-2 4.8 Q.1 6.7 | 10 ° 57 1.7 0,09 7 45-23 30.0 18.7 11.3 29 7170 29.854 29.599 ~255 +1237 90.5 23:0 16.3 g.8 | 10 3 oo 9.5 0.50 8 i} ||Sunpay. G|| n- 5 |) Bees oo PME | sonccnr || .odoe Aamltr sseadan 2200 aatits S805 960d W. >< ye) || 5000 |} 5 |! od 99 C)idoasnadees Sunpay || 10 | —2.03 2.3 —7.0 9-39 30.6583 | 30.702 30.603 +099 .0305 78.2 | —7-5 N.E. 10.5 1.8 | 10] © gL 10 |] II 3.18 10.4 —6 4 16.8 30-4357 | 30.614 30.136 478 0412 $2.0 | —1.7 E. 5-3 4.7 | 10] 0 80 IL 12] 24.57 | 30.1 69 23.2] 29.8862 | 30.011 29 747 -264 -ITI3 81.2 19-5 S.W. 27.6 7.0) 10| ¢ 51 12 | 13 | 32.80| 36.9 258 Ii.t |} 29.9638 | 30.045 29-896 .149 -1247 67.7 23.2 S.W. 27 8 6.8 }10] o 50 13 ~ \| 14] 34.75 | 29-9 26.8 13.1 | 29 6350] 29.883 29.207 676 +1695 82.3 29-5 1 14-7 8.3] 10] 0 CI} 14 || 15| 19-55] 39 2 5:5 33-7] 29.8002] 30 180 29-277. 903 .0873 68.7 11.2 W. 35-6 2.8 | 10] © 76 15 | SUN OAV ements Gl | eee 13.2 —2.0 55311 o-00000-|) bodes |) abn ano soos 2 0 ves waa S.W. m8) || oo00 |] oc |} od 71 FG aoap0cc0s «SUNDAY | 17 6.82 | 14-2 2.7 Ir.5 | 39-2070] 30.332 30.051 +281 +0452 76.2 0.7 N.E. 19-4 7-2 | 10] o 4 17 | 18 8 92| 11.0 7-2 4-0} 29.8520] 29.932 29.750 182 -0587 gI.o 6.7 N.i. 29.8 10.0 | 10 | 10 00 18 | 19 | 10.02 | 12.8 7.0 5-8} 30.1517 | 30.284 29 922 362 0520 76.3 3.8 N. W. 7-3 ep || .2|) G go 19 | 20] 13.13 | 26.7 0-5 27-2] 29 5957 | 29.835 29.299 +536 -0733 85.8 9-7 W. 27.8 3.0] 10] o 00 20 21 || 3.12 30 —9.1 12.1} 29.9742 | 30.017 29 913 - 104 0272 73.0 |—10.2 WwW. 33-1 3-5] 10] 0 61 21 22 2.80 6.8 —8.0 14.8 | 30.0602 | 30.123 39-976 146 .0300 66.8 | —8.5 5.W. 21.7 1-7 | 10] Of 100 22 SUNDAY. AEA) oes 27-6 3-0 AAG!) cnconcecos || sacous <8 00a as 608 8. THe || dace |} oo |] od 47 Pe pnadengasos Sunpay 24 | 33.15 40.2 13.9 20.3 | 29 8807 | 29.944 +145 86.3 29-5 S. 12.4 | 10.0 | 10] 10 14 24 25 | 34-52] 38-0 33-2 4.8 | 29.9060 | 29.985 : .192 *| 98.0 33.8 10.4 10 0} 10 | 10 00 25 26 | 34.93 | 37-0 32.7 4-3 29-8643 30.139 29 715 +424 96.8 34.0 7-5 10.0] 10] 10 00 26 27 | 33-48 | 35-0 31.3 3-7} 30-1620 | 30.226 30.096 130 93-8 32.2 8.3 | 100] 10} Io 00 27 | 28 | 37.20] 39.0 34.2 4-8] 29.8195 | 30.044 29.672 +372 90.3 34-5 S.E. 23.1 | 10.0] 10 | 10 00 28 \ | a | }} + sees seuee+Means,| 19.08 )\26,26 9 31 | 16.95] 30-0184 ace oo 6.35 -. |] 44.9 | 2.85 27.4 | 4-45 |Sums .. teeneee \16 Ep Means for &| 15.48 | 23.95 6.79) 17.16} 30.0414] ...... Sonne 323 .0821 78-6 9 é 5-84 41.7 | 0.90 22.6 | 3.07 |16 years means for and lincluding this mo,) | be ‘including this month ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. *Barometer readings reduced to sea-level andjon 5days. Minimum relative humidity was 42 on Direction........ N. N.E. E. S.B 5. S.W. W. | N. W.| Calm. temperature of 32° Fahr. the Ist. ss Ss SS ee eS Se SS SE ES 5 Rain fell on 10 days. Miles : 8 : = § Observed. = 22 125 = teks Ee Berk BS |_| a + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. Snow fell on 12 days. Duration in hrs.. 22 g2 69 74 78 146 144 20 27 t Humidity relative, saturation being 100. Rain or snow fell on 20 days. ENCES | —=||———— | Nine years only. Rain and snow fell on 2 days. ean velocit; r : J i : j m cares ecm |neee eT Ea SO RCL Hs The greatest heat was 450 on the 5th; the| Hoar frost on2 days. => ee —_____}zreatest cold was 9.1 below zero oH the ats giving) Fogs on 7 days. P fs ja range of temperature of s4.rdegrees. Warmest} Parhelic ares on the llth. Greatest mileage in one hour was 60 on the 5th.| Resultant direction, S. 52° W. day was the 28th. Coldest day was the 2ist. Highest eee 3 eA F Greatest velocity in gusts 72 miles per hour for| ‘otal mileage, 12,521. barometer reading was 30.702 on the 10th; lowest] The rainfall of this month (2.85 inches) is the) 12 miles on the 5th. Ayerage mileage per hour 18.63. barometer was 29.092 on the Sth, giving arange of\greatest for February in 16 years, the next highest Resultant mileage, 4,435 1.610inches. Maximum relative humidity was 10c|being 2.18 in 1884. 890. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. \ Ee —=5 peat So 8 a3 3 Blo a 2 = as 2 etre, s2s| 22 | 32 | 23 Byes Eien) hes > ht) jaa] 23 fe 97 95 64 i eet 84 Inupp.) 9 0° 18 99 o 98 d00¢6 109 wees oa 85 ado 00 | 0 07 | 0 07 {ele} 0.20 0.20 00 | 0.03 0 03 23 Sain 17 Inapp.| 2-00 40 Inapp.| 0.00 51 dane ache ets 83 o (3). o 00 57 afc 52 a Inapp.) 0-00 03 | 0.17 ©.) || oe [eje) Ba 51 sles 85 bs bole) Nine 0.7 0.07 3I 0.01 o 4 | 0.06 G25 eens Inipp.| 0.90 00 4-5 | © 45 Co | 0 4.0 | 0.33 29 | do fete) |) GY Fe 73) “ba00 =e |ecsteebee ers [penne Oe al Dcoacee ee? 45-9 | 0.48 Hey | Be ——— "| 145.5 | 0.86 Aes) |) 70: & | DAY. SUNDAY SUNDAY SUNDAY SUNDAY » SUNDAY Sums . 16 years means for anc linciudine this month Me DED 'THS. DAY. ie = | i] o SUNDAY.......- 4]... ‘| © 4 OF ri Sy é ° b| oO é} of SUNDAV. - qi. fi Iq| of ti] 10 14| rc | Ii] 10 ¥ Iz 2 | If] of SUNDavy.... ¢] 2. | bl Co) 1% fo) (| 0 | 24; Oo || © 2 ° | SuNDAV....... All sc | 2i| 0} 2|| 10 ¥ 2) 44 2|| of 2|| of 2\| 10 SUNDAY..... dousil oo | 3|| © fete sees Wlean —_-——_ 16 yrs. means for including this m | and Direction.......| WIE Gonos abeol Duration in hrs. — = Mean velocity... ; tue Ce Ivins mest Greatest mileazh esi Greatest veloc}wes! the 29th. Resultant mil ge of WS LOC onthe 12th. on the Yth. Rain fell on 5 days. Minimum relative humidity was Snow fell on 12 days. Rain or snow fell on 15 days. Auroras were observed on 4 nights. Lloar frost on 5 days. Lunar halo on 4 nights. Lunar corona on one night. Fogs on | days. 35) | ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF MARCH, 1890. Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet, OC. H. MeLEOD, Superintendent. Sky CLOUDED Greatest mileage in one hour was 46 on thy 1:1 Teatest velocity in gusts48 miles per hour +1 the 29th. Resultant mileage, 6,735 Resultant direction Cotal mileage, - Average mileage per hour 16.94. ic 1 The greatest heat was 43.0 on the 12th; tue sreatest cold was 4.0 below zero on the 9th, giving | range o! temperature of 47.0 degrees. Warmest lay was the |2th. Coldest day was the tth. Hizhesi yarometer reading was 30.961 on the lowes! yarometer was 29 on the 17th, giving «range of /20B inches. Maximum relative humidity was roc THERMOMETER. “BAROMETER. WIND Ty TRNTHS 3 s Wz fo . N oF = ij i Mean |{Mean femaer San eee ; ie DAY. DEGEEE polbtaks Dew Moan se gS DAY = sure 0 -| poi 3 = a) e Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range} Mean. | SMuax. §Min. | §Range. | vapour. vail polit. General |yelocity} = as direction. |in miles} = | ee SS we eed [| perhoury ~ | & 1] 25.05| 408 7:0 | 33-8] 29.8788 | 30.089 29-751 -338 T100 73-9 a | 3U.5 5:5 [ 10 | 0 Bd SuNDAY...... +22 +e 141 2.0 12.1 ° pr acnG i 8.5 | . || wen) 0 40] 16.0} 30.0885 | 30 137 30 013 124 0412 yey area 5 |) aol] Silo 2 3 a tea SUNDAY 4 23-93 at 8 19-9 ao 9] 32 0280] 30.159 29 854 305 0795 61.3 12.5 14.2 68! 10] 0 64 oo || es 5 e E 31.2 = g 2.5, 30:1693)}/ 30 243 29.918 -325 0643 68.3 72 20.0 4-7 | 10} © 84 Inupp.| 9 °° | 5 ates ee = 10-9} 30-3550 30.410 30.299 tI 0272 55-0 |—10.2 g.0 6.0] 10} © 18 pee 6 Z cies oe 4 20.0] 30.3387 | 30 412 30 280 132 0368 59-5 |— 4.5 22.0 0.0] oO] o 99 7 7-9 9 7- 19 I} 30 3498 | 30.432 3° 307 125 0658 65-3 8.7 19-4 0.2] tr} 0 98 8 SUNDAY. ... 9 "5 + 28.0 129 Tose | sepeseo lt eaadee ie oe & ae 11.5 6 100 9 SuNnDAY mol] Sa] ee aa ee so a | om | 88 |) iy so | a2)m/ of & ea | 12] 40.12 | 43.0 36 7 63 eee 319 1672 79-3 | 29.8 12.4 f/10.0|10| 10] 00] 0 o7 0 07 | 11 13] 36.90) 41-0 35 5 5.5 poaca IE 2437 97-8 39-3 10.0 | 10.0] 10'| 1¢ | 00] 0 20 | 0.20 | 12 14] 35.48 | 40.2 a $2 391200 122 2083 94-7 35-3 12.4 | 10.0] 10)| 10f 00] 0.03 0 03 | 13 asl] sase|| Sao | av Al) fa eee ae 1840) 1) 189:2) |) 3217 9-0 | 97} 10] 24 23 ven |f “fe 29 913 233 1098 62.3 19-5 11-8 8.0 | 10}] © 17 Tnapp.} 2-00 | 15 Sunpay.... ...16 ao 8. : 17] 23.33 Sai rote ae Aa HAG oe o 2909 24.9 f.. : 40 Inapp.| 0.00 | 16 ....------Sunpay All as eol| Bon : 2 |) EegMiOS | 2) BG) 190 0860 66.0 13-8 32.7 4.8 | 10|| © 5r 0 6 ‘ 17 29) feeB| B30 BOS SERS, TEAC Es 397 0895 627 | 15.0 19-8 | 2.2] 10\| of 83 or 18 Pal| suagl| doe || wall all Besl Bex 122 | -0643 | 60.8 | 8.2 79 | 50] 710] of 57 Jecee | 29 21] 37.62 42.9 32.5 ae a BAB) aoe 125 1310 73-5 23.8 16.9 6.5 | 10)| o 52 : TInapp.| 0-00 | 20 call 2g .c es sears 5 3 29.5202 | 29.683 2 1905 84.3 33.2 22-7 8.3 | 10)| © 03 | 0.17 0.2 | 0.21 | 21 EE | ac ete 33: “BY 28-7815 | 29.84r 112 1518 72-2 | 27.7 11.8 }| 83! 10| of 00 22 Sunpav.-..... 23 47 19-5] 15.2 Baee ||" gba son) aH leeneeee 3 em Pes 18.9 Weal} S: | 23 - SuNDAY a P| 30.505 | 30.288 217 o762 60.7 | 12-3 8.3 | 28] 9| o| 85 : 24 rr 735 ae 30.496 29-843 653 1252 73-2 | 22.7 16.3 | 10 0 | 10\| 10 00 0.7 | 0.07 | 25 HG Boia ge 29-711 29 509 202 1830 85.8 32.2 237 30.0 | 10] 4 3t | o.or 0 4 | 0.06 | 26 28 8 PBA 68 24-971 29.553 418 1307 69.3 23.8 28.6 68]10] 0 62 . | Inapp.| 0.00 } 27 wo 25.8 2 29-975 29.482 “493 1093 82.3 20.0 25.2 8.3 | 10}] © re) 4-5 | 0 45 | 28 fs i 7- 29:775 29.475 300 1445 89.7 26.7 23.5 || 10.0] 101] 10 co | 4.0 | 0.33 | 2 | | 33.0 25.8 GeE|| seospes 9 J | ) 8 996009. ||| = Aoneas a oo00 sone N. 7-3 \| © Be 29 1.8 | 0 rt | 30 » »SUNDAY 33-9 16 4 | 77-5} 30-2370 | 30.301 30 194 107 0930 65.0 16.3 Sow. 9:5 5-3) 19] ° 75\| sone | 3t Ses] SAS 7 || oes 243 58 | 77.9 | 185 16.94 | 6.28 | 45.9 | 0.43 | 11.7 | 1 53 [Sums . ....- 16 yrs. means for &| : i pal (ees =| | reread = = Heating Gwe sal LY) Bark) | Ebr || GH) BI CGB] oo000n |} anoenn 265 TOESiL P7556. |) sem ese Lemeees i iT43.3| 0.86 | 25.6 | 3 4r \r6 years means for aud 6.17 includine this month ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. t A «Barometer readings reduced to sea-level andjon the 12th. Minimuim relative humidity was 3a) Direction........ N. N.E. | &£. S.E. Ss. | s.W. | W. |N.W.| Calm emperature of 32° Fahr. on the Yth- ; SS SS 5 Rain fell on 5 days. Miles. .. 659 6497 1756 $29 = SnseRveHL aah Snow fell on 12 days Dac onnieel ee —— ——= + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercucy. TSU EM WO UG CE Nb nae 45 4 | 65 56 | 3r1 107 66 20 t Humidity relative, saturation being 1co Rain or snow fell on eae ; Mean velocity = rz tea —|——_—_ J Nine years onl Auroras were observed on 4 nights. on -9 | 20.3 9-7 15 6 1.8 Nine years only. ‘ z 29:9, Hea 12.6 Hoar frost on 5 days. Lunar halo on 4 nights. Lunar corona on one night. Fogs on | days. THE CaN pana bo COR OF SCIENCE. VOL. IV. JULY, 1890. NO. 3. THE QUEBEC GROUP oF LOGAN. By Sir Wiriram Dawson, F.R.S. The discussion of questions of names in Geology is usually unprofitable and often invidious, and is useful only where justice to the claims of original discovery or the right understanding of natural facts is affected by such questions. I have, as a rule, avoided controversies of this kind, and in my geological work, extended over fifty years, Ihave refrained as far as possible from any reclamations as to my own rights, being disposed rather to allow others to take what I might have regarded as my own, than to make any objection, except where some important truth was en- dangered. I have, however, been less reticent as to the claims of my friends, and especially of those who have passed away. In the Presidential address delivered before this Society in 1879, I entered at considerable length into the questions then raised as to the validity and importance of those great and important discoveries of the late Sir William Logan, which led to the establishment of the Quebec Group ; and in a later address to the Royal Society of Canada,’ I took 1 Presidential address in Section IV. Points on which American Geology is indebted to Canada. 1886. 11 134 Canadian Record of Science. occasion to return to this subject, and to remark also on the attempts which had been made to depreciate Logan’s great work in the Laurentian and Huronian systems. Ina still more recent paper on the ‘‘ Older Rocks of Hastern Canada in comparison with those of Modern Hurope,’’’ I have incidentally referred to the same questions, and in the new edition of my “ Handbook of Canadian Geology ” (1889), have upheld the Laurentian and Huronian and the Quebec Group in all their integrity. It would seem, however, from some recent discussions, especially on the other side of the international boundary, that there is still need to vindicate, not so much the repu- tation of our great Canadian geologist as some important facts of Canadian geology connected with his work, and which are not appreciated by some as they deserve.’ I shall here refer mainly to the reasons which seem to me good and sufficient for retaining the term ‘‘ Quebec Group” for that peculiar and important development of the lower member of the Siluro-Cambrian, Cambro-Silurian or Ordo- vician, which is so widely distributed in the eastern part of the Province of Quebec, constituting indeed the dominant feature, as the name itself would import, in the paleeozoic geology of this portion of Canada. The “Quebec Group” of the great Canadian geologist should be understood in the sense in which he proposed it thirty years ago,* viz., as designating ‘‘a great develop- ment of strata about the horizon of the Chazy and Calciferous,” 1 Journal Geological Society of London, Nov. 1888. * American Journal of Science and Ainerican Geologist, April 1890. 3 The first publication of Logan’s name known to me was in 1861; and it is true that before this time Amos Eaton had desig- nated similar rocks as “First Graywacke,” and Emmons had called them “ Upper Taconic,” but there were good reasons why Logan, while frankly admitting the credit due to Emmons for maintain- ing the true age of these rocks, should not think it expedient to adopt either of the above names, one of which had been discredited by the progress of science, and the other by errors and controver- sies, the evil effects of which continue even until now. Quebec Group of Logan. 135 as these exist further to the west; but to this should be added his expositions in the Geology of Canada, 1863, and in his note appended to Murray’s Report on Newfoundland in 1865, in which he explains the peculiar character of the series as a sub-marginal or marginal group, distinct in structure because of its special conditions of deposit from the equivalent formations of the interior plateau. This distinction has been subsequently elaborated and enforced by the writer,' and lies at the foundation of any scientific conception of the general geology of Hastern America and Western Kurope. Hence one important element in the value of the name as well as of the thing designated. As Logan’s summary of this subject in the Newfoundland Report is comparatively little known, it may be useful to quote a few sentences of it here, bearing in mind that it was written twenty-five years ago, when many of our pre- sent geologists were in their school-boy days. “The sediments, which in the first part of the Silurian period were deposited in the ocean surrounding the Lautr- entian and Huronian nucleus of the present American continent, appear to have differed considerably in different areas. Oscillations in this ancient land permitted to be spread over its surface, when at times submerged, that series of apparently conformable deposits which constitute the New York system, ranging from the Potsdam to the Hudson River formation. But between the Potsdam and Chazy periods, a sudden continental elevation, and subse- quent gradual subsidenee, allowed the accumulation of a great series of intermediate deposits, which are displayed in the Green Mountains, on one side of the ancient nucleus, and in the metalliferous rocks of Lake Superior on the other, but which are necessarily absent in the intermediate region of New York and central Canada. ‘At an early date in the Silurian period, a great disloca- 1 The Quebec Group, Canad. Naturalist, 1879. Address to British Association, 1886. Palzeozoic Rocks of Eastern America, Journ. Geol. Soc., 1888. 136 Canadian Record of Science. tion commenced along the south-eastern line of the ancient gneissic continent, which gave rise to the division that now forms the western and eastern basins. The western basin includes those strata which extended over the surface of the submerged continent, together with the Pre-chazy rocks of Lake Superior, while the Lower Silurian rocks of the eastern basin present only the Pre-chazy formations, unconformably overlaid in parts by Upper Silurian and Devonian rocks. In the western basin the measures are comparatively flat and undisturbed, while in the eastern they are thrown into innumerable undulations, a vast ma- jority of which present anticlinal forms overturned on the north-western side. The general sinuous north-east and south-west axis of these undulations is parallel with the great dislocation of the St. Lawrence, and the undulations themselves are a part of those belonging to the Apalachian chain of mountains. It is in the western basin that we must look for the more regular succession of the Silurian rocks, from the time of the Chazy, and in the eastern, in- cluding Newfoundland, for that of those anterior to it.” The last sentence may, in the light of recent discoveries, be regarded as little less than a prophetic anticipation of the work of Hartt, Matthew, Walcott and others. It may be asked, however, why, if these rocks are of Chazy-calciferous age, give them a distinct name. The answer is that there is in such cases a real value in local names. They designate the special development of par- ticular groups in distinct localities; and it would be well if geologists, instead of wrangling about these names, would recognize each in its several sphere. Old Red, Devonian, Esfelian and Erian, may all be names for one set of rocks, but they designate entirely distinct developments, and are therefore useful, though it is no doubt more desirable to have uniform names for systems of formations than for series under these. More especially names of this kind, which distinguish the older rocks of the Atlantic basin from their contemporaries on the submerged continental plateaus, are eminently useful in the present state of science. Let it be Quebec Group of Logan. 137 borne in mind here, that the sediments which were de- posited and the animals which lived in the comparatively cold and deep waters of the Atlantic basin, were always different from those which existed on the submerged por- tions of the continental plateaus, and that while in some cases, as in the Siluro-Cambrian and Silurian, we know both kinds of deposit and life, in others, as in the lower and middle Cambrian, we know only the oceanic forms, and in others again, as the Devonian and Carboniferous, we are as yet entirely ignorant of these latter conditions. I have not space here to illustrate this significant fact, but may refer to my British Association Address of 1886. It has been further objected to the name Quebec Group, that it has been used to designate other rocks, both older and newer than those included in it by Logan. As to newer rocks, I can testify that neither Logan nor Billings ever knowingly included any rocks or fossils newer than Chazy in this group; and in the case of certain beds at Quebec, to which reference has been made, they knew of the existence of these, but supposed them to be there faulted against the Quebec series, or as Hunt has suggested, resting unconformably on it, a view which I have my- self been inclined to adopt. With respect to Cambrian and other rocks, said to be in- eluded in the Quebec Group, I can state from my own ob- servations, that fossils older than the Quebec Group are imbedded in large boulders in the lime conglomerates, in such a manner, that unless where the exposures are very good it is difficult to separate them. I have seen such travelled slabs, as much as nine feet in length, full of fossils, and lying flat in the conglomerate. In point of fact, the Quebec Group is in part, as I have on many occasions affirmed, a great paleozoic boulder formation, and in this respect as well as others, very distinct from its equivalents further to the west. Again, in districts so disturbed as many of those in Eastern Canada, it is inevitable that rocks of differeat ages must be folded up together, and may be difficult to separate. 138 Canadian Record of Science. We all know howthe Silurian in similar disturbed districts was originally made to include the Cambrian, and the latter the rocks since separated as Pebidian, and how Logan’s Huronian has been made to include great masses of rock he would not have admitted as members of it. Such mis- takes are inevitable, and shou d not invalidate good names. With reference to the proposal to substitute the term “ Levis” for Quebec, all the objections to the latter name would apply to the former. Besides this, the rocks exposed at Levis are known by all who have studied the geology of the Lower St. Lawrence, to be only a part of the Quebec Group. The latter name is also the more appropriate to a series so eminently characteristic of a large portion of the Province of Quebec, and so well exposed and easily studied in the vicinity of that city. It is besides to be observed, that the Quebec Group represents that development of the lower member of the Cambro-Silurian or Ordovician system, which is characteristic of all the Hastern part of Canada, and which connects this best, both as to rocks and fossils, with the development in Western Hurope, as for instance, the Arenig and Skiddaw groups of England. I may say here also, that this is entirely independent of the questions which have been raised as to the relative position of the Sillery sandstone and Levis shales. Ad- mitting with Hunt and Ells, that the Sillery sandstone near Quebec is older than the Levis, this Sillery is only one group of sandstones out of several, which elsewhere underlie and overlie the Levis, and the Levis itself is only one of at least three (possibly four) bands of shale holding different groups of fossils, which belong to the great Calciferous- chazy formation of the Quebec group. This is established by Lapworth’s studies of the Graptolites, and I well know the facts, from my own observations in the Lower St. Lawrenee, where I have passed the summer vacations of many years, and have occupied some of my leisure in studying these puzzling deposits; mainly, however, as a lesson in the intricacies of disturbed and originally irreg- ular strata for the benefit of my students. Quebec Group of Logan. 139 In this connection it may be proper to adduce even the commonplace consideration of personal convenience in favour of the use of the term Quebec series. In collecting fossils or observing physical phenomena on the Lower St. Lawrence, it may often be impossible to assign a particular band of shale or boulder conglomerate to any special horizon in the chazy or calciferous, yet it can be referred safely to Logan’s series. For example, the shale at Metis, containing the remarkable sponges lately described,’ may be an equivalent of the Levis shale, or a little lower, and may be contemporaneous with Upper Calciferous or Lower Chazy ; but all that can be positively affirmed at present is, that it is in the Quebec series. For such reasons as the above, I have retained the name “Quebec Series,” in my recently published handbook, as the name for the Atlantic type of the lower member of the Ordovician, and as equivalent to Upper Calciferous and Chazy of the interior region of America, I would com- mend this view of the matter to other geologists, in con- nection with the principle stated above, of the utility of local names for local developments of particular series, while the great systems of formations should have general names. It may be said that the same arguments would necessi- tate the retention of the Taconic system of Emmons. ‘To this I have not the slightest objection, provided that the same rule be applied to it; namely, that it be taken on Emmons’ own definition, and without including rocks or fossils referred by mistake, either by him or by others, to the horizon so defined. In his American Geology, 1855, Emmons says (part II. p- 6) that in 1836 he had regarded the Potsdam sandstone as “the base of the Silurian system,” but that he had since found “the same base resting on sediments still older.” These he called the Taconic system, and defines this as a fossiliferous group under the Potsdam, and itself “ found to 1 Trans. Roy al Soc. of Canada, 1889. 140 Canadian Record of Science. rest upon primary (that is crystalline) rocks.” Thus his Taconic of 1855 is clearly the Middle and Lower Cambrian of modern geologists, and the fossils which he attributes to the Taconic, are in great part of this age. That in the subsequent pages of his book, in tracing the Taconic through the complex structure of the districts in which it occurs, and enumerating its fossils, he mixes other forma- tions with it is most true. But fair critics of Emmons would do well to eliminate these errors, and leave him the credit of his discoveries in those pre-Potsdam rocks, which, though different in age from the Quebec group, are like it, in the main a marginal Atlantic series, not represented in the central plateau. I do not wish, however, to enter into the “ Taconic con- troversy,” or to discuss the utility of now reviving Emmons’ name, but merely to mention the points in which it re- sembles and differs from that of Logan, which belongs to a different series, and to which it has in many respects inferior claims. I may sum up the matter by quoting a few sentences from one of the papers above referred to:—“ The researches of Sir William, with those of Dr. Sterry Hunt and Professor Hall and Mr. Billings, have sufficed to demonstrate—1. The general diversity of mineral character in the Paleozoic sediments on the Atlantic slope as compared with the in- ternal plateau of Canada. In these results Bailey, Matthew and Hartt in New Brunswick, and the writer in Nova Scotia, have also borne some part. 2. The establishment of the Quebec group of rocks as a series equivalent in age to the Calciferous-chazy of America, west of the Apala- chian mountains, and to the Arenig and Skiddaw of England, and the elucidation of its special fauna. 3. The tracing out and definition of the peculiar faulted junction of the coastal series with that of the interior plateau, exten- ding from Quebec to Lake Champlain. 4. The definition in connection with the rocks of the Quebec group, by fossils and stratigraphy, of formations extending in age from the Potsdam sandstone to the Upper Silurian, as in contact with Quebec Group of Logan. 141 this group, in various relations, along its range from the United States frontier to Gaspé; but the complexities in connection with these various points of contact, and the doubts attending the ages of the several formations, have never yet been fully solved in their details. 5. The identi- fication of the members of the Quebec group and associated formations with their geological equivalents in districts where these had assumed different mineral conditions, either from the association of contemporaneous igneous beds and masses, or from subsequent alteration, or both. It is with reference to the results under this head the most difficult of all, that the greater part of the objections to Sir Wil- liam’s views, taken by Hunt, Selwyn and others, have ari- sen, and that recent discussions and observations have somewhat modified his conclusions.” Into the question of the age or ages of the crystalline rocks identified by Logan with those of the Quebec group, I do not now propose to enter. Facts in my possession with reference to the fossils contained in some of these rocks, cause me to hesitate as to the more pronounced views on the subject. This question is, however, independent of those relating to the position and character of the unaltered fossiliferous sediments, though very interesting in itself.’ ‘I had intended to refer here to what can scarcely be characterized as other than a very injudicious attempt of a recent writer in the ‘‘ American Geologist,’ to revive Desor’s name “ Laurencian” for the Pleistocene beds of the St. Lawrence valley, to the exclusion of Logan’s name Laurentian for the rocks of the old Laurentide hills. This attempt has, however, been so ably and temperately rebuked by Professor Hitchcock, in the last number of the same journal, that any further argument is quite unneces- sary, especially in Canada, where it is probable that no one would countenance such a heresy. Hitchcock says: “Tt does not concern us now whether it was judicious for 1 See a paper by Dr. Sterry Hunt, American Geologist, April, 1890, p. 212. 142 Canadian Record of Science. Logan to suggest a name of (nearly) the same sound (with Desor’s) for the fundamental group, but it is clear that he took pains to derive the name from the Laurentide moun- tains.” “He says (Report of Progress, 1852-53, p. 8) ‘ it has been considered expedient to apply to them for the future, the more distinctive appellation of the Laurentian series, a name founded upon that given by Mr. Garneau to the chain of hills which they compose.’ From his standpoint Lauren- tian was the proper term for the great system, and any use of a homophonous word for an insignificant terrane should not stand in its way. The geological public has thoroughly endorsed him.” It is fortunate that when the more aggressive spirits of the great Republic try to wrest from us the few geological laurels which we can fairly claim, we find friends and allies among the more just and liberally minded of their compatriots. Note. Since writing the above, I have seen the interesting paper by Dr. Ells on the Stratigraphy of the Quebec Group, in the Bulletin of the Geological Society of America for 1889. This, when read in the light of general geology and palseogeo- graphy, I think completely bears out the views above stated. Dr. Ells, in his concluding summary, divides the Quebec group, a8 previously held, into five portions. The first of these includes older crystalline rocks, and the second con- tains beds which may in part be considerably older than the _ Calciferous. The third includes the lower part of the Quebec group proper, representing the Calciferous of the interior region. The fourth is the central part of the Quebec group, approximatly equivalent to Chazy. The fifth is, in part at least, Upper Quebec group, though I have doubts as to its being all of one age. Under the head of “ Paleontological Succession,” the same facts appear. The Cape Rosier or Matane (Dictyonema sociale) zone of Lapworth, as I had pre- Our Winter Birds. 143 viously pointed out in 1883,' is paleontologically Calciferous or Tremadoc. The Phyllograptus zone of the same author is the typical Levis, and the Caenogroptus zone is the same with Dr. Ells’ fifth group above. Besides these, however, there is on the lower St. Lawrence, probably between the Dictymema and Phyllograptus zones, another fossiliferous band of black shales which may be called the Retiolites or Protospongia zone, referred to in my paper on Fossil Sponges from the Quebec group (Trans R. 8. C., 1889), and probably also another between the Phyllograptus and Cenograptus zones. Paleon- tologically as well as stratigraphically, all these zones are very distinct from their chronological equivalents on the American plateau to the west, and more or less akin to those of western Europe. Thus the whole Quebec group is a peculiar Atlantic development of the Calciferous-chazy horizons, as originally defined by Logan. 1 Report of Peter Redpath Museum. Our WintTeER Birps. By F. B Caunrier. In the second volume of the Canadian Naturalist (1857, p. 138) there is a paper by W. 8S. D’Urban on ‘Some Land -Birds Wintering in the Neighbourhood of Montreal,” and in the fifth volume of the same journal (1860, p. 425) there is a paper by H. G. Vennor on “ Birds Observed at Mont- real During the Winters of 1856-57-58-59-60.” These con- tributions are of great value, being records of observations made at a season when field work has to be prosecuted under many disadvantages, as by the time the snow is drifting through the leafless trees, very few birds remain to represent the multitude that find a home with us during the summer months. As a number of years have elapsed since the publicatiou of these papers, it may, perhaps, be well to give some additional notes, as a few species have been added to the list, and our knowledge respecting some others has been slightly increased. Our winter birds may be classed under three heads—loiterers, stragglers and resi- 144 Canadian Record of Science. dents; although in some instances it is difficult to draw the line sharply. Under the first may be placed a few species that linger with us until late in November, or the begin- ning of December. The second includes the gulls and hawks that occasionally visit us during the winter, while to the third belong the majority of our winter birds, consisting of species that are resident throughout the year, with the addition of those that come to us from regions still farther to the north at the setting in of cold weather. The insectivorous species that stay with us during the winter, such as the nuthatches and titmice, generally keep in the woods, being fond of sheltered hollows with a thick growth of evergreens, finding in such localities an abundant supply of food and protection from the bitter winds that sweep across the open country. During mild weather they occasionally venture out, and may sometimes be seen pass- ing through the trees in our streets and gardens, generally in small companies, each individual seemingly entirely occupied with its own affairs, yet taking good care to keep within call of its companions. Our winter visitants, the grosbeaks and waxwings, which at this season live almost altogether upon berries and seeds, do not appear to be very much affected by cold, and may be seen in exposed situations during the most severe weather. * Rissa tridactyla—Kittiwake. * Larus glaucus—Glaucous gull. * Larus marinus—Great black-backed gull. * Larus Delawarensis—Ring-billed gull. * Larus atricilla—Laughing gull. All these gulls are rare in the vicinity of Montreal, but occasionally visit the open water at Lachine. Larus atricilla may possibly be merely a loiterer, the latest date of its occurrence, known to me, being October 22nd, 1885, when an immature specimen was shot at Lachine by Mr. Charles Ralph. * Denotes birds not given in D’Urban’s or Vennor’s lists. Our Winter Birds. 145 Bonasa umbellus togata—Canadian ruffed grouse. Re- corded by D’Urban as common ; is now very rare in the vicinity of Montreal. A few pairs nest on the western mountain, and in the wooded parts of Mount Royal cemetery. * Accipiter veloc—Sharp-shinned hawk. I only know two winter records for this species. In February, 1880, a male was shot in a garden on Berthelet street, while eating a sparrow that it had captured. The second specimen, also a male, was shot on the west- ern mountain, December 29th, 1889. Accipiter atricapillus—American goshawk. Occasional during the autumn and winter months. The earliest date upon which I received it is October 27th, 1887, an immature specimen shot at the Back River. Archibuteo lagopus sancti-johannis—American roughlegged hawk. ‘This can hardly be called a winter bird with us. The latest date of its occurrence known to me is November 1st, 1889, when a specimen was shot at Cote des Neiges. Chamberlain states that it occurs in the Maritime Provinces in winter only. With us it is an autumn visitant, occaionally sloitering until November. Asio Wilsonianus—American long-eared owl. A few speci- mens during November. I do not think it remains during the winter. Asio acciptrinus—Short-eared owl. Same record as last species. * Syrnium Nebulosum—Barred owl. Occasional during winter. Ulula cinerea—Great gray owl. This fine owl, generally exceedingly rare with us, has been quite common along our southern border during the past winter. At least fifty specimens have been mounted in Mont- real, and it is also reported in unusual numbers from Quebec and Toronto. I have received examples from Three Rivers, Sorel, Sherbrooke, Valleyfield and other places—the earliest on October 28th, 1889, 146 Canadian Record of Science. from Grenville, P.Q.; the latest on March 28th, 1890, from Lachine. A specimen shot on the western mountain, on the 27th of November, had a freshly killed field mouse in its stomach, but they do not always confine themselves to such small game. Mr. P. W. Redpath told me that in January last, while crossing Lac Pisagouke, St. Maurice County, he saw a large gray owl attacking some animal on the ice, which, on closer investigation, proved to be a mink. Vennor, in his work on “The Hawks and Owls of Canada,” states that in 1876 the unusual number of six specimens were exposed in the markets, all of which were obtained on, or in, the immediate prox- imity of the island of Montreal. It is worthy of notice that the winter of 1876 was mild and open. * Nyctala tengmalmi Richardsoni—Richardson’s owl. Occa- sional during the winter months. November 9th, 1888, Mount Royal Vale, one example. February, 1890, La- chine, one example. Petite Cote, March 2nd, 1890, two specimens. I have also seen it exposed in the market. Nyctala Acadica—Saw-whet owl. Resident throughout the year. Bubo Virginianus—Great horned owl. Apparently not common in the neighborhood of Montreal, but this may be owing to its wariness, and to its habit of keeping within the cover of the woods. Nyctea nyctea—Snowy owl. Common during some win- ters; some years very scarce. Quite common during the past winter. Surnia ulula caparoch—American hawk owl. Generally rare ; some winters rather common, usually occur- ring in November, after which it is, I think, seldom observed in the vicinity of Montreal. D’Urban gives the following dates of its occurrence: November 19th, December, February 27th. Dryobates villosus leucomelas—Northern hairy woodpecker. Occasional during the winter; more abundant dur- Our Winter Birds. 147 ing the migrations. In 1879 a balsam poplar on Cadieux street, badly infested by the larvee of Xyleutes robinia and Sapera moesta, was frequently visited by one of these birds, who would hammer away busily for quite a length of time, the scattered chips and fragments of bark at the foot of the tree bearing wit- ness to the energy with which he worked. — Dryobates pubescens—Downy woodpecker. Jesident throughout the year; generally keeps in the shelter of the woods in winter. * Picoides Arcticus—Arctic three-toed woodpecker. * Picoides Americanus—American three-toed woodpecker. A few examples of both these species occur here in November, but, I think, do not remain during the winter. * Otocoris alpestris—Horned lark. This species arrives from the north in the fall, and examples may perhaps winter with us, as it is found very late in autumn and early in spring, but the greater number pass farther to the south. Their breeding grounds are about the shores of Hudson’s Bay, Labrador and Newfoundland. The horned lark that breeds here is the prairie form (Otocoris alpestris praticola), a west- ern race that has extended its range eastward, occurring now from the western edge of the plains to Montreal. Mclllwraith believes that it first appeared at Hamilton about the year 1868. I cannot ascertain the date of its first appearance at Montreal, but it appears not to have been noticed until recent years. It loiters with us until late in the fall, and individuals may winter, as it occurs in February, nesting as soon as the ground is bare of snow. Cyanocitta cristata—Blue jay. Common until late in the fall, and a few remain during the winter. Mr. Gor- don, of St. Jerome, told me that a small flock of these birds frequented his farmyard during the winter of 1887-88, and, not being disturbed, became quite tame, feeding along with the poultry. 148 Canadian Record of Science. * Perisoreus Canadensis—Canada jay. A specimen shot at Lachine, November, 1889. * Corvus corax sinuatus—American raven. Occasionally visits the river dump. Corvus Americanus—American crow. Specimens remain during the winter, generally keeping in the shelter of woods near farm houses; becomes numerous in March, when large flocks assemble on the river dump. * Coccothraustes vespertina—Hvening grosbeak. An acci- dental straggler in winter from the west. Not recorded from the Province of Quebec previous to 1890. Since my former note on this species,’ I have received a pair shot at Lachine on March 9th, 1889, by Mr. J. H. Harris, who told me that he saw a flock of about thirty individuals upon that occasion. Pinacola enucleator—Pine grosbeak. A regular winter visitant, arriving from the north by the end of October or the beginning of November ; leaving at end of March or early in April. * Loxia curvirostra minor—American crossbill. An irre- gular visitant, sometimes appearing in large flocks. * Loxia leucoptera—W hite-winged crossbill. Also of very erratic habits, sometimes appearing unexpectedly in considerable numbers. Both species may at times be seen feeding in company, and are generally very tame and unsuspicious. Ficanthus linaria—Redpoll. Generally common, some- times appearing in immense flocks. They are busy little birds, ever on the move, roving about from place to place, and appear to be of*a most affection- ate disposition. In former years numbers of these birds were captured and exposed for sale at the Bon- secours market. On one occasion I saw a specimen escape from a cage where a number were confined, and upon its taking flight, its companions com- ' Record of Science, Vol. IV, p. 109. Our Winter Birds. 149 menced calling loudly, when it at once returned and alighted near the cage. This was repeated until it Was again captured and recaged. While anxious to escape, it appeared to be quite unable to resist the calls of its companions. Spinus pinus—Pine siskin, An irregular visitant, gener- ally appearing in November. I do not think it remains during the winter. Passer domesticus—Huropean house sparrow. Now thor- oughly naturalized. Withdraws in winter into the towns and villages. Plectrophenax nivalis—Snow bunting. A regular winter visitant, not so abuidant as in former years. Some linger until May or beginning of June. * Calcarius laponicus—Lapland longspur. A rare winter visitant. I have obtained specimens in the market. Ampelis garrulus—Bohemian waxwing. An _ irregular winter visitant—some winters rather common, other years entirely absent. * Ampelis cedrorum—Cedar waxwing. Occasional during winter. Abundant summer resident. Lanius borealis—Northern shrike. Regular winter visit- ant, arriving from the north in October or beginning : of November, leaving us in March or beginning of April. The earliest arrival known to me is October 12th, 1889, on which date a young male was shot on the western mountain. The latest date of its occur- rence in spring that I can be certain of is April 11th, 1890, when an adult male was shot at St. Armands. Both D’Urban and Vennor considered it to be a loiterer, but I am satisfied that many remain with us during the winter, as I have received it at different times between October and March. The specimen on the table was shot at Lachine on the 20th of January, 1890. D’Urban gives the date of its spring arrival from the south as April 13th, but neither he nor Vennor appear to have been aware of the fact that we have along our southern border two shrikes, 12 * 150 Canadian Record of Science. one a winter, the other a summer resident, the latter being the white-rumped shrike (Lanius ludo- vicianus excubitorides). 'This species arrives from the south just as the other is leaving for the north, so that they sometimes overlap, and as many of the north- ern form winter far south of Canada, both species no doubt sometimes arrive at the same time, but UL. borealis passes on to its breeding grounds in the fur countries, while L. excubitorides stops with us and nests, having reached the northern limit of its range. It may be possible that the white-rumped shrike did not occur here during D’Urban’s or Vennor’s time, as it has come to us from the west, having been first noticed in Ontario about 1860, according to Mclllwraith. Certhia familiaris Americana—Brown creeper. D’Urban - records it as common on Nun’s Island in winter. I have seen it in Phillips’ square in February, 1885. Sitta Carolinensis—W hite-breasted nuthatch. Sitta Canadensis—Red-breasted nuthatch. Both of these species are recorded by D’Urban as common on Nun’s Island in winter. Specimens may occasionally be seen on the mountain Parus atricapillus—Chickadee. Abundant winter resi- dent. * Parus Hudsonicus—Hudsonian chickadee. Rare winter visitant; generally seen in November. Regulus satrapa—Golden crowned kinglet. Occasional during winter. Vennor gives the following winter records for the Ameri- can robin (Merula migratoria), January 1857, and February 19th, 1869, but they can only be regarded as accidental. He also states that a specimen of the pileated woodpecker (Ceophleus pileatus) was shot below the city. This, too, must be considered accidental, as it isa bird that is at home only amidst the solitude of the deep woods. These are all the birds, so far as known to me, that have been observed in the neighbourhood of Montreal during the McGill College Observatory. 151 winter months. Continued research may add a few species to the list, and will enable us to speak more definitely with regard to the time of arrival and departure of several whose winter history has not yet been clearly worked out. SUNSPOTS OBSERVED AT McGinu CoLLEGE OBSER- VATORY DURING THE YEARS 1888-89. By C. H. McLeop. The accompanying table gives a summary of the obser- vations of Sunspots made at McGill College Observatory during the years 1888 and 1889. The spots were observed by projection on a screen attached to a telescope of 6 in. aperture ; the diameter of the sun’s image being enlarged to 8 inches. The heliographic latitude and longitude of each spot at the time of observation, have been determined with approximate accuracy. The dates given in the first column, except January Ist, 1888, correspond with the coin- cidence of the assumed prime meridian of the sun, with the central meridian as defined in the “Observatory” ephemeris. The numbers in the sixth column are obtained by dividing the total number of single spot observations in a rotation, by the number of days on which observations were made during the rotation. A large spot, which was first observed near the eastern limb on June 17th, 1889, (whole area about ;,4¢fpp and umbra 7574550 Of the sun’s hemisphere) made one complete revolution and was observed on its second rotation until it disappeared beyond the western limb on July 24th. It did not greatly alter in form or area while visible. A large group, first seen on August 2nd, 1889, was observed in the two following rotations and disappeared about the end of September, having been last seen in longitude E 12° on September 28th. On their re-appearance these groups have been counted as “new.” A small spot (area about 5 units) was observed in the very high latitude S 40° on June 30th, The observations were for the greater part made by Mr. E. H. Hamilton, B.A.Sc., and the remainder by myself. Canadian Record of Science. 152 sIL ce! &°6 Gg 6% GIL 18 106 LL see eees Aggy ICO X cig 03T 49 1g VG 6S 6L LST OST BE ETSI OA 0°33 ial 0°06 6 tS 616 g &% 6 POO BD UDO SODODIG Fo: | Caley at —= 0 0:0 0 0°0 = 0 0 IL trees essere) TOQULAAO NT == 0 9°61 Or 9°0 9 6 I OL ST SLO ete CFO) 0°13 OL == 0 BG 0°13 Zz OL 8 ee toque} doq 6'ST G = 0) 9°0 681 I z &% “o-JT ysnsny 9°SI §g ts PL 0°01 8 SI 8 L9 61 De OLeGresU VL 6 =a 0 87 GL § 61 SI Ses Rete ELIE 07 06 = 0 LG OF Z f ar veer eenne 89892 ROTAT Ly or = 0 PL LP T OL IL vse eee “EG KOT = =0°8 b oe g 8°0 vs g L st tree °T'§ [dy Pg) OL Gs ¢ IG cd G ST I 6589 UOC TA TIL OL ae 0 . TZ Ti 6 or oT res age), STBNAGQO — 0 QP ia Vad eT } ial ne Mies ler mgielsieltyy = aT, AIVNU “6881 Q'S g ie 0 oT 0g g g 9 “8° 7T tequie0e 0'8 b — 0 G0 08 8 v 8 eee ley ee Lo ONT 9° 91 VG Pb a4 OF ial 0% OL 2G NG AED, 9°g & POL I G0 89 § ¥ 6 veesnen'6:€% Tequiey dos Ov SI Vs § ov 6s IL 9 IL renee L2G (ans NY T's G 9°8 9 8°0 ¥8 9 11 eT See 70 se 0'6 6 69 I GT 8'8 8 0 LT eS ONS ALAIE Ls 8 gL ial cs 09 g a6 GL ee Od eau 97 a (ans I 13 oP L ST II Bec ge de L's 8 9°0 I val ah 9 6 I iad oredr gO A ELV 9°9 G oP ¢ ome 0g a7 L 6 ie) es I OF SI 9's g 6'S PS 4 0% 6 "6 ST AlenIqoy LY IL — 0 OL LY ¢ Il eg teres sore ATVNUG f? 0°g G 0 61 eG ? G OT "9°3S “UBL OF T ArenURe ° ° 9 “S88T cee eee ee ae Lt oat SS 0 SG: ‘opnjzriye opngqye pre Teasoroy ‘ON oryeasotiog ‘ON ‘AUp ‘toyeN DT *POATOSqO | *opBUT OLEAL “potted jo OSvIOAY OSVIOAY dod sjods oq} Wory *sdnoOy sjods SMOT}CALOSGO “yO MED UOTITIOD —— ———_- ~ + ‘ON 9DUBzSIP *JO ON jo tequinu yor uo jo oye “TOPUND “ToVeNdT OSvIOAY OdRIOAY e407, SABP JO “ON oy} JO YINoG syodg 9} JO TILON 8}00g eee ee Milk. 153 MILK. A LECTURE DELIVERED BEFORE THE MONTREAL NATURAL HISTORY SOQCIETY. By W. Honcson Enuris, M.A., M.D. Milk is the food which Nature has provided for the nourishment of the young of all the higher animals in the first helpless days of their life, before they have learned to forage for themselves. It is to this wonderful fluid—the meat and drink of infancy, a draught of which will satisfy the cravings of the already imperious appetite and still it to a sweet satiety, which a few years later it will seek in vain in a dinner of a dozen courses—to this true elixir vitae by means of which all higher forms of life are perpetuated from generation to generation, that I have the honour of inviting your attention this evening. Average cow’s milk has a composition about as follows :— WA Hs00G0G coeDON DOGG Seleratetore LORE act tneed ORCaS 3°8 ANloupTTMAVOTGCE|s coo oo0b00 GO00.0006 5650 060000 4°0 Milk sugar........ 5000 0000 0000800= pono: =e) CaliSe eae enemies mitenon sweden O87, Wiateneretece er ACE BAG WU Te ane SeShOhS ea mers sal 87°5 100°0 The fat constitutes butter. The greater part of the albuminoids are separated from the milk by the addition of a little acid, either purposely added or formed in the milk itself when it “curdles.” The curd carries the fat with it and a portion of the salts. The sugar and the rest of the albuminoids and salts remain in solution in the “whey.” On boiling the whey, dissolved albuminoids are coagulated and may be filtered off, and on evaporating the filtrate the sugar crystallizes out. That portion of the albuminoids which is coagulated by acid is usually known as casein. ‘The portion not so coagulated is called albumen, and is held by some to be identical with serum albumen. If adrop of milk be examined under the microscope it is seen to consist of u clear colourless fluid, in which float 154 Canadian Record of Science. innumerable minuie globules which refract light strongly. These are the globules of fat, which is not dissolved in the mills, but held in suspension in it, forming what is known as an emulsion. The nature of these globules and the cause of their remaining suspended in the milk have given rise to much controversy, and have been very carefully studied. Fat is soluble in ether. But you may shake milk with ether and the globules will not dissolve in it, unless you add some potash or some acetic acid, and then shake with ether, when they readily dissolve. So, too, if you mix acetic acid with a drop of milk under the microscope, you may watch the globules melt together and form larger globules and irregular masses of fat. These globules of fat are lighter than the rest of the milk, and hence on standing they rise to the surface and form a layer of cream. This separation is never complete. That is, the cream contains some of the other constituents of the milk, and the skim milk still retains a little fat— about 0°5 per cent. By violently agitating the cream, as in churning, the fat separates in the form of butter. This separation takes place more readily if the milk has become just faintly acid. Now all these things go to show that there is some kind of envelope surrounding the fat globules which protects them from the action of solvents until it is itself either dissolved by acid or alkali, or broken up as in the violent agitation of churning. If the milk is heated for several hours in a little dish of metal or porcelain or glass, at the temperature of boiling water, the water is all driven off and the solids—the fat, casein, albumen, sugar and salts—are left behind as a solid residue. From this solid residue ether and other solvents will readily extract the fat, so that the envelope must be broken up by this process of drying also. Formerly it was thought that this envelope was a solid skin of casein, and this idea was supported by the fact that casein is soluble in acid and inalkalies. The circumstances that after breaking up the globules no traces of this membrane can be detected under the microscope, and that Mitk. 155 mill dried in thin layers at low temperatures leaves a residue from which ether readily dissolves the fat, have thrown the gravest doubt on this hypothesis. One recent French writer, indeed, M. Béchamp, has endeavoured to show that the milk globules are true physiological indivi- duals, like blood corpuscles. By appropriate treatment he has succeeded in separating them by filtration from the rest of the milk. He states that when thus isolated and dried they dissolve in ether, leaving about 1°3 per cent. of a residue insoluble in ether, which he asserts is not casein, but of the nature of a cell-wall. These views of the French savant are, I think, opposed to the general current of modern opinion on this matter, and his facts can probably be explained without accepting his hypothesis. It seems most likely that each globule of fat is surrounded by a thin pellicle of fluid casein. It is a fact well known to chemists, that when a complex organic fluid is shaken with ether or chloroform for the purpose of separating some constituent soluble in these liquids, it is not uncommon for each globule of ether or chloroform to become encased in just such a liquid pellicle, which most obstinately resists our efforts to break it up and bring about the union of the globules, Milk itself very easily causes this condition of things when shaken with ether. I have had, to my great annoyance, frequent experience of this phenomenon, and have had samples of this emulsion which remained intact for weeks and even months, the ether refusing to separate as I wished it to do. As to the chemical composition of butter fat a few words will suffice. Fats are combination of certain organic acids —‘‘ fatty acids” as they are called—with glycerine. Besides stearic, palmitic and oleic acids, which are present in most animal fats, butter is peculiar in containing more than 6 per cent. of butyric acid, which differs from those just named by being soluble in water and volatile. This fact is of great importance in enabling us to detect adulteration of butter by admixture with foreign oils and fats. The quantity of fat in healthy cow’s milk varies from 2-5 per cent. to 5:5 per cent., the average being a little 156 Canadian Record of Science. under 4 per cent. The milk of the ass only contains a little over 1 per cent. of fat. That of the porpoise contains 45-8 per cent. fat. The casein and albumen belong to the class of organic bodies called albuminoids. They differ from the other constituents of the milk in containing nitrogen, and are of great nutritive value. In composition they very closely resemble one another, but they differ in some of their properties. The casein is coagulated by the addition of acetic acid. The albumen is not. The casein may also. be separated from the albumen by filtration through porous earthenware. If a porous earthenware cell, such as is used in many forms of galvanic batteries, be closed by an indiarubber cork, perforated to admit of a glass tube which is connected with an apparatus for exhausting the air, and then plunged into a vessel of milk, the water, the sugar and the albumen will pass into the cell, while the casein and the fat will remain outside. A portion of the salts will pass into the cylinder; another and larger portion will remain in combination with the casein. The casein can be freed from the fat by treatment with ether, which dissolves the fat and leaves the case in behind. Magnesium sulphate also precipitates casein from cow’s milk.'| The albumen can be precipitated from the filtrate by the addition of acetic acid and boiling. Our knowledge of the albuminoids of milk is not very exact. Some authors think that the different forms are only modifications of casein ; others believe that there are several albuminous substances, and that casein itself is not a simple body. For our purposes it will be sufficient to class them under the common name of albuminoids, includ- ing in this term both casein and albumen. The quantity of albuminoids contained in the average 1 Not from human milk. Biedert & Schréter, Jahresber f. Thier-Chem, 1888, p. 103. Milk. 157 cow’s milk is about 4 per cent, Thealbumen is usually about 7 per cent. The milk sugar is a body similar in composition to cane sugar, but differing in many of its properties. It is not so soluble as cane sugar, and consequently not so sweet. It may be obtained from whey by evaporating it to a thin syrup, and allowing it to stand for a long time ina cool place, when it crystallizes out. It forms hard colourless transparent four-sided prisms. When milk is kept, after a variable time depending on temperature and other con- ditions, the milk sugar begins to undergo a change, by which it is converted into a peculiar acid—lactic acid. One molecule of milk sugar and one molecule of water form four molecules of lactic acid. [C,,H,,0,, + H,O = 4 C,H,0,. | The lactic acid so formed causes the coagulation of the casein (‘“curdling’’), and is the cause of the sour taste of spoiled milk. This change is caused by a peculiar ferment present in the milk. The activity of this ferment is destroyed for a time by boiling. Hence the peculiar effect of boiling milk. Milk sugar, like cane sugar, belongs to that class of ‘saccharine bodies which are not directly susceptible of alcoholic fermentation. When a solution of cane sugar is mixed with yeast, it takes up a molecule of water and is converted into a fermentable sugar or glucose, which in its turn splits up into alcohol and carbon dioxide. CEO, ae H,0 = 2 C,H,.0, CAE O12 C,H,O + 2 CO.. | Similarly milk sugar, under the influence of yeast, is changed first into a fermentable sugar galactose and then into alcohol and carbon dioxide. These changes are utilized in the preparation of koumiss, an aerated alcoholic beverage obtained by fermenting milk. The alcohol which koumiss contains and the carbon dioxide which gives it its sparkling effervescent character are both derived from the sugar of milk. 158 Canadian Record of Science. This drink has from time immemorial been prepared by the wandering tribes of the Steppes of Russia and Central Asia. These people live in tents for nine months in the year. During the winter they bury themselves in pits dug in the ground and covered by a rounded roof of thick felt. Their only wealth consists of herds of small hardy horses. From the milk of their mares they prepare a drink by fermenting it in bags made of smoked horse- hide, the hair being turned outwards. In spring they use as a ferment either the dried casein from strong koumiss, prepared during the preceding autumn and preserved through the winter for the purpose, or a mixture of flour and honey, or a piece of fresh horse skin, or even an old copper coin covered with verdigris. During fermentation the milk is frequently agitated, and this agitation is absolutely necessary to the process however carried on. After once a supply of koumiss has been obtained. a fresh supply can be got by adding some of it to fresh milk, in which it at once sets up the alcoholic fermen- tation. William de Rubruquis, who wrote a book of travels in Tartary as long ago as 1253, describes this beverage, and tells us that he found it very savoury. “It biteth,” says he, “ like wine of raspes when it isdrunk. Aftera man has taken a draught thereof it leaveth behind it a taste like that of almond milk and maketh one’s inside feel very comfort- able; and it also intoxicateth weak heads.” Marco Polo also tells us that the Tartars drink ‘“ mare’s milk prepared in such a way that you would take it for a white wine; and aright good drink it is.” The first to employ koumiss as a therapeutical agent was Dr. John Greive, a Scotch surgeon in the Russian army, who gave an account of it in a communication to the Royal Society of Edinburgh in 1784, and who employed it with success in wasting diseases. There are now in the Steppes several koumiss establishments where a large number of patients are treated annually. * 1 Koumiss, G. L. Carrick, M.D. Milk. 159 The natives of the highest part of the Caucasian Moun- tains prepare a similar drink from the milk of cows and goats which they call “kephir.” They make it by adding to fresh milk in goatskin bottles a peculiar ferment which is also called kephir. This substance is described as consist- ing of white or yellow balls of different sizes with an irre- gularly furrowed surface. They look lilse little cauliflowers and are often as big as waluuts. As to the origin of this ferment we know nothing. The mountaineers themselves have only various legends concerning it. The balls after setting up fermentation in fresh milk grow and are removed, when the preparation of the kephir is complete, dried in the sun and used again for a fresh lot. The method of preparation and character of kephir are entirely similar to those of koumiss. ' ANALYSIS OF KOUMISS AND KEPHIR. Wencki & Fabian (Polish Chemists. ) Koumiss. Kephir. Days OLD. 1. Y. Bs IL 2 3}. Specific gravity......... 1-041 1:037 .... 1:082 1.026 .... AN amas ooooopnodse §=—ABILE = HE = 27) SBS ois BEY) = JNeO VO! 6GGc00 coco ododdd O56 else lO: OS eles Lactic acid ...........es- 045 056 O78 O51 0438 0°83 Carbon dioxide-.........- 010 O12 O85 0038 0038 £0.16 WELW Gooaba aistavensintinis ieaareee Aq =| Orie oes ME IISA 1ICSH7/ ACS Tater crera ts evelest sere Sera tovs Signe 052 050 O48 O61 O68 0°68 The salts of milk are chiefly phosphates, chlorides and stlphates of potash, soda, lime and magnesia with a trace of iron. Lactic acid is generally present in milk, though it is doubtful whether it is contained in perfectly fresh milk. The quantity increases quickly on keeping from the fer- mentation of the sugar. It is an interesting discovery of quite recent date that cow’s milk contains about 1 gramme per litre of citric acid, the acid of lemons. A good milk cow will afford daily as much citric acid as is contained in two or three lemons. 1 Kaunhals, Jahrsber, f. Thier Chem., 1884, p. 191. 160 Canadian Record of Science. When the residue left by evaporation of milk is burnt ata low red heat, the inorganic constituents ofthe milk remain behind as ash. The quantity of ash contained in cow’s milk usually amounts to about ‘7 per cent. MEAN COMPOSITION OF THE ASH OF COW'S MILK. (Schrodt and Hansen.) Teytarseiimn Oxdlocs55 concn acon 9000 snoude 25-98 Soda Oxideses Oo ee et a es 10°75 Chileiimn Oa@scoosasessdsadacoc aialetiiate eva: - 20°87 Winenvasipinmn Ora6leooc00 0000 s650 500000 0000 2°76 TT OMM ORIG ES 02 so eyeisre aoe laragcteteta eroae ree arolere 2713} Salphurie Anny diid eteciys-eeientree eee ag) Phosphoric Anhydride........--ss..sseee 23°63 @hlOrineis vids acceso ele eee ees 15-08 The following Table compiled from various sources will enable us to compare the milk of different animals :— ANALYSIS OF THE MILK OF DIFFERENT ANIMALS, Albu- Water. Solids. Fat. min- Sugar. Salts. oids. etiam Wik ss (5 stereps ee B77800 BZ SRObG 225) 1525) 053 Oe AA Gan wh ce Ae SOC pete s 8749 a 1235.5 3585.450 — 4:0. 5) ON7% Shee pyecincietaes cess acess Chops SAUCE GPS) ORR masyel hm a1 (0) ISTHE Coo donebebdbedoaosc SI lors ono 0) 425s Oss Gaaammeenasiecie tne cist eareicer 86°4 13:6) Ara, 425 | 4-0 1 07 Camel...... Lc hrwetatarets ek REE Sloe) LiCl lie Par) Aha Mey Mee WVIeUTTe efafatainis -t3. at elolaets slele}a/ ates 90°1 Bee Iheit wee = B18 Oe BNISSiwlalanete ope els iays'= dalanveye slot 90°5 Oehudivon 2710 1557) Owe SION Ecicie SHA Rh Ge ACM en in 82°45 TAG 6AiGr4e Gili: 4°70) Teal En ppopotamusy. es. cease 91-0 Dey aici) 7 cea a 0-1 IBUGGWeretelaeieiel sacs ss ass (ORO) oem oROMO LD | 132 maim Calne secs--- Foran celee)-F2-'oj-5) Ol) aM OaamEamOZ 6 4-Oin a(EG IRORPOISEr eects k ees At O89 Gogo bie? ~ 1-35 0°6 In order to form a judgment of the value of milk as a food, a few words as to the composition of the various substances which constitute the food of man and animals will be useful. Nutritive substances may be classed as follows :— 1. Albuminoids. 2. Fats. 3. Carbohydrates. Mitk. 161 Under this name are included sugar, starch and similar bodies. 4, Salts, chiefly phosphates, sulphates and chlorides of potassium, sodium, calcium, magnesium and iron. 5. Water. The following table gives the average composition of the principal kinds of food :— : Albu- Car- Water. Solids. min- Fat. bohy- Salts. oids. drates. Meat....- Sahat et Auch FAR IEA 75 25 ie 8 1 Howilleaecteronee Baie areiatersaterers 75 25 Ol 1 TALS haihste eveucetavecen sre vetay obi ejerevenseleterenn Le 22 18) & sys 1 Bread....... ee aie aieiatersiescieeie 40 60 8 3 Ag 1 IPOtAtTOOS issseier semis oe le erorieevie 75 25 Dh tata 99 il IMT epee ahatialehevese a uiveverovenaive ears 87 3) 4 4 il Meat is rich in albuminoids, poor in carbohydrates. Bread and potatoes are rich in carbohydrates and poor in albu- minoids. It follows from the table given above that a pint and a half of milk is about equal in nutritive value to half a pound of meat and half a pound of potatoes—not quite so rich in albuminoids, but a good deal richer in fat. In milk, too, the food constituents are in aliquid form, which renders them particularly easy of digestion and assimilation, a point - of vital importance in the case of the infant and the invalid This brings us to the subject of milk adulteration. There is no article of food which it is more essential to the public welfare to obtain pure than milk; none which is more easily adulterated, none which has been adulterated more extensively and more shamelessly. When the public analysts of Canada published their first report in 1876, two-thirds of the samples analysed were reported as adulterated. In 1882, this number was 1educed to less than one-fifth. This is gratifying, but it is bad enough still. Strange stories used to be told of the substances employed to adulterate milk. It was popularly believed, for example, that calves’ brains were largely used for this purpose. Chalk, also, was popularly credited with being a common adulterant. All these stories are fables. Milk is adulterated 162 Canadian Record of Science. in two ways: by the addition of water and by the abstrac- tion of cream. The detection of adulteration depends upon our ability to determine whether cream has been abstracted or water added. Pure milk contains 87 per cent. water, and unless the added water introduces some impurity which we can detect by analysis, there is no way of distinguishing it qualitatively from that of the natural milk. Certain tests have been proposed for this purpose. Thus it has been suggested that added water may be detected by the nitrates it contains, but our public supplies from the great lakes and river are practically free from nitrates. The presence of sulphates has also been regarded as proving the addition of water, the old analysis of milk ash showing either the merest traces of sulphates or none at all. But the recent analyses of Schrodt and Hansen, aiready quoted, demonstrate that milk ash contains nearly + per cent. of its weight of sulphuric acid as sulphates, so that in nearly every case we are obliged to form an estimate of the purity of the milk by determining the amount of solids and fat it contains, and comparing our results with the composition of genuine milk. The methods used for’ milk analysis have had much attention bestowed upon them. We owe a deep debt of gratitude to Mr. Wanklyn for shewing us how a milk analysis can be simply and accurately effected. His book was published in 1873, and his method was to dry the milk on a water bath in a little flat-bottomed platinum dish and weigh the residue, and to extract the fat from such a residue with ether, evaporate the ether and weigh the residual fat. In this way he obtained the total solids and the fat. By subtracting the fat from the total solids he obtained the solids not fat, and he was the first to show the great value of this determination. He pointed out that of all the constituents of the milk, the fat was the only one which varied very much in quantity, the percentage of the other solids only differing within comparatively narrow limits in genuine milk, whether rich or poor. Wanklyn maintained that the solids not fat in genuine Milk. 163 milk never fell below 9°3 per cent., and that the fat never falls below 3 per cent. The English Society of Public Analysts adopted limits rather more favorable to the milk- man, namely, 9 for the solids not fat and 2-5 for the fat. If a milk contained less than 9 per cent. solids not fat, it was considered watered, and if less than 2-5 per cent. fat without a corresponding decrease of solids uot fat, skimmed. The English Public Analysts almost universally adopted Wanklyn’s method of milk analysis. The German chemists, on the other hand, usually mixed the milk with some insoluble powder, like sand or plaster of Paris, during the drying, for the purpose of obtaining the residue in a fine state of division, in which condition the fat is more easily removed by ether. Of late years, too, various appli ances for continuous extraction, such as Soxhlet’s, came into use. These methods are found to extract the fat from a milk residue more completely than Wanklyn’s process ; for milk drying up in a dish forms a horny mass, only penetrated with difficulty by solvents. Chemists using these processes got higher percentages of fat than those who used Wanklyn’s. He, for example, gave 3°2 as the average percentage of fat, but Vieth, as the average of 1,300 ‘analyses made in 1887, gives 3°82 as the average, and we found in Canada the average 3°86 per cent. of fat. Now this increase in fat lowers the solids not fat, and it gradually became evident that 9 per cent. of solids not fat was too high a limit. In 1883, there was a famous milk case tried in Man- chester, in which a milkman appealed from a conviction of selling adulterated milk. The public analyst found 8°62 per cent. solids not fat by Wanklyn’s method. and reported the milk adulterated. A great number of analysts were called on both sides, and a good deal of evidence of a very conflicting character was given, the result being that the conviction was dismissed. This contradiction of testimony drew great attention to the subject of milk analysis and milk limits. A committee of the Society of Public Analysts was appointed to investi- 164 Canadian Record of Science. gate the matter, and the result of their labours and dis- cussions was to show clearly that Wanklyn’s method did not extract all the fat, and therefore should be discarded for one of those processes which did so, but that in that case the limit of 9 per cent. solids not fat was too high. While the committee were deliberating, one of their number, Mr. Adams, brought forward a new process which commended itself to them as the best hitherto proposed, and which they accordingly adopted. It consisted in absorbing the milk in a paper coil, dry- ing it and extracting the fat from the dried coil with ether in a Soxhlct’s extraction apparatus. The very fine division of the milk solids enables the other to get at every particle of fat and remove it completely from them, The Society adopted the process and reduced their limit to 8°5 per cent. solids not fat. ' Our chief analyst, Mr. Thos. Macfarlane, has introduced a method in which he absorbs the milk by asbestos in a special apparatus, dries and extracts with ether. This method is beautifully simple and extremely accurate, and enables a great number of samples to be analysed with a very little expenditure of time. . The public analysts of Canada had followed with deep interest this discussion, and they felt that before they could intelligently adopt this or any other limit, they ought to make a thorough trial of the new methods upon the milk of Canadian cattle. Upon representing these views to the Department of Inland Revenue, they were favourably received, and the plan was put into execution during the summer of 1887. One hundred and sixty-two samples of milk were taken by the collectors of Halifax, St. John, Quebec, Montreal and Toronto. Hach sample represented the whole mixed milk of a herd of cows milked in the presence of the collector and the public analyst of the district. Altogether the samples represented the milk of about 1,600 cows. The samples were analysed in duplicate by the public analyst and (also in duplicate) by the chief analyst at Ottawa. The chief analyst used the asbestos Milk. 165 method, and the average of this large number of analyses was as follows :— AoE SolhiKac50d60 5000r aaskatet oisesTavciehevsineoiniiee 12°48 Bl eaGieretetetotitceone one clensretevel asciercheehele oe chelates eraee 3°86 SOlidSpno usta tierra crevetreiecieisiesiesie cae cat 8-62 Those of us who used the method of the Society of Public Analysts obtained results almost identical with those of the chief analyst. The following table summarises our results in the various districts :— Solids Fat. Total Solids. not Fat. oe — ——— -- Highest. Lowest. Average. Average. Average. lgielitiebeoooade oGds 5°40 3°00 4-24 Wa 7 8°48 tip di@lavstgooqan coor 4°62 3°43 3°91 12°45 8°54 Quebec........... 4°18 3°02 3°54 12°39 8-85 Montreal......... 5°17 2°80 3°82 12°29 8°47 Ottawa....e..---- 5°29 3°62 4-26 12-93 8°67 Toronfo.......+e0. 4-50 2°52 3°38 12-08 8°70 All Canada. ...... 5°40 2°52 3°86 12°48 38°67 These results demand the most serious consideration. It will be seen that in two out of the six districts the average of the solids not fat is less than 8°5. As a matter of fact, in 55 samples out of the 162 they fell below this number. In two samples from Halifax they even fell below 8 per cent., and in one sample from Toronto, which I[ took myself from the mixed milk of a herd of ten cows, the solids not fat were only just barely 8 per cent. Nor are these results by any means unique. So long ago as 1863. Professor Voelcker published an analysis of the milk of a herd of fifteen cows, which gave 7-5 per cent. of solids not fat. Only the other day Mr. Lloyd read a paper before the Chemical Society of London, giving the analysis of the milk of two cows, in which the solids not fat varied for two months between, in one case, 8°63 and 7-5, and in the other case between 8°52 and 8:1. Looking these facts fairly in the face, Ido not see how we can come to any other conclusion than this: that if the 13 166 Canadian Record of Science. solids not fat of a milk are over 8 per cent., we cannot certify that the milk is not genuine. Indeed in the case of the milk of individual cows the solids not fat may be even lower than this. But the average of the milk of our 1,600 cows was 8°62 per cent. solids not fat, and many of the samples gave over 9 per cent. of solids not fat. If, then, we pass all milks in which the non-fatty solids are over 8 per cent., we give dishonest dealers the opportunity to let their milks down to this standard. Indeed we invite adulteration if done with judgment and in moderation. With good rich milk a gallon of water may be added to every nine gallons of milk, and still analysis will not prove, ‘except as a matter of probability, that the milk is not genuine. Similarly half the cream may be removed from a milk like some of the Halifax samples without lower- ing the percentage of fat below that found in some of the samples of mixed cow’s milk that we obtained ourselves. Except then in very flagrant cases, the penalties of the Adulteration Act, as it stands at present, are but empty threats. What then, I repeat, can we do? I answer, there are two ways in which we can check this evil. The first is publicity. If A is only judicious in his adulteration and not too much of a glutton in his use of the tap, we cannot certify that his milk is not genuine, but we can say that it is wretched stuff, and very much inferior to the average, and in particular to that of his rival B. And A doesn’t like this. He fears, and with good reason, that his customers will forsake him for the man who gives better milk, and the chances are he will mend his ways. This is what we have been doing. So far there has been very little prosecution under the Act, and what there has has not been very successful. The influence we have exert- ed has been almost exclusively that which comes from pub- lishing our results. In 1876, when the Act came into operation, we found two-thirds of the samples of milk which we analyzed adulterated. In 1882 there were only one-fifth. Is it too much to ascribe this improvement to Milk. 167 the moral effect of the publicity given to the work of the public analysts ? The other method which might be adopted is to fix by legislation a standard—a reasonable, fair standard—for milk, which must be reached by all milk offered for sale. The chief analyst has proposed such a standard as follows :— RotaliSolidisencsae coves ster eree a areiee 12:0 per cent. Butter! Waticc sacs oe dates aerlamtnatbetas Boy ue WB Solids other than fat....--«ce..ee- St “ Milk falling below these limits should not be permitted to be sold. If this scheme were adopted and vigorously carried out, I think we should soon see a marked improvement. Not only would the addition of water and the removal of cream be checked, but the quality of the cows used for milk purposes would be improved. For if a cow did not give milk up to the standard she would be better fed and better housed ; aud if she still did not give standard milk she would be sold to the butcher and replaced by a good milker. Quality as well as quantity would be sought for in dairy cows ; and we know enough of what can be done by cattle- breeders to be quite sure that within reasonable limits we can get what we want. Hitherto we have been considering milk as a food, and as the most perfect food imaginable for the purpose for which nature provides it. We have now tosee how, under certain circumstances, it may become a poison, or may become the vehicle of a poison, as deadly as that of the rattlesnake. It has long been known that every now and then severe illness has been caused by eating cheese. Now, in its normal state cheese is a most wholesome and nutritive article of diet ; but from time to time cases of poisoning have occurred, and often cases of wholesale poisoning, which have been traced without any shadow of a doubt to cheese. It was formerly supposed that these cases were due to some mineral matter introduced into the cheese. But in many cases the poisonous cheese has been submitted to analysis and no trace of any mineral matter found. These cases of 168 Canadian Record of Science. cheese poisoning, indeed, were a puzzle to both physicians and chemists. About six years ago, however, Dr. Victor C. Vaughan, of the University of Michigan, succeeded in isolating from some cheese of this character a poison which he called tyrotoxicon. This cheese had produced most alarming symptoms somewhat resembling cholera in more than 300 persons in the State of Michigan. This poison he referred to a very remarkable class of bodies, the so-called ptomaines, which have come greatly into notice of late years. These ptomaines are substances similar in constitution and properties to the alkaloids which are found in plants, and, like these, while many of them are quite harmless others are as deadly poisons as strychnine itself. They are found in decomposing animal matter of all kinds. It is from this circumstance that they have received the names of pto- maines, from zT@ji a, acorpse. From their resemblance to vegetable alkaloids they are also called cadaveric alkaloids, or the alkaloids of putrefaction.. They are many of them crystalline bodies which form definite salts with acids and give well marked reactions with various chemical reagents. They appear to arise under certain conditions as products of the decomposition of albumen and allied bodies. This tyrotoxicon is derived from a peculiar decomposition of the casein of cheese. Tyrotoxicon is a crystalline body which, when eaten in very minute quantities, produces in an aggravated form symptoms precisely similar to those of cheese poisoning. Since it is produced in cheese by the decomposition of casein, it would appear a priori probable that it might some- times be formed in decomposing milk. This turned out to be the case. Soon after his discovery of this poison in cheese, Dr. Vaughan was able to detect it in a sample of milk which had been kept in a stoppered bottle for about six months, and subsequently in other samples of miik allowed to stand for three months in closed bottles. In June, 1886, in the village of Lawton, Michigan, eighteen people were seized with most alarming symptoms after eating ice cream flavored with vanilla. A sample of the cream was sent to Dr. Vaughan, together with some of the Milk. 169 vanilla which had been used in flavoring, which it was supposed contained the poison, since some lemon ice cream, from the same maker, had not affected those who ate it. To decide if the vanilla was poisonous or not Dr. Vaughan and his assistant applied a very practical test by swallowing three drops each of it. No ill effects following, the assistant took two teaspoonfuls more. As he remained unaffected, Dr. Vaughan decided that the poison was not in the vanilla, and proceeded to analyse the ice cream. From it he isolated tyrotoxicon, with which he next experimented. This time he did notuse hisassistant, buta cat. The cat was affected exactly like the Lawton patients. Dr. Vaughan then found that by taking a small portion of the poisonous ice cream, he could, as it were, sow the infection in perfectly fresh milk, and cause the develop- ment of tyrotoxicon init. To a quart of perfectly fresh milk he added a small piece of the Lawton ice cream and set it in his cellar. Next morning he added another quart of milk and then mixed with eggs and sugar, so as to make a custard. On the following morning Dr, Vaughan tasted the custard and was taken very ill; not so ill, however, as to prevent him isolating tyrotoxicon and poisoning a kitten with it. At 2 p.m. he took a teaspoonful himself, and was seized with violent vomiting and purging and intense headache. Delighted with the success of his experiment, and feeling a little better at 3 p.m., he took another teaspoonful, with equally satisfactory results. Since then other workers have confirmed Dr. Vaughan’s conclusions, and there is no doubt that under certain circum- stances a very dangerous poison is formed in milk. It is not a product of the ordinary decomposition of milk, but is evidently caused by a peculiar ferment, which fortunately is only rarely present. In all probability it will be found that this peculiar fermentation is due to some micro- organism, It is very unstable: standing in an open vessel ‘will often cause all trace of it to disappear from a milk in which its presence had previously been shown. It appears to be developed most readily in bottles closely stoppered. And these facts are uot without their practical bearing. 170 Canadian Record of Science. Milk is sometimes supplied to dealers in glass bottles. Now unless these bottles are most scrupulously cleaned after using, before being refilled,we have all the conditions, so faras we know them, most favorable to the develop- ment of this poison. From what has been said already it will be evident that the decomposition of milk may take place in several different ways. The usual way is what is called the ‘“‘lactic fermentation.” In this form the decomposition appears to start in the milk sugar, part of which becomes converted into lactic acid and the milk turns sour. The formation of this lactic acid, coagulates the casein and the milk curdles. Then the casein and albumen molecules break up into simpler molecules. Carbon dioxide, ammonia and other bodies are formed. Carbon dioxide is con- tinuously evolved from milk during decomposition, but only in a very moderate quantity. This form of decomposition has been shown to be due to a micro-organism—the Bacterium lactis—minute bodies in the form of beads strung together or in that of threads. They grow and increase in number by a process of fission— that is one of the minute cells, divides, so as to form two individuals, and these in their turn divide again. The bacteria feed upon the sugar and albuminoids of the milk, and thus in some way bring about that peculiar form of decomposition which is known as the lactic fermentation. The presence of acid checks the lactic fermentation, so that under natural conditions only part of the sugar is converted into lactic acid. But if chalk is added to neutralize the acid as it is formed, the whole of the sugar may be changed into lactic acid. The alcoholic fermentation which takes place in koumiss and kephir is also due to minute fungus, the Saccharomyces cerevisi, or ordinary beer yeast—the same plant which causes the fermentation of beer, wine and the wort from which spirits are distilled. Itis a plant similar somewhat © in appearance to the B. lactis, but much larger. Sometimes another kind of fermentation occurs—the butyric.. The product in this case is butyric acid, and it Nature as an Educator. cl all is attended by a most abominable stench. This kind of decomposition is due to another microbe—the Bacillus subtilis, or, according to others, an allied form, Clostridium butyricum. There is no doubt that the peculiar fermentation which leads to the formation of tyrotoxicon is due to another of these microbes, but the particular microbe is not known. NATURE AS AN EpucAToR.' By Sir Wiri1am Dawson. In the winter of 1856-7 I had the honor of delivering the introductory lecture of our Sommerville course, and took as my subject “ Natural History in its Educational Aspects.”’ Now, after the lapse of thirty-three years, and after the great changes which have occurred since that time, I desire to recur to the subject, and to ask what is the present aspect of nature as an educator relatively to education in general and to a society like this. Let us consider in the first place how early, continuous and persistent are the operations of nature as an educator, regarding nature as a general name for all those objects which come under the cognizance of our senses, and from _ which we derive sensations and perceptions. It is scarcely necessary here to make any exception in regard to things artificial, for in reality these are all merely adaptations and imitations of nature. Nor need we inquire as to the reality or the origin of these objects, but may take them as the environment surrounding us on every side, and at all times more or less presenting itself to us. From the moment when we first open our eyes on the outer world we are receiving impressions from external nature, which go on extending and multiplying at least until our attention is called away by pursuits and studies relating to the artificial life of man, and even then we recur when we can to nature as our most grateful teacher, nay, the friend and companion whose teaching has no hard tasks but is all pleasure. The weary schoolboy gladly turns 1 Annual Presidential Address before the Natural History Society of Montreal. 172 Canadian Record of Science. away from dry text-books to ramble in the fields and woods. The child whose worldly horizon is limited by a dirty street or dull backyard rejoices to see grass and flowers and trees, and drinks in inspiration from them. Sitting one Sunday afternoon at the open window looking out on the college grounds, I saw a working-man walk past with a little girl at his side. Coming opposite the bit of old-fashioned, poorly kept garden, which thirty years ago I had managed. to carve out of the unwholesome swamp which then lay in front of our college terrace, the child stopped to look at it, and said, ‘‘ Papa, is that the Garden of Eden?’ The poor little thing, who had perhaps never seen anything of a garden but the outside of its fence, had heard that once there had been a garden of the Lord—a free and happy abode of man. Some years ago I knew of a boy dying of con- sumption in a poor home, to whom a kind lady sent a bunch of rich purple grapes. He gazed at them, fondled them, could scarcely be persuaded to taste them, and said, “ How pretty! I have heard of grapes, but I never had any before.” Coming home some time ago from a little excursion in which [ had: secured some deer’s antlers, I happened to drive up from the station at the early morning hour when our streets are swarming with factory hands going to their work, and I noticed how everyone turned and stopped to look at my prize, and how the faces of many lighted up as they saw in imagination a view of wild woods and bounding deer, which perhaps remained with them as a pleasant thought through the day. How is it that our boasted civilization shuts out so many from contact with nature? The God who long ago led Israel out of bondage provided that every Hebrew family should have for its very own some strip or patch of the green sward of the promised land, and the Great Teacher who came long after, drew His favorite texts from the trees, the flowers, the grass, the birds and the beasts. It is not the will of God that we should imprison ourselves between four dingy walls in the midst of His beautiful world. But it may be said that the rustic who dwells in field and forest has as little of the real companionship of nature Nature as an Educator. 178 as the dweller in towns. Idoubt this, except in cases where mental or moral degradation has reduced the countryman to a mere machine. I have found much genuine love of nature and appreciation of natural things in the country, especially in those parts in which good education has been provided for the young. ven in city life this love requires but to be ever so little encouraged and it will come to the front with a bound. If we ask how this is to be done, why should we not have teaching as to nature in homes and schools: little museums in schools, greater and really popular ones for our cities, botanical gardens open to all, zoological gardens where means permit? Why should not excursions into parks or the country, or visits to museums be made a necessary part of school instruction ? The answer is simply because we are not sufficiently civilized to understand these things. Un- fortunately also we make mistakes in our mode of introducing them. The mistakes in education here as in most other subjects are portentous. Mere book-learning or cramming of hard names for an examination is not study of nature, nor is mere laboratory work. Educators and the public are apt in these matters to rush from one extreme to the other. Seeing the folly of mere book tasks, it was decreed that there should be practical teaching. ‘Teachers must dissect frogs and other creatures and teach their pupils to do the same. The result has been failure and damage to the knowledge of nature. It is one thing 10 see an animal alive and carrying out its natural instincts; quite another to cut up its dead carcase and learn hard names for its parts. A boy learns ten times more of nature by watch- ing the frogs swimming and diving in a pond than by cutting them up ever so cleverly. I do not say that the laboratory teaching is useless when managed by a skilful and sympathetic teacher who can point out the meaning and uses of structures and their homologies with those of other animals. It has a real scientific use, but ordinarily it degenerates into a mere task and cram, and has as much relation to true science as the trade of a butcher has to that of an artist. A curious illustration of this was presented 174 Canadian Record of Science. some years ago, when it was decreed in England that Hygiene should be taught in the schools. The subject was a popular one, and would have been taken up with enthusiasm. But unfortunately it had been represented to the Committee of the Privy Council that it was necessary that the pupils should have learned Physiology before entering on Hygiene. Here was a difficulty which the teachers at once felt. Physiology was an unpopular subject. The trained teacher had learned to take his pupils through the anatomy of a few common animals; but to him a frog or a crayfish was no more than a sum in arithmetic, some- thing to be learned as a matter of dissection and dry anatomy. The subject consequently was repulsive both to pupils and parents, and if this ordeal had to be first gone through there was an end of hygiene. Thus by a strange inversion of education and science, one of the most attractive and useful subjects had become a bugbear. It is to be hoped that just as English educators have got over many other follies they have also surmounted this. One would fancy, however, that there is still need for reform, from the following terse and pungent summary of the matter in a recent address before the Royal Micro- scopical Society by its president, Dr. Hudson :— “ Which, then, is the more scientific treatment of a group of animals—that which classifies, catalogues, measures, weighs, counts and dissects, or that which simply observes and relates; or, to put it in another way, which is the better thing to do, to treat the animal as a dead specimen ora living one ?— “Merely to state the question is to answer it. It is the living animal that is so intensely interesting, and the main use of the indexing, classifying, measuring and counting is to enable us to recognize it when alive and to help us to understand its actions.” He goes on to contrast the position of the mere learner of structures and hard names with that of the country lad who has studied nature in her own haunts :— ‘““He has watched the cunning flycatcher leaving her obvious, and yet invisible young, ina hole in an old wall, Nature as an Educator. 175 while it carried off the pellets that might have betrayed their presence; and has stood so still to see the male red- start that a field mouse has curled itself up on his warm foot and gone to sleep. He gathers the delicate buds of the wild rose, happily ignorant of the forty odd names under which that luckless plant has been smothered; and if, per- chance, his last birthday has been made memorable by the gift of a microscope, before long he will be glorying in the transparent beauties of Asplanchna, unaware that he ought to crush his living prize in order to find out which of some half-dozen equally barbarous names he ought to give it.” Practically, to give young people in cities the benefit of all this, it is necessary to have museums and public gardens. A very small collection, representing any definite series of objects, properly named and associated with those relations that give them interest, is of the greatest value. Larger public muscums have wider uses. I have been struck with this in visiting the Liverpool Free Museum, where every object is so labelled as to tell something of its story, and where crowds of learners are constantly .receiv- ing instruction from well-prepared specimens. Our little museum is capable of similar uses, but it _requires much better display and labelling of its treasures, and funds to enable the Society from time to time to add to its attractions by introducing new objects. Public gardens, whether botanical or zoological, are also of the greatest use. I know of nothing which any of our patriotic citizens could do of greater utility than the opening of such a place where the useful and ornamental plants and the various animals of our own Dominion and of other countries could be seen and studied. Lastly, means should be provided for taking children under competent guidance on field excur- sions and to visit places of note and interest. All this may be said to be desultory and unscientific, but it will lead to more precise knowledge, and will serve to develope the tastes and powers of those who are capable of doing better and higher work. My own early training in this matter was when there were in most parts of this country neither public museums 176 Canadian Record of Science. nor laboratories nor systematic teaching, and it had for stimulus and guidance merely the encouragement given at home by parents who saw that the pursuit of natural history was an elevating one, and of one or two teachers who themselves cultivated some branches of natural science. As a boy I collected indiscriminately fossils, minerals, plants, insects, and later added to these birds, which I had learned to prepare, and the shells and other organisms of the sea. When I became the happy possessor of a microscope, such as could be had in those early days, I went largely into the minute forms of aquatic life and sketched their structures and noted their habits, becoming familiar thus with some curious animals and embryonic forms, which only long afterwards were rediscovered as described by naturalists, though most of those I met with were already known and described, but not in works then accessible to me. I had no idea of studying merely the forms and structures of these creatures and knowing their names. ‘To me they were living things, having strange ways and modes of thinking and acting of their own. They were truly acquaintances and friends, with whom I communed in private and who were my most pleasant teachers. It was for this reason that eventually I gave up all the others for the fossil relics of former life, because these, in addition to the living interest of the modern forms, possessed that fascination which arises from antiquity and from the stimulus to imagination given by their varied and often obscure relations to the past and present. Judging from such experiences, I believe that it is best for young people to expatiate over a wide field of natural learning and afterwards to select any special field. On the other hand young people destitute of any developed taste for general knowledge, and introduced to special studies at first, will very likely beeome the crudest and narrowest of thinkers and at once the readiest recipients of fanciful hypotheses and the most stubborn sticklers for mere details and names. In order to bring these desultory thoughts to some more Nature as an Educator. ilyerg practical issue, let us think for a little on the uses of the study of nature, whether we regard these in relation to the forming of the character and promoting the happiness of the student or to business utilities to which knowledge of nature may be applied. At present we hear much of applied and technical science, and these are daily showing their inestimable value, but it must be borne in mind that the science that enables us to smelt an ore, to construct a machine or a bridge is useful only in so far as it promotes the welfare and happiness of humanity. Apart from these it would be wholly unpractical and useless. That teaching of science, on the other hand, which exalts and ennobles the man and developes his higher nature, even if it have no technical applications, is that which is directly practical in the highest sense. 1 do not say that these are neces- sarily two distinct kinds of teaching. They may be and should be combined, and while we seek principally to pro- mote by the study of nature the well-being of the man himself, we must never forget the multiform uses of science in promoting human welfare through technical applications. We may return to this thought, but in the meantime I desire to speak of nature as an educator of the man himself, _ and. especially of those powess which make him dis- tinctively a man and the very image of God. The president then referred in detail to the educational uses of nature in training the observing powers and those of comparison and causaiion, to its bearing on the culture of true and high art, and to the large views to which it leads of the universe as an ordered and regulated cosmos. He then proceeded as follows :— I may be pardoned here for directing your attention for a few minutes to the testimony of a writer eminent as an authority in art and full of true feeling for nature, both in reference to its direct ability to the thinking mind and its indirect utility as a means of furthering material interest. Ruskin thus discourses on these points :— “That is to everything created, something pre-eminently useful, which enables it rightly and fully to perform the functions appointed to it by its Creator. Therefore, that we 178 Canadian Record of Science. may determine what is chiefly useful to man, it is necessary first to determine the use of man himself. Man’s use and functions (and let him who will not grant me this follow me no farther, for this I purpose always to assume) is to be the witness of the glory of God, and to advance that glory by his reasonable obedience and resultant happiness. “Whatever enables us to fulfil this function, is in the pure and first sense of the word useful tous. Pre-eminently, therefore, whatever sets the glory of God more brightly before us. But things that only help us to exist are, in a secondary and mean sense, useful, or rather, if they be looked for alone, they are useless and worse, for it would be better that we should not exist than that we should guiltily disappoint the purposes of existence. “And yet people speak in this working age, when they speak from their hearts, as if houses and lands and food and raiment were alone useful, and as if Light, Thought and Admiration were all profitless, so that men insolently call themselves Utilitarians, who would turn, if they had their way, themselves and their race into vegetables; men who think, as far as such can be said to think, that the meat is more than the life, and the raiment than the body, who look to the earth as a stable, and to its fruit as fodder; vine- dressers and husbandmen who love the corn they grind, and the grapes they crush, better than the gardens of the angels upon the slopes of Eden; hewers of wood and drawers of water, who think that the wood they hew and the water they draw are better than the pine-forests that cover the mountains like the shadow of God, and than the great rivers that move like His eternity. Andso comes upon us that woe of the preacher, that though God “hath made every- thing beautiful in his time, also He hath set the world in their heart so that no man can find out the work that God maketh from the beginning to the end.” _ “But the common consent of men proves and accepts the proposition, that whatever part of any pursuit ministers to the bodily comforts and admits of material uses is ignoble, and whatsoever part is addressed to the mind only is noble ; and that Geology does better in re-clothing dry bones and Nature as an Educator. 179 revealing lost creations than in tracing veins of lead and beds of iron; Astronomy better in opening to us the houses of heaven than in teaching navigation; Botany better in displaying structure than in expressing juices; Surgery better in investigating organization than in setting limbs; only that it is ordained that, for our encouragement, every step we make in the more exalted range of science adds something also to its practical applicabilities: that all the great phenomena of nature, the knowledge of which is desired by the angels only, by us partly, as it reveals to farther vision the being and the glory of Him in whom they rejoice and we live, dispense yet such kind influences and so much of material blessing as to be joyfully felt by all inferior creatures, and to be desired by them with such single desire as the imperfection of their nature may admit; that the strong torrents which, in their own gladness, till the hills with hollow thunder and the vales with winding light, have yet their bounden charge of field to feed and barge to bear; that the fierce flames to which the Alp owes its upheaval and the volcano its terror temper for us the metal vein and quickening spring, and that for our incite- ment—I say not our reward, for knowledge is its own _reward—herbs have their healing, stones their preciousness, and stars their times.” But in that time of confused and bewildering philoso- phies in which we live it may be asked, Is this really the case ? Does not the study of nature rather lead to positivism and agnosticism. That it may do so is, I fear, too vbvious. That this is its legitimate tendency may be emphatically denied. The case stands thus. Nature is to any rational man of science an exhibition of superhuman force, energy, power. It is in like manner an exhibition of regulated and determined power, of power under law and working to definite ends, and this with so complete and intricate machinery that it is beyond human comprehension. That this should be a result of mere chance without will or design is infinitely improbable. That it results from the operation of an all-powerful will and intellect is a con- clusion based on all we know of ourselves. 180 Canadian Record of Science. The matter has been well summarized by a former pupil of my own, now a missionary in India, Rev. A. R. Mac- Duff, B.A. He says in effect :-— 1. The apparent universe is phenomenal. A reality must be behind it, The things which are seen (the phe- nomenal) are necessarily temporal, the unseen is the eternal. 2. This reality must be persistent, not temporary. God only hath immortality. 3. This Divine reality must be incomprehensible in its essence and in the extent of its working. ‘ Canst thou by searching find out God ?” 4. But this incomprehensible reality is everywhere pre- sent in the most minute as well as in the grandest pheno- mena, in the fall of a sparrow as in the creation of a planetarysystem. ‘‘ Whither shall I go from thy presence ? In Him we live and move and have our being.” 5. This infinite reality is more nearly akin to the spiritual nature of man himself than to any other energy known to us. It is, therefore, living, personal and free. “ He that made the eye shall He not see ?” So far the teaching of nature may carry any man willing to be guided by his own senses and reason. Beyond this lies the sphere of revelation, or that of direct communication of the Divinity with man.* With revelation nature has nothing directly to do, except that it can see its possibility —for just as the Divine mind can reveal itself in the instincts of an animal, so it must be able to influence and inform the higher nature of man. Here, however, we can reach an easy and plain possible solution of all the difficulties which half-informed men heap up around the relations of science and revelation. Given the admission that the phenomena of nature are not merely imaginary but based on a reality, and given the admission that the Divine reality has revealed Him- self to inspired men or through a Divine Man, and suppos- ing that scientific study on the one hand and Divine revela- tion on the other may deal with the same phenomena, certain conclusions as to their relations at once become Nature as an Educator. 181 obvious. (1) Scientific inquiry being inductive must pro- ceed from individual facts by slow and gradual steps to general laws, while revelation may state the laws at once without descending to particulars. (2) It follows that these two lines of thought approach phenomena from different sides. One takes them in detail and then generalizes. The other regards them as emanations of a Divine mind. (3) At first the results reached may be far apart and may seem contradictory, but as they become more perfect they must approach and eventually coalesce. The case is as if we imagine some great mill or machine- shop to be studied by two different persons in different ways. The first may be a skilful machinist and may enter the factory, note-book in hand, and examine each machine and process, and so arrive at last at a knowledge of the whole which may enable him accurately to describe all its machinery, and to form conclusions as to its uses and rela- tions. The second may be no machinist, but an educated and intelligent man. He is introduced to the superinten- dent of the factory as his guest, and learns from him its general nature and uses, the history of its inception and growth and his plans for its future improvement and development. All this he may learn without any stady of the machinery; and he also may write an account of what he has seen and heard. But how different will be the two productions, and how difficult might it be for a third person to combine the two accounts, so as to make plain their mutual coherence. This could only be done by some one enjoying the double advantage of the friendship of the superintendent and the technical knowledge of the machin- ery. So it must ever be with science and revelation; and until men equally appreciate both, we cannot have the best results either in Science or in Theology. Revelation itself has been defined on the best authority as relating on its practical side to three great graces, Faith, Hope and Love, the greatest and most enduring of which is the last, for God Himself is Love. In regard to love or kindly affection as a motive and practice, science cannot doubt that however little of this may be seen in the lower 14. 182 . Canadian Record of Science. strata of nature, it is and must be the soul of its higher forms. Hope as to this is apparent in all even of the speculations of rational science, for pessimism is not scientific. With reference to faith as a scientific grace there may be more doubt, but this is dispelled by the con- sideration already referred to, that nature itself teaches of the unseen, and that the foundation of science is a belief in our own intuitions, in the evidence of our senses and in the reality underlying phenomena. Without faith, therefore, science could not exist any more than religion. This being the case, it becomes plain that however faith or religion may for a time be dissociated from experiment, observation and induction, they must ultimately be resolved into a rational unity. Science must admit that she is the hand- maid of religion, and religion must say to science that she is no more a servant but a friend. If we are true students of nature we shall all more and more approach to this con- clusion as we rise from one step of knowledge to another, and obtain broader views of nature and a better com- prehension of the superlative littleness and infinite great- ness of man himself as a part of nature and as the image of God. In conclusion, the address referred to the work of the Society in the past sessions. It appeared from the records that fifteen original papers were read at the monthly meetings, the greater part of which have been published in the journal of the Society — The Canadian Record of Science. Of these papers seven were on Geological and Mineralogical subjects, and contained many new and important facts in Canadian Geology and with reference to the mineral resources of our country. The authors were Dr. Harrington, Prof. Donald, Mr. Deeks and the President. The remainder were on new facts in Biological Science, both Zoological and Botanical. ‘The authors were Prof. Penhallow, Prof. Wesley Mills, Rev. Dr. Campbell, Mr. Caulfield and Mr. Stevenson. Two papers of great interest in Canadian Science, as well as in relation to eminent ; Canadians, were that in the career of the late Prof. C. F. Hartt by Mr.G. F. Matthew and the Biographical Sketch of the late Mr. Charles Gibb by Prof. Penhallow. Charles Gibb. 183 CHARLES GiBB, B. A. Mr. Charles Gibb, son of the late James Duncan Gibb, was born in Montreal on the 29th of July, 1845. His early education was received at the Bishop’s College Grammar School, from which he proceeded to McGill University, where he graduated in 1865. The hard work of a college course told somewhat severely upon a not very rugged constitution, with the result of impaired eyesight. For the purpose of recovering his health he then visited Kurope, where he spent six months, returning very much benefited by the change. Natural weakness of the lungs, however, induced him to seek some active occupation which would give the benefit of open-air employment. This led to his spending several years with some of the more pro- minent fruit culturists of New York and New Jersey, from whom he gained a practical insight into the most approved methods of fruit culture. It was this experience which soon aroused a decided taste for horticulture, and eventually led to his adoption of that pursuit into which he threw so much energy and enthusiasm. Fortunately for himself and for the country whose good he sought to promote, Mr. Gibb was possessed of means sufficient to enable him to execute his plans withont undue restriction, and future generations will have reason to hold in respect the name of one who, in so unselfish a spirit, endeavored to promote the welfare of his country in one of the most useful direc- tions possible. On his return from the States in 1872, he sought for a locality where he might pursue special studies in fruit cul- ture and arboriculture, and eventually selected the warm, western slope of Yamaska mountain at Abbotsford, as fully meeting his requirements. In 1873 he purchased a large tract of land there, planted extensive orchards, established testing grounds for exotic trees and shrubs which might prove of value in Canada, and stimulated a local interest in his chosen pursuit, hitherto unknown in that part of Quebec. Here he established a delightful home, the door of which 184 Canadian Record of Science. was constantly open to his many friends, all of whom have, on more than one occasion, experienced the full measure of his most generous hospitality. This Society has special reason for holding Mr. Gibb’s charming retreat and his warm hospitality in remembrance. Two of their most profitable and enjoyable Field Days were those held at Abbotsford. Of a somewhat retiring iisneeeon strangers were not drawn to him as quickly as they might be to many others, but even a brief acquaintance was sufficient to reveal quali- ties which were certain to cement a warm and enduring friendship, while to those who knew him best, his greatest fault lay in a modesty which permitted him to sacrifice a just appreciation of his own merits. Possessed of a warm heart, it was his first desire to see others about him happy, and had this idea not been carried out rather too unselfishly, doubtless his home would have known the blessing of a partner in his useful work. Though not a man of large means, he conscientiously endeavored to make the best use of what he possessed, and while his modesty forbade any ostentatious display, he accomplished a large amount of good in many directions. He was an active supporter of the Art Association of Montreal, a contributor to most of our public charitable institutions, and a warm supporter ‘of those societies whose work lay in the promotion of sci- ence and horticulture. He contributed in many ways to the work undertaken by McGill College in promoting the study of science, his various donations at different times being most judiciously applied. Among other gifts of a similar nature, he, on more than one occasion, made valu- able donations of trees and shrubs, which are now growing in the College grounds, and constitute an important element in the foundation of the Botanic Garden now in process of development. As a pomologist Mr. Gibb was justly accorded a high position, and his writings on this subject will have a lasting value. Whatever he undertook to do was executed with a degree of intelligent interest and thoroughness which Charles Gibb. 185 left little to be desired, and it was his most conscientious scrutiny of facts which has given character to his various writings, as being thoroughly reliable statements. The same thoughtful care and attention to details was evident in the expressions contained in his last letter, indited only two days before his death, of the near approach of which he was conscious. Mr. Gibb died of pneumonia at Cairo, Kgypt, on the - 8th March, 1890. To all who knew him his death is a per- sonal loss; to his more intimate friends, it is the loss of a brother; to his country, for whose walfare he nobly and generously toiled, and in whose interest he was making a prolonged tour of foreign lands when death overtook him, it is the removal of one who filled an important place in our material progress, one who could not well be spared. Although not a scientific man, he had given such close and accurate attention to fruit culture as to make him eminent among the pomolvgists of this continent, while his name was well and favorably known throughout Hurope, It is therefore desirable that his work in the interests of improved horticulture should receive consideration. Mr. Gibb was a life member, and in 1879-81, vice-presi- dent for Quebec of the American Pomological Society ; corresponding member of the Mississippi Valley Horticul- tural Society; corresponding member of the Massachusetts Horticultural Society; honorary member of the Nova Scotia Fruit Growers’ Association; member of the Natural History Society of Montreal, and a member and, at the time of his death and for several years previous, vice-president of the Montreal Horticultural Society and Fruit Growers’ Association of the Province of Quebec. He founded the Abbotsford Fruit Growers’ Association, was its leading spirit to the day of his death, and at various times held most of its leading offices. He took a most active part in the recent efforts to establish a Botanic Garden in the city of Montreal, and was at all times one of the leading and most useful members of the Montreal Horticultural Society, to whom his loss comes as a most serious one. At the time 186 Canadian Record of Science. of the Indian and Colonial Exhibition at London, he was one of the principal promoters of the important fruit ex- hibit then made. In 1882, acting upon a suggestion made by Prof. Wm. Saunders, while president of the Ontario Fruit Growers’ Association, and impressed with the need of a better ac- quaintance with the fruits of the old world, in order to de- termine how far improvements in our own fruits could be made through the importation of and crossing with those from similar and colder climates, Mr. Gibb, in company with Prof. J. L. Budd of Ames, Iowa, visited various parts of Russia and Northeru Europe, and brought back informa- tion of great value. The expenses of this journey were wholly met by the private means of these two gentlemen The knowledge gained was subsequently embodied in several valuable articles published in the reports of the Montreal Horticultural Society and elsewhere. In 1888, Mr. Gibb visited California in the interests of fruit culture, and in June, 1889, he started on a journey through the east, for the purpose of more closely examining their various fruit products. Proceeding to Japan by way of Vancouver, he traversed the “Island Empire” from one end to the other, and was particularly interested in examining the resources of the northern Island of Yeso, which, on account of its high latitude, he felt sure was likely to yield many plants which would prove of great value in Canada. There he met with every attention from various officials to whom he had letters of introduction, and through whose courtesy he was enabled to carefully examine many localities of interest. The notes he took during this part of his travels undoubtedly contain a large amount of material of special value, and it is to be hoped that it may be possible to publish them at some future time. From Japan he proceeded to Hong Kong, Cey- lon, Calcutta, Bombay, and thence to Cairo, where his fatal i]Iness overtook him. The work undertaken by Mr. Gibb, in the line of practi- cal horticnlture, was of the greatest importance to Canada, and more especially to Quebec, where the kinds of fruit Charles Gibb. 1847 which can be successfully grown are necessarily limited. At Abbotsford he had established extensive orchards of Russian fruits, which he was testing not only for quality, but for climatic adaptation and their value for purposes of hybridizing with native and less hardy kinds. Most of these trees are yet very young, but some of them have at- tained that age at which they are in a condition to yield important results. An extensive plantation of fruit and ornamental trees was also an important feature of his work, and had he been spared for another decade, valuable results would have been secured from a work wisely con- ceived and intelligently prosecuted. Though not known as an originator, one fruit will serve to transmit his name to future generations of pomologists. The Gibb Crab, a most delightful fruit of its class; was discovered by Mr. Gibb in the orchard of Mr. Peffer of Pewaukee, Wisconsin, by whom it had been overlooked, but who promptly named it in honor of him who had rescued it from oblivion. Mr. Gibb’s writings upon horticulture are somewhat numerous and of very considerable value. Almost his first contribution was the publication of “ A Fruit List for the Province of Quebec.” This little pamphlet was published -in 1875, by the newly organized Fruit Growers’ Association of Abbotsford, and led to the issue, in the following year, of a“ Report of the Fruit Committee of the Montreal Horticul- tural Society for 1876.” The publication of this report was se- cured by Mr. Gibb in the face of great obstacles, but its impor- tance demonstrated the need of an annual publication of the work of the Society. [t thus came to be the first of a series of annual reports to which Mr. Gibb contributed largely, and which, through the valuable character of the material they contain, have gained a high reputation both at home and abroad. Perhaps Mr. Gibb’s most important publication is his contribution to ‘The Nomenclature of our Russian Fruits.” This paper was prepared at the request of the American Pomological Society, and offers at once a most careful, exact and authoritative revision of the names of Russian fruits imported into America, extant. It is a 188 Canadian Record of Science. monument to the zealous and painstaking care of one who verified his statements in every possible way before giving utterance to them. The following list of publications will best serve to express the character and extent of his work : 1. 2. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. “Report on Quebec Fruits,” Rept. Amer. Pom. Soc., 1874, p. 33. “A Fruit List for the Province of Quebec,” published by the Abbotsford Fruit Growers’ Association, 1875. . “Report of the Fruit Committee of the Montreal Horticuitural Society,” first An. Rept. M. Hort. Soc., 1876. . “Propagated Seedlings and Other Undescribed Fruits,” Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc., 1876, p. 19. . “Report on the Fruit Growers’ Asseciation of Abbotsford,” Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc., 1876, p. 67. . “Notes on Outdoor Grapes,” Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc., 1879, p. 54. . “Ornamental and Timber Trees,” Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc., 1881, p. 58. - “The Work of the State Agricultural College at Ames, Iowa,” Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc., 1881, p. 151. . “ Russian Fruits,” Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc., 1882, p. 17. 10. “Hasty Notes on Trees and Shrubs of Northern Europe and Asia,” Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc., 1882, p. 99; Rept. Ont. Fruit Growers’ Association, 1883, p. 302. “Catalogue of Russian Fruits Imported by the U.S. Depart- ment of Agriculture in 1870,” Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc., 1883, p- 52. “ Report on Russian Apples Imported by the U.S. Department of Agriculture in 1870,” Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc., 1883, p. 58. “Report on Russian Fruits with Notes on Russian Apples Im- ported in 1870 by the U.S. Department of Agriculture,” Rept. Ont. Fruit Growers’ Association, 1883, p. 192. “Siberian Apples and Their Hybrids,” Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc., 1884, p. 33. “Hardy Fruits in Wurtemburg,” Rept. Mont. Hort. Soc., 1884, p- 19. “ Ornamental Trees,” Rept. Mont. Hort, Soc., 1884, p. 50. Proceedings of the Society. 189 PROCEEDINGS OF THE NOCIETY. The regular monthly meeting was held on Monday the 21st of April, Sir Wm. Dawson presiding. Mr. Shearer, on behalf of the Excursion Committee, reported that Lachute had been selected for the annual field day, and that Saturday the 7th of June had been decided upon. The following donation to the museum was reported by the Curator :— Prairie horned lark, by Mr. F. B. Caulfield, for which the thanks of the Society were tendered the donor. It was moved by Mr. Sumner, seconded by Mr. Beaudry, “that proposals for membership may be submitted to the Council at their monthly meetings and balloted for at the first meeting of the Society following.” Carried. Balloting for new members resulted in the election of James Paton, Dr. F. J. Shepherd and George Boulter. The Corresponding Secretary was instructed to invite the Ottawa Field Naturalists’ Club and other societies from that city to participate in the field day excursion of this Society. Sir William Dawson offered a paper “On the name Quebec Group as applied to certain Canadian Rocks.” Mr, H. T. Martin submitted a few notes on the beaver, and Mr. F. B. Caulfield read a contribution on the subject of “ Our Winter Birds.” The annual meeting of the Society was held on Monday the 26th of May, when the following reports were read and adopted’ and ordered to be printed in the Record of Science. Mr. PRESIDENT, GENTLEMEN, On behalf of your Council I have the honor to report. The work of the Society for the year has been successful and attended with much interest. The Society has had six general meetings, the Council ten meetings, three of which were special ones. 1 The Presidential address will be found printed in full on p. 171. 190 Canadian Record of Science. Twenty-three new members were added to the list, five less than last year against twelve the year previous. It is my painful duty to record the removal by death of the following of our members:—Chas. Gibb, Andrew Robertson, Jas. Hutton, Thos. Workman, Hon. Thos. Ryan and Dr, Barnes. All the departments have received due care. The library has received more attention than any other year, and special thanks are due to the honorary librarian, who has attended regularly every week arranging the books and the catalogue. Thanks are also due to the honorary curator for the time he has devoted to the museum. An important change has been made by the appointment of a Museum Committee, with the object of dividing the work, which had become very onerous. We are also indebted to the Editing Committee and its chairman for the success of our journal. The Sommerville course of lectures—seven in number— attracted more interest than previously. They were as follows :— February 20—Food without and within the body, Dr. Wesley Mills, M.A. February 27—Tea and coffee, Dr.J.P. Girdwood, F.R.S.C. March 6—Flour, Prof. J. T. Donald, M.A. March 13—Drinking water, Dr. R. F. Ruttan, B.A. March 20—Food diseases, Dr. W. G. Johnston. March 27—Jewish dietary law, Rev. Meldola de Sola. April 3—Milk, Prof. W. H. Ellis, M.A., M.D. Mr. P.S. Ross, our late treasurer, is entitled to our grati- tude for a donation of $25 for the special purpose of illus- trating The Record. But Messrs. J. S. Brown and J. S. Shearer deserve more than a passing notice of the successful efforts and zeal dis- played in finding the funds and improving the interior of the building. The members and friends who have contributed to present to the Society the portrait of our worthy and respected president are also deserving your thanks. Proceedings of the Society. 191 The Government grant of $400 has been received and used for the publication of our journal. The Council has passed a new by-law, so that proposals for membership to the Society are submitted to the Council and balloted for at the following general meeting, thus avoiding delays and yet leaving the names of candidates posted a sufficient length of time. Our delegate to the Royal Society of Canada has been instructed to ask that Society to holdits meeting of 1891 in Montreal. It isto be hoped that there will be no serious objection to that project. The field day was held on the 8th of June, at St. Hustache, and was enjoyed by a large number of members and their friends. There was only one collection entered for prizes —a collection of 34 specimens of named plants by Dr. Blackader. In closing I may mention the attentive assistance your superintendent cheerfully renders to all the officers of the Society. The whole respectfully submitted, J. A. U. BEAauprRY, Pres. of Council. CURATOR’S REPORT, 1889-90. The past year has been one of marked activity in the museum, owing chiefly to the extra work required in carry- ing out the alterations and reforms referred to in the last annual report. It was found necessary to repaint the wall-cases on the main floor, and in consequence the animals and birds had all to be removed while that was being done. Specimens could not be displayed to advantage in the upper portions of these cases; it was, therefore, deemed advisable to frost the top row of glass and shelve off that part, thus affording space for duplicate specimens. New cases have been ordered for the centre of this floor. They are now being made, and within the next month it is expected they will be placed in position, and the objects intended to occupy them arranged. 192 Canadian Record of Science. An important change has been made in regard to the management of the museum. It was generally acknow- ledged that a better arrangement and more scientific classi- fication of specimens were necessary ; and, as the carrying out of such a scheme would occupy more time than was at the disposal of your curator, at his suggestion a committee was formed and the museum divided into different depart- ments, each member taking charge of one, according to natural inclination, as follows :— Mammalogy—Mr. Horace T. Martin. Ornithology—Mr. F. B. Caulfield. Ichthyology— Conchology—Mr. EH. T. Chambers. Geology and Mineraloyy—Dr. Harrington and Mr. EK. H. Hamilton. Anthropology— Should a botanical department be formed, Prof. Penhallow has signified his willingness to take charge of it. At the first meeting of this committee a general plan of conformation was adopted, whereby all zoological specimens will occupy the main floor, the gallery being reserved for geological, anthropological and other specimens. For obvious reasons the work of re-arranging could not be commenced simultaneously, but as one department is finished another is begun, and unnecessary confusion thus avoided. Considering the late season at which these measures were introduced, it is pleasing to note the splendid progress made amongst the mammalsand birds by Messrs. Martin and Caulfield respectively, whilst the re classification and labelling of the entomological collection by Mr. Winn and his friend Mr. Dawson have been almost completed. There were 2,094 visitors admitted to the museum during this year, as against 1,192 last year. Considering that we had no carnival this year and that the museum was prac- tically closed for two months during repairs, this result is very gratifying. The admission fees for the year amount to $50.15, or about $20 less than last year, which may be accounted for Proceedings of the Society. 193 in admitting the schools and colleges free, and which con- cession has been largely taken advantage of by the scholars and students attending the various schools and colleges of the city. The thanks of the Society are due to the gentlemen of the Museum Committee, whose names have already been men- tioned, for their valuable assistance in re-arranging speci- mens, as Well as to the superintendent, Mr. Griffin, for. his attention to visitors, and for the admirable manner in which the museum has been kept clean and free from dust. The oil painting of our worthy president, Sir William Dawson (by Harris), which was presented to the Society by a number of members and friends, has been hung in an appropriate part of the museum. The following specimens have been added to the museum during the year :— DONATIONS. A various collection of birds. Small ant-eating bear. Specimen of sponge. Beaver wood and chips. A collection of game birds. Specimen of quartz rich from Mount Stephen. Piece of (Norway?) pine taken from foot of St. Francois Xavier street, supposed to be part of Maisonneuve’s fort. Ulster County Gazette, N.Y., of January 4th, 1800, con- taining account of death and entombment of General Wash- ington. Chinese Testament. Olive-sided fly-catcher, ‘‘ Contopus borealis.” Black-crowned night heron (spring) ‘‘ Nycticorax nevius.” — Head of Maskinonge. Great blue heron. Evening grosbeak. Brown rat (young male). Pine grosbeak (young male). 194 Canadian Record of Science. Alligator. Peregrine falcon or duck hawk. Indian war club found at Guelph, Ont PURCHASED. Evening grosbeak (female). BY EXCHANGE. Northern shrike. Respectfully submitted, J. STEVENSON Brown, Hon. Curator. To the President and Council of the Natural History Society. GENTLEMEN, The Library Committee beg to report that during the past year the work of sorting and arranging the parts and numbers of exchanges and periodicals belonging to the Society has been completed. One hundred and eleven volumes are now ready for the binder, and efforts are being made to obtain the parts required to complete about twenty other volumes, of which parts are missing. Progress has been made in locating and noting in the catalogue the books on the south side of the library, but this work cannot well be finished till the books waiting to be bound be returned from the binder. It was arranged at the special meeting of the Council, held on May 27th, 1889, that the periodicals and other works received in exchange for the Record of Science should be received and acknowledged by the Librarian. This has been done, and the works received immediately placed in the case for the use of members. The Committee beg to acknowledge the following dona- tions, for which, in the name of the Society, they desire to thank the donors :— ‘“Winchell’s Pre-Adomites,” from Mrs. E. P. Hannaford. ““ New Species of Fossil Sponges,” from Sir J. W. Dawson. “Cretaceous Rocks of the North west,” from Dr. G.M. Dawson, Proceedings of the Society. 195 “On the Ore Deposits of Treadwell Mine,” from Dr. G. M. Dawson. — “Glaciation of British Columbia,” from Dr.G.M. Dawson, Seven papers on mathematical subjects, from Professor Hennesey. “Tertiary Deposits of Manitoba,” from J. B. Tyrrel. “Stratigraphy of the Quebec Group,” from Dr. Ells. ‘“Catalogue of Canadian Minerals at Philadelphia,” from F. Emberson. “Report on North Shore of Lake Huron Exhibition,” from F. Emberson. “Report on Geology of Newfoundland,” from F. Ember- SOM, “Report of Geological Survey for 1844 and 1849-50, from F. Emberson. Bulletins of the Agricultural Departmer t, Washington. Bulletins of Inland Revenue Department, Ottawa. Bulletins of Smithsonian Museum. “Catalogue of Sponges in Australian Museum,” from the Trustees of the Australian Museum. Geology, Zoology, ete., of Lord Howe Island. Your Committee are glad to report that more use has _been made of the library by members during the past year, and believe that its usefulness will be greatly enhanced when a more simple catalogue is made out. This, it is hoped, will be taken in hand at once, now that the whole library has been looked over and in a great measure ar- ranged. Respectfully submitted on behalf of the Library Com- mittee. K. T. CHAMBERS, Chairman. MEMBERSHIP COMMITTEE—REPORT 1889-90. A meeting of this Committee was held on March 17th, 1889, when the treasurer, Mr. Gardner, reported that there were only 181 ordinary members, and as these from time to time were dropping out, it was highly important that the list of life members should be increased, 196 Canadian Record of Science. A list of those who had lately resigned was read over, those present noting snch as they wished to call upon with the view to having them continue their subscriptions. It is the opinion of this Committee that, by the individual efforts of the members of the Society, the membership roll could be greatly increased, and the members are, therefore, specially appealed to to assist in this matter. Respectfully submitted. J. STEVENSON Brown, Chairman. The Treasurer's statement for the year shows the follow- ing gratifying position of the Society :— NATURAL HISTORY SOCIETY OF MONTREAL IN ACCOUNT WITH JAS. GARDNER, TREASURER. RECEIPTS. To Balance from last years... .-225-e25---+- cosscod 16580 CRO S dcice ciel cisinis tales eitabaoereto es SE ERR ey tans “eo oes 1202.00 “ Annual Subscriptions ....+. «+++ +++ eee weie > 010,017 51 OLSEIN "Government Grante> cose. csececeen cote ccc ces 400.00 “ ‘Mintrance Hees; ‘Museunt.-.2. cs see icici cise + ds 50.15 “ Wield! Day SUrplisirest ee ssa !-t--r pees ole olnie oe 8.72 INPCKESE = anieia oelaietno, ceeteekee eaters “5 BACCO 4.36 “ Special Donation P. 8. Ross, Esq., towards illustra- ting Record........ A OU HCO Ace 50 CaOaOe Meee 25 .00 “ Special Subscriptions collected by Messrs. J. S. Shearer and J. S. Brown for Improvements and Alerations)<. senses ree pee ies os 588.75 $2940.78 Proceedings of the Society. 197 DiIsBURSEMENTS. By Salary Superintendent and Commissions........-. $ 453.80 ) SuUndny EX PCMSESitts were's cla1c\elai<16 6 aloverey Not eversyetteteieiete 306.98 SSS AG 1a litewtas teveastelers eteleleterrsteveNotereve reves siatele) es haieraere ote 207.95 Uy 18h be) We icholo 10 CIS OOOO AiG Ia. HicesToscL DCCA CSIR aa Ane eA a 136.70 COTS UGATLC Oki cretetevelelenelaictenevele 5 SG0000 DO000G 0 000bNe 200KC 69.60 DAS CSnyaeioia seins wrote maleate NP are oh ctaw exons ebysicl skeen haes tore 32.64 © ILSCIWIES cco66 d'660000 00 Db icrele eualoretsbesiorelerora ciate) @ictorate 114.86 SE MIVINTS CUI D rerraster ovine oleitereteVeterch teke tal evotart shetevahelal (eis alate mn kei e-ereuecg 48 .+Q) Se SOU Me MOE ral LURGS pe etaleeiatte mai sreuaterlarclel eteveieinielisiclele\eie/ ai 13.75 DG IREYeaGl Gi SOIT 506 boooGddoe Gouaue GoUddOGoed ape 766.40 “ Improvements and Alterations in Building....... 101.50 a ef from Special Fund Expended by Messrs. J. 8. Shearer and J. 8. STOW ai neisersretatte barenere ois! ete eieie aie se) acl ereneiele 586.74 & ismlleroees Om Inaiclocoons coo 0000 000000 gououn000de 101.53 $2940.78 Examined and found correct. GEO. SUMNER, JOHN 8. SHEARER, Monrreat, 26th May, 1890. Sir Wm. Dawson having signified his desire to be relieved from the presidential office, he was, on motion of Hon, Senator Murphy, seconded by Mr. J. S, Shearer, (ohare to -the position of Honorary President. The following officers were then elected for the ensuing year :— Honorary President—Sir J. Wm. Dawson. President—Dr. B. J. Harrington. Vice-Presidents—J.S. Shearer, Hon. E. Murphy, Prof. D. P. Penhallow, Rev. Robt.'Campbell, Sir Donald A. Smith, J. H. R. Molson, George Sumner, H. J. Joseph, Very Rev, Dean Carmichael. Recording Secretary—Albert Holden. Corresponding Secretary—Horace T. Martin. Curator—J. Stevenson Brown. Members of Council—J. 8. Shearer (Chairman), J. A. U. Beaudry, Dr. R. F. Ruttan, S. Finley, Dr. J. W. Stirling, R. W. Mclachlan, Dr. J. C. Cameron, Major Latour, Rev. Canon Empson. 15 198 Canadian Record of Science. Editing Committee—Prof. D. P. Penhallow, Dy. B. J. Har- rington, Dr. T. Wesley Mills, G. F. Matthew, J. F. Whiteaves. LInbrary Committee— HK. T. Chambers (Chairman), J. A. U. Beaudry, F. B. Caulfield, R. W. McLachlan, Joseph Fortier. Lecture Committee—Dr. Harrington (Chaiiman), Rev. Robt. Campbell, P. S. Ross. House Committee—J. S. Shearer (Chairman), J. Stevenson Brown, Albert Holden. Membership Committee—J. S. Brown (Chairman), 8. Finley, P. S. Ross, Dr. Stirling, Geo. Sumner, Dr. Birkett, J. A. U. Beaudry, R. W. McLachlan, Henry Hamilton, A. F. Winn, Dr. J. C. Cameron. Taxidermist—F. B, Caulfield. NOTE. The Duck Hawk at Abbotsford, P.Q.—A pair of this spe- cies (Falco peregrinus anatum) were recently presented to the Society by Mr. N. E. Fisk. They were shot at Abbots- ford, P.Q., on May 7th, 1890, by his son Charles Albert. Fisk. Mr. Fisk states that they had a nest in a recess in the western side of the mountain (Yamaska) and that one or two pairs of these birds have been observed there for the past forty-five years. This information is very interesting as this species although occurring throughout the entire Dominion is one of our rarest hawks and the records of its nesting in the southern parts of its range are very few indeed. F, B. CAULFIELD. The Field Day. 199 FIELD Day. The annual field day of the Society was held on Saturday, June 7th. At ten o’clock about one hundred and fifty ladies and gentlemen assembled at the Windsor -street station, where, through the courtesy of the Canadian Pacific Railway, four fine drawing-room cars were placed at their disposal. In addition to members of the Natural History Society, there were strong representations of the Camera Club, the Entomological Society and the Agassiz Association. On arriving at their destination the party met a delegation from Ottawa, consisting of the Ottawa Field Naturalists’ Club and their friends, in all about fifty. The objective point, Lachute, was reached in season for an early lunch. On disembarking, the excursionists were cordially welcomed by the mayor, Dr. Smith. In the absence of the president, Dr. Harrington, and of the honorary president, Sir Wm. Dawson, Prof. Pen- hallow, as vice-president, replied to the mayor on behalf of the Society, welcomed the Ottawa delegation and an- nounced the programme for the day. Immediately after lunch the various parties dispersed in different directions under their respective leaders. Many visited the Lachute paper mills, to which an invitation had been extended by Mr. J.C. Wilson. Another large party visited the cart- ridge factory, where they received many courtesies at the hands of the manager, Capt. Howard. The entomologists under Mr. Jas. Fletcher and Mr. Caulfield; the geologists under Dr, Ells, Mr. Whitman and Mr. McOuat; the botan- ists under Prof. Penhallow, and the Camera Club under Mr. Henderson, all found, in their respective fields, oppor- tunities for profitable employment. At four o’clock the party assembled at the Post Office, where the various collections were examined and prizes announced. Mr. Whitman made some remarks upon the geology of the district, pointing out that in the immediate vicinity were localities which had gained great repute among geologists on account of the special work of Sir Wm. Logan in connection with them. Remarks on the insects ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF APRIL, 1890. (eae ealenue in one hour was 41 on the 10th.’ rentest velocity in gusts4) miles r raoatent g! es per hour on Resultant mileage, 5,760. Direction..... N.E. | E. §.E. 5. 5.W- W- | N. W.| Calm Milegieseaunte 664 287 ees | ee | 5517. 1628 1534 [= Duration in hrs.. 89 50 losee | a 52 236 95 99 mo Mean velovityanl| 14.4 13.3 las | econ 16.8 23.4 lap | 15.5 | i 7 Resultant direction, S. 61°5 W. Total mileage, 12,90i. Average mileage per hour 16.94. temperature of 32° Fahr § Observed. + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. t Humidity relative, saturation being 100. 1 Nine years only. The greatest heat was 66-9 on the 23rd ; the greatest cold was 21.1 on the 4nd, giving 4 range of temperature of 45.8 degrees. Warmest day was the 23rd. Coldest day was the 18th. Highest barometer reading was 34.456 on the 26th; lowest barometer was 20 on the 9th, giving a range of 236 inches- num relative humidity was 95 on the 25th. Rain fell on 12 days. Snow fell on 5 days, Rain or snow fell on 13days. Auroras were observed on 3 nights. Lunar halo on 1 night. Togs on 2 days. . * sey y e o 5 - Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Heizht above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. ISKy CLOUDED f _ THERMOMETER. *BAROMETER. WIND. In Trenvas. E £9 S| 5 ea a ee ce =a en es Lal con, | Men = —— 2a aS | 25 | Ss DAY pres- |relative| Dew M a ach 3 a3 Bs : ) Min. |B M 5M Mi GIG | MNEH| DOGS] Gem (put | El Se Se ee DAN lax. 5 aD ean. #X. § b . | vapour. : 2 x 4 = s} d=) || asl Mean. | Max in ge Mix §Min §Range. | vapour. | ity Ainectioae lacie g S e 3 I a perhour, ~~ a a=) 1} 27.99 | 32.5 23.8 8.7} 30-3103 | 30.398 30-194 204 0902 59-7 15.8 22.1 1.8 | 10 ‘ z 21 30.97| 37.0 Tir 15-9] 30.3263 | 30.454 30.214 240 1167 67.2 21.3 32.0 6.7 | 10 i 2 34 40-50} 48-1 32-5 15.6] 30-0885 | 30.211 29.905 +306 1480 53.7 27.2 25.0 4.2 | 10 SA050 3 4] 40.40) 48.0 32.6] 15-4] 29.6580) 29.781 29.507 +274 2297 89.5 37 5 21.3 || 10.0] 10 5 A 5 29.88 36.0 24.8 11.2 30.1103 30.243 29.923 320 0928 56.0 16.7 21.3 2.2] 10 Tnapp. 5 Sunpay... -6 Hote 45-5 278 17-7 é & || eseono . - g00n onnn 20.9 poo nye 0.02 (SicreoceenaS 7 40.95 | 47.0 35-2 11.8 29.934 29.836 098 1693 67.0 29.7 13.0 5.0 | 10 ae de Fi +. SUNDAY 8] 33.80] 41.3 28.8 12.5 30.047 29.729 .318 1265 64-7 23.0 (8500 6.7 | 10 0.2 8 9} 40-52] 44.9 35 7. 8.2 29.665 29 220 “445 2145 84.8 36-5 19.9 || 10.0} 10 Gade 9 10} 36.02 | 43.7 31-7 12.0 29-833 29.249 584 1573 73-5 28.5 25.6 || 10.0 | 10 Tnapp. 10 Ir 32.87 40.8 25.8 15.0 30.120 29 957 163 1173 62.8 20.7 12.1 4.0 | 10 sees It 12 46.17 58.2 30.8 27-4 30-191 30.003 188 1723 550 30.2 18.6 1-0 4 .. | 12 SUNDAV......--I9 ] --++- 62.8 7@5} || 2Eb3}| | onnas 0 |) oonde0 “Ih seonos tee toe Badd S000 Wa Mi PO) |} coco || 5 eee tees 13 ++-++++-+SUNDAY 14] 46.05| 57.0 37-6 19.4} 29 9110| 30.055 29-773 282 «2080 66.3 350 N. 12.4 8.2 | 10 14 15 39.20 AqnA 31-7 15.7 30.2778 30.375 30.165 210 .0858 37-7 13.8 N.W. 19-2 0.0 ° 15 16} 40.87 52.0 30.7 21.3 30.2328 30.367 30.103 264 1363 535 25.2 S. W 17.4 2.0} 10 16 17 37-30] 46.8 30.7 16.1} 29 9652| 30.009 29 929 080 -1138 51-3 20.7 N.W 17.0 7.2 | 10 on) 17 18] 27.27 | 31.6 21.6 10.0 ff 29.9883 | 30.067 29-945 122 -0738 49-3 11.3 N.W 16.7 67] 10 Inapp. 18 19} 39.05] 49-1 27-7. 21.4} 3c 2027 | 30.301 30-120 18 .1208 50.7, 22.3 W. 12.3 1.8 | 10 seve 19 SIRDYSfos-0 sce} cons 54-4 33-7 Fbe| | easccezoo |] aogode |!) adoon Be eucas 058 S000 N.W. 14.8 5 oo |} 6d eee 500 PEM potas ....SUNDAYV 21} 44.47) 53.8 36.0 17-2 30.333 30 227 106 1855 62.7 2.0 S.W. 23.8 3.2]10] 0 0.12 21 224 48.77) 58.3 36.2 22.1 30.409 30-178 231 1538 44-2 27.5 Ss 12.2 3-8| 10| 0 46 | Inapp. 22 23] 55.57 | 66.9 44-6 22.3 30.203 29-874 +329 = 2683 61.3 4U-5 S.Wi 24.2 6.0} 10] o 34 | Inapp. 23 24) 40.80) 54.1 33.5 2053 30.294 30-158 +136 +1258 48.7 22.7 N. 15-5 25| 8] o 95 24 254 32.02] 49.9 29.7 20.2 30.422 30. 284 +138 «1065 47-0 19.3 N 17.9 1.7|10] 0 76 25 26 41-75] 53.0 29.6 23 4 30.456 30.123 333 -1277 49-8 23.0 S.H. 13-8 65]|10] o 73 26 Sunpay....... PAL Snaoe 40-5 32.7 7.8 os = 2000 see N.E. 12.3 ar 00 | 0.13 27 weeereeaee Sunpay 54.0 35.7| 28.3 1054 71548 s2.0 | 28.2 W. 15-3 | o.5| 2] of o8| -... 28 59.6 38.6 21.0} 29.8660 12325 66.8 37.3 s. 16.8 7-8| 10] 9 4t | 0.31 29 49-7 41.7 8.0 29.7198 +2595 82.0 | 41.0 5S.W.. 21.8 | 10.0| 10] 10 co] 0.32 30 nee 48.80] 3213] 16.66] 38 o4rs ed: aa 1534 60.1, | 26.5 f...... 17.9 16 yrs. meansfor &} 39-60] 47.68 | 31.73] 15-94 29-9425] ...... | cress 0 2or 1683 (Gh || onda |} aes cobacn 5-84 153.2 | 1.59 6.5 | 2.24 |16 years means for and including this mo, including this month ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. *Barometer readings reduced to sea-level angjon the 4th. Minimum relative humidity was 15 Sd =] = THs -| &y = “—= © “om aR =| | 54) Sa 5 | Sis | DAY. Os = S a5 as Sal Be 5 Cir) DAY. Mean.| fa 5] 3& Eq ag ml OS Seah yl a | Hg, n fe | es 20 | Inapp. .. | 0.00] x | 33 7t eres 2 | 57 | 0.46 ° 46 3 SUNDAY.......- Peels wae || (EE) Sos Heat Oe SSN WN orci cis 15 .. SUNDAY gg | 00 | 9-13 codon. || Os8B |] B - foe) 0.98 rs 0.98 6 °3'| 06 | 0.18 0.18 9 77 | 32 | 0.09 5a 1 CCL) | a) SUNDAVEE eee Din Ain ctr ee pa {oo 6000 || $82 doonoqnonoSthy,y) | 55 06 oe “0 5000) || 2 33 [ere) 0.13 He 0-13 | 13 G \16 9.09 Ne 0.09 | 14 o, | Sz | Inapp.| .... | 0-00 | x5 30 60 an 900 s00 || 28 0.21 ns 0.21 | 17 SUNDAY PAROS .18 tee Geille liao Aico REHM NS Sea oo | 2 0.18 Hee 0.18 | 19 ss 00 T-3E | caneee 1.31 | 20 2| 9t etelnie oclse oo 21 Z 22 500 kes 50 || 22 eB 45 | 0.02 56 || G68 |) Be 47 ee 000 .. | 24 SUNDAY..... 5865 56 S000 obO0 atereiel | 2 Siletersiet letsletel SUNDA 36.23 16 | 0.05 0.05 | 26 33 49 0.44 tee 0.44 | 27 78 54 | 0.20 000 0.20 | 28 9.63 | 37 i odo || 28) 62.88 | 39 p00 ils age |) #@ 0 Bono me 31 basins Rial wie Means} 51t.59| |_. _|3 | 4-85 Ztatei4 |W Sa gonoceoc Waisieta ee epee re 54-58 \3| 2.98 H306 2 99 |16 years means for and 2 ‘including this month, AN, Directionce eee Ne she 5th and 6th. Minimum relative humidity Se Aon oS Hahei Ieee pedeoduacos 1099 rhin fell on 18 days. \) ain Rae MEN NENSTan mee LAT aLosioniaidayss Duration in hrs.. 81 | i sa inar halo on 1 night. Mean velocity...| 12.5 1/g on 3 days. junder on 2 days. e month was eharacterized by being unusually (rreatest inileage in one hownd cold. Greatest velocity in gusts || the !7th. Li ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF MAY, 1890. Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet. CO. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. [SKY CLOUDED J. 3 E THERMOMETER, *BAROMETER. WIND. In Tenras. |S g| la 3 ee ee Pa ak eh nT itMleans it Mean, 35.8) S38 = | ahs E Aes! @ = oS pres-_ |relative| Dew God] SS ao | qs DEN Mi sure of |/bumid-| point. General welst ge 3 Ee ee 3 DEN Lb i B ity: c i ¥ 2 oa re Ast Max. in. |Range.} Mean. | SMax. | SMin. | SRange.| vapour. | ity Aivectiond aimilee 222 a S 5 perhou a a —_- _— — -. |_— — ————_— = I 48.4 32-5 15-9] 29.8543 | 30.089 29-668 +421 1778 65.3 29.8 W. 17.5 20 I 2 50.9 28.3 22.6] 30.0842 | 30.143 30.014 .129 +1235 46.8 22.8 S.W- 14-5 71 2 3 71-5 39.7 | 31-8} 29.8427 | 29-925 29.739 +186 +2533 63.2 40.0 S: 21.0 57 3 SUNDAY.......- 4 47.0 36.2 HOL31! os50500 || ovo000 |] oco000e on sens sees | eee N.E. AAG) || s00 . . Cy b ZbG 5 47.3 38.1 9.2] 29.6063 | 29.707 29.558 +149 2665 96.3 | 41.8 N.E. 18.6 ] 10.0] 10 | 10 i) b 5 | 6 49.0 42.1 6.9} 29.6558 | 29.739 29.585 154 2775 90.0 42.8 S.W. 16 5 g-8| 10] 9 00 y 6 7 49-4 37-8 11.6 | 30.0070 | 30.234 29.828 +406 1777 61.0 31-5 S.-W. 15 2 4.8] 10] 0 4 ae 7 | 8 53.0 35-7 17.3] 30-1140 | 30.191 jO-042 +149 1560 54.0 28.3 00 98 1-8] 4] 0 8 an 8 | 9 58.0 38.4 19.6 29.8825 30.015 29.703 .252 2472 77-7 39-2 SOW: 19.6 8.3 | 10 c 06 ki 9 10 51.8 39 6 12.2]} 29.9253 | 29.961 29 876 -085 1862 60.5 32-5 Wis 7.3 7.2|10] 0 32 | 0.09 0.09 | 10 SUNDAV.......- rt | oosu8 59:0 35.8 FE} 21) conn onll-asocacem || aopeoct |) Soc amt | nosts | coos N.W. 13:33 J... ++ f} 100 Ir. «»SUNDAY 12 57-5 35-7 21.8 30.0107 30.220 29.862 358 1802 52.5 31.5 S.W- 10.4 g.2 | 10 5 06 12 | 13 54.8 44-5 10-3 29.7057 | 29.851 29.605 246 3120 84.3. | 457 S.W. 7-6 9-8] 10] 9 [) 13 14 62.0 50.3 11.7} 29-6742 | 29.718 29.610 108 3147 74.2 | 46.2 5.W. 12.4 8.3 | 10] 0 16 14 | 15 67.0 46.4 20.6] 29-7558 | 29.808 29.720 088 3182 67.8 46.5 S.W. 14.3 8.2] 10] 0 5I 15 16 60.5 45-6) 14.9] 29 8980) 29.962 29.800 162 2348 63.2 38.7 S.W. 17-4 7-5 |10| 0 60 16 17 55-5 39-6 | 15.9] 29-7943 | 30.022 29.635 387 2218 69.3 | 37.0 S.W. 24.1 J 6.0] 10) off 28 17 Sunpay.... 55-5 37.6 | 7.9 W. TSI Poses | oe | we 66 18 eee Sunpay | 640 51-3 12.7 Ss. 16.2 g.2]/10] 5 00 19 55.9 40-7 15.2 Ww. 18.8 8.7] 10] 2 00 20 59° 38 3 20.7 SW. 10.3 4-7 | 10] 0 gr 0 21 67-9 48-2 19.7 S.E. 8. 5.9 | 10] o 22 ° 22 | | 63.2 46.5 16.7 S.E. 14.2 7-8] 10] 0 45 0 23 | 65.7 51.4 14.3 N.E. 8.0 7-3 | 10] 2 47 600 24 \ Sunpay....... coona || ZEW 53-4 H)} cooooee || ascane |] co0090 S.E. 292 || ca00 || oo |} 20 56] sss 25. »»» SUNDAY | 65.0 55-3 -7 | 29.9808 | 30.062 29.890 3.E. 16.2 | 10.0] 10 | 10 16 | 0.05 | 66.6 50.9 -7 | 29.8517 | 29.890 29.811 nae 30 95 8.5] 10} 2 49 | 2-44 67.9 50-5 -4] 29.9053] 30 o22 29.840 N. 10.5 5.8] 10] 0 54 | 0.20 66.0 455 +5 | 30.0390 30.112 29.972 N.E, 49 15] 3] 0 7 68.6 49.5 -I} 29.9033 | 29.999 29.804 N-E 66 | 08] 4] o 9 74x 43-4 7] 29.7927 : = Sal AO] eet S| One ea | eee | ae | 59:84) | 43/03 || 16.81 ]| 29,8991 || ...... || -«+:+- | -195 || -2664 | 6817 || 40:7 | ....-- 14.0 | 16 yrs. means for &| 63.70 Tan neat essence 51. 2.98 16 years means for and || including this mo, OT e Deeg ibrerade)| or sill dese 3 including this month, 5 ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. SS ee ee 1 _ : lon the 5th and 6th. Minimum relative humidity | || Direction........ N. | NE] & | se. | os. |s.w. | w. |N.w.| Calm pte ROS GE OSU > ESAT tl cleronae) TN | || Mil | (pesreuilicsccou lececcm lee 5 x Rain fell on 18 days. Mileainene-seterl 1099 | 1486 238 1352 | 1140 | 3560 | 1155 454 $ Observed. 3 Solar halos on 2 days. | || Duration: | cere + Pressure of yapour in inches of mercury. jolar : joes | || Duration in hrs.. 81 108 24 92 92 222 82 4l 2 {t Humidity relative, saturation being 100. ae eee night. || || Mean velocity 12 Jan nlc ae T Ni s only. 06 0! oe “5 13.8 a) 14. I2. 16.0 14. Tes ine years y. | ye : a a The greatest heat was 74.1 on the dist; the ‘Thunder on 2 days. z 5 || -~—_— an ——_—______lireatest cold was 28.3 on dite 2nd, giving a The none was eharacterized by being unusually \ lores ‘ . ee ature of 45.8 degrees. armest|wet and cold. | areuiteat mnilenge in one hour was42on the 17th.| Resultant mileage, 2,842. rangelot nea ate Coldest day was the Ist. Highest ane Rhos velocity in gusts66 miles per hour on Resultant direction, 5. 38° W. barometer reading was 30.311 on the 22nd; lowest } My Total mileage, 10,394. barometer was 29.598 on the 5th, giving a range of | (0.753 inches. Maximum relative humidity was 100) Resultant di Total milea e }. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. ——— inate E | a! | Ss a=| ai A 5 : fac-s| Se | 32 | os >, Nes Ss eq | de DAY. WWPog) .6= : ° BS DAY. fom = eo Bes} ag Joa 2” q a i} & nN fy SUNDAY.-.....|J 10°] *-re wee i agpogas . . HCO GY 1 1 11100 00 H&S tt BS 60/4 Gh C2 Ce 6 00.03 Oa = Dino tANAh~ood B < — re Der he OOK ee PR re Oe ree BS es OO Be oe Pe | a iL th I tela tee 1 Leas 8 +5 COF1IDD1ND OMKOCHMOMMNMNDKOHMMEARDHODDONTHIOEY HDHit-DNNHOD1I9 A FH DOOrro Did HOMO OONNONHMAHNKRODOGDHAAMHHHHHOANHODADNS 4 DRAMDMOODOMOMMMrLhODMDOOSO =| Loam No BNC BH ANMANMARND BAN FN AN FAN FAN FAN Sin CO: AQ 0) 5 : 5 rl o 5 : my ig et Br Ce eee ee eer eee ee os) A 5 o Ze) 5 oa | < = 5 as = nD o) Z Q Canadian Record of Science. 232 MRA ANNNNAN RA Ae In Oat) OO UE DOP Ga. IOP wO mT GE tn le SO an OR One Dano sCa DENCE GE IU Oil ond Om OSNTRO’ SO Me) ear mre ROE (0,2 Oh aca YOenthe TL Ole) Ob mM Ome mA Ue Oe aat) Dpenmme as, Meee cue, Mut Merk e: Cabh ore ete. Marnie Marner er ei wel” jSimeimeie RGM steered ar cin CTE Ne AQQGeCGCGQO -- 2 bo oo oe oo bo oe O64 6 6 OS Mit AMO | SQISoooos ~so6 RATE Gam aGaa teen Gr omd, Sere cacr SREP ARSE CARTY | EE OSTA STIR Sea aes Ce SC anaes en nc ies eis D ie Fie taste Gane ian ANS eflter fei nate ss ANOUIREE OSG NOUS) 0),|) Sey Spe Os Cn oi Cee, Te IS ae ne ee ate man ma ae Si ce Os Ge Se Pe}¥UaIysoy il ali} X62 EN) ia) Sah ateeesl Seat eMC Loe ne re, MG Rechte seme eae Secor ; = SeoOGoOoOOoOoOoOoOoOoo om so0G00 00000 G 5000050 0 ere 5 Slee) CoRR CNS) ate Of 0 9 G6 G6 46 6 6 06 466 6 6 6 6 G6 OB AE a Sait ce See OED Since cele at Sistecar tee meh backs? ater Site) | MHI SMeOSGrOGS 15655555565 650660 604 esl DM rir rer cont Ope 28 BUA CU eae Oe FOP A Os Oe Ono 6 Oe Oh a Bl) 0 fate Oe EO ad w, Bs : SSOHAHBODON HONDO NDONDOALDANADOSOHS ee | RSA FAAS BACAGE TE GAA SHOSBHNSNARZOM 2 | e SH OCOnHOSCOOCC OOH HA HHOOCSCORHHNMNOOCOHS 3 HARDOREHOOHRKMENDOHAMHRHAGDOOERIDNSMHAREO —& @S) Hira] SECO Te OV OU SUS) stl Ho) CO) Sp Mig ig) Op Seni) (OR SG NSS SH Ny EIS m Ye) rd Mrs NNR ANN SAA eS a | I i licadhagel eedlicncleeslfesal a « cs a CO SHO IS DOH 1D OOD D1 NH 1D HAI 69 1919 D4 C19 69 ee OID Gig HH OANHHANDHDNDOAANSMHAHOHOONH Axa sH Se Ee y ae ce SH D> I 6D ICD SL 69 69 C2 O 1D DA OM HO 19 0 0 OS HH 1d 1 ir HOC. AOANANONHDOSHAHSOOSOONNM DD IDMNOD SE ioe) a A, 5 ry ae) i MOD ODIDOMNRBANDAHOHNEDMMORDNMr-OSCHOSO a ANA AA AH HOH OCNMOKRONMHRODDAMMMAHANHOM gq ON a ee | S| H e CO DH 00 0 SI HID OOD HAE OID OAH AM IODADIA OW =, BHR HOCH OOOO MN ON DDN HOSOHHDONHHODS Dan. ers 4 a Cr Asien att i Mens dc ata Nes Ppa ef Sac Me Mia ere — = ee AE Git tt il ee Hat Hb CS TSE 25 En SPeR SS GF 1 a 04 WO ei I 20 08 Oy . . = ye Fe 4h aes ie Wer ae . =i 58 ie eee el BY ES Oe roo a Gah I 5 Oo tik AED Sos CRY EI aces CE Se DS BS Se Canadian Record of Science. Peculiar Growth in Black Walnut. 233 NoTE ON A PECULIAR GROWTH IN BLACK WALNUT. By D. P. Payyatiow. The specimen herewith described, was handed to me by the Hon. Senator Murphy, it having been sent to him by the Huntingdon Organ Company, who purchased the lum- ber from which it was cut, in the United States. The block is one-half inch thick by three by four inches. As the board to which it originally belonged was being cut up, a portion, occupying the space D' (Fig. 3), fell out, disclos- ing a cleft made by an axe, evidently the result of an aban- doned effort to cut the tree down many years before that event actually occurred. Upon examination it appears that the block occupying the space D' was originally continuous with the shaded areas H, E', from which it became separated by the action of the saw—the line of fracture appearing as shown in the figure. This block also completely filled the space D1, and evidently extended—in the entire tree—much above and below the limits of thickness in the specimen. The entire surface of the intruded mass, where brought in contact with the surfaces of the cleft, is covered with a thin layer of carbonized material, showing the effects of decay in the first formed tissues, under exclusion of air—a result always to be observed in similar cases; while the grain is found to run at various angles—chiefly right angles—to that of the surrounding parts. The intruded mass is the result of growth following in- jury, and an effort on the part of the plant to repair it—a result commonly observed, as in the obliteration of sur- veyors blazes, and as illustrated in the case of a remarkable blaze described a few years since.’ This case offers nothing new, but presents some features of interest as showing the extent to which an injury may be repaired under the ordin- ary conditions of growth. This will be more obvious from l Science, iii, 354. 234 Canadian Record of Science. an examination of the relation between the specimen and the original tree. From the curvature of the growth rings it would appear that the tree— at the time of injury—had a diameter of about eighteen inches. The relationship of parts is shown in figure 1, where C represents an end view of the specimen (Fig. 3 C*), in relation to the growth rings of the tree: D shows the intruded mass as exposed on a line of sec- tion passing through the center of D' (Fig. 3). The slope of the cleft shows the line of incision to have had the direc- tion given by the line in figure 1, from which it is evident that the incision was a somewhat deep one, and that our specimen came from one end of it. It is also obvious that this injury must have been inflicted in the winter, or at least before the growth for the season began, since the in- truded mass is part of the ring formed at A (Fig. 1), and B, B' (Figs. 2 and3). In Fig. 3, the left-hand side of the in- cision represents the basal portion of the cut. Whether the original cleft was filled throughout by the new growth, or whether this was only partial, cannot be determined from the specimen before us. “On BURROWS AND TRACKS OF INVERTEBRATE ANT- MALS AND OTHER MARKINGS IN PALZozoic Rocks.,”’! By Sm J. Wit11am Dawson, LL.D., F.R.S., F.G.S. This paper, which is illustrated by photographs and drawings, indicates some new facts in connection with the markings produced by the burrows and tracks of animals, and other causes. Rusichnites and Cruziana are regarded, like Climactichnites and Protichnites, as representing probable burrows or tracts of Crustaceans and Chetopod worms, Scolithus canadensis is shown to be a cylindrical burrow, with accumulations of earthy castings at its mouth. The relation of these burrows to the forms known as Scotolithus, ' From Proceedings of London Geological Society. Peculiar Growth in Black Walnut. 235 Asterophycus, Monocraterion and Astrapolithon is pointed out. Under the new generic name of Sabellarites, the Author describes certain tubes, composed of shelly and other frag- ments cemented by organic matter, found in the Trenton Black-river Limestone. They resemble the burrows or tubes formerly described by the Author from the Hastings and Quebec Groups, and appear to be the tubes of worms allied to the recent Sabellarie ; but they are liable to be mistaken for Algz of the genera Paleophycus and Buthotrephis. Some large cylindrical bodies from the Potsdam Sand- stone, are described as having been supposed to be trunks of trees; but the Author regards them as probably concre- tions formed around slender stems, like some now forming in the alluvial mud of the St. Lawrence, (and described in a recent number of this Journal.) Some curious combinations of worm-tracks with ripple- marks and shrinkage-tracks, are described ; as also branch- ing or radiating worm-trails which present some resem- blance to branching Fucoids. Finally, the Author describes the formation of rill-marks on the mud-banks of the tidal estuaries of the Bay of Fundy, and indicates their identity with some impressions in slabs of rock, which have been described as Fucoids under several generic names. The paper will probably be published in full, with illus- trations, in the November number of the Journal of the Ge- ological Society. A New CANADIAN PLATYNUS. By J. T. Hausen. PLATYNUS HORNII sp. nov. Piceus, subviridizneus, non nitidus, subtus fuscus vel rufo- fuscus, elytris obscure vividibus, satis strialis, striis impunctatis, interstitiis paullum complanatis, rugulose punctulatis, costa tertia quinque foveolata ; capite viridi, bisulcato; antennis nigris, scapo, palpis, mandibulis, pedisbusque rufes centibus. prothorace latitudine paullo 236 Canadian Record of Science. longiori, subcordato, eanaliculato, valde basi foveis oblongis impressis, margine laterali postice reflexo. Long. .375in. Dark with a greenish tint, not shining, beneath reddish brown passing into dirty yellow on the prosternum and gula; first joint of antenne, mouth-parts and legs testaceo- rufous; prothorax obcordate, scarcely sinuate in front of posterior angles, which are obliquely cut off and slightly rounded, finely channelied at middle, with the anterior angular impression almost obsolete. Head dark bronzy green, sometimes with a small punchform impression at the middle above the frontal impressions. Hlytra moderately convex, furrows well-marked, not punctate, interspaces punctulate. Var. a. Prothorax brown, lighter than head and wing covers. Var. £. Head and thorax black, underside dark brown. On being shown a specimen. Dr. Horn declared he doubted the American origin of this species, but as I have individuals from Ste. Rose and Ile Perrot, P.Q., both rather out-of-the-way places and somewhat distant from each other, I venture to describe it as new. I wish to dedicate it to Geo. H. Horn, M.D., of Phila., the distinguished American coleopterist, who well deserves such an honor. Toe) co | == een See SS ea SS Se oe gous fo sayour pum ap .thizwaD svatbap fO 27028 vo lpatees por Mean lamperative of the ocr Ze ve fecter a Suc et besecereret == Scale of degrees Centig) cite 22 iR, 1890. | feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. CLoupED J = | E oO TENTHS. ao f5| of = = ra SA Sie) |[ Sere ces De 5Oo| f° a2 | a2 Hl afege| BF | oe ze DAY. si | fen 3 Heh Ws a/A sks) x I 3 — - 5 ae 20) a Io] o 99 |\theiaste 0 I 10 [ 03 . 2 3 Oo 97 eere 3 Io} 3 47 Mare sere 4 10| o 50 |] 0.02 5 5 10 ° 22 A , cee 6 SuNDAY a0 47 ah ; . J see+ereeeeSUNDAV 10 fo) 5I 0.26 " 8 10 fo} 59 ese . ate 9 10 5 9 a0 5 Io | Io | Io 00 -27 oo co} | ai | to | Io oo 1.74 . 12 10 2 27 0.62 13 Ba aca le: gor see DAW avs iwists severe SunDay Io 3 32 AOD ate 15 1o | 10 foJe) 0.26 ate 16 be) fo) 35 ol oee |b aeeee 17 o}] o 99 Sere . 18 2 I 96 oo ; 19 Io ° 35 0.10 20 SUITE B6) (vec 98 2200 9 Ziisevicsisclot SOUND AS Io} 4 48 | Inapp. : 22 ’ 10 2 39 0.03 4 23 10 (o} 81 eee : 24 I fo) 99 900 0600 25 10] o 07 | 0.19 26 Io ° 00 0.08 27 SUNDA 85 7 ; Ty Gaoad0o » -SUNDAY 2 fo) 97 60 5 29 I fe} 96 3 30 | 50.6 || 3.57 50 SIEHNS aooc6ooocedconnC 16 yrs ae Rares Ulla An | ee fi d 5.41 3-34 16 yrs. means for an includ including this month 4] and | giving a range of 0.784 inches. Maximum relative - humidity was i0U on the 12th and 13th. Minimum’® Direc relative humidity was 48 on the 24th. Miles” Rain fell on 11 days. Aurora were observed on four nights. Dura Hoar frost on four days. Mean; the Fog on four days. : ing a Slight earthquake at three minutes past three on the morning of the 26th. ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF SEPTEMBER, 1890. Meteorological Observations, MeGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. Sky CLOUDED =) E THERMOMETER. *BAROMETER. WIND. Ty Tents. | 2 Hel Bt B 2 — Spall rp fioniel by) -— =n { Mean eae D a’ sa ae Gee] g on =3 ei 38 pres-_ frolative ew f 2 506| @o a2 ne DAY. ‘ ; sure of | bumid-| point. | gonoral pion a | 4) ¢j/ese TE as ae DAY. Mean. | Max. | Min. | Range.’ Mean. | SMax. §Min. Range. } vapour: } ity- Ainectiontl liatmnilen g Ss |S [eas g or | 8 iperhour hes a) 3 1} 61.82 | 68.7 53-3 14°9 30.1640 | 30.198 30.120 .078 3807 69.5 51 15-3 37 Io] o 99 Bric 1 2] 59-90] 65.9 55-4 10.5 30.1853 | 30.211 30.160 +051 4380 84.7. 55- .W. 15.2 I] |} oo 03 ? 2 3] 57-07 | 66.0 48.0 18.0 30-242! 30.293 30.211 -082 3120 68.0 46. .B. 7-8 0.5].3] 0 o7 ere 3 4] 61.72 | 72.9 48-4 24.5 30.1040 | 30.215 29.978 +237 4402 79-0 54- On 9-2 7-2|10| 3 47 90 4 5] 70.10| 77.0 | 63.0 14.0 | 29.9870 | 30.012 29.962 +050 5458 74-3 | 61. i 15.0 | 6.3| 10] o 50] 0.02 5 6] 64.02 | 71.0 58.3 12.7 30.0402 | 30.075 30 o12 064 4737 79-3 57- 5-1 6.3| 10] o 22 oe 6 SunDAy 07) A icistere 77-7 56.5 21.2 Sanoa || vecoop || sogca0 onoo ||) Sena 50 6.8 p000 |! pp 47 000 J + +e+e+0+esSUNDAY 8] 69.37 | 80.0 61.3 18.7 r 30.124 29.93, +189 6080 83.8 64 13.6 7-2| 10] 0 51 | 0.26 8 g] 60.12] 67.0 54-4 12.6 ) 30.292 go. 164. .128 3595 70.0 49- 9-9 8.2] 10] o 59 000 9 10 58-57 64.5 54-5 10.0 30-3445 30.367 30.313 054 3795 17-3 51. 6.0 9-2) 10 5 9 10 11} 56.18 | 60.7 52-6 8.1 30.3118 | 30.381 30.220 - 161 3783 83.7 51. 10.1 10.0 | to | 10 00 127 Ir 12] 61.65 | 67.2 55-0 12.2 30.0050 | 30.153 29.871 -282 5435 98.0 61 10.8 | 10.0} x0 | Io oo} 1.74 12 13] 67.95} 76.8 58.4 18.4 29.7580 | 29.885 29.666 +219 5975 85-3 63 15.7 7.5|10| 2 27 62 13 Sunpay. .... .14 ecb 62.8 48.3 Mee |} cee-s0 ao Spaced Boos 0b aa08 a0 11.5 aad |b eo || 90 (obs 00 SY oenos6000 SunpDay 15} 57.80} 65.9 49-7 16.2 30.0518 . 29.978 +128 3937 82.8 52. 5-3 8.0} 10] 3 2 15 16} 58.07 | 62.1 54-3 7-8 29.9637 | 29.982 29-929 +053 +4633 95.8 50. 5-3 | 10.0| 10 | 10 00 16 17] 38.70 | 64.6 54-3 10.3 | 29.9842 | 30.047 29 942 +105 +4008, 81.7 52+ 19-7 4-7 | 10| 0 35 17 18] 61.60 | 69.9 53-0 16.3 29.9723 | 30.002 29.953 -049 3683 67.8 50. 12.5 0.0} o}] o 99 18 19 2.42 | 71-1 52.1 19.0 29.9217 | 30.020 29.792 +228 4002 71.8 52. 14.6 Coif el 96 19 20] 54.87| 63.1 44.8 12.3 29.98:2 | 30.183 29.819 364 3238 73-3 40. 17.3 5-5| lo] o 35 20 Sunpav 2TH estas 53-8 39-5 14.3 S0onae D0 eee wane see GG) |} ooo = gS “ne ZI wveeeeees + SUNDAY 22] 52.95] 59:6 | 44.0 15-6 | 29.9422 ' -286 79-5 | 46. 7-5 | 9-0] 10) 4 48 | Inapp. 22 23] 52-33] 59-6 40.0 13-6 29.8165 -228 79-3 45- 10.3 g-2| 10) 2 39 | 0.03 23 24] 45-97] 51-8 40.6 It 2 30.2100 1 +237 62.2 33- 13.5 2.3 || 10 | o 81 sass 24 25] 49-27| 56.9 40.8 16.1 30.1422 h -308 69.0 38. 19.1 @be} ||! ° 99 coon 25 26} 50.57) 58.0 43 6 14-9 29.9518 | 30.004 -078 86.3 46. 10.4 8.3| 10] o 07 | 0.19 26 27] 45-42| 51-8 41-5 10.3 30.1408 | 30.280 +2go 2405 79-2 39- 10.0 6.7 | 10] o 00 | 0.08 27 38.6 13-4 090 Boo we Shap 5-8 dood 85 28 ......++ «SUNDAY 38.1 16.9 3 B +171 2348 73-3 38. 6.2 0.3] 2] 0 97 29 46.0 19-3 30.2083 30.230 39-179 .O51 33! 71-3 47° 19.0 0.2 I ° 96 3° S8O05 Means] 57-79 | 64 62] 49.83) 14-79] 30-0786] ...... | «+++ 160 3846 77-9 6B | | cooq0e5 Peace} |) SOTA |I fen |} 0 51.6] 3.57 60 .... [Sums 16 yes means for &| 58.51 | 66.47] 50.77 | 15-71 J 30.o110| . .... ABOOS 178 3807 75> Ble 5-69 5.4 | 3.34 -+s. |... [16 yrs. means for and including this mo, including this month ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. *Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and | giving a range of 0.784 inches. Maximum relative - temperature of 32° Fahr. humidity was i0U on the 12th and 13th. Minimum® Direction N. N.E. a0) S.B. Ss | Siw. § Observed. relative humidity was 48 on the 24th. = - —— |— — t Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. Rain fell on 11 days. Miles. .... 792 602 150 799 po7e 3202 t Humidity relative, saturation being 100 Aurora were observed on four nights. Duration in hrs.. 7 65 27 83 99 231 1’ Nine years only. Hoar frost on four days. M =te | ientevern| ema aera The greatest heat was 80.0 on the 8th; the Fog on four days. , ean velocity...| 12.9 9.3 5:6 5 10. 14.1 greatest cold was 38.1 on the 29th, giying a | Slight earthquake at three minutes past three Greatest mileage in one hour was 38 on the 30th. Greatest velocity in gusts, 42 miles per hour on the 30th. Resultant mileage, 3410. Resultant direction, 5. 49° W. Total mileage, 8,122- Average mileage, 11.3. range of temperature of 41.9degrees. Warmest day was the 5th. Coldest day was the 28th. Highest barometer reading was 30.450 on the 29th; lowest barometer was 29-666 on the 13th, on the morning of the 26th. feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. | jUDED § 2 Sea E INTHS. ss ae A= Bi = 5 a Sy ef, asl, Ss =a =| — mn os 5Oeo|} 89 BSW ERS i| seg8| 22 | os | ss DAY. Sispo| & ‘See! |} Sl rl i) a, [ae f=] 3 | ars mM [ae Nh a ESN eee Were Wat Db fo} 100 Sp00 de setate I 7 ° 98 : Suni, | . 60] 0.16 eee . .SUNDAY P92 59 0.37 OD 4 2) 3 5° 0.60 5 5] 0 88 0.30 6 2) OF 66 2 7; 21 Ol PE loons : 8 D 2 | 79 0.28 0 9 Suny | .. ff 63] o.or IO 2...2+++++SUNDAY off 70]Inapp.| --- soo || an °F 97 sachets doo || 2 of 84 leds 13 off 46! 0.02 BiG 14 5 Of go see . 15 ) fo} : 84 0 Saree 16 Sunt | ..f/ oo] o.42 | ..... ated (hy ee ReE .. SUNDAY D| of t00o S000 sie 18 dD 2 f Or 0.57 19 3 oO) Sal Oren 20 D of 39 0.32 miele 21 P| og 82 O00 ano aa || 22 D| 10 00 1.34 eee 23 Sune |. } 00] 0.83 Apa ealroatn onan GUND AN DI @)| Gay obon c00 25 : >| of 69 | Inapp. 26 D| Toff 13 1.61 27 DIO} Alen.) |) olzo 28 >| off 36) Inapp. 29 Wi} 3) © Sy 0 30 So at oo | 0.14 a BTN nies cheverenie SUNDAY wees 58.1} 8.08 SWWEAS onocan 0000 eesysiers SS ees SS 16 yri W60.r | 3.15 a000 .... (16 yrs. means for and inclu including this month, | and|range of 0.728 inches. Maximum relative humidity was 99 on the 27th and 3lst. Minimum relative Dire humidity was 34 on the 12th. Mil Rain fell on 20 days. Ee An aurora was observed on one night. Dura Solar halos on two days. Scot Fog on two days. Mea} the} ; 08 f : | ga Thunderstorms on five days. mest 3 i 5 5 : = Gre... Norr.—The wind directions in broad-faced type Grete. are from the City Hall record. re , the 2 tee Res} ————— t int ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF AUGUST, 1890. Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. Sky CLoupED § E THERMOMETER. *BAROMETER. WIND. In Tentas.] 219) 8, a S _—. $$ — ] — — — ——_— —___ —__ _ —_.. mot —@ =“. a E=o| =a =2 og DAY. | cencrar mem.) 2 || efesel 22 | Se | ee DAY. § eneral |yelocity 34] 45 Pens cet gS ja Mean. | Max. | Min. | Range. Max. Min. direction. |in mile] $ | 3 |S Eas a SF |e EI perhour oe i) a 1} 71.90! 80.3 60.3 20.0 30.061 W. 6.8 0.0/ o| o 100 6 I 2] 75-15 | 84.9 | 61.5 | 23.4 30.135 5 8.4 [| 2.5] 7] 0 98 0 2 SUN DAW cette fiers 86.8 66.3 20.5 AQODG0 HOE] |/Gong | op || op 60] 0.16 Shnciceyite .SUNDAY 44 75-85 | 88.8 71-5 17-3 29.969 MOS) 7-2| 19] 0 59 | 0.37 4 5] 75-05 | 85.0 | 69.1 15.9 29-974 12-7 | 8.3) 10) 3 50 | 0.60 5 64 68.18] 75.0 62.0 13.0 ff 30.011 18.7 4-7] 9] 0 88 | 0.30 6 74 68.55 | 79-0 61.6 17-4 } 30.110 10.4 2.53/10] o 66 7 8] 69.40 | 79.0 60.2 18.5 § 30.114 6.6 1.7] 10] o 71 5 8 9] 72-75 | 82-7 64.1 18.6 { 29.905 13.8 6.2] 10] 2 79 | 0.28 on 6 9 Sunpay........10} -.... | 72.8 56.2 16.6 E0000 G5 |] aoo0 }} o RY 63 | o.or IO «s++0+2+2.SUNDAY 11] 64.23 | 75.1 55-1 20.0 | 30.051 14.5 2.2} 10] o 7° | Inapp. Ir 12} 66.17} 75-9 56.0 19-9 30.183 10.3 0.0] o}] o 97 Boe 12 13} 70-25 | 81.1 57-2 23.9 ff 30.198 2.5 4.7 | 10] 0 BY cos 13 14] 70-13 | 79-8 61.3 18.5 | 29.954 8.8 7-0} 10] o 46 | 0.02 14 15} 62.32| 68.8 54-4 14.4 Jf 30.167 15.0 Al] Gil © go wate 15 16] 59-18] 67.0 48.3 18.7 30. 261 N.W. 7-0 4.0] 10] 0 84 Q 00 16 Sunpay........ Uhl eonaue 69.9 57-7 12.2 jt aeoose: Jb VOL. IV. JANUARY, 1891. NO. 5. CLAY CONCRETIONS OF THE CONNECTICUT RIVER. By Miss J. M. Arms. pe 7 r mr . We | mas r The concretions with which I am most familiar are found between Brattleboro, Vt., and Sunderland, Mass., a distance of about thirty miles. Between the two towns named, few clay beds occur on the right bank, it being either green with vegetation, sandy or rocky, but on the left shore the beds are numerous. You are first attracted by the deep blue color of the clay, which can be seen a distance from the shore. In some places, as between the two ferries known as Rice’s and Whitemore’s, this clay occurs interstratified with sand; in others, as at Sunderland bridge, it forms projecting shelves into the stream which are often thickly strewn with con- cretions washed from the beds above. Again, as at the mouth of Saw Mill River, a little stream that empties into the Connecticut, the clay forms a high cliff rising perpendicularly from the water's edge, It is one of the finest exposures to be seen. Stratification planes cut it horizontally, and joint planes obliquely, while the peculiar blue color presents a striking contrast to the green vegetation above, and the sparkling waters below. I have 1 Abstract of a paper on “‘ Concretions of the Connecticut River,” now in course of preparation. 238 Canadian Record of Science. never seen concretions exposed from this wall of apparently pure clay excepting close to the water’s edge, where there is no possible way of getting them but to stand in the river and dig, a trowel or stout carving-knife being the best im- plement for the work. In collecting claystones it is better to row up the stream than down, for in the latter case the dislodged clay renders the water so turbid it is impossible to see the claystones which have been washed into it, and which often have a story to tell. The concretions of each clay bed should be kept separate, and when this is done the fact is proved that each bed has a form of concretion peculiar toitself. You would never find, for instance, a circular disk and a cylindrical claystone imbedded together, or a botyoidal mass and an animal form; these are four typical concretions of as many separate beds. While each bed has its characteristic form, this is not at- tained with an unvarying degree of perfection. There seems to be an ideal and a struggle to attain it; the result- ing concretion being more or less perfect as the conditions are favorable or adverse. When the conditions are favorable and constant, the typical form is repeated many times. One of the most striking examples of this fact we found in a bed nearly opposite Whitemore’s ferry. Out of twenty-six concretions, twenty-four had the same peculiar markings. One of the two exceptions, I have little doubt, was the incipient form of the others, and would have developed like them had we let it remain. The other was not found imbedded, and therefore, I presume to say, came from some bed up the river. I have seen ina private collection, forty- eight specimens from one bed so similar one could not tell them apart. Occasionally the typical form is doubled or trebled in the same specimen, as shown in those from Saw Mill River. Very long concretions are seldom found, although we have one in our collection measuring twenty-two and a half inches, Imitative forms areabundant. We have spectacles, Clay Concretions of the Connecticut River. 239 a money bag, boot, arrow-head, geometrical figures, a seal goose, fish, rooster, elephant, pl and a baby. Prof. Hitchcock speaks of receiving a concretion from an able English geologist labeled, “ Kimmeridge Coal Money (use and age unknown), found abundant in the Kimmeridge clay, Dorset coast---supposed turned in a lathe, and ancient- ly used as money.” Three questions must be asked: How does the com- position of a claystone differ from that of the surrounding clay, and is this composition definite ? What first determines the formation of a concretion ? What are the favorable and adverse conditions of which I have spoken ? Chemical analyses answer the first question by the following results : Deerfield claystone (opposite Whitemore’s ferry), con- tains, beside clay and iron, 42 p.c. carbonate of lime (Ca CO,). Clay immediately surrounding claystone, 2-3 p.c. carbonate of lime. Claystone from south of Sunderland bridge, west shore, 43 p.c. CaCO,; surrounding clay, 2 p.c. Brattleboro claystone, 42 p.c. CaCO,. Hartford claystone, 47 p.c. Ca CO,” The essential difference, therefore, between the clay and claystone, is the almost entire absence in the former of calcium carbonate. These figures show that the composi- tion of concretions is not definite, although it does not vary greatly. We may say that nearly half a claystone is car- bonate of lime, and as this is the active agent in the process of formation, we can appreciate Le Conte’s appellation of “lime balls” in place of the popular name of “ claystones.”’ The second question is much more difficult to answer. Tt requires the proof of the existence or non-existence of a nucleus. It has been generally believed that these nuclei exist. Prof. Hall, in the Geological Report of New York, speaks of concretions having for a nucleus either a gravel 1 Prof. Hitchcock gives four analyses thus: 42, 48, 49 p.c. Ca CO;, and one from Hadley which seems to be the exception to the rule, 56 p.c. Ca COs. 240 Canadian Record of Science. stone, a bit of iron pyrites, a shell or a crystal of carbonate of lime. Negative evidence, however, is strong. I think it safe to say, that many concretions have no nucleus of foreign matter. If one exist, it is in the form of sucha minute grain of calcium carbonate, it cannot be detected with the eye. Under the direction of Prof. W. O. Crosby, a concretion was sawed in two and polished. Lines of stratification were distinctly seen, but with this exception the mass was per- fectly homogeneous. There was not the slightest evidence of a nucleus or of concentric structure. One half was sawed in two again, giving a sharp angle, which proved the extreme fineness of the material. A quarter was etched in chlorhydric acid, and while this rendered evident a concen- tric structure, it did not reveal a nucleus. Little spherical cavities were seen, as if the tendency to concretionary structure was so great that the concreting material was not satisfied with forming one large concretion, and so made smaller ones within the larger. I also dissolved one clay- stone in acid, and examined the insoluble residue upon a filter. It was impalpably fine clay, and no foreign particle of any appreciable size was visible. Prof. Hitchcock says : “In no case in Massachusetts have I seen an organic relic as a nucleus.” In 1859 Mr. Charles Stodder exhibited, at a meeting of the Boston Society of Natural History, two specimens cut open, one showing a nucleus less than 1-16 of an inch in diameter, the other not. At the same meeting ex-President Bouvé remarked while showing some concretions: “These bodies do not always have a nucleus; on the contrary, those from many localities very seldom have any. These seem by no means necessary for their production.” I have looked through the Proceed- ings of the Society since 1859, but find nothing that throws additional light upon the subject. The third question involves the history of a claystone. We first have the clay arranged in layers by the mechanical action of water. That the formation of the concretions is subsequent to the deposition of-the clay is proved by the Clay Concretions of the Connecticut River. 241 lines of stratification running with unbroken continuity through them. The plastic clay is charged with water con- taining carbonate of lime in solution. We may suppose some slight change in the conditions causes a precipitation of a portion of the lime, or that certain foreign bodies attract it. In either case we should have centres towards which other molecules of calcium carbonate would be drawn. By the law which governs the diffusion of liquids new material would be brought, and so the concretion would grow. The process is one of segregation—a flocking toge- ther of the molecules. Except in taking on a crystalline form, there is little difference between the building up of a crystal and concretion. The .molecules segregate, and in the case of the crystal crowd back the other material, while in that of the concretion a part of this material enters into the new form. If the concreting material comes from all directions with equal facility, as in a porous rock, the concretions are in the form of spheres, but in clay, which is more or less imper- vious, it spreads laterally most freely. The tendency is, therefore, to lengthen the horizontal diameter, and shorten the vertical, giving the circular disk which is the normal form of clay concretions. I have never seen a clay sphere larger than a pea, and never found one larger than a pin’s head. When a concretion passes from one layer into another poorer in carbonate of lime, the form is contracted ; thus a variation in the amount of calcium carbonate results in a variation in the form of the concretion. What the exact conditions are which cause one bed to pro- duce animal forms, another lenticular, and a third cylindri- cal, it would be interesting to know. Many observations must yet be made upon these concretions in situ. 242 Canadian Record of Science. NoTE ON SPECIMENS OF Fossin Woop FROM THE ERIAN (DEVONIAN) OF NEw YORK AND KENTUCKY. By Sim Wm. Dawson and Pror. D. P. PpNHALLOW. (Plate I.) The specimens referred to in this note were sent by Prof. J. M. Clarke, of Albany, to Sir Wm. Dawson, and additional specimens of one of them were subsequently obtained through Prof. Clarke from Mr. C. E. Beecher, of Yale Uni- versity Museum. The greater number of the specimens proved on examination to be of species previously described by Sir Wm. Dawson, as will appear by the following notes contributed by him. One of the specimens, however, be- longing to the genus Kalymma of Unger, a form not pre- viously recognized in America, and imperfectly known, was placed in the hands of Prof. Penhallow for more detailed study, and the report thereon is appended. DabDoxyYLON (CoRDAIOXYLON) CLARKI, ' Dawson. To this species belong a number of slender stems imbedded in the Styliola limestone ot the Genessee shale, and one similar specimen from the Naples series, collected by Prof. Clarke. They present the following characters :— Stem about 1.5 cm. in diameter, with pith 3 m.m. in diameter, surrounded with woody tissue, but destitute of bark. Woody cylinder in transverse section showing radiat- ing rows of square fibres, converging into distinct wedges toward the pith, which is composed of parenchyma. The terminations of the wedges are about 8 in number. The radial section shows woody fibres, with two or three rows of bordered pores and medullary rays of various lengths. There are a few scalariform and reticulated vessels in the points of the wedges next the pith. * Report on Erian Plants of Canada, pt. 2, 1882, p. 124. Paleozoic Gymnosperms, Memoirs of Peter Redpath Museum, 1890. Specimens of Fossil Wood. 243 The tangential section shows numerous medullary rays, simple or with one series of cells superimposed, and very variable in length, from one cell to many in each. This structure is as near to that of Dadoxylon Clarkii as could be expected in the more slender stems or branches represented by these specimens. ‘The cortical tissues are absent. The pith does not show Sternbergia structure, ex- cept very faintly in parts. The specimens from the Naples beds are imperfectly pre- sented, but in so far as can be determined, may belong to the same species. I have already pointed out, in the publications above re- ferred to, that the characters of this species approximate to those of the stems of Cordaites, so that it may be referred to Cordaioxylon rather than to Dadoxylon proper. I may now add that the species is very near to Araucarites Ungeri, of Goeppert, from the Cypridina shales of Thuringia. This species appears to be the same with that originally described by Unger as Aporoxylon primigenium. The original description and figures of Unger did not permit an exact comparison, but as now figured by Stenzel ' in his revision of Goeppert’s species, it approaches so near to D. Clarkii as to suggest the suspicion that it may be the same, or at least a very closely allied species. The state of preservation, however, is so different that it is scarcely possible to be sure as to this. With reference to the generic names, there has been great misconception among palobotanists as to the distinction between stems of Cordaioxylon and Dadoxylon. This does not at all depend on the occurrence of an Artisia or Stern- bergia pith, which may be present in Sigillarie, Cordaites or Conifers, as it is indeed in young shoots of modern firs, as well as in angiospermous exogens of different genera. The real distinction is in the character of the inner vessels or fibres of the wedges, the peculiar nature of the medullary rays, and the thinness of the woody cylinder in Cordaites. | have no hesitation on these grounds in referring D. Clarkii ' Royal Academy of Berlin, 1888. 244 Canadian Record of Science. and probably D. Ungeri to Cordaioxylon, while I am equally certain that the other Devonian species, D. Ouangondianum, D. Halli and D. Newberryi should be referred to Dadoxylon, a name which is properly applied to the woods of Palaeozoic Conifers, as Walchia, dc. The name Araucarites, used by Stenzel after Goeppert and Presl, leads to a mistaken view of affinities. Before leaving this species, it is interesting to observe that the association of this type of gymnospermous wood, with the very different type of plant of the genus Kalymma described in Prof. Penhallow’s note, applies both to the Cypridina shales of Kurope and to the corresponding beds in America. Dapoxyton NEwsBeErRRy!I, Dawson. ! With the above specimens of Prof. Clarke’s collections from the Styliola beds, are fragments of much larger stems with thicker-walled woody fibres, having three rows of con- tiguous bordered pores, and long medullary rays, with for the most part, two rows of narrow cells side by side. On comparison with the specimens collected by Dr. Newberry in the Devonian of Ohio, from which my description of 1871 was taken, I find no difference other than what may depend on difference of preservation. I therefore refer Prof. Clarke’s specimens to the above species, which is a true Dadozylon and nearly allied to D. Ouangondianum of the Devonian of New Brunswick, and to D. Acadianum of the Lower coal formation of Nova Scotia. All three species oc- cupy an intermediate position between the species with more composite medullary rays separated by Brongniart to form the genus Palewoxylon, and the ordinary species with medullary rays having only one row of cells like D. ma- teriarium, of the Upper coal formation. KALyMMA GRANDIS, Unger. By D. P. PayHALiow. Specimens of a fossil plant from the Genessee or Black Shale (Devonian) of Moreland, Kentucky, collected by Mr. ‘Report on Erian Plants of Canada, 1871. Page 14. Plate I. Figures 7 and 8. Specimens of Fossil Wood. 245 Charles EK. Beecher of the Yale University Museum, and placed in my hands by Sir Wm. Dawson, to whom the speci- mens were sent in the first instance by Prof. J. M. Clarke of Albany, and by Mr. Beecher, embrace a portion of a stem and several mounted sections. ‘To these there were subse- quently added other transverse and longitudinal sections. The derivation of the specimen from the formation referred to is vouched for by Mr. Charles EH. Beecher, who collect- ed it. (Plate I, fig. 4.) The principal specimen, apparently a fragment of a stem, has an elliptical transverse section measuring 2.3x3.8 cm. No cortical structure is represented, although it is evident that certain parts corresponding to a cortex were at one time present. The surface shows numerous closely aggre- gated bundles traversing the stem longitudinally. With a hand lens of very moderate power each of these bundles presents a distinctly fibrous structure. In the transverse section these bundles are found to be so arranged as to con- stitute a narrow marginal zone. They are separated by parenchyma tissue, which forms radial bands usually much less in width than the bundles lying on either side. Internal to this is a somewhat broad zone of parenchyma tissue, followed by an inner vascular zone. In this lat- ter the bundles are somewhat widely separated by paren- chyma tissue. They are all small, usually measuring 1.5 mm.in diameter. In transverse section they are round, elliptical, triangular or even crescent sHaped, this latter being, in one specimen, somewhat uncommon and ap- parently resulting from the partial fusion of two bundles. It is also to be observed that all the bundles do not lie strictly within a zone of uniform width, as occasionally a bundle will be found isolated and situated more towards the centre of the stem, This is apparently a normal situation, as no evidence of displacement appears. Central of this inner vascular zone is a large pith composed of large and thick walled cells, in all respects the same as the more ex- ternal parenchyma tissue. The entire parenchyma structure of the stem is remark- 246 Canadian Record of Science. ably well preserved. A very marked peculiarity of the specimen is to be found in the extreme lightness and the porous nature of the greater part of the structure. This latter feature is so conspicuous as to render the coarse cel- lular tissue readily distinguishable without the aid of a glass. As determined by Sir Wm. Dawson, the infiltrated material is wholly calcite, and it is probable that the deposition was limited, being developed first in the cell walls and later ex- tending to some ofthe cell cavities which in small tracts are completely filled up. The various sections examined show the entire structure to be in a fine state of preservation. From them we gather the following facts :— The parenchyma tissue is very coarse and thick walled. It abounds in intercellular spaces which are, for the most part, small. The primary cell is usually well defined, but no structural markings have been observed. (Plate I, fig.3.) The bundles of the marginal zone are radially elongated, usually two or three times larger than broad and narrower at the inner extremity. Occasionally they are double as shown in fig. 1, from which it will also be seen that the cell walls are very thick, and there is an apparent absence of vessels. The outer face of tt‘- figure also shows a portion of the bundle removed. This is a common feature, although in some cases the same space is occupied by cells which appear isolated—separated by somewhat wide structureless areas, a result evidently due to the decay of the primary cell membranes and a wide separation of the liberated parts. We may, therefore, refer the disappearance of the cortical structure and the outer portions of the marginal bundles to the action of decay, rather than to the operation of mechanical action on the stem. Viewed longitudinally these bundles also show a complete absence of vessels, while the cells are found to be very long with tapering extremi- ties, similar in many respects to the cells of bast tissue. No markings have been detected. The bundles of the inner vascular zone exhibit consider- able variety of form, and most of them show interior tracts PLATE I. RECORD OF SCIENCE. KALYMMA GRANDIS, UNG, dbish t i aes tice ere A get apie fi OO dc) es itt hy! RL Pear inv Ve | Lair. iste say Saudia be 7 ay) of PAPERS ‘on te ae At a nth ch f % A A od Fei a or | ’ beet vitee wer! fi i 3 ~ ( rin’ d ae d ae f ) F pi iy Ps ~ r “d Bet, ie? pets = ie coal] ' j ae Boise cae q ‘ WAKE ok ; b ' 4 y > 5 Mane By, bia 4 ‘ a AY digii.o3 +d ita fi on A - 7 SHOR iy taney dt Vues SL9i (a0) Oe RT rr TD | A eee i " Zn : By / j ee i: of beet ol § file haa 4 t -! ~ 1 ; aS t cs oe | 1 ; rae reds OMB hey 1 Dittey. WOES Aye a iy, a p oh ee ne : ‘ ' = . ’ ‘ te wee ‘ F, i? a, , mo sPaei.) i afk FULT SPEER eee Dh eerie ris 1 Re ep ee ee | py: bebe} inte Le 4 Ail. 8 ~ mB ; ~ is ‘ 4 aad a ‘, a veay, ‘i ire ees | a [ sida iwi 1 ; ps ae ae . ‘ats Paths ine Pr Rane spiye? dpi t rei ¥ Ad a) f avi Sel i” un, op we. oo | u ae t , 7 | _ “o eieas tie va ie ) mes! Par put Pe ‘ Specimens of Fossil Wood. 247 devoid of structure, as if a more delicate tissue like combi- um had been removed. Other and complete bundles, on the other hand, show no such open tracts, nor do they, as appears in figure 2, show more than one kind of tissue, so that we are left somewhat in doubt as to their precise com- position. The cross section shows an apparent absence of vessels, and with one exception the same may be said of the longitudinal sections. In one case a single cell shows five transverse bars, possibly the remains of a spiral, annular or scalariform structure. In other respects the cell is the same as the other members of the bundle. Hach bundle is surrounded by a layer of sclerenchymatous tissue composed of rather thick walled cells of very unusual dimensions and form. The specimen is apparently identical with Unger’s Kal- ymma grandis,’ which he considers to be related to the Kquisetacee—a view correctly based upon the general structure, though the presence of an outer zone of vascular structure must be regarded as exceptional, and, so far as I am aware, it has no parallel in existing types. Uncertainty as to the exact structural characteristics of the vascular bundles renders a more decided opinion as to the affinities of this plant undesirable at the present time. _ Additional interest is given to this specimen from the fact that it is the first of the kind from the formation and locality from which it was obtained, and that as already stated by Sir W. Dawson, it aids in connecting the middle Devonian flora of America with that of Europe. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Kalymma grandis. Ung. Fic. 1.—Transverse section of a double vascular bundle from the outer portion of the stem. W.—woodcells ; Pr.—parenchy- ma. The large cells forming a line nearly across the figure, show the parenchyma separating the two bundles. x 40. ! Richer and Unger, Devonian of Thuringia, p. 71. 248 Canadian Record of Science. Fic. 2.—Transverse section of vascular bundle from the inner vas- cular zone. W.—woodcells; Sc.—sclerenchyma cells sur- rounding the wood tissue. x 40. Fic. 3.—Transverse section of the parenchyma tissue showing thick walls, intercellular spaces and primary cell-walls. x 40: Fic. 4.—Transverse section of stem. Natural size. THE COMPOSITION OF THE ORE USED AND OF THE Pia [RON PRODUCED AT THE RADNOR FORGES. ' By J. T. Donatp. The St. Maurice and the Radnor Forges, situated in the vicinity of Three Rivers, are of interest to those interested in the development of the iron industry in Canada, as well as to the student of the history of the early colonists of the Province of Quebec These forges are at present the property of the Canada Tron Furnace Company, Ld., and the managing director of this company, Mr. Geo. E. Drummond, has kindly fur- nished the following historical note: ‘The value of the Three Rivers ores has been known since a very early period in the history of Canada. Official examinations were made by order of the Government of France as far back as 1668; tests of the ore were made before the year 1700, and finally in 1737 a company was formed to erect a furnace and commence the manufacture of pig iron. The Government of France seems later on to have obtained control of the work, for in 1752 the St. Maurice furnace (erected and operated by the Government) was blown in and the old stone stack bearing date 1752 and the Government insignia, the Fleur de Lis, still remains to dispute with that of Principio in Mary- land, the right to be considered the oldest in America. At that early period upwards of 300 men were employed under directors who had obtained their skill in Sweden. Accord- ing to the reports of Colonial Secretary Tranquet, the works were carried on with much success. In addition to pig iron, wrought iron of high quality was manufactured from the product of the bog ore; shot and shell were cast, Composition of the Ore. 249 and pigs and bars were even exported to Irance. After the conquest the works were leased to private parties, and since then have passed through many hands.” “Many samples of the articles —notably stoves—manufac- tured from the pig iron made in those early days, still re- main to attest the high quality of the iron,” The furnace at Radnor, though similar in construction to that at St. Maurice, from which it is only four miles dis- tant, was erected at a much later date, and in some respects it may be considered the successor of the old St. Maurice furnace. At present the latter is idle, but that at Radnor is in blast. Recently, the ore used and the pig iron produced in this furnace have been analysed. The ore isa mixture of equal parts of the bog ore of the neighborhood and of the curious ‘‘lake ore” from Lac la Tortue. An average sample of each was submitted to analysis, and the results are given below :—No. 1 is the bog ore, No. 2 the lake ore, No. 3 isa lake ore from the same locality, analysed by Mr. W. A. Carlyle, B. A.Sc., some three years ago.' CoMPosITION OF [RON ORR. I | JU IHU Ferric oxide....... n0600;D00006 60.74 70.04 69.64 HEEROUS| OXUGC yelled) -\cie) «oe elele 9000 sac 0.72 Manganic oxide).....--..-- ara 1.18 1S | 2.99 JAMO 600 6000 nb oGoDOOHOODD 2.59 2.20 2.43 ILIA gocccdddooogos onnecgUObe 3.47 0.32 | tees WEAN) conoo 000 0000 Bondo OOd| Oar | 0.27. | 0.60 Phosphoric anhydride......... 0.69 0.76 0.47 Sulphuric anhydride.......... 0.19 0.23 | 0.09 Silica. deseaee.de 2 08 Aaa LBGea eee an e817 Loss on ignition.............. 16.49 | 1684 | 15.00 | 100.22 | 100.28 100.11 Metallichirontseeccer. ce. ves | 42.52 | 49.03 | 49.31 BOS PMOTUBpeslseiiey sii se «is sels | 0.302 | 0.33 0.205 Swi MES aoc Gedo an Sone A aSSpoo | 0.078 | 0.093 0.036 ‘Canadian Record of Science, Vol. III., No. I, p. 48. 250 Canadian Record of Science. The close correspondence between Mr. Carlyle’s analysis and that of the writer would seem to indicate that this Lac la Tortue ore is of fairly uniform composition over a considerable area. The Radnor furnace charge consists of 840 lbs. of the _ mixed ore, 84 lbs. of limestone and 32 bushels of charcoal ; the blast used has a pressure of three-fourths of a pound, and ranges in temperature from 300° F. to 450° F. The yield of iron is on an average 42-43 per cent. of the weight of ore used. Theiron sent for analysis consisted of sections of two pigs of different degrees of hardness and produced at different times. Nos. I. and II. are the Radnor irons, No. II]. is Dr. T. Sterry Hunt’s analysis of a specimen of gray pig made at St. Maurice in 1868." CoMPoOsITION or Pig Iron. if Il. IIl. ATOM esc nie yas Sockets = =e iol TAOS 96.302 | Undet'd. WarpOnid-ssecn were cena eth -378 336 1.100 Graphite..... Lig sear e 1.904 1.796 2.820 SiliGbiisoss\ssoaee eee soles see 1.379 485 860 SHIM a6 sos G5cn sebsos canses | -062 049 025 Pas) ans ocs ced goJoud yobs 464 430 450 Mantanose ieee ete air 1.145 -895 1.240 eS 90.707 100.293 CANADIAN ARGOL, By J. T. Donatp. Argol, as is well known, is the commercial name for the crude cream of tartar, which, owing to the diminished solubility of the tartrates, in alcohol is deposited on the ves- sels in which grape juice is fermented. The principal pro- ducers of this material are, of course, the grape-growing ' Report Geol, Survey, 1873-74. Canadian Argol. 251 countries of Hurope. The sample before us however, is the produce of Canada. In the year 1886, while investigating a process for the separation of tartrate of lime from commercial cream of tartar, the writer desired to obtain argo] direct from the fer- mentation vat. With this end in view he wrote to the Ontario Grape Growing and Wine Manufacturing Company of St. Catharines, Ont., asking if they could supply a quantity. They replied they had none, as they re- moved all incrustation and sediment from their vats each season and threw it away as refuse. Here the matter dropped at the time. In June, 1890, the same company wrote informing the writer they had taken a hint from his letter of 1886, had allowed the argol to accumulate, and now had about one ton, represented by a sample sent with the letter. On examination this sample was found to be a good one, containing 79.75 per cent of bitartrate of potash. Later on it was found that whilst a large portion of the quantity mentioned was of this high grade the value of the whole had been lowered considerably by an ignorant workman mixing with it a quantity of muddy sediment which contain- ed only a small portion of tartar. A fair sample of the whole was submitted to an American refiner of cream of tartar, and he purchased the lot at a price which was satisfactory to the producers. This sample is of interest, not because of any peculiarity of com- position, but because it represents, so far as can be learned, the first parcel of Canadian argol that has found its way into commerce. AIDs To THE StTuDY OF CANADIAN COLEOPTERA. By J. F. Hauspn, Montreal. (Plate IT.) A New Variety oF Hlaphrus pallipes, Horn (Fig. I.) In looking over some unnamed material in the collection of the Natural History Society of Montreal, my attention 252 Canadian Record ‘of Science. was drawn to asmall Hlaphrus I had not seen before, and which I thought at first might possibly be new. On investi- gation, however, I find it has been described by Dr. Horn! and I cannot do better than extract here his excellent de- scription of the typical form :— “ Form rather slender, surface dark bronze as in ruscarius. Head densely punctured, eyes large and prominent. Thorax narrower than the head, slightly longer than wide, base narrower than apex, sides moderately arcuate, posteriorly sinuate, hind angles rectangular; disc convex, with apical impression moderately deep, median impression moderate and with a short smooth line more deeply impressed at its middle, within the hind angles a broad impression; surface densely punctured, and with a vague impression on each side of middle ; beneath sparsely, but not deeply, punctured. Elytra oboval truncate at base, widest behind the middle, sides slightly sinuate behind the humeri, disc densely and finely punctured with usual three discal and a marginal series of ocellate foveee and with polished, more elevated spaces between the fovee of each series, those of the sutural row larger and the outer two quite small. Body beneath bronzed, shining, sparsely punctured at the sides. Legs testaceous, with zneous surface lustre, tips of tibie and femora darker. Length, -24inch; 6mm. Male.—Anterior tarsi, with three joints dilated. This species takes its place with riparius and ruscarius, from which it differs in its generally longer form, narrower. and less accurate thorax and its entirely pale legs. The sculpture of the underside of the thorax is somewhat more dense and less deeply impressed, and the interval less shining than in ruscarius, and more sparse than in riparius, and with intervals distinct, occurs in Oregon and British Columbia.” While of the two individuals before me one is quite of the normal color, the other differs from the typical form by being suffused with beautiful purplish bronze, and by having ? Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., vol. VII (1878), p. 51. € fa 9) 29 bS Canadian Coleoptera. , the front part of the femora of a dark greenish color. The form is also somewhat more elongate and less compact. If deserving of a distinct name it might appropriately be called purpurans. Both specimens were collected by Mr. Selwyn, of the Geological Survey, in British Columbia. Prerosticuus (DysipiIus) STENOPUS, SP. Nov. (Fig. 2.) Ater nitidus, angustius elongatus; prochorax latitudine longior, tenuter marginatus, lateribus modice rotundatus, postice angustatus et punctulatus, dorso canaliculatus, impressionibus basalibus simplicibus et rugose punctatis, elytra vix latiora, striata, tripunctata, interstiis convexis evidenter punctulatis, apice sinuata, stria scutellari longa, marginali simplici, para- pleuree latitudine longiores, punctulate ; subtus piceo-niger niti- dus ; trophi, antenne (articulis tribus basalibus exceptis) pedi- busque piceis ; abdominis segmenta lateribus subimpressa, basi cerebro subtiliter punctulata, tibie maris posteriores introrsus villose, articulis tribus extus sulleatis. Long. °46 poll. =11°7 mm. Simillius P. luctuoso forma, at notis aliis exceptis prothoracis foveis simplicitus facile distinguendus, ab affinibus forma augustivri sat distinctus. In shape not unlike P. luctuosus, Dej., but may be at once separated by its single thoracic impressions, which are punctured almost to the dorsal line. The abdominal segments are very shining, with a slight pitchy tint posteriorly, and the femora are darker than the tibiz. This species would seem to take its place more properly in the Dysidius group than in any other. I have but a single example, a male, collected at St. Rose, P.Q. The group of which P. mutus, Say, may be taken as a sample, and which corresponds, in part, to the sub-genus Dysidius of Chaudoir may be defined by the following characters :— The thorax is finely margined, but little narrower behind, scarcely sinuate on the sides, with the posterior angles generally obtuse, rarely slightly prominent, and the euueren ~ 254 Canadian Record of Science. transverse angular impression more or less obliterated ; the basilar impressions ‘are single, deep and more or less punctured. The grooves on the outer edge of the hind tarsi are usually well marked; metathoracic espisterna longer than broad, elongate, and the palpi cylindrical truncate, elytra with three dorsal impressions, sinuate at tip and with the scutellar stria long. The species may be separated as follows :— Male, with inner side of hind tibize clothed with hair; three points of the tarsi grooved. Color purplish. Basal prothoracic impressions not punctured ; hind angles rather obtuse. 1. purpuratus. _ Color black. Form stouter, basal impressions more or less punc- tured. Black, with piceous lustre, angles of prothorax small, subrectangular. 2. mutus. Black, without piceous tint, hind angles slightly more prominent, abdominal segments at base more freely punctured. 3. pulvinatus, n. sp. Form more slender. Prothorax longer and strongly punctured at base. 4. stenopus, D. sp- Male, with hind tibiz not villose on the inner side; tarsal grooves less deep, not reaching to third jot; prothorax feebly sinuate on sides behind, hind angles rectangular, basal impressions feebly punctured. 5. lustrans. For more detailed descriptions the student may be re- ferred to the following papers and memoirs :— 1. P. purpuratus, Lec. Jour. Acad. Nat. Se. Phila., 1853, vol. II, p. 242. Ohio, Ills. Pa. Length 14°3 mm. ; ‘55 in. 2. P.mutus, Say (Feronia) Trans. Am. Philos. Soc., v. LU, p. 44. Fer. morosa, Dej. spec. III, p. 283 (Omaseus) picicornis, Kirby Faun. Bor. Am. IV, p. 33. Atlantic States and Can. 10-13 mm.; -47-50 in. 3. P. pulvinatus,n. sp. le Naturaliste Canadien, v. XX (1891) No, 2, RECORD OF SCIENCE PLATE Il. HAUSEN ON CANADIAN COLEOPTERA. Canadian Coleoptera. 255 5. P. lustrans, Lec. Ann. Lyc., v. V, p. 181, Cal. -12 mm. ‘468 in, HXPLANATION oF PLats II. Fig. 4 . Elaphrus pallipes, Horn, var. purpurans, n. var. ? . Pterostichus stenopus, n. sp. se pulvinatus, n. sp. “ a mutus, Say (vs mob ce On Some Causes WuHicH May Have INFLUENCED THE SPREAD OF THE CAMBRIAN FAUNAS. By G. F. Marruew, M.A., F.R.S.C. The attention given of late years to the succession and the regional variation of the Cambrian faunas, and the dis- covery of these faunas in different parts of the earth where they were previously unknown, has enabled us to form a judgment, imperfect though it may be, of the causes which have effected the development of these faunas.! Prof. Jules Marcou has given much attention to this sub- ject, and has stated his opinions in a series of articles pub- lished in the American Geologist.’ In these articles he at- tributes the peculiarities of the Cambrian faunas in various ‘regions of what is now Europe and North America to the peculiar distribution of the land and sea in those early times. He supposes a land connection between the north of HKurope and North America as giving the means of transit, along shore lines, for the resembling faunas of Seandinavia and Acadia, and conceives of a land-barrier along the line of the Appalachian ranges as an obstacle to the migration of the Olenellus fauna eastward. A land- barrier such as Barrande has described in his great work on the Silurian system in Bohemia, is supposed by Marcou 'The remarks which I make in the following pages are rather suggestions than positive opinions, as to the causes which have produced changes in the Cambrian faunas, or have led to their annihilation. ’ ? The lower and middle Taconic of Europe and North America. 256 Canadian Record of Science. to have separated the Welsh-Scandinavian fauna from the Cambrian faunas of the south of Europe. Such land bridges and barriers, no doubt, had an import- ant influence in assisting or retarding the diffusion of lit- toral species in former times, as they have at the present day, but in connection with their influence, it may be well to consider what effect ocean currents of different tem- peratures may have had on the dispersion of marine forms in the Cambrian age. - Marcou is one of the geologists who still upholds the com- paratively recent origin of the Olenellus fauna, making it more recent than the Paradoxides fauna ; but then he separ- ates from Olenellus the Olenelloid forms found in Sweden and Russia, considering them to be of a more ancient type, and anterior to the Paradoxides genus. On the other hand, we find Mr. C. D. Walcott, since his visit to Newfoundland, expressing the opinion that the Olenellus fauna is anterior to the Paradoxides fauna. This is on the assumption that all the Olenelloid forms are of nearly the same age, and anterior to the Paradoxidean forms. In this view he has the support of many European paleontologists, and especially of specialists in the Cambrian and Ordovician faunas. Between these two extremes are several paleontologists, chiefly in America, who are not prepared yet to accept the view that the Olenelloid forms are always and everywhere older than the Paradoxidean. The actual infra-position has been shown, so far as America is concerned, only in New- foundland. In Acadia, though the remains of Olenellus and its allies have not been found, those of other species of animals occur, analogous to forms of the Holmia beds in the north of Europe, and so it may be inferred that genera of the Olenellus group will in time be found here. But the entire priority of all the Olenelloid trilobites to the Paradoxides in every part of the globe, may be considered an open question, or, to say the least, not fully established. A review of the Cambrian faunas of Europe and North Cambrian Faunas. 957 America appears to the writer to show that the cotempor- ary existence of species of Olenelloid and of Paradoxidean trilobites in contiguous areas is possible, although this is not necessarily an inference from the peculiar distribution of these trilobites. As a basis for the comparison of faunas, no better stand- ard is available than the indisputable succession of zones in the Paradoxides beds of Scandinavia, where the following succession of Cambrian beds has been shown to exist :— 1. The Holmia (Olenellus Kjerulfi) beds. 2. The Paradoxides beds (proper). P, @landicus zone. P. Tessini zone. P. Davidis zone. P. Forchammeri zone. Agnostus lavigatus zone. 3. Olenus beds. 4, Peltura beds (including the Dictyonema slates.) 5. Ceratopyge (Dicellocephalus) beds. The last division is considered by the Swedish palzontolo- gists not to be Cambrian but to belong to the next system (Ordovician or Lower Silurian.) In dealing with the subject from a more general point of view it is necessary to insert another zone of Paradoxides beds which is only imperfectly represented in Scandinavia in the ‘‘ Exsulens Kalk” at the base of the Tessini zone; this is the group of strata with P. rugulosus, which species is well represented in all the Southern faunas, and in the Acadian regions comes between the Gilandicus and Tessini ZONES. The complete series of Paradoxides beds proper, would thus stand as follows :— a, P. Gilandicus (—lamellatus) zone. b. P. rugulosus (—Eteminicus) zone. ec. P. Tessini (—Abenacus) zone. d. P. Davidis zone. 258 Canadian Record of Science. e. P. Forchammeri zone. f. P. Agnostus levigatus zone. For comparison I would first refer to the interesting fauna of Cambrian age, described by M. Jules Bergeron, and occurring at the Montaigne Noire, Dept. Herault, in the south of France. Until of late years the fauna of Sabero in Spain, studied by De Verneuil and Barrande many years ago’ has been the only one in the south of Kurope giving an exact hori- zon in the Cambrian system. Now, however, that-we have Cambrian faunas from other districts in that part of the continent, there is a broader basis on which to build our comparisons. In two of these districts we find varietal forms of species known elsewhere, and in one of them a peculiar combination of types, which it is difficult to parallel in other Cambrian areas, and especially in Scandi- navia. ‘To the fauna from the south of France one can easily find a parallel; but that of Sardinia, though in a country so near at hand, is perplexing, and difficult to place, owing to the novel forms which it contains. M. Jules Bergeron has given a full account of the fauna observed by him in the shales of Montaigne Noire, and il- lustrated the forms with excellent plates representing the species which occur there. This fauna consists of about ten forms, (seven described species) nine trilobites and one cystidian. It is referred by M. Bergeron to the Menevian, but it is rather to be compared to that part of the Menevian which has been set off by Dr. Hicks as the Solva group. It agrees very closely with the sub-section 1 c¢. 2 of the St. John group, and has species equivalent to those of the “ Ex- sulens Kalk” of Scandinavia.’ The talented author of the publication describing this fauna, found it to extend through twelve metres in thick- ' Faune primordeale dans la chaine cantabrique. * Etude geologique du Massif ancien situé au sud du plateau central, J. Bergeron, Paris. Cambrian Faunas. 259 ness of slates, and to contain only one species of Para- doxides (P. rugulosus, Corda. var.) The species here attains an unusually great size, and, as M. Bergeron remarixs, com- pares for size (being about a foot in length) with the great Paradoxides of other countries. Being so large and occu- pying the field for so long a period, we may believe that the conditions which surrounded it were highly favour- able to its growth and development, and that the south of Kurope may have been one of its principal centres of dis- persion,’ The variety of P. rugulosus, found at Montaigne Noire, is remarkable for the prolonged points of the side lobes of the pygidium. In this respect it departs from the type of the species found in Bohemia, and from. P. Hteminicus found in Acadia,’ That this fauna is parallel to that of Division 1 c.2 of the St. John group is clear from the following comparison of species :-— ' Although the writer has stated in a previous publication that P. rugulosus in Scandinavia was preceded by P. tessint, an exami- nation of the characters of one of the forms which Dr. Brogger has referred to this species (as a variety) seems to show that it is a distinct species. Dr. Brogger speaks of two varieties occurring at Krekling, Norway; a large form with smooth shield: and a smaller one with finely granulated shield ; neither variety of surface is that of P. rugulosus, and the large form differs also from the type of this species in the shape of the glabella, as well as in the form of the hypostome (to which the doubleur is attached): and in these respects also from P. Eteminicus, the Acadian represen- tative of this species. The small form approaches much closer to the type P. rugulosus, and may be of that species. > It approaches in this respect, as well as in its long eyelobe, the genus Centropleura of Angelin, of which genus Angelin made P. Loveni, found at a higher horizon, the type, and in which he in- cluded C. decrxurus (Ang.) and C. serratus (S. & B.) of a still higher horizon ; but Centropleura Loveni has four points to the pygidium, and belongs to the same group of Paradoxidean forms as the Welsh Anopoleni. The two other species of Centropleura named above are referred by the latter Swedish geologists to Dicellocephalus. 260 Canadian Record of Science. Paradoxides rugulosus, var......c. f. P. Eteminicus. Conocoryphe coronata, var......¢. f. Ctenocephalus Matthewi. ie I DENAVSSageduosode a c. f. Conocoryphe Baileyi. i Heberti..... .....¢. f. Conocoryphe Walcotti. is Rouayrouxi. ....-..c. f. Solenopleura Robbii. NONOSTUSISALIESI «a: cin cle eelele< ots c. f. Agnostus vir. Trochocystites Barrandei.......c. f. Eocystites primevus. Of Conocoryphe Heberti it is said that the dorsal suture is not visible, but it probably has a suture similar to the other Conocoryphes, and not to Ctenocephalus as the figures would lead one to suppose. Conocoryphe Rouayrouxi is a Solenopleura by its dorsal suture, inflated fixed cheek and punctate surface; the eye- lobe is more posterior than in S. Robbii, but otherwise it re- sembles this species. Agnostus Sallesi is a species of the section ‘“Limbati” of Tullberg. In the Acadian region this section predominates very decidedly over the section “Longifrontes” at this horizon (Div. 1 ¢, 2) there being of this latter section in the St. John group, only the rare A. partitus. This seems also to be the case in Sweden, for although Dr. Brogger and others have referred | Io | Io 00 | 0.29 Pees 29) 10 18 2 | Io o f 06 co6 nae late 9 2 | Io 5 & ole) 0.23 St 0.23 | Io PP 2) 16 | Inapp. Ay LOnoo}l|xr SuNDAY | °° po | 77 oe ivolile Koo || ees coddeag age SUNDAY 2{10| Off gz ote . ooo || 2} 3 | 10| Off oo} 0.80 0.80 | 14 | >|I0}/ Of 89 O06 ves oe | 15 3/10] Of 76 ele tee | 16 >| 10 | Toff oo} 0.79 0.79 | 17 >| IO | Io ff oo} O.0o2 ae 0.02 | 18 Sunpay | ** | ** COR Os see | 0,03 | 19 ....-++02+ SUNDAY } | Io Of ot tae oe see | 20 @ i ©ll . I cece vie 21 elt aKey 1) @s[-) Che) vee 006 22 >|} 10 | off 58 ; : Sa |] 23 » | ro | Io 00 Oe cod s |] | »)| to | 10 ff o2 oe a +. | 25 Sunpa)|-: |-- 9} 37 000 ys seed PLOW eaislee ee eS UN DAY. )| to | 10 ff oo | Inapp, +. | 0.00 | 27 | )| 10 | 10 ff 07 Inapp, Bee 0.00 | 28 Io off 25 0.08 Sse 0.038 | 29 | Io fo) t 00 | 0.07 siete 0.07 | 30 } | | Io of 43 0.10 3 0.10 | 31 | ROE af W 33.8 2.69 2.69 Sumst Seca eet | ae ib N]40-4| 3-38 1.57 | 3-54 |16 yrs. means for and | includi | lincluding this month. || ‘level and| giving a range of 1.049 inches. Maximum relative) ——— humidity was i0U on the 14th. Minimum relative) | | e430 a | Directi humidity was 47 on the 28rd. | Ii Rain fell on 15 days. Miles. jo0, A few flakes of snow feJl on the 28th,and soft hail | Duratil on the dlst. kali thd » the | Auroras were observed on 4 nights. 1| ’ j | Reswhe 28th, Meteorological Observations McGill College Observatory, Montreal. Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet. ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF OCTOBER, 1890. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent, THERMOMETER. SS DAY. Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range.) I} 59.52] 69.9 48.3 21.6 2) 61 72] 71.7 51.6 20.1 3| 59.63] 63.6 56.7 69 4| 58-92 | 642 55-2 9.0 SUNDAY......6. 5 | «+++. + | 59.2 41.6 17-6 40 45 | 47-4 36.0 11.4 7 | 409.37 | 46.3 33-6 12.7 8] 43.75 | 46.0 42.1 3.9 9] 45.00] 50.9 | 4r-0 9.9 to} 46.90} 53.6 40.5 13.1 zr} 46.98 | 53.8 42.0 11.8 SUNDAY. ...... 49-9 36.5 13-4 52.0 36 2 15.8 49-2 | 36.7 | 12.5 54-2 41.3 12.9 60.5 48.3 12.2 54-0 | 44.2 9.9 47-8 41.9 5-9 SUNDAY... 50.0 43.6 6.4 499 38 0 11.9 46.7 34.0 12.7 49.0 32.2 16 8 52.8 33-1 19.7 46.4 | 39.7 6.7 48.0 37.6 10.4 Sunpay... 49.8 37-6 12.2 44-3 37-6 6.7 43-9 36.0 79 46.0 30.7 15-3 42.5 35.6 6.9 ° 51.84 | 40.10 | 11.75 16 yrs, meansfor &| 45.06 | 52.00 | 38.36 including this mo, 43-7 | 33-7 | 10. 13.65 | 30,0023 *BAROMETER. Sky CLoupED E WIND. Iy Tentus. Blog & Fs a EI H paian S25) Ss | s2 /33 relative) EI S a gs bumid-} ; Mean} 3 /y//222| 22 | os | 2s DAY. ity- General |velocityy § | = | = fsas| a Fe | sq direction. jin miles] 3 | =| 4S al 2 I a perhour} a 81.0 S.W 4.8 4.3 | 10] 0 ail) coco * I 77-3 S.W. 7-2 5:0 | 10} 0 85 . : 2 88.5 8.B. 9.0 7-7 | tO] 1 69 | 0.07 o Or] B 92.8 S.-W. II.t J 10.0| 10] 4 00 | 0,08 Oe 0.08 | 4 Bode N.W. 13.4 seeds] 79 5 -+e2++e+eeSUNDAY 71.2 N. 7-6 4.0] 10] 0 51 6 85.2 E, 12.4 8.3 | 10] oO ie) 7 94.0 Ww. 5:5 10.0 | 10 | Io 00 8 88.0 S.W. 2.4 7.2 | Io ° 06 9 gI.3 Ss. 7.2 g.2 | Io 5 00 Io 78.2 Ww. 15.6 6.7] 10] o 16 Ir 9000 N.W. 7-2 Pusee | ee | ae 17 TH) Soancecasd Sunpay 78.5 N.B. 7-5 | 3.2] 10] off or 3 93-3 S.E. 10.7 8.3] 10] © 00 14 75.5 S.W. 15.2 3.0| 10] 0 89 15 7.7 S.W. gx f 8.3]10] of 76 16 93-3 S.E. 7-5 | t0.0| 10] 10 00 17 97-3 N. I.5 {| 10.0 | 10 | to 00 18 Anode N.E. 14.8 oboe {loa 00 19. .» SUNDAY 80.7 NE 19-4 33) 10| off or 5 75.2 N.E. 3-5 3) OI] © 88 ar 74-5 E. 2.2 | 2.2|10| of 80 A 72-2 S.E. 5-3 7.0} 10] 0 58 23 70.8 N.E. 7:3 10.0 | 10 | 10 00 Gnod O sees | 24 63.7 N.E. 14 6 | 10,0} 10 | 10 02 noe nono sees | 25 anoe N.E. 12 YW \) sons + | 26. .. «SUNDAY 79-5 N. 16. oo | Inapp, 67.2 W. 16 o7 | Inapp, 84.3 KE. 6. 25 | 0,08 83.0 N.W. Io 00 | 0.07 82.8 S.W. 9 43 | 0.10 80.7 # me 18.85 33-8 | 2.69 78.3 ( 740-4] 3-38 1.57 | 3-54 [16 yrs. means for and including this month. ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. Resultant mileage, 1038. Resultant direction, N. 36°.5 W. Direction. . N. NE. i. 8.H. Miles. | eo | am | ae | ao. Duration in hres. [ee 891 eco issn [ nepe Toman Tololl| a lp ga lee a Greatest mileage in one hour was 30 on the20th. Ss. | 5.W- W- 333 1200 1376 525 47 122 TIL 55 37 7-1 9.8 12-4 9-5 Total mileage, 7,050 Average mileage, 9.5. N. W.| Calm. «Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and temperature of 32° Fahr. § Observed. + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. t Humidity relative, saturation being 100. 1 Nine years only. The greatest heat was 71-7 on the 2nd; the greatest cold was 30.7 on the 29th, giving a range of temperature of 41.0 degrees. Warmest day was the 2nd. Coldest day was the 3lst. Highest barometer reading was 30,395 on the 22nd; lowest barometer was 29.347 on the 25th, giving a range of 1.049 inches. Maximum relative humidity was i0U on the 14th. Minimum relative humidity was 47 on the 23rd. Rain fell on 15 days. A few flakes of snow fell on the 28th,and soft hail on the dlst. Auroras were observed on 4 nights. Hoar frost on 6 days. Lunar halos on 3 nights. Fog on 4 days. eee | | _ 'BER,1890. 187 feet. ©. H.McLEOD, Superintendent. ~ + CLoupEp = E % N TENTHS. So Bl = Ps Ep Ae » j= = |.) (see 22 | 22 | 22 | t a1 gqe ge an E 9 aS DAY. S| 5 [53 a om | 2a oa = =| ; Oy a Pe ,0 | Io | Io 30 | 0.05 : oo5/ 1 hat Safle Hoe |] oc or | 0.42 ae verchek | Ona ei Mitall wy Ae sels -.- SUNDAY }0 | 10 | 10 06 | .... | Inapp.| 0.00} 3 13 | Io | o 27 nek StH pao itl 24 {jo | Io | o 88 cere cid 600 5 }5 | ro I 00 500 . S000 6 KO) |] exey |} 41 | 0.05 ; 0.05 | 7 | jo | Io} oO 61 0.31 : 0.31 8 | lSub- oe five 00} 0.99 0.1? Mel I) Clo cbecae boc SunpDay| | } |3 | Io fe) CY coeds a see. | TO | |5 || z0 | o BO'll ooo bd son |) 2s 13) to: ° 02 sans sae 66q |] 4 | 8 | 10] 9 06 | Inapp. 30 0.00 | 13 iin 5% [exon | O 98 | Inapp.} .... | 0.00] 14 || |3'| x0} © C® |! ooo t.0 | 0.16] 15 || Shape ocr (ioe 50 Aaah : 00 16 ....-++++» SUNDAY] | | 3} |} ue. || ©) foJe) Oo8¥/ I ono 0.37 | 17 }| Jo | x0 | ro 03 | 0.05 5.0 | 0.55 | 18 In Fz |ezON | LG 20 | 0.05 | Inapp. | 0.05 | 19 i Ne ee 32 gs aa oom || 2 8 | 10 | oO 83 coe | 9 eee | 22 @ || xe) |} 6) 40 | Inapp. 5 0.00 | 22 | | Sos: Made gi 3 eo @aGi |} O0O8 GF coon .. .SUNDAY| | yi ZON | oo . | Inapp. | 0.00 | 24 o |} to | 10 oo | 0.07 | Inapp. | 0.07 | 25 2} r0 | o 96 . pete ... | 26 Eh II IG) go A ie) 'D Sisco |) EY fn Salexon|. 10 87 45 || | @say |) @oew |] /F3 | © | Io | Io fete) RE ON Om t28 | 20 isu: sonadloood | — iy |] @aiw) GHG) |! 'EOorq50000 .. SUNDAY {joes es | es | —— | ———— | .i4 -. 36.5 | 2.46 | 8.8 | 3.32 |Sums Dalslatisiiels aie \6l 729.8] 2.41 13.3 | 3-76 |16 yrs. means for and hcg including this month. | i-level and || Mi giving a __ Warmest | the 27th. (a the 8th . th) and 30th. ——— giving a range of 0.927 inches. humidity was i0U on the 9th. humidity was 44 on the 14th. Rain fell on 18 days. Snow fell on 10 days. Rain or snow fell on 19 days Rain and snow fell on 4 days. Aurora was observed on 1 night. Hoar frost on 2 days. Lunar halo on 1 night. Fog on 2 days. Maximum relative Minimum relative ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF NOVEMBER, 1890. ; Meteorological Observations McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada, Height above sea level, 187 feet, C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. SKy CLOUDED E || THERMOMETER. =D *BAROMETER. i WIND. In Trntus. ft . Els EB ° { Mean EMean - a a5 a] = =a | 3% 4 pres-_ frelative ew H ‘mol 22 a a2 DAY. 7 : sure of } bumid-] point. Mean Bl dg oe a) ae iG) a" DAY. Mean. | Max. | Min. | Range.J Mean. | Max. Min. | Range. | vapour. || ity. General jyelocity] § | =| 2 ysas| ‘a on | aia direction. jin miles} S |S] fa, 2| & q a | = [ perhour| a | 1] 37-48) 42.0 | 33.8 8.2 | 29-8580 | 29.903 29.805 +098 1722 76.8 }} 30.8 S.W. 11.4 | 10.0] 10] 10 30] 0.05 .. |oos| x 1] | SuNDAY........ 2 do00 47-7 36.0 mir || occoaca || ocance || noos Q nod Baca o000 =i Se 9-5 Bon bo |]-o0 or] 0.42 H soos |POYE ||) 4 | 3| 32°40 | 40.8 | 29.0 1x.8 | 29.6947 | 29.779 29.528 251 1487 80.5 27.2 W. 16.3 J 10.0/ 10/10 06] . ¢ Inapp. e 3 4| 30.32 35 0 25-7 9-3 29.8527 29.980 29.784 -196 1240 73-5 23.2 S.W. 9.0 5.3| 10] 0 27 3 A 5 | 39-72 | 48.9 29.1 19-8 29-9528 | 30.016 29.864 152 1678 68.7 30.0 S.W. 21.0 2,0] 10] 0 88 20 5 6} 36.82 43-4 30-7 12.7 39.2000 | 30.292 30.023 269 1585 71.3 28.2 i. 23.2 85 |10] x 00 6 | 7| 45-90] 55.0 29.7 25.3 | 29-9850 | 30.201 29-793 -408 2457 77-2 38.7 8: 18.3 8.0] 10] 3 40 7 \| 8 | 38.60} 55.0 24.5 30. 5 30.3272 | 30.443 29.752 +691 1087 65.2 27.7 WwW. 235 4.0] 10] 0 6r 8 SUNDANISE REET MO) | Rerteritt 48.7 22.9 ABA3 || 40 cae || \oaasea ||) Sadocoo 5000 p009 6000 adod 1D}, 20.1 ud40q) 00 |} os 00 ... SUNDAY 10 30.52 47.0 | 25.4 21.6 30.2733 30.423 29.929 +494 1255 71-7 22.5 N. Il.1 2.3 | 10 o 94 11 26.2 30.7 21.9 8.8 30.3887 30.401 30.371 +030 1147 81.2 21.3 N.E. 4.2 3.5 | 10] 0 50 12] 31.07] 35.7 | 21.8 13-9 30-2745 | 30.399 30.141 -258 1345 77-7 24.8 S.W. 9.2 8.3] 10] 0 02 | 13 39.63 44.8 34.2 10.6 29.9652 30.122 29.810 312 1808 -0 32.6 S.W. 14.2 g.8}10] 9 06 | 14 40.98 47-7 32. 15.2 30.0788 go.292 29.851 441 1588 7) 28.7 S.W. 19.2 3.5 | 10] 0 98 15 | 30.82] 33.9 28.5 5.4 30.2327 | 30.346 30.119 227 1410 2 25.8 N.E. 10.0 8.3 | 10] o 00 ks ||SUNDAY. .... 02. Gl} oxoaed 35-7 28.7 Wa || oosa00n |} scoosa ||} sooo 300 Bede~ "| boaas 90 20 5.W. v7 || coda |L-ac || 00 50 + +.+»SUNDAY) | 17 | 34.60) 37.5 30.7 6.8 | 29.8195 | 30.137 29-439 +698 1853 +0 32.5 S. 10.0 | 8.3|10| of oo | 18} 34.58 37-3 31.8 5-5 29.6885 29.776 29.528 -248 .1797 ie) 31-7 S.W. 14.1 10.0 | 10 | 10 03 I 19 | 37-20] 43-7 30-5 13.2 29.5362 | 29.647 29.515 132 1878 a2 32.7 S.W. 22.0 8.7|10] 6 20 \) 20] 27.52 | 31 6 23.5 8.1 29.8450 | 30.034 29.686 348 1122 .0 20.8 Ww. 22.5 6.7] 10] o 32 21 | 27.2 33-5 18.8 14.7 29.9665 | 30.131 29.746 385 1182 .0 21.7 sv 13.4 3.8 | 10] © 83 H 22| 30.80) 35-4 26.0 | 9.4 29.7928 | 29.832 29.708 124 f.1232 2 22.7 W 16.4 7.0 | 10] 0 40 ISUNDAY,.......23 ono || yor 16.8 153) |} 000000 || cosopa || cooose |] oa00 | boood on 000 Ww. HA |) code 0 gi . -SUNDAY 24 | 21.98 | 32-0 13-9 18.1 } 29.9522 0927 6.2 15.8 S.W. 12.5 9.3 | 10] 6 oo 25 | 36.08) 40.0 30.7 9-3 29.6487 1798 0 31.7 S.W. 19-2 } 10.0 | 10 | 10 00 26| 21.90] 31-3 16.8 14 5 30.1320 0865 +0 15.0 W. 16 6 4.2] 10] 0 96 | 27) 15.42 | 18.8 10.3 8.5, 32.1703 0648 3 8.7 N. 8.5 212|| 5|| 0 go “a | 28 | 16.48] 21.0 9.0 12.0 30.0762 0703 2 10.2 W. 9-7 4.8 | 10 | 0 87 | 29 | 28.50] 33.6 | 20.0 13.6 29.7957 1.1332 2 24.5 W. 12.4 ] 10,0 | 10 | 10 00 |Sunpay. 13.8 PELE! 11 noosa |] eavo0 || aoom0 1 oon | loocno 18.6 ood 00 | 0.10 seas | 0,10 || 30..--5- on00 Js. 24.90 | 13.49 | 29.9734 1430 8 14.92 | 6.74] .. 36.5 | 2.46 8.8 | 3.32 |Sums j16 yrs. meansfor &| 32.05 | 38.10 | 25.97 | 12.12 | 30.0093 1543 7 ‘ 7-36 729-8] 2.41 13.3 | 3-76 |16 yrs. means for and including this mo, | i ee including this month. | ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. «Barometer readings reduced to sea-level andj giving a range of 0.927 inches. Maximum relative temperature of 32° Fahr. humidity was i0U on the 9th. Minimum relative Direction.-...... N. N.E. E. W. | N. W. § Observed. ; humidity was 44 on the 14th. - — _————— _—— + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. Rain fell on 18 days. |Miles. |_ 2: MEA 267 gai 533 | Humidity relative, saturation being 100 Snow fell on 10 days. |Duration in hrs 36 6x 21 186 44 7 1 Nine years only. Rain or snow fell on 19 days. | - - ——- |. |—_—__— —|——_— The greatest heat was 55.0 on the7th; the Rain and snow fell on 4 days. | Mean velocity .. 8.4 15.8 12.7, 17.6 12.1 greatest cold was 9.0 on the 28th, giving a Aurora was observed on 1 night. Warmest Hoar frost on 2 days. Greatest velocity in gusts, 44 miles per houron the 7th. | Greatest mileage in one hour was 39o0n the 8th. Resultant mileage, 5,720, Resultant direction, 8. 58° W. Total mileage, 10,752. range of temperature of 46.0 degrees, day was the 7th. Coldest day was the 27th. Highest barometer reading was 30.443 on the 8th . lowest barometer was 29.516 on the 15th and 30th.” Lunar halo on 1 night. Fog on 2 days. Sorte SED 2 ee BER, 1890. | 1, 187 feet. OC. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. ==) Solem E = EN - i= : a. iS) [semana 15.0 OHS eh ihe aEige MI [ Hes| So | F8 | UB im Oo (nal ~~ AB |xwl]/efes2) aa oo 85 DAY. © S 3 ong s on | 248 = i=] s =} a a .8 | Io fo) 9000 areas Hood I HOP SS S100 2 De) {} aKey Ie) . 10.8 | 0 go 3 9) || He) I] . Zdin| ROs2405 |e k.7 | Io fo) Inapp. 0.00 5 te) |} axey, |) 1.8 | 0.16] 6 B50 Ill oot] fra Sado ; tees | 7 eeccevecee SUNDAY Sun-5 | 10 | © Inapp.| 9.00 | 8 | .0 | ro | Io 1.2 | 0.05] 9 Me Io | 9 2.5 | 0.25 | 10 ! 8} 10} 9 , oe 0.00 | 11 ft) 5) |) Zo)| 0 cee 0.7 0.05 | 12 3.3 i) |, © se @pr |] Ckfowe |] aie) | Ite we Mae 342 || CLO I} 871 cooosnenooslunbyn Sun-3 | 19} © : Cie || Ce |) sax .8 | Io I a0 O06 «+» | 16 Be TO}| ez .. | Inapp. | 0.00 } 17 5-5 | 10] © ae 18 ao 4 9° ee 19 Sof || Aue) |) 1X) 20 Jver | oe 0.05 a) 0.29 | 21 .....+++e+ SUNDAY Sun7-8 | Io a0] We Umatsy- bd al ee cnoo || ae ; agp |) Aiey |} 81 PING) NI cdaeen 2.6 | 0.14 | 23 Decnln7n|) Oo vs sect |) EZ 0.2 I fo) ve Neie soni || Bs Begiieron |) 0 0 1.6 | 0.15 | 26 p.0 | Io | Io te 1.8 | 0.17 | 27 Bool ‘eee ae Ge || Goer | Co cadhaer «SUNDAY Sur-5 | 10 | 2 2.0 | 0.09 | 29 bat ||, 2x9) OVE, PUSH Meecess Aco |) 2! 2.7 Io Oo 31 13-7) || oe 0.05 BEce} || BFC) SHES ae nascbesnooaone eR piper ies 1.34 24.5 | 3.75 |16 yrs. means for and Aout ‘including this month. . t —= -—= — = ———-. rrr inc) rae, ; - : —sea-level and| giving a range of 1.351 inches. Maximum relative humidity was i0U on 4 days. Minimum relative | humidity was 54 on the 24th. Dirpercury. Rain fell on 1 day. Wale 100. Snow feJl on 19 days. pear) Rain or snow fell on 19 days. Dule 22nd; the Rain and snow fell on 1 day. Meo" the 3lst, Hoar frost on 2 days. 0.4 degrees. Fog on 8 days. ee was the ( = € con® 30.677 on ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF DECEMBER, 1890. Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. Height above sea level, 187 feet. ©. H.McLEOD, Superintendent. Sky CLOUDED E THERMOMETER. *BAROMETER. WIND. In Teyrus. }5 ag £8 q } ———— | { Mean sits 7 i s5s a8 = a ee! pres- }rolative} Dew 2a) £3 a, =P DAY. : sure of | bumid-} point. General piesa gq 4 = ee 3 a4 ae aa DAY. Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range.! Mean. | Max. Min. Range. | vapour. } ity- Areca tire mnie & S/S 8a iB 38 3 ) perhour} a I 0.00 14.3 | —8.6 || 22.9 29.8803 29.962 29.805 -157 +0307 68.7 —8.0 Ww. 15.1 1.8] 10] o or Oey 000 I 2 |—10.45 | —6.2 |—14.6 8.4 go.2240 30.450 30.077 -373 -o185 72-3 |—17-5 W. 14.3 1.0 5 fo) O4 9000 2 3 | —1.68 9-4 |—11.8 21.2 30.0982 30.492 29.531 -961 0353 83.2 —5-7 Ww. 14.6 8.3 | 10] o 00 3 4 10.03 12.2 7-5 4.7. 29.7835 30.106 29.471 -635 0562 82.3 5-7 Ww. go.2 3.7 | 10] o 80 4 5 9-35 14.0 1.6 I2.4 30-3407 30.437 30.272 165 0497 75-3 2.8 W. 4.1 3-7 | 10] © 53 5 6 4-20 14.9 | —5-8 20.7 30.1392 30.437 29.902 -535 0482 89.7 I.7 Ww. 9-9 9.0] 10] o (cle 6 SuNDAY....... a @}) ope009 16.5 9.9 G5 || scagaca || “soado0 |) aos00e 609 . dap W. PRG) |} obin 00 || 66 92 a 3 veces | 7 eeneeseeee SUNDAY 8 5 02 10.5 0.8 7 30.2710 | 30, 409 30.076 -333 0465 85.7 1.7 W. 5.0 3-5 | Io || o 49 Inapp. | 0.00 9 12.78 Bs) |) 0) 2 29.7788 30.032 29.642 -39° 0768 Or.5 10.7 Ww. 10.8 10.0 | 10 | 10 00 15073 0.05 9 Io | 27.22 | 20.6 24.5 I 29.4425 | 2 622 29.326 +296 1407 94.8 26.0 S: 12.3 9-8 | 10} 9 00 2.5 | 0.25] 10 Ir 25-73 | 29.6 22.8 8 29 5897 | 29.634 29.533 -101 1167 84 2 21.7 Ww. 8.2 9-8} 10} 9 00 0. | 0.00 | rr 12 5.28 24.0 | —3.5 5 29.9123 30.129 29.653 -476 +0457 73-8 |! —1.5 W. 20.4 45] 10] 0 60 0.7 | 0.05 | 12 13 1.95 7-8 | —4.4 2 30.1355 | 30.205 30-018 -187 0368 77-5 | —3-8 Ww. 165 8.3] 10] of 4x o.r | 0.01 | 13 Sunpay ....... X40) cereisies8 30.0 50 BE) || sc0008¢ epcdot' [I Sa0q00 6900 400 see S.W. 14-7, offs 36 00 0.27 | 14 ..........SUNDAY 15 | 18.38 | 30.6 7-6 23.0 || 39.3017 | 30.524 29.955 0895 85.5 14.5 S.W. 8.1 3.3 | 10] © 00 o.or | 15 16 2.27 g-0 | —5.9 14.9 30.4992 30.602 30. 404. 0438 go.5 =O.2 Bh. 9-9 5.5 | I0 I 05 «+. | 16 17} 15.15 || 21.8 55 16,3 | 30-2455 | 30-395 29.993 0763 85.8 11.7 NE. 15.6 9.5 |10| x 00 0.00 | 17 18 | 22.08] 279 11.7 16 2 29.7733 | 29-926 29 676 0903 74-3 15.3 W. 26.3 5-5 | 10] o 49 cos |] 3 19 2.58 12.0 |—1I5 13.5 30.3262 | 30.523 gO. 141 0300 61.0 || —8.0 W. 27-4 hy) || chi) © 85 19 20 5-22 14-0 |/—-5.9 | 19.9 30.3832 30.573 30.144 0370 65.3 —4.2 ish Ir.9 1.7 | 10 | 0 84 20 SunDay....... .21 35 I 13.2 Bes) || oo oos0 coacod |I| conoas |} o680- || adgoo tele on Ss. 21,0 ber | oe ]ee 00 | 0.05 I.3 | 0.29 | 21 .,....-..»- SUNDAY 22 35-4 2.9 22.5 # 29-9478 | 30.072 29.775 0793 78.3 11.5 W. 24.2 7-8 | 10} x 84 see | 22 23 2k) 2 12.8 20.3 29.5765 | 29.666 29.503 1073 83.7 19.0 S.W. he G7) 7.7 \\I0\|| x 39 2.6 | 0.14 | 23 24 21.1 2.8 18.3 go 0682 30.270 29.839, 0358 62.2 —4.3 W.. 24 0 0.8 7 } 93 se. | 24 25 3:9 | —5-5 9.4 30 5742 30.677 30.425 0270 2.3 Io 2 W.. 18.0 0.2 I ° 95 00 25 26 4.7 |—13.0 17.7, 30.3682 | 30.672 29.925 0315 88.5 | —7-3 N.E 12.8 8.3] 10] 0 00 1.6 | 0.15 | 26 27 17.5 4.2 13.3 29.4890 | 29 712 29.368 0675 85.0 9-7 W. 21.7 | 10.0} 10 | Io 00 ap led |] Oey I Ey Sunpay,... Fy3 || ouao0 15.6 | —7.9 2B} 1) oooagne'|| canono |i oanano one O00 Rite Ww. 26.9 ba 34 95 9000 0.r | o.or | 28 ........ «SUNDAY 29 3-27 10.8 —4.6 15.4 29.8855 29.657 593 0385 75-2 —3.2 Ss. 14.5 8.5 | 10] 2 00 2.0 | 0.09 | 29 30 | —9-47 | —4.6 |—14 0 9.4 30 4930 30-419 107 0213 77-8 |—r4.7 N.E. 78 7-7 | 10 || © I5 ooo || 82 31 | —g.02z2 | —5.8 |—15.0 9.2 30.4103 30.251 267 0213 77-0 14.8 N.E 17.1 2.7| 10 | o gr 31 nado including this month. ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and| giving a range of 1.35linches. Maximum relative el temperature of 32° Fahr. humidity was 10U on 4 days. Minimum relative Direction.. .....| N. N.E. E. 8.E. S: | S.W. W. | N. W.| Calm. § Observed. humidity was 54 on the 24th. 5 ieee oar =e al | S| ini 7 in fell on 1 day. elon. VE a a ee 768r 6862 & + Pressure of yapour in inches of mercury. Rain - soma ul es) ae eS or, a { Humidity relative, saturation being 100. Snow fell on 19 days. Duration in hrs.. 26 95 15 28 76 80 374 19 31 TT Nine years only. Rain or snow fell on 19 days. — ——|———-|- a === 4 s 35.4 on the 22nd; the Rain and snow fell on 1 day. Mean velocit: 17-3 15.2 4 ; 14.8 19.8 38, 16. The greatest heat was ; > y 7 79 97 * 9 3 a greatest cold was 15.0 below zero on the 3lst,| Hoar frost on 2 days. Boe ea RES ET Rare ———_— ————————_ —- —— | Ziving a range of temperature of 50.4 degrees. Fog on 8 days. Greatest mileage in one hour was 44 for four| Resultant mileage, 6,915. Warmest day was the 10th. Coldest day was the consecutive hours on the 4th. Resultant direction, S. 84° W. ORY es es Byes Greatest velocity in gusts,52 miles per houron Tee iB ct b C 2nd. Highest barometer reading was 30.677 on the 4th. (IEICE) SoBe the 25th; lowest barometer was 29.326 on thel0th, Observade N. 45° 30' 17”. STEN AUISS, ALSISIOL Longitude 4" 54™ 18°55 W. wees November December ..... Sums for 1890 | Means for 1890 Means for 1 years endin Dee. 31, 189 es E BE E Bes as ee S as iS) S oS Og: g TH GS eh n.a Sth esses diieyeei [Ciera susie | evel ee SO) ae eS | Awl See gqo.g 2 | 34 | Sao | Sa | woe Monta. B48 ails || & OSE! oo Zar ss Has | eae sae SEs eS rts| z Ou Ss - Ea ea n mel = | fe a | (eee rn eee d Uf 31.3 21 4.40 | 4 24 |January......-- 10 27.4 12 4.45 2 20 |February......... 5 oz 12 133 | 2 IBY Wier tteqqncanban- 12 3.0 5 Ql) 2 sy arora bacooso noe sc 18 Re a 4.85 ne NSW allMervaacesy eevee 14 ne iy 2.72 50 I its @ecodooncococe 17 on de 2.78 BS Ii WWiaibyssqooenoads 50 20 510 8.08 28 PH) WANE Ree Sosde 11 ci fe 3.57 . Jl |September....... 15 fe ete a) - 15e3|October-sc-ueeee 13 8.8 10 3.32 4 19 |November...... 1 32.3 19 2.79 | 1 19 |December. ..... 143 114.5 79 43 29 15 207 |Sums for 1890 ..- i a paaS Hate 5.61 ; 17 |Means for 189%... d Means for 16 134 124.6 84 40.25 15 202 years ending 0. Dee. 31, 1890. * Baromet(ndicates that the temperature has been higher; lower than the avandard time. of Mount Royal, The greate range was 3.7 on on January 28th the greatest velo nights. Hogs on the city, on Apr The yearly ‘ ! ‘—” that it has been The anemometerand wind vane are on the summit kt range of the thermometer in one day was 41.8 on Jan. 13th; least ture was 15.73 below zero. ‘he highest barometer reading was 30.717 It mileage of wind recorded in one hour was 67 on January 13th, and W., and the resultant mileage 50,720, Auroras were observed on 18 s and contact are on one day. The sleighing of the winter closed, in | a slight earthquake on September 26th, at 5h. 3 m. METROROLDOGICAT ABSTRACT POR THE YRAR isso. Latitude N. 45° 30'17”. Longitude 4" 54™ 18°55 W. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. Observations made at McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. — Height above sea level 187 ft. = = x 2 Bs S P| : BE as & THERMOMETER. * BAROMBPTER. 5 = Winp. = aa | BR | ae 5 33 5 = § 3s oo | Se]. Sef Se 2 Wess] 2 eae | Ele || eto || ele 4 Devia Fe | 25/3 M Be] 22] S iisae| S | ee | see leas | sts 1 o tl - 5 4s S Mean a = w os na oS aS5 | ea rs Monta. & jtion from) 5 x 5mm ae 3 5 | 3 | Resultant | velocity} © =| 34 3 q ne s ges | 8 Ss | Cee SEE Monta. 5 | l6 year S =| 3 3 | ons Ss S 2 | S| direction. | in miles} 2S Se 2 EAeial S £a5|48 oes | SEs = | means.| a | a a a a [asa ec (ase perhour.| & Ss| 4 3 Bf ee A) plea eee January. + 3.07 | 52.3 | —21.6 30.1399 400 || .0824'] 7916 || 9.5) N. 75° W.| 19.6 J64.6 | 33.8/ 1.64] 7 | 31.3] 21 | 440] 4 24 |January... February « + 8.60 | 45.0 /— 9.1 30 0184 400 | 1025 | 80.4] 13.8)S. 52° w.| 18.6 [635 19/1) 2:85]! 10) |) e7eai|l 1p) I) avail) 9 20 |Rebrua March . 4 2.64 | 43.0|— 4.0 29.9563 U3 | 1158 | 7.9 | 185} 8! 16.9 #6218 | 45.9] 0.48] 5 | ty] 12 || 153] 2 15 April + 0.41 | 66.9 21.1 30 0415 236 | .1534 | 6.1 | 26.5 17.9 | 49.8 5.8 1.80 12 3.0 5 2.11 | 2 15 May — 2.99 | 74.1 25.3 29.899 L 195, -2664 | 68.7 J4.0 9 65.4 3 4.85 18 6 0 e851 ee 18 June — 0.01 | 85.3 40.8 29.9105 160 | -4252 | 69.7 12.2 | 60.7 22, 2.72 V4 2.72 . 14 July — 0.42 | 88 6 49.4 29.9253 143 .4915 | 69 9 12.6 } 59.4 4 2.78 17 2.78 17 August — 2.14 | 88-8 47.4 29.9595 178} .4409 | 70.8 11.3 } 60.8 cit 8.08 20, 8.08 on 20 September — 0.72 | 80.0 33.1 30.0786 160 | -3846 | 77.9 11.3 | 57-5 6 3.57 i 3.07 5 11 October .., + U.79 | 71.7 30.7 29.4003 179 } -2583 | 80.7 9.§ 72.5 38 2.69, 15 2.69 on 15 November . — 0.34 | 55.0 9.0) 20.9734 283 - 1430 | 76.8 14.9 | 67.4 1.6 2.46 13 3.32 4 19 5 December . . —11.15 | 35.4 | —15.0 30.0718 72 -0555 | 79.3 J 16.4 9 58.9 41.9 0.05 i 2079) 1 19 |December. ..... Sums for 1890...) ... ape aena ||) code pete 0 eon apes see f 9056 epee «| 33.97 | 143 43.29) 15 207 |Sums for 1890 ... Means for 1890 ..| 11.03 | — 0.60 | .... 6n00 29.9904 F -246 | .2433 | 73.8 | 32-74 S. 66° W. 14.60 } 61.1 0D Bano 5.61 26 17 {Means for 1894. Means for 16 bw Means for 16 years ending? | 41.63 6900 Oued 29.9765 |... a0 badd -2493 | 74.4] .... 000 *15 34} 61.4 124.6 84 40.25 15 202 years ending Dee, 31, 1890. | Dec. 31, 1890. * Barometer readings reduced to 32° Fah., and to sea level. + Inches of mercury. + Saturation, 100. § For 9 years only. *For4 years only. {1 ‘+’? indicates that the temperature has been h igher; “—” that it has been lower than the average for 16 years, inclusive of 1890. The monthly means are derived from readings taken every 4th hour, beginning with 3h. 0m, Hastern Standard time. ‘The anemometerand wind vane are on the summit of Mount Royal, 57 feet above the ground, and 810 feet above sea level. The greatest heat was 88.8 on August 4th; greatest cold 21.6 below zero on January 10th; extreme range of temperature was therefore 110°.4. Greatest range of the thermometer in one day was 41.8 on Jan. 18th; least Tange was 3.7 on Feb. 27th. The warmest day was July lst, when the mean temperature was 76.45. ‘Che coldest day was Jan. 10t h, when the mean temperature was 15.73 below zero. ‘The highest barometer reading was 30.717 on January 28th the lowest was 29.092 on February Sth, giving arange of 1.625 forthe year. he lowest relative humidity was 150n April 15th. The greatest mileage of wind recorded in one hour was 67 on January 13th, and the greatest velocity in gusts was at the rate of 10im. p.h. ‘The total mileage of wind was 127,618. The resultant direction of the wind for the year was 8. 66° W., and the resultant mileage 50,720, Auroras were observed on 18 nights. Fogs on 42 days. Hoar-frost on 23 days. Thunder storms on 20 days. Lunar halos on 13 nights. Lunar coronas on 1 night. Solar halos on 4 days and contact are on one day. The sleighing of the winter closed, in the city, on April Ist. The first appreciable snowfall of the autumn was on November 9th. The first sleighing of the winter was on December 3rd. There was a slight earthquake on September 26th, at 3h. 3 m. The yearly means above, are the averages of the monthly means, except for the velocity of the wind. THE CaN 2D LAN abikniGOkR D OR > Cali NiCik: VOL. IV. APRIL, 1891. NO. 6. DESCRIPTIONS OF FouR NEW SPECIES OF FOSssILs FROM THE SILURIAN Rocks oF THE SoutTH EASTERN PORTION OF THE DISTRICT oF SASKATCHEWAN.! ¢ By J. F. Wurrpaves. (With Plate IIT.) While engaved in explorations on behalf of the Geological Survey of Canada in 1889 and 1890, Mr. J. B. Tyrrell dis- covered an area of Silurian (Upper Silurian) rocks on the north east side of Lake Winnipegosis, on Cedar Lake, and on the Saskatchewan River below Cedar Lake. From these rocks an interesting series of fossils was obtained, some of which are apparently new to science, and of these latter, four of the most characteristic or important species will be described and illustrated in the present paper. On strati- graphical and other grounds, Mr. Tyrrell has found it de- sirable to divide the Silurian of this district into two local subdivisions. The fossils here described will be considered in the order of their geological relations, but it may be well to state that the Pentamerus and Gomphoceras are from the 1QGommunicated by permission of the Director of the Geological Survey of Canada. 294 Canadian Record of Science. lower of these two subdivisions, and the Strophomena and Acidaspis from the upper. BRACHIOPODA. Strophomena acanthoptera. (Sp. nov.) Plate iii, figs. 1 and 2. Shell varying in outline from broadly semicircular or semioval and regularly rounded in front, to subtrigonal with the front margin produced and somewhat pointed in the centre,—but always broadest at the cardinal margin, which is produced on each side into a long, very slender, and slightly curved spine ; length of each cardinal spine a little more than one half of the greatest breadth of either valve without the spines. Ventral valve regularly convex from beak to front, though the nasute forms are most pro- minent anteriorly along the median line ; umbonal region compressed ; beak small and raised very little above the general level of the hinge line; area transversely elongated and very narrow in the direction of its height, withasmall equilateral foramen in the centre. Dorsal valve concave, with a perfectly straight cardinal margin, an extremely minute beak and a hinge area much narrower than that of the ventral. Surface marked by numerous, but comparatively distant and, for the most part simple, radiating raised lines, which increase by intercalation and alternate at unequal distan- ces with from one to five (or perhaps more) shorter and much smaller ones, the whole being crossed by extremely minute and close set concentric striations, and by a few more or less distant lines of growth. Characters of the in- terior unknown. Collected at several localities on the northern portion of the east shore of Lake Winnipegosis, in the district of Saskat- chewan and in the adjacent part of the Province of Mani- toba by Mr. J. B, Tyrrell in 1889, (but previously found New Species of Fossils. 295 loose in this vicinity by Mr. D. B. Dowling in 1888,) also on the shores and islands of Cedar Lake and on the Saskatchewan below Cedar Lake by Mr. J. B. Tyrrell in 1890. At each of these localities it is apparently abundant and often associated with /sochilina grandis, Jones. The specimens consist either of natural moulds of the exterior of the shell or of casts of the interior, in a compuct fine grained dolomite, and in no case is there any vestige of the actual test remaining. In several of these natural moulds, however, the minutest details of the sur- face ornamentation are well preserved, and it is from wax impressions made from two of these moulds that the figures on Plate III. were drawn. The species is apparently most nearly related to the Strophomena Ledt of Billings,’ from division 3 of the Anti- costi group of the Island of Anticosti, (which Mr. Billings correlates with the Llandovery of England and with the Clinton of the State of New York), but seems to differ therefrom in its much larger size, and in the greater pro- portionate length of its cardinal spines. Both it and S. Leda are evidently what Professor H. L. Williams» would call “geological mutations ” of the “race which began in Strophomena alternata in the Trenton stage,” but they form a marked exception to his statement that in the American race of the S. alternata type the slender mucronate points at the terminations of the hinge line “ first appear in the Tully limestone.” Pentamerus decussatus. (Sp. nov.) Plate iii, figs. 8 and 4. Shell large, usually longitudinally and rather narrowly subovate, about one third longer than broad, and broadest a little in advance of the midlength, but sometimes nearly 1 Geol. Surv. Can., Palaeoz. Foss., vol. 1, 1865, p. 120, figs. 98 and 99. 2See his paper on ‘‘ The Cuboides Zone and its Fauna,’’ in Bull, Geol. Soc. America, published May, 1890. 296 Canadian Record of Science. as broad as long ; front margin regularly rounded in most specimens, but somewhat pointed in the centre in others: Ventral valve strongly convex, very tumid, prominent, and rounded or obtusely angulated along the median line, and narrowing rapidly to the margin on both sides, but devoid of a distinctly defined mesial fold, its umbo prominent and rather broad, and its beak so strongly recurved as almost to touch that of the opposite valve. Fissure rather large, triangular, a little higher than broad, completely covered by the recurved beak and visible only when the beak is broken off. Dorsal valve much fiatter than the ventral, gently and uniformly convex, or flattened with a faint longi- tudinal depression in the centre, its beak small, rather nar- row and slightly incurved. Surface marked by very numerous, closely disposed, rounded and but slightly elevated radiating raised lines, which are crossed by smaller, more close set and irregularly disposed concentric raised lines, as well as by a few distant and more or less imbricating lines of growth. The radiating raised lines, which are rather irregular in their arrangement and unequal in size, increase so rapidly by division that as many as from sixty to one hundred or more of them can be counted around the front margin of an adult specimen, though, on account of its greater convexity, there is always a larger number on the ventral valve than on the dorsal. Septum of the ventral valve well developed, compara- tively thick but very short, occupying less than one fourth of the entire length in some specimens, but a little longer in others, though rarely or never exceeding one third of the total length. Septa of the dorsal valve thin, feebly devel- oped and almost rudimentary, very slightly divergent and much shorter than the ventral septum. Muscular and vas- cular impressions unknown. Interior of the valves rather minutely papillose. Dimensions of the specimen figured; maximum length, eighty seven millimetres, greatest breadth, fifty nine mm. ; maximum height or depth through the closed valves, fifty New Species of Fossils. 297 two mm.; amount of recurvature of beak of ventral valve, sixteen mm. The only locality at which this species is known to the writer to have been certainly found in place, is in a light brownish yellow dolomitic limestone at the foot of the Grand Rapids of the Saskatchewan, where a number of fine specimens were collected by Mr. Tyrrell in 1890. Boulders containing it have been found at several localities in Mani- toba and elsewhere in the central portion of the Dominion. It is almost certainly the shell referred to by Sir John Richardson as a “‘ Pentamerus, very like P. Knightii,” which was gathered by Dr. Bigsby “in 1823” on the Lake of the Woods and presented by him to the British Museum,’ as specimens of the shell which I here call P. decussatus have since been collected from boulders on the south west shores of that lake by Dr. G. M. Dawson in 1873 and by Dr. A. C. Lawson in 1884. Other localities at which the species has been obtained from boulders are as fol- lows :—Nelson River, about sixty miles above its mouth, Dr. R. Bell, 1879 ; Lower Fort Garry, Dr. R. Bell, 1880 ; Kenogami River, six miles above the mouth of the Bagut- chewan, Dr. R. Bell, 1886. Mouth of the Fairford River and Steep Rock Island, Lake Manitoba, J. F. Whiteaves, 1888. North east side of Lake Winnipegosis and Red Deer River near its mouth, J. B. Tyrrell, 1889 ; Virden, Manitoba, C. N. Bell, 1889. In Appendix No. 1 to Franklin’s “ Narrative of a Second Expedition to the Shores of the Polar Sea, in the years 1825, 1826 and 1827,” Sir John Richardson says that “ Mr. Sowerby determined a shell, occurring in great abundance in the strata at Cumberland House” . . . “to be the Pentamerus Aylesfordii,” which is regarded by Dr. Davidson as asynonym of P. Knightii. Although Cumberland House is 135 miles farther up the Saskatchewan than the locality at which Mr. Tyrrell obtained P. decussatus in place, it is by no means improbable that the specimens which Mr. 1 Journal of a Boat Voyage through Rupert’s Land and the Arctic Sea, vol, 1, foot note to page 62, See also Ib., vol. ii, p- 197. 998 Cunadian Record of Science. Sowerby determined as P. Knightii are really referable to the present species. However this may be, it seems to the writer that P. decussatus differs materially from the true P. Knightii, especially in the following particulars. The umbo of the ventral valve of the former is narrower and less prominent, while its beak is much less strongly curved ; the coarser surface markings of both valves do not consist of comparatively distant and regular radiating ribs, as in P. Knightii, but of close set, irregularly disposed, unequal and not much elevated radiating raised lines; and the mesial septa of both valves of P. decussatus are not more than half the comparative length of those of P. Knightit. CEPHALOPODA. Gomphoceras parvulum. (Sp. nov.) Plate iii, figs. 5, 5 a, b. Shell small, straight, slender, rather more than three times as long as broad, and broadest a little in advance of the midlength: sides slightly compressed, the outline of a transverse section near and at the commencement of the body chamber being ovate: venter narrower than the dor- sum and especially so at both ends: lateral outline conical, with the ventral border not much more convex than the dorsal. Septate portion occupying a little more than one- half the entire length, narrowly conical in lateral aspect, pointed posteriorly and about twice as long as it is broad anteriorly. Body chamber crenulated around the base, its outer margins at first nearly straight and almost parallel on both sides as viewed laterally, its anterior termination rounded but much more broadly so on the ventral side than on the dorsal: ventral region at the summit laterally com- pressed on each side of the aperture. Aperture, as viewed from above, extremely contracted, Y shaped, with the stem ubout twice as long as either of the two branches, which diverge from it at an angle of about 115°, The stem is a New Species of Fossils. 299 narrow slit which expands at its outer termination into a narrow and longitudinally elliptical orifice, exactly in a line with the siphuncle, and the branches are similarly narrow divergent slits, each of which widens into a smaller and cir- cular orifice externally. Surface markings consisting only, so far as known, of extremely fine transverse striations, which are too minute to be shewn in the figure. Sutures slightly concave at the sides, closely approxi- mated but rather nearer together posteriorly than ante- riorly: siphuncle exogastric, marginal and placed in the median line of the venter. Approximate dimensions of an average specimen (the one figured): entire length, thirty eight millimetres; length of the septate portion, twenty one mm.; greatest breadth, twelve mm. Grand Rapids of the Saskatchewan below Old Portage, J. B. Tyrrell, 1890: a number of casts of the interior of the shell, in a pale brownish yellow or nearly white dolomitic limestone. . A singular little species, apparently well characterized by its diminutive size, ovately conical, slender and nearly equilateral contour, as viewed laterally, and by its narrowly contracted and widely divergent Y shaped aperture. It is not at all likely to be mistaken for any American species, and is perhaps most nearly related to the G. clava of Bar- rande,' young specimens of which have a very similar mar- ginal outline. The aperture of G. clava, however, is regu- larly T shaped at all stages of growth, and in the adult stage it seems to differ very widely from the present species, both in its dimensions and in its general contour. 1 Systéme Silurién du Centre de la Bohéme, Prague and Paris, vol. ii, 1865 pl. 77, figs. 6-22, and pl. 92, figs. 10-13. G. clava is from Etage E of Bohemia, which is said to be the equivalent of the Lower Ludlow cf England. 300 Canadian Record of Science. TRILOBITA. Acidaspis perarmata. (Sp. nov.) Plate iii, fig. 6. Body depressed, very slightly convex, its general outline, apart from the marginal spines, longitudinally subelliptical and a little longer than broad. Head about twice as broad as long, occupying one third of the total length, exclusive of the spines on the pygidium : its front margin broadly subtruncate, nearly straight but faintly sinuous and very obscurely three lobed, with a slight indentation on each side of the glabella immediately in front of the anterior termination of each of the ocular ridges: its posterior margin much more distinctly flexuous and curved backward in the centre with a moderately convex curve, and forward with a shallowly concave curve, on each side. Eyes small, placed very near the posterior margin of the head and opposite the most contracted portion of each of the free cheeks: ocular ridges moderately prominent, slightly curved and converging obliquely forward from the eyes to their terminations near the frontal margin, where they are about twice as close together as at their commence- ment anteriorly. Characters of the glabella unknown. Outer margin of each of the free cheeks somewhat ex- panded anteriorly and forming a not very prominent rounded lobe, which is armed with eight very short pointed spines—slightly contracted behind the midlength and ter- minating posteriorly in a straight and pointed genal spine, which is a little shorter than that of the pleura of the first abdominal segment, and diverges outward and backward at an angle of 40° to a line drawn at a right angle to the longitudinal axis. Thorax arched upon the axis, depressed and flattened on the pleure: composed of nine segments: axis occupying more than one third of the entire breadth without the spines, and narrowing very gradually to the posterior end: New Species of Fossils. 301 its annulations horizontal, subparallel and nearly straight, but faintly sinuous at their margins, both in front and behind. Pleure also decreasing very gradually in breadth to the posterior end of the thorax, nearly straight and ter- minating externally on each side in a long and very slender spine, which is bent backward and outward at an angle of about 57°. The spines increase gradually in length pos- teriorly, the two spines on the anterior thoracic segment being shorter than the pleuree from which they proceed, and nearly equal in length to the genal spines immediately in front of them, whereas in the posterior thoracic segment the pleural spines are nearly three times as long as the pleurze and as the spines on the Pee of the anterior thoracic segment. Pygidium broad and short, its outer margin broadly rounded and fringed with spines, its inner or anterior mar- gin almost straight and nearly three times as broad as the length of the non spinose portion along the median line; its axis moderately convex and its pleure flat. Axis nar- rowly rounded posteriorly and terminating just within the. margin of the pygidium, apparently bearing two transverse annulations, the posterior unarmed and the anterior bear- ing a long and very slender primary spine on each of its rounded postero-lateral angles. These primary spines, whose length considerably exceeds that of the united pygi- dium and thorax, diverge for the greater part of their length at an angle of about 48°, but curve slightly inward at their outer ends. Outer margin of the pygidium armed with four secondary internal spines between the two prim- aries and with five secondary external spines on each side of the latter. The four secondary internal spines are mo- derately close together, nearly equal in length and about one fourth as long as the primaries. The five outer secon- dary spines on each side are much closer together than the four inner ones and not more than one half as long. Surface markings unknown. Long Point, at the northeast angle of Lake Winnipegosis, 309 Canadian Record of Science. just outside of the northern boundary of Manitoba, J. B. Tyrrell, 1890; a single and not very well preserved cast of the interior of the dorsal or upper side, in a compact and slightly vesicular dolomite. Although the surface markings are not even faintly indicated, and the characters of the glabella and some of those of the central portion of the tho- rax are unknown, the whole of the marginal outline of the specimen can be ascertained with considerable accuracy. In the elucidation of its characters the writer has been materially assisted by Mr. L. M. Lambe. The species appears to be of the type of the A. Prévostii of Barrande,! from the Upper Silurian Rocks (Ktage E.) of Bohemia, but it has a smaller num ber of short spines on the lateral margins of the two free cheeks, a proportionately broader axis to the thorax, much longer primary spines on the pygidium, and differs from that species in several other particulars. EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. STROPHOMENA ACANTHOPTHRA. Fig. 1.—Dorsal view of a specimen, showing the whole of the dorsal valve and the cardinal areas of both valves. Fig. 2.— Ventral view of another specimen. 5 .PENTAMBERUS DECUSSATUS. Fig. 3.—Dorsal view of a specimen, showing the whole of the dorsal valve and the prominent umbo and recurved beak of the ventral. Fig. 4.— Outline of the posterior end of a cast of the interior of the shell of this species, to show the relative convexity of the two valves, the length and other characters of the mesial septum of the ventral valve and the nature of the two short septa in the dorsal. GOMPHOCERAS PARVULUM. Fig. 5.—Lateral outline of a cast of the interior of the shell. 1 Systéme Silurien du Centre de la Bohéme, Prague and Paris, vol. i, 1852, p. 739, pl. 39, figa. 33-41. RECORD OF SCIENCE. PLATE Ill, SILURIAN FOSSILS FROM SASKATCHEWAN. ‘ MD 5.2) SEAM coawael va Jeoorwal Je seo a aa breton. sein f bates gorge. 2 fai AG eotlggue. ae hese Fe gpoiayetrs asia grees xo oe ee Tb hiKe BK isso! ah Guess Lianne ay re ings bis oi USS # a i: ait akt Andiledt out a a he ae ‘beth: nicioa oahi'ts © bias & pablety “i i. PEP Gene ot8 ee 0 Ce tae rons te ae J wenunsiqse. Gti: 20 ee ad Cr 2 Woe feo NEARED eitgRE Rae (Bree 3 iis ayia, Cateltos avheniipecgen! ee. Bskk we (asia bata ont 46 te eos ANY Bet VATS: cast aaa F rig fi a A, Bs bt Beas ay ee bers VI mart i set sabigite: 496 add 2mLege Sas Been f : : peor WO Fe8y: pe tombe Fu i y hie dekeoma sousles ie alias laabusey Sees Dame Ge | tca ectiih Bis Via ‘ oid iiecetes ees otis by ede ty ae are elit amonest ee Tie 69. 3 soot * ys! den). ) halnisonten: axe aaago! Pe ie ‘Hore ae: ven ING died: Suey ef Sone mS ait paatyiat 1 a. Age a0 oi Eat ; ned aitst} nee Wad tradi ui Are poipraatita tend oso cue +h e * j Note on a Shark ind Ray. 303 Fig. 5a.—Outline of anterior end of another specimen, to show the shape of the aperture. Fig. 5b.—Outline of one of the septa near the body chamber, to show the relative position of the siphuncle. ACIDASPIS PERARMATA. Fig. 6.—Outline of the only specimen collected, slightly restored. (All the figures are of the natural size.) NOTE ON A SHARK AND RAY OBTAINED AT LITTLE METIS, ON THE LOWER ST. LAWRENCE. By Sir Wittram Dawsoy, F.R.S. (With Plate IV.) Some of the summer resorts on the Lower St. Lawrence are not destitute of supplies of fish. In addition to the delicious trout of the lakes and streams, the sea affords, at certain seasons, an abundant harvest of various kinds. At Little Metis, for example, salmon are taken in the St. Law- rence in early summer. A little later, mackerel, herring, and the delicate sardine make their appearance, and floun- ders, loche or tom-cod, and smelts are taken by juvenile anglers. Now and then the brush wears erected on the shore capture a specimen of the great Albecore or horse mackerel, an excellent fish, and the striped bass is some- times taken in the same way. Formerly the cod was taken in considerable quantity, but it seems to have deserted the locality, except that a few “rock cod” and young cod, scarcely larger than the loche, are sometimes caught. Of late years, however, the halibut has appeared in sufficient numbers to make a profitable fishery for local use, and it is in connection with the halibut fishery that the animal to which this note refers has made its appearance, The halibut fishers, using herring or sardine for bait, oc- casionally hook a large shark, and find little difficulty in capturing it. Five or six specimens, some of them ten feet in length, were thus taken and towed ashore last summer. They are not valued for food, but the liver yields a consid- 304 Canadian Record of Science. erable quantity of oil, and the skin is used as a rasp for dressing wood. I examined and measured one specimen about ten feet in length, and secured, with the aid of Mr. Sim, of Lighthouse Point, the skin of another, which is now admirably mounted by Bailly in the Peter Redpath Museum. [I also obtained the jaws and teeth of a third spe- cimen, now in the same museum. The creature is known to the fishermen at Little Metis as the * Dog Fish,” a name not altogetier inappropriate, since it belongs to the same family of sharks with the ordinary dog-tish, though much larger than they, and desti- tute of the bony spines with which they are armed. It seems to haunt the bottom rather than the surface of the sea, and to feed on all sorts of smaller fish and crustaceans. It is apparently sluggish, though muscular and powerful, and is said, when hooked, to make little resistance. It belongs to a species or group of closely-allied species haunting all the northern seas, and known by a great variety ofnames. Gunther appears to think that the fishes designated by all the following names belong to one widely distributed species, to which he assigns the name LAEMARGUS BOREALIS, With the following synonyms :— Squalus carcharias, Linneeus, Muller and Otho Fabricius. Squalus microcephalus, Bl. Sehn. Somniosus brevipinna, Leseur_and Storer, Fishes of Massa- chusetts. Scymnus brevipinna, Dekay, Fishes of New York. Squalus borealis, Scoresby. Scymnus borealis, Fleming. Laemargus borealis, Muller and Henle. Somniosus micracephalus, Goode, Fish Commission, United States. In Eagland it is usually known as the Greenland Shark, and on the American coast bears the names * Nurse,” “Sleeper,” “ Ground Shark,” and “ Dog Fish.” Note on a Shark and Ray. 305 Tts distinctive characters are thus given by Gunther and Day :— All the fins small and spineless; two dorsal and a pair of ventral fins ; skin uniformly covered with minute tubercles ; nostrils near the extremity of the snout; no nictitating membrane to the eye; mouth with a deep oblique groove at the angle; the upper teeth small, narrow, conical, and in several rows (44 to 52 in a row); the lower teeth more numerous, also in several rows, flat, and each tooth having its front so much turned aside, that the inner margin forms the cutting edge, which is not serrated; spiracles of mod- erate width. The skeleton is wholly cartilaginous. The colour is either very variable or changes easily under different circumstances. It is usually represented as gray or dusky above and lighter below; and Calderwood states that of two recent specimens which he examined, one, a young individual, was of a dull, slate colour, with a number of small white spots distributed irregularly over the surface of the skin. The other, of larger size, was ofa more bluish tint and without white spots. One specimen which I saw at Metis seemed of a general gray or dull brown colour above, with slightly lighter bands on the sides. Another, which had been some time dead, was of a rich deep brown- ish colour above, with distinct zebra-like stripes of brown on the sides, and creamy white below. The colours prob- ably differ under different circumstances, even during life ; and preserved and dried skins usually fade into a uniform gray hue. The measurements of my Little Metis specimen are as follows :— ‘ Feet. Inches. MPotal length... .0++ +20. --mcew serees scores 9 6 Girth behind pectorals..... ....-...sseeee 4 5 Nostrils behind point of snout.....+..+.++. 0 2 Snout to centre of Cye.-..++.ceseee sere eee 4 5 Do. to first gill opening....+..+-ssee-e- ] 5 Width of mouth . BOING RS BBO eT AD) 8 Length of series ef five gill sponte Seravole 0 7 306 Canadian Record of Science. Last gill opening to base of pectoral....... 0 2 Length of pectoral....-.-.02 -scseeeeeeeee 0 11 Breadth of do. ..cscecccees ce slelslebe/=/s\s/s1- 0 61 Snout to’base of pectoral.-..+. sees cesses 2 4 Dye, (kn) ish GME) oGoda6 co00D5 oe550h c00c 4 0 Breadth of first dorsal.-..2. .-.....0.0.-<- 0 9 First to second dorsal. .-..22 seecve seve cose 2 1 Length of second dorsal ....-. bye rlohielsie cies 0 5s Second dorsal to origin of caudal.......... 0 jal Length of caudal....-- +--s+2 ee. sooo 250009 1 Uf Depth of do. about .......-..... se see. 2 0 Pectorals to origin of ventrals.....0.. ...+. 3 6 Breadth base of ventral .......-..00 .sse00 0 6 Base to points of ventrals....+..ess.ssse0e 0) 103 Ventral totcaudal: ice. heen enereeheen cers 1 6 The Greenland shark seems to have its headquarters in the seas of that country and Spitzbergen, in which consider- able numbers are taken annually for their oil. It ranges southward to Newfoundland and the New England coast, is found also on the west coast of America, and occasionally strays to the coast of Europe. Though a powerful creature, and said sometimes to attain to the length of 25 feet, it seems slow and sluggish in its habits, and haunts the bot- tom rather than the surface of the water. In addition to feeding onsmall fish and crabs, it is said to have the habit of devouring cod and other fish when caught in set lines, and is therefore not loved by the fishermen. In the arctic seas it is often seen to feed on the floating carcases of dead whales, around which these sharks are said to collect in great numbers. Scoresby states * that they areable to bite out large pieces of the flesh with their sharp cutting teeth. On the coast of the United States, it is said by the Amer- ican naturalists cited above, to devour fish offal at the fish- eries, and on this account has acquired locally the name of “gurry shark.” Its flesh is not eaten on our coasts, but is said to be used as food by the Esquimaux, The liver of a 1 Arctic Voyages. Note on a Shark and a Ray, 307 large individual will yield as much as five or six gallons of oil. Tt does not appear to be dreaded by man on our coasts, but in Greenland and on the Labrador coast the larger indi- viduals seem sometimes to attack boats and canoes. Fab- ricius ' states it is much dreaded by the Greenlanders, as it can bite through the skin bottoms of their kayaks and seize the legs of the occupants. Hence, when a solitary Greenlander in his kayak sees one of these animals, he generally takes to flight. They are believed to be attracted by the smell of putrid carcases, and also by any sound or noise; and as their presence scares away the fish, the fishermen keep silence in order not to bring them near. He remarks that it shows little fear of man, and states that when the Greenlanders are flensing the floating carcase of a whale. the sharks are often as diligently employed in feed- ing on it below the water. The Greenlanders’ occasionally take if with hook and line or with the harpoon. Ballantyne, in his work on Hudson’s Bay, tells a frightful story of an Indian who, when voyaging with his family in a canoe, was pursued by a large shark which attempted to upset the canoe, and failing in this, to break it up. The canoe beginning to give way, the terrified Indian seized his youngest child and threw it to the ferocious monster to se- cure his own safety. It is not, however, quite certain that this story refers to the present species; but if so, it would confirm the impression of the Greenlanders that large in- dividuals impelled by hunger and, perhaps, accustomed to feed on the carcases of whales, may become dangerous to man. It is not likely, however, that they ever venture so near the shore as to attack bathers. Calderwood thus describes two specimens taken on the Coast of Scotland and studied by him ?:— “The Greenland shark is described by the various ichthy- 1 Fauna Greenlandica. * Appendix to Fourth Annual Report of the Fishery Board for Scotland. 308 Canadian Record of Science. ologists as a fish rarely straying to the British shores. Its natural home is doubtless in the colder waters of the Arctic Circle, where it is said to occur in considerable abundance; but when its occurrence is compared with that of the more truly British sharks, it would appear to be at least as com- mon in our waters as any other. Since 1803 there are re- cords of i+s capture which go to prove that scarcely a year passes without one or more specimens being obtained, and it is worthy of note that nearly all these specimens were captured on the East Coast. The most southerly point from which this shark is recorded is the Seine, where one was taken in 1832. Three were caught off the Bell Rock in 1873, and two at Scarborough in 1878. Three specimens ave recorded from Aberdeen, and two from the Dogger Bank, besides a number of single ones from different parts of the coast. “The two which I dissected were caught, within a few days of each other, in January of this year. The first was a fine specimen 11 feet long, which was brought up by one of the trawlers of the General Steam Fishing Company 8 miles S.E. of the May Island. When it was slung up clear of the water, a cod and three baited hooks with snoods attached fell out of its mouth, and I afterwards found a large cod hook fixed in the gullet. Its stomach contained one herring, five cod, one conger eel, and a considerable quan- tity of partly digested fish. “The second shark was only 5 feet long, and was caught by line fishermen. The stomach of this one contained three herrings and about a score of cuttle fish beaks.” The figure (Plate IV.) is an accurate outline of the spe- cimen now in the Peter Redpath Museum. RAIAEBINACEA, Mitchell. Along with the shark above described, I obtained a specimen of a ray, or skate, which appears to be the species above named. Mitchell’s species is referred by Gunther to R. eglanteria of Lacepede. My specimen is, however, so “HLNAD ‘SI1W4ayO9 SNOYVNAVI “Al ALVW1d “AON3SIOS 40 GYOOS3Y en > Aj 5 oa) y/ og shai s jasc - i ia has foe: tf oF. ed Z ot auld» TAO, a6 o ) 44/0 a a ag ee ) ore Bee ete A aged hCE Ie see | MN rs 9.00 0 an “vik = get EL) I bi stent) Pa. ee (oie eae ei | po mand eh ome Ls "ewe BS ee ticiak ade le The gb is Snort Sats “gin on des = O'6 ae py ston. Thome, anh a t a aes ‘gaitton ha ith BAY : 2 doipigesition pa F /aobwory pws ie," Leno. paltry AY OT oh way, Aras sin ol ke yt aed, sre" OF be sthaaee “ hat wei} 46 Bink Ha? esc) ninode 2 Up besigoc tiny Hee | . ‘eeqge Stas ie outs DOREY TaGe Se ied a Vee air: ore - new biog iy deiniod “say qinpa Shale dan igwboos. 1c) look tent ttt win te Ys ata sp ivert a PB 5 palette rey BES) Sap? me AS i hbient aa ed “in LAE se Hastiteg pees vey seeito i eisaas! aigaidndlé 28, wit sta f ZeieT OG ash dpia’ ino aE golianse | i baa \Gitlotiaes ete ¥e Barras ar wie as co * jun es on, a . oun event Pyyicivod off abe nessice £ vitals s ye 3 anni ioed, fit, hosted ig “oat Oe ees a aT ts re witee: test Salt ox soa ysis 8 pede! Oe et as | Diwal death fbeyit by sie? oh sate be cna ne fata Hei if i . Bare let rigid i Heit 6 AGP +i i powers Bisse tot yiMATE af) way ve 475 PS ssgee7e una bath ie I¥ ‘bea = i your I tad oo x pede § oe < BFE) “ss in: ppt i qj i a +i nia ; rm _ yin! Note on a Shark and a Ray. 309 different from the typical &. eglanteria that | am inelined to think it may be distinct. It is found at Little Metis, and is sometimes taken in the wears, or in fishing for halibut. SPECIMENS OF BRITISH WILD FLOWERS IN JULY AND AUGUST. By Rev. Ropprr Campseii, M.A., D.D. My holiday in 1890 was spent in Great Britain. I was accompanied by two lady members of my family, to whom I was to act as guide to the most noteworthy scenes of the mother country, with which I was already familiar from having gone over the ground thoroughly on two previous oceasions. It occurred to me that it would impart new interest to even old scenes if I should note the flora of the several districts visited ; and I provided the simple appara- tus which is sufficient to equip the botanist for field work, having first learned that the best book for general use, as applicable to the entire island, was Bentham & Hooker’s British Flora. On subsequently visiting the herbarium of the Botanic Gardens of Kdinburgh, under the guidance of Prof. Balfour, | found that the specimens in that fine col- lection are determined by this authority, and in arranging the collection which I present to the Society, I have num- bered the specimens as they are named in Bentham & Hooker, so as to facilitate a reference to that text-book. This hint I obtained from Prof. Balfour. During my eleven weeks’ tour in Hngland, Wales and Scotland [ succeeted in collecting 481 of the 1,310 British species recognized by the best authorities, more than one- third of the whole. Of course, my botanical pursuits were subordinated to sight-seeing and visiting friends. Hxcept an afternoon spent in Kpping Forest, [ may say that I never went out of my way to look for specimens. Making a col- lection was only an indirect object of my movements, so that I have no idea of claiming completeness for this one, 310 Canadian Record of Science. for which my friend, Mr. Brown, has promised to find a place in the Society’s Museum. But the considerable num- ber of plants on which I stumbled shows how rich the grand old island is in flowers, as well as in men,money and merchan- dise, and how one may make his ordinary holiday serviceable in enhancing his knowledge, especially of this department of natural history, by keeping his eyes open. It may entail some inconvenience on the collector’s companions if they are not animated with his enthusiasm, and large demands have to be made upon the forbearance of the friends whom he may chance to be visiting, as he spreads about his room each evening the spoils of the day’s pursuit of specimens. But with all the drawbacks involved, and the labour and perseverance required in prosecuting the work successfully, it adds immensely to the enjoyment of a tour in Great Brit- ain to pick up every new flower which one comes across and to which one can get legitimate access. You may excite the suspicion of foresters and gamekeepers, and you will certainly draw down upon you the wonder and pity of people everywhere that you should consider it worth while to be carrying away armsfull of what they call weeds; but all these little incidents will be gladly met, and whatever risks are run are more than repaid by the delight that is experienced in finding new specimens. There is no earthly joy comparable to that which flows from discovering at last some new plant for which you may have been on the look- out. Even an amateur botanist can in some measure enter into the feelings which are said to have moved the great Linnzus when he at last found a specimen of furze, Ulex Europeus, and kneeled down and thanked God for giving him this favour. On my former visits to Great Britain [ paid no particular attention to its flora. Of course, no one could spend nearly two years tramping through that coun- try without taking notice of the more showy of its plants. The foxglove, the broom, the whin, the heather, the hare- bell, the daisy, could nct fail to attract the attention of the most unpractised eye, especially of a Canadian, to whom Specimens of British Wild Flowers. 311 they were not familiar objects. But those plants which have to be looked for in the quiet recesses of the woods, or which modestly hide themselves by the brooksides, I knew nothing about practically. Great Britain was, therefore, to mean unexplored territory so far as its botany was con- cerned. Nine out of every ten species were new to me, You can; therefore, see what splendid field practice I had in gathering and determining this collection; as you can con- ceive, the elevation of spirits I felt when first I set my eyes on flower after flower of which I had often read, and which have entered so largely into the poetry and song of the mother country. Landing at Liverpool on July 4th, that afternoon our company proceeded to Chester, and in walking round the walls of that venerable episcopal city I first broke ground, and succeeded in capturing a number of specimens: Epilo- bium parviflorum and Sagina procumbens, growing in large numbers out of the old wall; Rubus fruticosus, Heracleum sphondylium, Ranunculus acris, Urtica urens and Bellis peren- nis, that modest crimson-tipped flower which is the glory of every grass plot in Britain from March to November, and well earns its title perenne by lasting right through the year in well-sheltered nooks—these being among the rest. During the fortnight of our stay in London I succeeded in finding a number of plants in the neighbourhood of Crouch Hill; Salvia pratensis, Tragopogon pratensis, Stellaria media, Hrysimum cheiranthoides and Myosorus minimus among them, I gathered a few plants in the park at Richmond, on the banks of the river at Hampton and Kew—the alluvial basin of the Thames, formed in the course of ages, being rich in vegetable productions. But the first really important addi- tion made to my growing stock of British wild flowers was obtained in that part of Epping Forest which is nearest the metropolis, where [ spent anafternoon. The heavy London clay soil yielded a large crop of Crucifera, Ranunculacee and Caryophyllacee in particular. Epping Forest is credited with twenty of these specimens, 312 Canadian Record of Science. My next stopping place was at Bridport, Dorsetshire, on the English Channel, where I spent a delightful week. This is a very paradise for the botanist. Had I been in search of one of the best hunting grounds in England for wild fiow- ers, I could not have found a more fruitful county than Dorsetshire. From the lias of the coast, up through the green-sand and tertiaries, the geological formation gave promise of abundance of vegetable life. The sands, the chalks and the clays amply fulfilled this promise. Within a few miles a very great variety of specimens was found in profusion. So remarkably mild is the air on the coast, that in some of the sunnier spots even tropical plants are found to flourish in the open air. I made incursions into the neighbouring parishes of Allington, Charmouth and Whit- church Canonicorum, and to the top of Golden Cap and Hardown Hill, crowned with terraces of flint. A lad belong- ing to the parish of Whitchurch has just succeeded in carry- ing off the Bishop of Salisbury’s prize for the best collection of wild flowers made by the youth of his diocese. His Lordship suggested, a couple of years ago, that a varied and useful recreation might be found for the youth con- nected with the Church Sunday-schools in collecting and arranging under their several orders, and giving the local nomenclature of the immense variety of wild flowers with which the diocese abounds. The successful collection em- braced 611 species, and I suppose I may congratulate myself upon gathering 75 new species in the same district in the course of four or five days. A day’s journey brought us next to the old Manor House of Tregwynt, Parish of St Nicholas, Pembrokeshire, South Wales, situated near the west coast, about half way between St. David’s and Fishguard. This coast is swept by the Atlantic storms and is thus denuded of forests, but it is rich in botanical specimens. The soil prevailing is adark grey loam, resting on carboniferous limestone and old red sand- stone, with a buttress of Igneous rocks around St. David’s Head. Here were Senecios, Scabiosas, Hypericums, Scillas, Specimens of British Wild Flowers. 313 YT Saponarias, Lychnises and Epilobiums in great profusion. It was a difficult matter harvesting the fruits of the field here and at Bridport. It was embarras de richesse. Old news- papers were at a premium in both places, and it generally took the late evening hours and the early hours of morning to arrange the specimens and change the drying papers. Altogether, sixty-five new species of plants were gathered in this district. The Braes 0’ Gleniffer, rendered classic ground by the sweet music of Tannahill, the glen lying at its base, made famous by the wit of its late laird, and the clay loam of the adjoining country of Ayr have also contributed their quota to this collection. Seamill is a small watering place on the Ayrshire coast, and the banks ofthe little stream that drives its “mill” I found one of my richest hunting grounds, Here and at Prestwick, Mauchline, and Mossgiel, where Burns ploughed down the daisies, sixty-two specimens were obtained, But the field that yielded the largest amount of results with the least toil and trouble was the island of Arran, or rather the district of Corrie on that island. The geology of Arran is an epitome of that of the whole of Scotland, From the granite on the top of Goatfell, flanked by micaceous and argillaceous slates, and on their edges red sandstones, with conglomerate and limestone intercalated, every variety of soil may be looked for within a radius of three or four miles, and as the coast is never visited by frost, Laurine and other tropical species grow luxuriantly at the highland village of Corrie. In this quarter I was able to add fifty-six new species to my collection. Of course, the finding of new plants was now becoming more difficult. All those most frequently met with I had already secured. The flowers “ born to blush unseen,” had to be wooed and won from their retirement, or further progress was to be slow. Besides, July in England corre- sponds with August in Scotland, and so I was only coming in contact with the same general plants which I had previously seen in the south. When I visited the north a 314 Canadian Reéord of Science. month later, I had no thought at first of touching either grasses or ferns, as [ concluded [ should have more than enough to do in harvesting the phanerogamous plants; but before [ left Seamill and Corrie, I concluded that I had better divide my attention for the remainder of my holiday between the flowering plants and the Graminee and Filices. This was a fortunate conclusion, because the banks of Loch Etive, a frith of the sea running far into the heart of Argyllshire, founded on igneous rocks, are very rich in grasses, while flowering plants are comparatively rare ; and Glen Etive, with Inverliver and Glennoe, rich glens leading down to Loch Etive from the south, are credited with twenty-nine specimens. The band of limestone bounding the north side of Loch Tay, in Perthshire, plunging under Ben Lawers, and rising in Glenlyon, with the granite and porphyry of the Ben, the King of Perthshire Hills, with its top 4,000 feet high, usually in the clouds, gave a few new specimens, as did also Balyukan near Pitlochrie. But my work was virtually done now. My search afterwards in the neighborhood of Eskbank, Dryburgh, Abbotsford and Melrose, added indeed a few more to my now somewhat unwieldy bundle of plants; but the summer flowers were over, and the autumn ones had not yet to any considerable extent begun tobloom. Theseason was in the main a favourable one for my undertaking, The spring and early summer were cold and wet, and this retarded the progress of vegetation, so that I got a good chance to make myself acquainted with some of the later spring flowers as well as the whole of the summer ones, and they were very fine. I was disappointed, however, with the September bloom; for it was the 19th of that month before I sailed from Liverpool. So far, nothing had appeared that would vie with our golden-rods and asters, the glory of our early Canadian autumn. I could have wished to be able to compare my British collection with Canadian catalogues and note what species are common to both countries; but time did not allow of Specimens of British Wild Flowers. 815 my doing this ; but a few came under my notice. One general observation, however, I make, that the species is modified by the climatic and other conditions of the two countries, in Canada the same plant being usually sturdier than in Britain. This is true, for instance, of Solidago virgo aurea of the Silene inflata, called the Silene cucubalus in England, of the Verbascum thapsus, of the Arctium lappa, and of the Epilobium Angustifolium, among others that occur to me. I have made a catalogue of the collection, but I wish to copy it for the duplicate specimens which I have retained for my private Herbarium. As soon as I have a little leisure to do this piece of clerical work, I shall have great pleasure in putting the catalogue in the hands of the curator of the museum. ON THE GEOLOGY OF QUEBEC CiTY, CANADA. By Henry M. Amt, M.A., F.G.S. (Of the Geological Survey of Canada.) The researches of Sir William Logan, Mr. Billings, Dr. Sterry Hunt, Dr. Selwyn, Sir William Dawson, Prof. James Hall, Prof. Emmons, Prof. Walcott, Prof. Marcou, Dr. Hlls, Prof, Lapworth, and many others on the geology of Quebec and its environs have made that region classic ground to the student of North American Geology. The famous Quebec group controversy, as well as its closely related friend, the Taconic question in geology, and the Lorraine-Hudson River problem, are all involved in the geologic history of Quebec. Much diversity of opinion has existed as to the exact geological position of some of the terranes at and about Quebec City, as also along the whole line of the great Appalachian or St. Lawrence-Champlain. Nor is this at all astonishing, seeing that profound dislocations exist, intricate foldings of strata occur, and several terranes are met within very narrow belts, faulted and folded to- gether in anything but a simple manner, which requires 316 Canadian Reco#d of Science. exceedingly detailed and careful examination before satis- factory conclusions are arrived at. The rocks forming the Citadel Hill or promontory of Quebec (Cape Diamond) have been assigned to different positions in the geological scale by different writers at different times. An elaborate review of these views is given in Dr. Ells’ last report to Dr. Selwyn (1888) published by the Geological Survey of Canada, which includes from Dr. Bigsby’s paper published in 1827, down to Prof. Lapworth’s Report, etc., published in the Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada for 1887. The rocks of Quebec have been referred by some of the geologists above named to the age of the Quebec Group (Levis Division) whilst others, and the majority at present regard them as newer than the Trenton limestone, viz. : being of “Trenton-Utica,” “Utica- Hudson,” or “ Lorraine” age. But before assigning a definite position to the rocks of Quebec City in the scale of terranes in America, it is necessary for the writer to state that, so far, he has been unable to find any evidence in the field, either stratigraphical or paleontological, whereby the ‘ Hudson River” rocks and ‘‘Lorraine ” shales, as originally understood by Emmons, could be correlated, or referred to the same or immediately following geologic terrane. The fauna of the Norman’s Kiln shales, that of the Marsouin, of the Tartigo River, Griffin Cove and Gagnon’s Beach Rocks, as well as that from Crane Island, N. W. or False Point of the Island of Orleans, Quebec City, Ktchemin River, between St. Henry and St. Anselme, Drummondville, and other localities in Maine, Vermont, and New York States constitutes one large assemblage of forms peculiar to one terrane. The faura of the Lorraine shales, (Cincinnati era in part) on the other hand, as it is characterized at Montmorency Falls, Cote Sauvageau, in the St. Charles Valley near Quebec, at Charlesbourg (near the Church), two miles above St. Nicholas, Yamaska River, Riviére des Hurons, and in the Geology of Quebec City. 317 undisturbed regions in Ontario at Ottawa, Toronto, Weston, Oakville, Collingwood, etc., intermediate between the Utica terrane and the base of the Silurian Epoch marks another terrane. These two faunas, I hold, are very distinct both in their paleontological and stratigraphical relations. The Lor- raine terrane, according to Dr. Selwyn’s classification of formations (“Index to the Colours and Signs used by the Geological Survey of Canada,”) has a definite position, viz., at the summit of the Cambro-Silurian or Ordovician system, The strata at Quebec, either on physical or paleontological grounds, cannot be referred to the Lorraine nor to the Utica, nor yet to the Trenton nor to the Black River for- mation. Sir William Logan referred the Quebec city rocks to the Levis division of Quebec group. From examinations re- cently made, the fauna which Mr. Weston, Mr. Giroux, V Abbé Laflamme and the writer have been able to obtain from the rocks of that locality, presents some fifty species of fossils, including graptolites, brachiopods, ostracods and trilobites, different from Levis forms and yet capable of being correlated with forms from a portion of the Quebec group of Logan, as described in his Newfoundland section, as also with Cambro-Silurian strata in the Beccaguimic val- ley of New Brunswick. To state the precise geological horizon to which the strata at Quebec city belong, I hold, is perhaps premature. These rocks appear, however, to occupy a position in the Ordovician system higher than the Levis formation being - akin to it, but lower than the Trenton, and probably an upward extension of that peculiar series of sedimentary strata occurring along the present valley of the St. Law- rence, which, owing to the peculiar conditions of deposition of the specialized fauna entombed, Sir William Logan ad- visedly classed under the term “Quebec Group.” This would make the rocks at Quebec about equivalent to the Chazy formation of the New York and Ontario divisions. 318 Canadian Record of Sctence. As to the propriety of retaining the term “ Hudson River ” group, or terrane in geologic nomenclature, at present, there may be some doubt. Much confusion exists as to its use. It would very naturally follow, however, that some such designation as the “Quebec terrane” or “‘ Quebec forma- tion” would be most acceptable at this particular juncture in order to designate the horizon of the Quebec city rocks, and include those which constitute the citadel and main portion of Quebec city and other synchronous strata. The term “Hudson River” is very extensively used throughout North American geological nomenclature to designate the highest series of strata in the Ordovician or Cambro-Silurian epoch. Its use is far more general than the equivalent term, *‘ Lorraine,” as defined and very care- fully used by Emmons. One of the two terms requires to be dropped, and whilst neither term is objectionable and both have been used by various authors at different times to designate precisely the same horizon, it appears most practical now to retain the term which has been most extensively used and adopted in North American geology, viz., the term Hudson. River or Hudson Terrane, whilst it is decidedly regrettable te drop Emmons’ well-defined and clearly marked Lorraine. The adoption of the term Hud- son River, in preference to the term Lorraine, would entail much less confusion, and would thus serve the ends of geological science more effectively. Amongt the most characteristic and better known species of graptolites peculiar to the Quebec terrane may be men- tioned the following :—Cenograptus gracilis, Hall; Dicello- eraptus sextans, Hall; D. divaricatus, Hall; Dicranograptus ramosus, Hall; Diplograptus foliaceus, Murchison; D. Whit- fieldi, Hall; D, marcidus, Hall; Climacograptus bicornis, Hall; C. bicornis, var. tricorms, Lapworth ; Corynoides caly- cularis, Nicholson. In a paper which the writer is now preparing for the Royal Society of Canada, the various forms characterizing the Sillery, Levis and Quebec divisions of the Quebec Group Geology of Quebec City. 819 im Canada as’ now understood, and constituting the natural series of sedimentary strata to which Sir William Logan had given ‘that: very appropriato term, will be tabulated and the paleontological grounds for the separation of these will then be very apparent and evident. AIDs TO THE STUDY OF THE COLEOPTERA OF CanapDa.—No. 2. On Some Lirttn Known CANApIAN CoLnoprEeraA, with DascriptTions or Two Nw SPECIES. By J. F. Hausen. (With Plate V.) ZiLtoRA, Muls. The genus Zilora may be distinguished from the other genera of the melandryini of our fauna by the following characters :— The antenne are slender, not suddenly enlarged; frontal suture indistinct; maxillary palpi have the last joint wider than the preceding joints and securiform. The front coxe, which are contiguous, are without trochantin, and the acet- abula have on the outer side a distinct fissure ; the middle cox are separated, and the body clothed with erect hairs. Only two species are known to me as occurring in the northern parts of America, one of which has been described from Canada. They appear to be rare. Z. canadensis, n. sp. (Plate v, figs. 1 and 2).—Fusco-cas- tanea, elongata, sub-convexa, undique breviter haud dense pube suberecta vestita et punctulata ; subtus, antennis trophis pedibusque dilutioribus ; elytris haud striatis sulculo suturam versus a medio ad apicem extendente excepto; prothorace lati- tudine breviore, antice angustato, lateribus rotundatis et sub- tiliter marginatis, anguils posticis subrectis, basi utrinque foveolato, medio sublobato et late rotundato, Long. 23 unc. ; 6 mm. 390 Canadian Record of Science. The head and thorax are somewhat darker and more densely and finely punctured than the wing-covers. The elytra are not very finely punctured, and with no trace of strie except an impressed line along the suture extending from before the middle backwards, but interrupted before reaching the apex. The pygidium extends slightly beyond the elytra, and in my specimen, which seems to be a male, the penis is pro- truded and bilobed at the extremity. The eyes are disengaged from the thorax, prominent and scarcely transverse. The front is indistinctly impressed between the eyes. Posterior tibie are slightly longer than their tarsi, of which the first joint is about equal to the three following. Taken at Mont- real. IT have not had an opportunity of comparing this with the species described from New Hampshire by Leconte’ as hispida, which is said to have the forex of the thorax “ pro- funde et late impresso,”’ and the elytra ‘‘ obsolete sulcatis.” It also seems to come near the Kuropean ferruginea figured by Duval,’ but specimens will have to be carefully com- pared before they can be pronounced identical. It is evidently distinct from nuda described from our ter- ritory by Abbé Provancher,’ which is stated to be black, the thorax with a transverse impression at the base, which does not reach the angles, and the elytra without pube- scence, while no mention is made of their being grooved at all. I owe the privilege of describing this interesting little species to my friend, Mr. A. F. Winn, who has kindly placed the only specimen in his collection in my hands for this purpose. 1 New Species of Coleoptera, pt. i, p. 148. 2 Gen. Coleopt., Europe, iii, pl. 87, f. 432. 3 Additions et Corrections 4 la Faune Coléoptérologique Province Québec, 1877. Coleoptera of Canada. 321 PHILONTHUS STICTUS, n. sp. (Plate V, fig. 3.) Crassiusculus subdepressus, subnitens piceo-niger, antennis pedibusque concoloribus ; capite subovato, basi subtruncato an- gulis posticis rotundatis, pubescenti et punctato, spatio medio levi ; thorace vix latiore convexo, latitudine longiore, basi late saunraneti lateribus paullum rotundatis atque antice convergenti- bus, disco creberrime punctato linea dorsal levi ; elytris thorace longioribus, postice paullo latioribus, convexiusculis, confertim non subtellissime punctulatis pubescentibus, stria suturali con- spicua, sutura subimbricata ; abdomine thoracem elytra que con- juncta cequanti, valde marginato, confertim Pupoiuiate pube- scenti. Long. °31 unc. ; 79 mm. Head a little longer than broad, parallel behind the eyes, with the hind angles rounded, punctured and pubescent, and furnished in addition with a few longer hairs. Antenne rather stout, reaching the base of the thorax, first joint equalling joints two and three taken together, fourth to seventh subequal, remainder obconical, a little longer than broad, the last obliquely emarginate at the end, subacumin- ate. Thorax with the surface closely and rather coarsely uniformly punctured, except a smooth medean line, which has, however, a longitudinal impression before the base; somewhat pubescent, shining, with a few longer hairs, two of which (one on each side), a little before the middle, are conspicuous by their length. There are also one or two shorter ones at the front angles, which are rectangular. The elytra are somewhat wider behind, densely, ‘confluently, but not finely punctured ; the strie of the left wing is more remote from the junction than the other, so that the suture appears imbricated, abdomen strongly margined, slightly iridescent, margins of fourth and fifth (apparent) dorsal segments piceous, pubescent, villose at the sides and be- hind ; abdominal segments gradually increasing in length behind, convex, not finely punctured, fourth and fifth seg- ments truncate at apex. Hind tarsi scarcely shorter than 322 Canadian Record of Science. their tibiz, first joint about equalling the three following joints. This species, which is remarkable for the close punctua- tion of the thorax, bears considerable superficial resemblance to Philonthus viridanus, but differs from it in several import- ant particulars. It is broader and stouter, the sides of the thorax slightly rounded and converging in front, not almost parallel as in the latter species, and the punctuation of the thorax is also different. In viridanus the legs are also more or less testa- ceous. It is, perhaps, more of the form of P. confertus, but quite different in color. Described from a single specimen (? ?) in my collection, captured at Lachine, Montreal Island. Hypnopius Lonauus, Lec. (Plate V, figs. 4 and 5.) Piceo-castaneous, elongate, convex, elytra finely and rather inconspicuously striate, the sutural stria deeper, inter- spaces flat, somewhat densely punctulate. Thorax trans- verse, much less deeply and densely punctured than the wingcases and more shining, finely margined at the sides, apex truncate and with rounded hind angles. Labrum deeply emarginate and villose. Male femora provided near the end with a large tooth, which is obliquely truncate at the apex Length 12 in.; 3°55 mm. Collected by Dr. A. R. C. Selwyn, Director of the Geolog- ical Survey, in British Columbia, and by him presented, with other coleoptera from the same locality, to the Society. Limontus stigma, Herbst. (Plate V, fig. 6.) Elater stigma, Herbst, 10, 86, tab. 166, f. 1. later armus, Say, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 6, p. 171. Gambrinus armus, Lec., Revision Elateride U. S., Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., 1853, p. 435. Black, shining, tinted with zneous, more especially the thorax, with short grey pubescence, rather convex, punc- Coleoptera of Canada. 323 tured. Prothorax convex; the surface rather distantly punctured, slightly channelled at the middle behind; the sides behind the middle are parallel, then at the middle somewhat suddenly obliquely narrowed to the front. The sides are obtusely angulated before the anterior angles, which are dentiform. Elytra with rather strongly punc- tured furrows, the intervals also densely punctured, the sides parallel and obtusely rounded at the tip, third and fourth striz confluent before reaching the extremity. The humeri are covered with a conspicuous red spot; larsi piceous. Variable in size, ‘25-37 in. CoRYMBITES HAMATUS, Say. » (Plate V, fig. 7.) Elater hamatus, Say, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc., 6, 170. Corymbites hamatus, Lec., loc. cit. Robust, head and thorax black, rather finely densely punctured, the punctures almost concealed by the short yellow pubescence. Thorax convex, with the sides rounded, the hind angles moderately divergent, disk channelled at the middle near the base; sides, hind angles and inflexed por- tion of the thorax, as well as the anterior lobe of the pros- ternum rufo-testaceous. Elytra pale yellow, with a brown- ish curved spot near the extremity, and the suture also infuscate behind. The elytral striz are well marked, with the intervals convex and densely punctured; antenne brown, second and third joints nearly equal; legs brown testaceous. Length -43; 11 mm. New Jersey (Geux), Ontario, Montreal. Gnorimus MAcuLosus, Kn. (Plate V, fig. 8.) Cetonia maculosa, Knoch. Trichius maculosus, Schénherr. Trichius bigsbii, Kirby, Zool. Journ., iii, 155, t. v., f. 7; Fauna Bor. Am., Pt. IV, p. 136, Gnorimus dissimilis, Gory. 324 Canadian Record of Science. Black, ovate, variously spotted and villose with yellow- ish hairs; head quadrangular, front margin reflexed and emarginate, antenne and legs black, sometimes more or less luteous, vertex occasionally with a yellow-white longi- tudinal spot. Thorax narrowed in front, sub-angulated at the sides, broadly lobed at the base, which is sinuate on each side of the middle, densely but not finely punctured, and villose with yellow hairs, the surface not or variably maculate with numerous yellow spots. Hlytra luteous, with a slight bloom, and usually with nine black spots arranged transversely, two in front, three at the middle and two behind the middle, the humerus and apical gibbosity also black and shining. Tarsi piceous. The pygidium is often covered with dense yellow-white scales. Very variable in color, another individual in my collection being almost entirely black, the elytra alone having four rufous spots in the middle and two indistinct ones near the scutel. Length ‘53 in.; 13-5 mm, Lake St. Clair (Bigsby), Ontario (Kilman), Montreal (Cushing). Mr. Cushing tells me he took it on thorn blossoms in spring. Uncommon. EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. ZILORA CANADENSIS, 0. Sp. “ seen from beneath to show details. PHILONTHUS STICTUS, N. sp. Hypwnosius Loneutus, Lec., ¢. The underside of the same to show structure. Limontus strgMA, Herbst. CoRYMBITES HAMATUS, Say. GNORIMUS MACULOSUS, Knoch. DATS OU oo bo ERRATA. The following errors, partly clerical, partly typographical, occur in my paper in the last number of this magazine :— Page ape, Nb %/ from top, instead of stenopus read STENOPs. 252, 1. 28 sullcatis read SULCATIS. SOO L le cob, eo f simplictus read SIMPLICIBUS. mens eee m Ve pase eee eA gee , & + hat : : Peery bd ky 2 ty i PLUMIA) pete cee ee rope icp) Teena ae at iy Rie fa] nie ‘ ' z Sa cal ee re bape Th t oe L ae abate LP op ve at vel ari Baie - ee ere Ey 4 f ri .e91 5) Vel i: otal Me | vy | 4 ‘ r Si ae m bi 5 ‘ a | see pa) Sh ah. ieee is -“ A as, \ < iw © ei mk Me iey ive w: Aes aes | Pa by ba s aip, VI hie shhh ay Nee | ’ ’ ; Ral Ss Rie erm ei Ll Si tobe om oad ae ee IR: Reap 2h i ty So AS eT ata symm hy § bar tiae, sued x tad \t had we Cree x CRMs Ls . » 7 Me We al 4 v4 : oe : hs ed eos, 5 sey yank AE ay " , = a. y La) ay Vo - ry Ue se ee ak aa Shs tothe AL at igh ge ne a ee: =f . is a a ¥ S a © Le oe . e a> : ae > eee ee ol , >» r s - - se eee Pt ihe. i" AN ay dys ; & Abe fe +e iy . ! us ‘ et ok) aes % 3 an ‘ ¥ 4 - Ae ETT ealrar a, (5 Sea tans Pl, rj Royal Society of Canada. 325 THE Royan SociETY oF CANADA. By Jonn Rape, A.M. The Royal Society of Canada owes its existence to the thoughtful interest of Lord Lorne in the intellectual pro- gress of Canada. The movement out of which its organiza- tion arose was inaugurated in 1881. Already its enlight- ened founder had established a Canadian Academy of Arts, for the encouragement of design as applied tu painting, sculpture, architecture, engraving and the industrial arts, and the promotion and support of art education. The suc- cess which had attended the formation and early proceed- ings of the institution led his Lordship to believe that a national organization which would be to science and litera- ture what the Academy was to art would be of real service to the cause of the higher intellectual culture in the Domi- nion. After consulting with the leading men of science and letters, both French and English, his Lordship invited the gentlemen whom he had designated as provisional offi- cers of the proposed organization to meet in Montreal. The meeting accordingly took place on the 29th and 30th of December, 1881, and thereat a memorandum from Lord Lorne on the subject was read and considered. A provision:l basis was then agreed upon for the consti- tution of the new socicty, the first meeting of which took place at Ottawa on the 25th of May, 1882. The Governor General (Lord Lorne) had invited the members of the pro- visional council to Government House for the settlement of the procedure, and the arrangements proved entirely satis- factory. The Oouncil consisted of Principal (now Sir) J. W. Dawson, ©.M.G., LL.D., F.R.S., President; the Hon. P. J. O. Chauveau, LL.D., Docteur des Lettres, Vice-Pre- sident; and the Presidents and Vice-Presidents of sections: J. M. LeMoine, Esq., and Faucher de St. Maurice, Esq., first section; Dr. (now Sir) Daniel Wilson, F.R.S.E., and Gold- win is Esq., D.C.L., second section; Dr, T. Sterry 326 Canadian Record of Science. Hunt, F.R.S., and Charles Carpmael, Esq., third section, and Dr. A. R. C. Selwyn, F.R.S.,, and Dr. George Lawson, Ph.D., fourth section; J. G. Bourinot, Esq., F.S.S., Honor- ary Secretary. All these members of Council were present except Dr. Goldwin Smith, then absent in England. At the general business meeting, held in the railway committee room, Parliament Building, Ottawa, on the morning of the 25th of May, the Honorary Secretary read the Council report, the recommendations of which were afterwards embodied in the charter and constitution of the Society. The formal public inauguration of the Society took place in the Senate Chamber, at 4 o’clock in the after- noon. Members of the Society having been presented to the noble Founder, His Excellency set forth the aims of the Society, and expressed the hope that its formation would promote the intellectual development of the Dominion in the higher ranges of thought, letters and research. ‘Im- perfections,” said his Lordship, “‘ there must necessarily be at first in its constitution—omissions in its membership and organization there may be. Such faults may be hereafter avoided. Our countrymen will recognize that in a body of gentlemen drawn from all our provinces and conspicuous for their ability there will be a centre around which to rally. They will see that the welfare and strength of growth of this association shall be impeded by no small jealousies, no carping spirit of detraction, but shall be nou- rished by a noble motive common to the citizens of the republic of letters and to the students of the free world of nature, namely, the desire to prove that,their land is not insensible to the glory which springs from numbering among its sons those whose success will become the heritage of mankind. The President, in his address, mentioned some of the reasons which, in his opinion, justified the institution of such a body in Canada. Ifthe idea had been broached in the past, it had been abandoned owing to obvious difficul- Royal Sociely of Canada. 327 ties. But it had at last presented itself under happier con- ditions which gave fair hopes of success. It was fitting that the representative of a Sovereign, whose rule had been so favorable to culture and research in the United Kingdom, would show himself the patron of letters and science in the new world. ‘The time, moreover, was auspicious. Political consolidation had been drawing nearer to each other the once scattered and isolated scientific workers of the North American provinces. Such a society would be to them a bond of union and sympathy, and by the interchange of ideas would supply a needed stimulus to men of kindred pursuits. It would, by the publication of its Transactions, be of incalculable benefit to Canadian naturalists, hitherto so largely dependent on foreign aid for placing the results of their labors, in a worthy form, before the world. As a centre of literary and scientific effort, it would, without interfering with the claims of older local societies, be of very real help to them. Comparing Canada with other countries, the President thought it was rather matter. for surprise that so many persons amongst us had won distinc- tion in the paths of research and of letters than that there were not more. Finally he spoke of the great responsibi- lity of the members, and he hoped that by earnest and united effort they would prove themselves deserving of the name to which they aspired. The Vice-President set forth in French, with his customary grace’ of style, the intellect- ual progress that Canada had already achieved, dwelling especially on its literary, as Dr. Dawson had dwelt on its scientific aspects. He trusted that the Royal Society would prove a common meeting ground not only for scientific and literary workers, but also for the culture of the two great races whose lot was cast together in this broad Dominion, The Society then separated into sections. Fifty-six papers, embracing nearly all the departments of research, were either read or presented at the first meeting, and of these thirty-three were published in the Transactions, Re- 328 Canadian Record of Science. ferring a year later to the general results of the meeting Sir William Dawson was able to express a high degree of satisfaction at what had so far been accomplished. “ We have occasion,” he said, “to congratulate ourselves on the reception which our inaugural meeting met with at the hands of the public and the newspaper press. Everywhere the institution of the Society was recognized as wise and beneficial, and if any doubts were expressed with reference to it, they were based not on hostility to the Society, but on avery natural diffidence as to the capacity of Canada, in its present state of development, to sustain a body compa- rable with the great national societies of other countries, The amount of original work produced at our first meeting was evidently an agreeable surprise to many; aud whiie there was some friendly criticism by which we may hope to profit, on the whole our debut was regarded with that feeling at once kindly, considerate and patriotic which be- comes all true Canadians in witnessing any effort, how- ever feeble, to sustain and exalt the greatness of our coun- try.” Meanwhile the Society had obtained the recognition of the Queen and of the Canadian Parliament. A letter from Lord Kimberley, Secretary of State for the Colonies, dated the 22nd of August, 1882, to the Marquis of Lorne, gave the pleasing information that Her Majesty had graciously per- mitted the Society to be styled ‘The Royal Society of Canada.” On the Ist of March, 1883, a Bill to incorporate the Society was introduced in the House of Commons by Mr. Tassé. It was read a second time on the 19th of the same month, and on the 6th of April it was considered in committee, read a third time and passed. It received the royal assent on the 25th of May. Rule 11, regarding the affiliation of local literary and scientific societies throughout the Dominion, has proved most fruitful in concentrating and developing the intel- lectual efforts of all the provinces of the Dominion. In Royal Society of Canada: 329 1883 twelve societies responded to the Hon. Secretary’s invitation by sending delegates. This number has increased from year to year, until now there are altogether twenty- four literary, scientific, philosophical and historical socie- ties represented in the Transactions. The full reports of their proceedings submitted by these organizations of kin- dred aim are extremely valuable, as indicating the work that Canada is doing in the various fields of scientific research, historical investigation and literary creation or criticism. Some of the delegates have contributed records covering the whole period of their society’s existence— records of undoubted interest and value to the future his- torian of our intellectual progress. The following is a list, in the order of their seniority, of these AFFILIATED SOCIETIES. Literary and Historical Society of Quebec ....+.-..0. weceee 1824 Natural History Society of Montreal............-. A ocd ne eee LOZ (Incorporated, 1832.) Institut Canadien, Quebec ........... petele(eiai ele l S46 Canadian Institute, Toronto.......- s-++02 «1. Sop g0eene mood elSht Institut Canadien, Ottawa...... Baststeye elves Ware eos ectetairepereic - 1852 Hamilton Association, Hamilton...... aiisteterete S000 000000 coco. Iki Société Historique, Montreal...... HOSS NGEA HOR) DCEO OUT IORC 1858 Nova Scotia Inst. Natural Science......... Maccad wteeee o---- 1862 Natural History Society, New Brunswick..... bo son0bo,00b0de 1862 Numismatic and Antiquarian Society, Montreal............ . 1862 Entomological Society of Ontario.......... noes adGoe OOO Odo 1863 Ottawa Literary and Scientific Society ...... ....6. ceeeee eee . 1869 Murchison Scientific Society, Belleville....... .....e+e+e0ee% 1873 Nova Scotia Historical Society ..........+. eeeeee vous Ae SOOO 1878 Ottawa Field and Naturalists’? Club....... 2.2.02 wseeos| Io (ele) rere 1.8 0.09 6 | > I 60 O.1 0.01 7 SUNDAY OO} 6. I.7 | 0.17 | 8 «seeseeeee SUNDAY ) | Io 00 | 0.18 53) |] @ashe 9 de vas 5I | 0.07 0.I | 0.08} 10 } ° 95 sh OG oo |) Sm , fo) 60 oa oo || te t | 0 36 OO SOO. || eke} i © g2 wee soon |) 27! | Sunpay| | -- Olt Kuigexses aierers ereieiel | sLiS vereiale'slesie(e lor UND ASW: ) | Io fele) 0.08 162 0.22 | 16 ) 7 18 agpo O29) |hO. 05) |) £7, i © 79 | 0.31 0.1 | 0.32 | 18 fo) 100 tes sees seee | 19 | | | Io 00 es 0.5 | 0.08 | 20 | } | xo 00 | 0.38 asoo. || @ag3 |) ai | Sad oe 53 eyelsts Inappe|_O.CoN|p2zueeriite +. sSUNDAY || © 47 nae aie 23 : | | | to 20 | «c.06 sno. || @xels) |) 2% || o 00] ©.52 Pee ROn5 Zales ° 85 aie - + | 26 ° SE} || Sosbean -+. ) 27 ° fefe) ciG00 O.1 0.0r | 28 } | | = SS SSS SS | rey : 38.7 | 1.62 nog |) Bat |S Canodosdoocsouc 17 yrs. Hl .» h4t-4] 0.904 224 || 3.07, x7 years means for and includin | including this month. — == — — — = — = = = —= | and | giving a range of 1.500 inches. Maximum relative | humidity was i0U on the 4th. Minimum relative | Directio | humidity was 48 on the 14th, ape, | Rain fell on 8 days. Miles .- a ; pa i Snow fell on 15 days. Duratior Rain or snow fell on 18 days. ean the Auroras were observed on 3 nights. | RING etey | Lunar halo on one night. ——_— ees. Lunar corona on one night, Great(the | Foe on4 days. ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF FEBRUARY, 1891. Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. ‘ Sky CLoupepd e THERMOMETER. * BAROMETER. In Tentas. [S39] 2 q 6 pate = —————— j Mean Jt Mean —— Seal ag Su a3 | pres- jrelativel Dew Eirinl as as |g DAY. sure of }humid-} point. Goncrm ¥] 2/22 | = 2 BS Ein DAY. Mean.|} Max. | Min. | Range.J Mean. | § Max. § Min. | Range. | V2POUT- ity. direction. jin miles} S S BAA) (am a7 | 8 EI perhour| =) | FI ma n & | SUNDAV ARIE ll ooono0 32.0 17-2 ¥it3 {| adeoooa |} aasen || osodao |} ocoa0 || coos S00 ana N. 5.1 oo || 5 do 00. 50 | 0.44 I seeees eee SUNDAY 2 2.07 | 18.0 | —2.0 20.0 30.2757 | 30.387 30.107 280 0393 76.5 || —3.0 S.W. 14.2 .o | 10] o 74 bo 0.04] 2 | 3| 20.68) 34.1 I. 33 0 29.5108 | 29.830 29.332 498 1007 80.2 15.8 S.W. 21 8 -7| 10] 0 00 | 0.02 0.25| 3 | 4] —4.50 | 13.2 |—10.5 23.7 30.0775 | 30.446 29.681 765 0285, 79-7 | —9-3 W. 24.6 0] 6| 0 96 0 coca || 2 | 5 | —.62 Ir.9 |—13.0 24.0 30.3972 | 30.495 30.103 392 0353 88.3 7 —5.5 S.E. 12.5 +3 | 20 |/ 0 00 0.11 5 | 6 17.92 | 29.7 | —1.0 30-7 29.9940.) 30.075 29 924 I51I 0957 Ql.7 15.0 S. 11.2 -o | 10 } 10 00 0.09} 6 | 7 | 18.68 | 26.0 14.0 12.0 30.0835 | 30.151 30.018 133 0867 84.8 15.0 N.E. 22.4 7 en | 60 o.or| 7 i) | SONDAYEARE EEE Biliieeosee 16.5 It.4 Gore | |, adondcollllu'siconca "Ilo Sood ao an ae N. 27.1 A esl lea 00 0.17 | 8 «esesseees SUNDAY | g| 17-78] 33-5 8.6 24.9 30.0545 | 30.421 20.545 876 0935 88.2 14.8 N.E. 15.0 .0 | 10 | 10 00 0.31] 9 | 10 | 26.32] 36.0 12.4 23.6 29.6790 | 29.972 29.485 487 1142 73-8 19.5 S.W. 28.9 47 | 10) x 51 0.08 | 10 | 11 9.32 | 34.4 3.5 10.9 30.2455 | 30.297 30.153 I44 0463 79.5 1.7 S.W. 17-7. o| 10] 0 95 Pale 12 | 21.78] 30.6 8.4 22.2 30 ITI5 30.257 g0-oxr 246 0878 74.0 15.0 S. 12.5 .0 | 10} o 60 12 13| 12.97] 26.5 1.7 24.8 30 1945 | 39.362 30.061 gor 0577 7o.o 5.0 N. 15.3 .0 | 10] o 36 13 14 | —0.48 4.0 | —6.9 10.9 30.6132 | 30.725 30-445 280 0248 60.0 J—11.7 W. 8.2 aa || 3 |} © g2 900 ago 14 | SUNDAY........ GB || coon . | 24.5 | —7.9 Px! || 06 oco0 |] coven S000 200 6400 S.E. 13.3 66 @2]) — oxce o000 «sense eee eSUNDAY, | 16 | 35-52 | 40.0 23.9 16.1 29.6102 | 29.673 118 -1927 92.3 33-3 S.W. 15.5 -0 | Io | 10 00 | 0.08 1.2 | 17 | 17-55] 32-7 14.9 16,8 29.7448 | 29.815 268 .0748 77-2 II.5 N.E. 15.0 -5 | 10] 7 18 0.3 18 22.50| 34.5 14.5 20.0 29.7327 | 30-174 816 0863 69.5 13.8 S.W. 28.2 || ll © 719 O.r | re) || SHO || ot 7-0 8.1 30.4972 | 30.569 261 0432 60.7 | —o.2 S.W. 12.5 -0} 0] Of 100 pong 20 | 11.47 | 22.6 0.0 22.6 30.2583 | 30.553 576 .0672 85.3 ET K. 10.9 .0 | Io | Io 09 0.5 21 | 34.00] 378 21.8 16.0 29.6088 | 29.768 237, -1768 89.8 31.2 Ss. 15.0 -0 | Io | 10 00 | 0.38 Bone SPS non cock || opose 34.8 8.9 AXde) || encoaca scoode. ||P sobdo0. iI) "-aano ul \naenad Se ooo S.W. 25.2 od || oo 53 teseeees sSUNDAY 23| 12.05 | 20.3 2.1 18.2 } 30.4112 | 30.557 363 10542 70.3 3-7 S.E. 6.4 to] o 47 | 24 | 30 43| 390 11.8 27.2 29.9843 | 30.197 Epes 1477 84.2 25.7 5. 21'9 Io | 10 20 25 41.43 45-2 37-5 27 29.3513 29.571 347 +2382 90.5 38.8 8: 27 7. Io} 0 00 26 25.80 37-5 22.5 15.0 29 5092 29.668 172 .0948 67.3 16.5 S.W. 20.5 10 ° 85 27 | 16.85 | 23.0 12.5 10.5 29.8388 | 30.139 506 0588 62.8 6.5 W. 18.5 io] 0 53 oe 28 18.20 26.2 8.2 18.0 30.1485 30.260 227 .0808 78.0 12.7) 5s. 17-5 10 ° 00 oO.1 | | Means 19-11} 29.9984 77- II. 4 38.7 | 1.62 18.7 | 3.14 17 yrs. means for & 17.27} 30.0389 73.5 T4r-4] 0.94 22.4 | 3.07 |17 years means for and including this mo. ee of Nacsa APC ISL Dee Bye a all including this month. ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. | * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and | giving a range of 1.500 inches. Maximum relative | +r Titae aaah | (MDNR REICSENAT | RNa ENG | ESSN IGT emt | Comperature of 322)\Nar: humidity was i0U on the 4th. Minimum relative Direction. ...--- N. N.E. E. $8.0. Ss. S.W. Ww. N.W. | Calm § Observed. humidity was 48 on the 14th, Sa |e lease aaa essay | Ine + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. Rain fell on 8 days. iles. 8 68 8 aa : . YS. Miles pereee 2 Fs) Eas Bee pers 2e oes eal | {Humidity relative, saturation being 100. Snow fell on 15 days. Durationinhrs..| 50 66 4r 77. 122 186 97 20 13 | Ten years only. Rain or snow fell on 18 days. eye aT eS al ee eet ee ae ' Pala | The greatest heat was 45.2 on the 25th; the Auroras were observed on 3 night! 5 : ; : 3 | g ft ghts. Mean velocity....| 20.4 12.3 17.4 14.2 27-9 are | 17.4 9-4 | greatest cold was 13.0 below zero on the 5th, iinaahalotontonepai iis —_——_—_—_—— == — = ——_—-—— -—_—__ giving a range of temperature of 58.2 degrees. Lunar corona on one night, Greatest mileage in one hour was 45 on the 18th. een Ne, W. | Warmest day was the 25th. Coldest day was the! og on4 days. Greatest velocity in gusts, 58 miles per hour on ‘Totallmileage, 11,636, 2 | 4th. Highest barometer reading was 30.725 on the 18th. Y Average mileage, in miles per hour, 17.3. the 14th ; lowest barometer was 29.225 on the 25th, , 1891. | . | et. C.H. McLEOD, Superintendent. | YUDED S ae — q THS. 2 © z i A zs Sig) 29 = Pay Gc ao ao ue | DAY | 2 (225! Be $3 aS DAY. = PERO) “a7 cn | s A = |, iam io) 3 [aa SUNDAY. -|- -- eB oa0 I seeeeeesee SUNDAY fo) 7 ake 2 for} ed) fe G5) O00 3 o | 10 J oo Orr | Os670 10 4 lo | 10 (ole) 0.2 | 0.03 5 io} of 89 S06 6 ©) of} 89 7 SuNDav “4 72 so 8 .eee.ve0se SUNDAY Bae) tele} I.41 | x 41 9 C ° 5? 0.20 I.9 | 0.39] Io fo} 81 00 ee It pC Oo 00 0.30 oe 0.30 12 Io J 00 0.29 96 |i) Qoeseye| 5} p | Io 03 za 0.8 | 0.04 | 14 SUNDAY..J: | -- 93 | acess 5860 § |) doos |) 35 cocconpcod spy ny : b fo) 52 Ne 0.8 | 0.08 | 16 | p | of 98 ts os soll? pb | 10 | oo A 3-5 | 0.26 | 18 | of 96 ee ne salle | P fe) 13 | Inapp. steiste 0.00 | 20 | 8} 05 0.19 | Inapp.| 0.19 | 21 SuUNDAY,.|- | -- 3L 0.12 soho |.Cb2'l| £2) cunooo .. »SUNDAY 9 31 Inapp. on 0.00 | 23 of 31 0.14 venposray P24 fo) 95 tee 25 fo) Oy) 9) dosace 26 of 97 Ba 27 of 57 Inapp. | 0.00 | 28 | | SuNDAY..|- 2 ai le2Oieaiereterels +» SUNDAY o sou eh Ee | of 86 oe soon |) a hee SM sol (sviae) |v hs 16.3 | 3.92 SUMS eqageAcsosagace 17 yrs. meq: 46.5 0.96 25.0 | 3.44 x2 years means for and including { including this month. and | giving a range of 1.541 inches. Maximum relative humidity was 99 on the 4th. Minimum relative Direction | humidity was 36 on the 29th. | Rain fell on 9 days. | Snow fell on 8 days. Rain or snow fell on 15 days. ;, the Auroras were observed on 2 nights. 2nd, | Hoar frost on 2 days. | Solar halo on 1 day, Lunar halo on 3 night. Fog on 2 days. Meteorological Observations, McGill College Observatory, Montreal, Canada. ABSTRACT FOR THE MONTH OF MARCH, 1891. Height above sea level, 187 feet. C. H. McLEOD, Superintendent. Sky O.oupEpD THERMOMETER. * BAROMETER. WIND. In Teytus. [3.35] 8 q E ————— ———_— J ——— + Mean }f Mean — Po Svell a fa || EES pres-_ jrelativ ai a3 ag as ive K u b e c= pay vapour, [ay [pone | General |relocity 4/ close] BE | EE | as paxs Mean.| Max. | Min. | Range.| Mean. | § Max. § Min. Range. : y- direction. |in miles & S 5a) a ao gal a Ty x an ia A all G SuNDAY........ bl ons 14.4 2.0 12.4 suncae6 |] —seeoe oc ovo || coors 99 Bones &% ooacoo0 --»So) 2 5-53 | 10.8 | —2.r 12.9 30.5788 | 30.659 30.478 «181 io] of 78 5 2 Soy 3 16.33 | 25.0 4.0 | 210 30.3410 | 30.481 30.137 344 to| of 45 biaoe 3 4 19.42 24.3 14.8 9.5 29.9103 | 30.080 29.820 260 1o | 10 oo 9.1 4 5 19.32 | 26.5 13.0 13.5 30.0188 | 30.155 29 905 250 to | 10 00 0.2 5 6 18.30 | 22.5 10.9 11.6 go 1712 30.256 30.102 154 io] o 89 9000 6 7 20.75 | 26.9 15.1 11.8 30.2003 | 30.229 30.182 +047 to | of 89 7 SUNDAY ....... 8 |] sooone || Adae) 13.0 746) || oonccon'|| oosesa |) oogaar ars 10.7 se |. 72 600 . aes | 8 .000..0...SUNDAY 9| 33 67] 39.9 | 20-8 | 19.1 | 29.9150] 30.092 29.743 349 S.E. 13.1 to | x0} oo | x.4r +) | a4r | 9 10 30.60 36.0 26.9 g.1 30.0573 30.245 29.794 ~451 Wie 24.7 Io} o 52 .20 dl 0.39 | 10 II 35.32 | 42.2 25.7 16.5 jo 1988 | 39.282 30.145 +137 ) 21.0 io| of 84 nee 0G aon || 768 12 37-02 39.9 35-7 353 30.0598 go.158 30.027 131 Ss. 20.2 10 o 00 0.30 a 0.30 | 12 13 | 37-40 | 40.9 32-5 8.4 } 29.5005 | 29.988 29.118 870 RE. 19 4 10 | 10} 00 | 0.29 ss | 0.29 | 13 14 | 24.05 | 33-1 17-5 15.6 29.5273 | 29-916 29.251 - 665, S.W. 39-7 Io | 10 f 03 @.8 | 0.04 | 14 SUNDAY........15 | «sees + | 29.0 10.6 TELA || a0 G000 || veasaa |] cone F ooo || oa000 S.W. 20.3 |... 2p |) © 93 TS cesaeee +. SUNDAY 16 | 23.13 | 33.0 8.5 24.5 29.9210 | 30.187 29-755 432 W. 26.0 4-7 | 10] of 52 16 17 14.10 | 22.0 3.8 18,2 30.2278 | 30.324 30.126 -198 S.W. 18.7 ae to | of o8 17 18 22.90 27.6 17.8 9.8 29.9730 30.064 29.894 170 S.E. 8.5 10. Io | 10 J oo 18 1g | 19.28) 25.1 5.0 20.1 30.3767 | 30.446 30.246 200 N. 16.5 o. o| of 96 19 20] 19.42] 320 3.0 | 29.0 | 30.2923 | 30.363 30-243 120 N.E. 8.5 | 6.7} 10] of 18 20 2x | 31-05 | 35.0 22.8 12.2 30.0778 | 30.247 29.883 364 N.E. 16.3 ] 10.0| 10] 8] 05 21 STURDY spanonds || osouo 42.0 33-7 834) || cosooon |] oo0008 enon c00a =|] dans. N.E. 771) || cavo |} ob 3r ZB so00000 . -SUNDaY 23 | 41.02 | 47.8 34.6 13.2 30.0455 | 30.069 30.024 045 N.E. 12.2 9-7| 10] of 3r 23 24 | 37 43 | 42-9 31.9 11,0 30.1768 | 30.218 30.128 090 S.W. 17.8 7-8] 10] of 32 24 25 | 26.90] 33.0 21.8 1.2 30.3057 | 30.368 30.262 106 W. 16.1 1.3] 8] of 95 25 26| 21.30| 270 13-9 13.1 30.4588 | 30.516 30. 420 087 S.W. 8.4 1.8] 10] of 98 26 27 | 27-63 | 36.0 17.8 18.2 30.3030 | 30.451 30-147 +304 N.E. 5-7 0.0/ 0} of 97 27 28 35-45 38.5 29.6 8.9 30.0285 : N- “4 5.3 ° 57 28 34.8 I4.2 Gagoss| |) angopoml|| octal h dongs | Waumccate N. AQ Mer fetrktOUND ASG 27.6 12.4 30.1968 N. 23-7 16.3 } 30-1155 N.E. 18.41 14.18} 30.1157 16.3 3-92 17 yrs. means for &) 23.99 | 31.22 | 16.30 14.92] 29.9671 25.0 | 3-44 |17 years means for and including this mo. | including this month. ANALYSIS OF WIND RECORD. * Barometer readings reduced to sea-level and | giving a range of 1.541 inches. Maximum relative ) | temperature of 32° Far. humidity was 99 on the 4th. Minimum relative Direction... N. | N.-E. B.* | SE. Ss. SW. | W. | N.W. | Calm § Observed. humidity was 36 on the 29th. Sale ane rapeesaeaet |e pveeoae Bae + Pressure of vapour in inches of mercury. Rain fell on 9 days 1412 2142 6 67 108, 2546 2. aan rs rt : Mab MES EE EZEAE ea u stl fae aE y See t Humidity relative, saturation being 100. Snow fell on 8 days. 97 179 53 52 57 119 120 36 3r 1 Ten years only. Rain or snow fell on 15 days. ———— ee | ee | eee _—— a | 7 3 Mean velocity....} 14.6 12.0 13.1 12.9 19.1 21.4 21.3 13.7 The greatest heat was 49.0 on the 29th; the Auroras were observed on 2 nights. the 14th. Greatest mileage in one hour was 52 on the 14th. Greatest velocity in gusts, 66 miles per hour on Resultant mileage, 2020." Resultant direction, S. 87°.5 W. Total mileage, 11,602. greatest cold was 2.1 below zero on the 2nd, giving a range of temperature of 51.1 degrees. Warmest day was the 29th. Coldest day was the 2nd. Highest barometer reading was 30.659 on the 2nd ; lowest barometer was 29.118 on the 13th, Hoar frost on 2 days. Solar halo on 1 day, Lunar halo on 3 night. Fog on 2 days. THE Cee DEAN aid Oils.) OF SCIENCE. VOL. IV. JULY, 1891. NO. 7. On a NEw HORIZON IN THE St. JOHN GROUP. By G. F. Marruew, M.A., F.R.S.C. Read at Meeting of the Natural History Society of New Brunswick, 5th October, 1891. Among fossils which are considered to be of special im- portance in determining the age of Cambrian strata, none are thought to be of greater value than that curious net- like organism called Dictyonema flabelliforme. Most of the continental geologists regard the beds which contain this fossil as the highest which should come under the name of Cambrian, as distinguished from Ordovician or Lower Silurian, because at these beds there is an important palceontological break which we now know to be only local for the Atlantic region, but which seems in Europe to be of unusual importance.’ In Great Britain, however, another set of beds, the Tremadoc slates are included in the Cambrian rocks. This group contains many Cambrian types, occurs in the original Cambrian area, and for these reasons is attached to the Cambrian system. The next system begins with the Arenig group in which the true graptolites come in in strength and variety. 1 Prof. G Lindstrém asserts that in Sweden not a single species passes this limit. 8 340 Canadian Record of Science. Dictyonema flabelliforme bad been sought for in the black shales of Division 3 (Bretonian) unsuccessfully until this year. Films, probably due to this fossil had been met with, but they were too much distorted and obscured by slaty cleavage to be with safety referred to it. Now, however, the presence of this fossil is undoubted, and serves to add another to the known paleontological horizons of the St. John group. Mr. G. Stead, whom the writer had sent to search for the Tremadoc fauna on Navy Island, in St. John harbour, found Dictyonemain the ledges at the west end of the island. Subsequent examinations resulted in the discovery of fine examples of the fossil, and showed that it occurs at intervals through a considerable thickness of beds. Judging from the position at which Dictyonema was found, it is probable that the Tremadoc fauna is not on the island, but to the north of it in the channel of the river St. John. The history of this Dictyonema is interesting, as showing through how many successive phases of increasing aceuracy the knowledge of an extinct organism may pass. The original describer of the species evidently thought it related to the sea-fans as he called it a Gorgonia. The rising, branching and spreading hydrosome, with its sub- parallel, occasionally forking branches, would seem to favour this reference of the species. The branches too, are covered with mirute pores, or what appear to be such, and thus in another respect the species resembles the sea-fans. But EHichwald could not have discovered that he was dealing with a hollow cup or bell, and not a fan-like ex- panded organism, or he would scarcely have applied the specific name by which he designated the fossil. Still further from a correct understanding of the nature of this fossil, were Goeppert and Unger, who thought it to be a plant of some kind. These men were palcobotanists, and so less prepared to look for analogies to the fossil in the animal kingdom. It is now generally admitted that the fossil described by the late J. W. Salter as Dictyonema sociale is identical with New Horizon in St. John Group. 341 D. flabelliforme. Mr. Salter fully understood the cup-like form of the species which he described and its relation to the graptolites, and his name well expresses the multitudes of these delicate organisms which are exposed in breaking open layers of the Dictyonema shale. For along time the idea prevailed that this organism was rooted in the mud and grew on the sea bottom. One author speaks of the lower part of the hydrosome as a kind of cage buried in the mud, which supported the cup in an upright position, but it does not seem at all clear that Dictyonema was in any way thus attached. The sicula or initial point is altogether too small and slight to give support to the structure growing from it, and the living cells begin im- mediately above the sicula, and therefore, it is improbable that the lower part of the hydrosome was buried in the mud. Dictyonema seems rather to have been a free organism, floating in the ocean, and perhaps capable of moving by means of ciliz or fleshy appendages which have not been preserved. Dictyonema began life as a Bryograptus, if we may judge by the appearance ofthe hydrosome, which did not develop connecting threads on the primary branches, and usually not until the growth of the secondary branches was com- pleted. Then gradually and more numerously as ans hydrosome grew, the cross threads appeared. It isin keeping with this that Dictyonema was not the first form of the Graptolite family that appeared. Beside a few poorly preserved forms of the Lower Cambrian rocks, there were in Sweden and Acadia two genera of graptolites which either preceded it or appeared with it; these are Trichograptus or Clonograptus, and Bryograptus. G. Linnarsson discovered a graptolite in West Gotland, which he referred to Dichograptus. It is a small, slender form with distant cells, which, by H. A. Nicholson, has peen referred to Trichograptus, and by O. Hermann to Clonograptus. The species was found with the trilobite Spherophthalmus alatus, and therefore, should be older than the Dictyonema schists. 342 Canadian Record of Science. Charles Lapworth in many places in his “ Geological distribution of the Rhabdopora,” recognized Bryograptus as older than the Dictyonema shale,’ but Dr. W. C. Brégger disputes this, and says that in Scandinavia that genus appeared above the Dictyonema beds. He cites threespecies which appeared very soon after Dictyonema, and one of these is referred by Hermann to Trichograptus. Our observations in the St. John basin favour Lap- worth’s views, as we find a Bryograptus mingled with the earliest examples of Dictyonema, and below the proper Dictyonema beds. Dictyonema flabelliforme ranges through a greater thick- ness of beds in Acadia than it does in Sweden or Norway, and perhaps for this reason, has a greater variety af Brachiopods and Trilobites associated with it than are found in these countries, or indeed any where else. In- cluded in the beds where Dictyonema is found, there are trilobites belonging to Angelin’s genus Leptoplastus and to Agnostus. Parabolina cf heres Brigg, and Protopetura cf acanthura, Ang., also occur, and as the fossil is found about fifty feet lower down than the bed where these trilobites occur, it may even reach the zone of Parabolina spinulosa, Wahl. But the Dictyonema of these lower layers is a bushy form like var. confertum of Sweden. Only one trilobite is mentioned as occurring in Sweden in the Dictyonema beds. This is Angelin’s species Acerocorne ecorné, a species resembling Peltura scarabeoides, but posses- sing a pygidium devoid of spines. J. C. Moberg has thrown doubt on the occurrence of even this one trilobite in the Dictyonema beds. He mentions that it is said to have been found at Sandby in Scania where Protopeltura acanthura occurs, and it is thus possibly with fossils somewhat older than the true Dictyonema beds. Further, it may be added that Linnarsson says the Dictyonema beds in Scania contain (beside their characteristic fossil) a species of Dichograptus in great numbers, and that in that province a “ transition 1 Dic. Silurischen Etagen 2 und 3, p. 37. New Horizon in St. John Group. 343 might occur between the Olenus schists and the Dictyonema schists.” The conditions in Scania appear to correspond with those in Acadia, as the trilobites of the “‘ Upper Olenus Beds,” (Div. 3a. and b. of the St. John Group), are mingled with Dictyonema. But on the other hand, the upper or typical Dictyonema beds (Div. 3c.) at St. John, have so far yielded no trilobite Dictyonema also has associated with it at St. John, several species of Brachiopods,—an Obolus somewhat like O. Apollonis, Hichw, also an Obolella, a Linnarssonia like L. misera, Bill; and a Lingula or Linguella. Dictyonema lived long enough in the St. John basin to develop considerable differences in the appearance and structure of the hydrosome. We recognize two varieties which are probably the same with those mentioned by Dr. Brégger as existing in Scandinavia, and we also observe that the variety most common in Acadia differs from the type in’ having more numerous, because more closely set hydrothece. The variety Norvegicum characterised by heavy cross-bars has changed from the type in the direction of D. quadrangularis Hall, of the Levis shales, and the special Acadian variety in the direction of Sir J. W. Dawson’s species D. delicatulum of the same shales. The former variety is known to occur in the St. John basin at the Arenig horizon (Div. 3d.), but the latter though known at Quebec, has not been found here. Including the Dictyonema beds we now have in the third or Bretonian division of the St. John group the fol- lowing well characterized horizons :— a. Zone of Parabolina spinulosa (formerly described as Zone of Leptoplastus stenotoides). b. Zone of Peltura scarabeoides, contains also Dictyonema flabelliforme. c. Zone of Dictyonema flabelliforme, typical development of the species. ?. Several hundred feet, fauna unknown. d. Lone of Dichograptus Logani and Tetr agraptus, 4 branchiatus, &c. 344 Canadian Record of Science. On SomE GRANITES FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA AND THE ADJACENT Parts oF ALASKA AND THE YUKON DISTRICT. By Frank D. Apams, Lecturer in Geology, McGill University. Some three yearsago, when on the staff of the Geological Survey of Canada, the writer was requested by Dr. G. M, Dawson, to examine a series of rock specimens collected by that gentleman and his assistants, Messrs. McConnell and Ogilvy, during their explorations in the Yukon Districts and Northern British Columbia in 1887. The results of this examination were published as an appendix to Dr. Dawson’s Report on the Yukon District.! The rocks examined were, for the most part granites, but included also, diabase porphyrites, diabase tuffs and other rocks, which, however, were normal in character, and possessed of no features which here deserve especial mention or further description. Among the granites, however, there were three which were rather remarkable and seemed to be worthy of a more extended study than it was at that time possible to make. I have accordingly, through the kindness of Dr. Dawson, re-examined the hand specimens, and with the aid of additional thin sections have made a more detailed study of the rocks in question. Granite from Wrangell Island, Alaska.—The first of these rocks is a rather fine grained grey granite from Wrangell Island, Alaska. In Dr. Dawson’s Report it is referred to as follows: ‘The rocks along the west shore of Wrangell Island, in the vicinity of the town and harbor, are chiefly black flaggy argillites, remarkably uniform and regular in their bedding and with a westward dip. ‘They are con- siderably indurated and contain small staurolite crystals in some layers, while on the surface of others crystals 1 Appendix V. Notes on the Lithological Character of some rocks collected in the Yukon District and adjacent Northern parts of British Columbia, by Frank D. Adams. Annual Report of the Geological Survey of Canada 1887. Granites from British Columbia, ete. 345 of mica have been developed. Similar rocks are found on other parts of the coast, both in the north and south, and from a lithological point of view, they much resem- ble the Triassic argillites of the Queen Charlotte Islands, though no fossils are found at this place. The ridge behind the town of Wrangell is chiefly composed of rather fine grained grey granite, which is probably intrusive and may have been the cause of the incipient crystallization observed in the argillites. The north part of the island is formed of a similar granite, probably a continuation of the same mass.” Dr. Dawson informs me that the granites all through this district seem to be more recent than the slates and that he regards the mass in question as almost certainly of eruptive origin. The hand specimen when examined seems to show a very indistinct tendency towards parallelism of mica individuals, and when thin sections are examined there is evidence in the somewhat uneven extinction of the quartz grains as well as in the twisting of the biotite, that the rock has been submitted to pressure. It is composed essen- tially of quartz, orthoclase, plagioclase and biotite, with epidote, allanite, garnet, sphene, zircon and apatite, as accessory constituents. The essential constituents show nothing especially deserving of mention. The feldspars are generally fresh and frequently show a beautiful zonal structure due to growth-rings. Occasionally a distinct bor- der with well marked granophyre structure is seen about a portion of a feldspar individual. The garnet, of which a few grains are present in most of the sections, is light brown in colour. The interest of the rock centres in the epidote with its associated allanite. The epidote is present in considerable amount and is generally associated with the biotite. It is colourless and has rather a high index of refraction, occurring in prisms elongated, parallel to the } axis with a perfect cleavage parallel to the length. Hxamined in convergent light between crossed nicols it is seen to be biaxial, the plane of the optic axes in all cases being at right angles to the 346 Canadian Record of Science. length of the prism. In some instances the double refraction is sufficiently strong to give-rise to the greenish-yellow, yellow and pink colours usually seen in thin sections ofthis mineral, but in others, and almost invariably in very thin sections the mineral shows the deep blue interference colours characteristic of Zoisite. It was thought at first that both minerals were present, but a more careful study of the slides showed that the blue colour was given by thinner parts of individuals which elsewhere polarize in yellow tints, the blue colour appearing as border around the little bays or cavities in the crystals to be described further on, and where, therefore, the epidote was thinner than else- where. Since, however, normal epidote has a sufficiently strong double refraction to give brilliant yellow interference colours even in the thinnest sections ordinarily attainable, it is probable that this is a variety poor in iron, and thus approaching Zoisite in composition, these two minerals being dimorphic, their formula being identical, except that in epidote a portion of the alumina is generally replaced by ferric oxide. The absence of the usual pleochroism in the mineral points to the same conclusion. Associated with some but by no means with all of these crystals of epidote are little individuals of allanite. These are sometimes very small and of a more or less irregular shape, but frequently have a good crystalline form consisting of a prism elongated in the direction of the 6 axis and gen- erally having what are probably pyramidal terminations at one extremity. The plane of the optic axis is at right angles to the longer axis of these crystals. It has a high index of refraction, possesses a distinct zonal structure and is pleochroic, the colours being as follows :— a—Light yellowish brown. b—Purplish brown. r—Pale yellowish brown. The light passing through the crystals parallel to g is of nearly the same colour as that passing through parallel to gr. The colour is not so intense as is usual in allanite, al- Granites from British Columbia, etc. 347 though this may be due in part to the fact that these crystals are very small. In two or three cases twin crystals of allanite were found. the twinning line probably being «Po, in one case extine- tions of 23° and 27° respectively on either side of the twinning line were observed, but none of the crystals were cut quite parallel to the clinopinacoid. The epidote, when associated with these allanites, has crystallized around them, sometimes enveloping them completely, but at other times only partially, forming what is generally a very irrevular border. The allanite and epidote are probably intergrown in parallel position, but no section was found so cut that this could be actually proved. The mode of occurrence of these two minerals is seen in the accompany- ing cut (Fig. 1) in the upper left hand division, the epidote being represented .in outline, while the allanite is black. This association of epidote and allanite has already been described from a number of localities.’ The epidote is remarkable, not only as occurring in very considerable amount in the granite, but also from its mode of occurrence. It is evident at the first glance that it does not result from the decomposition of the plagioclase or other constituents of the rock, as is frequently the case in much decomposed igneous rocks, since it occurs in large well defined crystals, these however seldom have a perfect form but possess a very peculiar eaten or corroded appearance, being traversed by little irregular canals and arms of another colourless mineral with much lower index of refraction. These arms are in many cases, too small to enable their character to be determined, but on careful examina- 1 Becker, Ewald.—‘‘ Ueber das Mineralvorkommen im Granit von Striegau, insbesondere fiber den Orthorlas und dunkelgriinen Epidote.’’—Breslau. Hobbs, W- H.—‘*‘ Ueber die Verwachsung von Allanite (Orthit) und Epidote in Gesteinen.’’—Tschermak’s Min. and Pet. Mitt., 1889, i., also Johns Hopkins Universi ty Circular, April, 1888. Lacroix, A. —‘‘ Contributions 4 l’etude des Gneiss A Pyroxene et des roches 3 Wernerite.’’ Bull. Soc. Min., France, April, 1889. Tornebohm, A. E.—*‘ Mikroskopiska Bergartstudier XII.,Epidot gneiss,’’ Geol. For. i., Stock Forh. No. 75, 1882. 348 Canadian Record of Science. tion it is found that they are for the most part quartz, in fact arms of quartz can in many places be seen running into the epidote crystals from adjacent quartz grains, the arm and the external portion of the grain belonging to the same individual. In other places, however, these little arms were found to consist of plagioclase and to be continuous with the plagioclase associated with the epidote in the same manner as in the case of the quartz described above, prob- ably some of them may also be orthoclase. Three of these epidote crystals are represented in outline in Fig. 1, (Nos. i, li, ii). They were drawn with theaid ofa camera lucida from epidote crystals occurring in the sections of the Wrangell Island granite. In the second one (No. ii), how- ever, it was found to be impossible to show all the inclusions and little arms, only the largest and best defined being represented, while a number of smaller ones are omitted. FicuRb 1. i.—Epidote, enclosing Allanite in Granite from Wrangell Island. iv, v, vi.—Single individuals of Muscovite in Granite from Pelly River. Granites from British Columbia, etc. 349 The mode of occurrence is exactly the same as that des- cribed by Dr. Geo. H. Williams in the case of the epidote oc- curring in the Mica Diorite from Stony Point on the Hud- son River (American Journal of Science, June, 1888). The nearest analogy to it observed in other rocks, is the struc- ture of the garnets.in many garnetiferous gneisses. In the garnetiferous gneisses of the Laurentian System which I have had an opportunity of examining in thin sections, the garnets, although sometimes forming compact indi- viduals, in other specimens have a structure closely resembling, and often apparently identical with that above described. This structure in gneisses and in the granite under consideration, does not seem to be due to the eating away or partial solution of crystals which originally had a perfect form, as in the quartz phenocrysts of quartz porphyries, where fragments of what were evidently once quartz crystals which have been eaten apart, can often be found lying near each other having lost their common orientation, nor are the bays which run into the epidote always or generally large and well defined like the arms of the groundmass in the quartz phenocrysts in question, but on the contrary, they are generally long, slender curving arms and little irregular canals, and are frequently found closed at the outer end, forming cavities which then appar- ently become filled up, leaving finally one or more minute inclusions or little points of the quartz or feldspar com- pletely isolated in the epidote individual. In other grains these have apparently also disappeared, and a crystal free from all inclusions is the result. The epidote, like the garnets in the gneiss, presents the appearance rather of having grown into the surrounding minerals by first send- ing out little arm like extensions of its substance which subsequently meet one another, in this way including some of the foreign mineral which may or may not finally dis- appear. The few grains of garnet which as above men- tioned, occur in sections of the Wrangell. Island granite have this same structure. Where an allanite crystal is enclosed in the epidote this 350 Canadian Record of Science. irregularity in structure does not extend to the allanite. The latter has the appearance of a primary mineral, around which the epidote would naturally tend to crystalize, if any were developed in the rock, the two minerals being isomorphous. As it was necessary to carry as little weight as possible over the long stretches of country traversed by the Yukon expedition, only single hand specimens of each rock were collected, and the description given above is that of the single specimen of this Wrangell granite collected by the party. The only other specimen which I could obtain from Fort Wrangell was one kindly given to me by Mr. R. G. McConnell of the Geological Survey of Canada, which was collected by him from the slopes of the hill behind Fort Wrangell some years previously, and which proves to be a fine grained Muscovite Granite or Aplite. It occurs associated with the argillites, probably in the form of adyke. The occurrence of this rock in the vicinity would also point to a probable eruptive origin for the granite above described. The rock is a typical Aplite being composed of quartz, orthoclase, plagioclase, and a large amount of muscovite. The muscovite is quite normal in its mode of occurrence, and shows no signs of the fretted or indented outline possessed by muscovite in the Pelly River granite to be described further on. It occasionally holds little bunches of black rutile needles, sometimes geniculated twins, and associated with these in the muscovite, a few stout little crystals were observed having a very high index of refrac- tion and well defined crystalline form—acute double pyra- mids truncated by basal planes. These are probably an- atase. A few grains of topaz are also present. Granite from Pelly River, Yukon District.—The second . rock, unlike that just described, was collected in the interior of the Yukon District, being found on the upper Pelly River near to its confluence with the Lewes River. The specimen is marked “61,” the exact point from which it was taken being indicated on Dr. G. M. Dawson’s “ Map of the Yukon District and British Columbia,’ Sheet 3. Granites from British Columbia, etc. 351 In his report, Dr. Dawson refers to this granite as follows: (p. 132). ‘‘Nine miles above the confluence, by the course of the river, a great mass of impure serpentine comes out on the bank, and six miles and a half above the same place, grey granite of the usual character is again met with and appears to constitute the hills to the east of the river for the remaining few miles of its course.” It is a grey muscovite biotite granite of miduum grain. There is a barely percep. tible parallelism visible in the arrangement of the constit- uents, so that it might possibly be termed a granitic gneiss. It consists of the following minerals, quartz, ortho- clase, microcline, plagioclase, muscovite, biotite, epidote, garnet, calcite, sphene and pyrite. The quartz and ortho- clase constitute a large proportion of the rock, while the plagioclase, micas and other constituents are less abundant. The quartz and feldspar are sometimes broken and show uneven extinction, in fact the rock seems to have been considerably crushed, but I can see no evidence of anything like complete re-crystallization. The biotite is not very abundant and is sometimes partly altered to chlorite. The garnet, which like the sphene and pyrite is present in small amount, occursin irregular shaped isotropic grains which are much cracked. The epidote, muscovite, and calcite, however, are of especial interest. The epidote is the normal variety with one good cleavege at right angles to the plane of the optic axes and generally possesses a faint pleochroism, colourless and greenish yellow. It occurs occasionally in fairly perfect crystals, but is frequently found in the same curiously imperfect forms which it assumes in Wrangell Island rock. The little arms and bays which run into these epidote individuals are sometimes quartz. In very many cases, however, they are feldspar (plagioclase) as indicated by the biaxial figure and polyoynthetic twinning, the included portions being con- tinuous and having the same optical orientation as the feldspar surrounding the epidote, being in fact, a portion of the same individual. The muscovite is rather more 352 Canadian Record of Science. plentiful than the biotite, being present in rather large amount. It has the same curiously irregular outlines as the epidote, being sometimes in very slender forms and delicate skeleton crystals and at other times in tolerably stout individuals. The little indentations which frequently form a very delicate and complicated lace work about the edge of the crystals areoccupied by whatever mineral the mica happens to be embedded in, sometimes quartz, but at other times orthoclase or plagioclase, and in the great majority of cases when the little arms areso cut that they can be accurately studied, the mineral occupying them is seen to have the same extinction and to be continuous with that surrounding the mica, forming in fact, as in the case of the epidote, part of one and the same individual. Sometimes a number of little muscovite crystals situated near each other will be found to have the same orientation, although in the plane of the section there is no connection between them, in fact in one grain of feldspar, probably plagioclase, two well defined sets of small slender muscovite individuals were seen crossing one another at an angle of 55°, the mem- bers of each set extinguishing simultaneously, while a third set formed of fewer individuals also similarly oriented was arranged in a third direction cutting across these. In Fig. 1, (Nos. iv, v, vi), three occurrences of this muscovite are represented, the separated parts in each case having a common orientation. The muscovite showing this peculiar structure is fre- quently found immediately in contact with biotite which shows no signs of it, nor is the muscovite a bleached biotite, for no transition stages are ever observed, though both are seen in contact along a sharp line in-several cases. The biotite, however, is as above mentioned, sometimes altered to chlorite. The calcite occurs in large individuals, some- times alone and sometimes associated in groups of two or three. They are generally irregular in shape and show the usual twinning. Like the muscovite and epidote it is frequently developed as skeleton crystals, and has been found enclosed in muscovite, in plagioclase, and in un- Granites from British Columbia, etc. 353 twinned feldspar, presumably orthoclase. It has also been found partly surrounded by quartz, but never completely embedded in that mineral. All three minerals, muscovite, epidote, and calcite, frequently occur associated and inter- grown, all having apparently a similar origin, the calcite, like the other two, apparently growing into the other constituents of the rock. Figure 2 shows the mode of occurrence of these minerals in this Pelly River granite and their relation to the other constituents of the rock. All the little inclusions and arms in the central portion of the large muscovite crystal have precisely the same orientation as the large plagioclase individual which here bounds the muscovite on one side, having formed apparently at one time portions of the same individual. Figure 2. Section of the Granite from Peily River x 42 diameters. M—Muscovite. B—Biotite. E—E£pidote. P—Plagioclase. C—Calcite. Muscovite occurring in skeleton crystals in plagioclase in 354 Cunadian Record of Science. precisely the manner described above was also observed in thin sections ofa granite collected by Mr. J. B. Tyrrell of the Canadian Geological Survey at Rock Point, Lake St. Martin, Manitoba. Mr. Tyrrell states that it is, without doubt, an eruptive granite. It occurs penetrating a dark green hornblende schist through which arms of the granite run in all directions while the schist contains imperfectly developed staurolitic minerals, the result of contact metamorphism. In other similar rocks’ from the Lake Winnipeg district, epidote occurring in these peculiar forms was observed. Granite from Coast Ranges, British Columbia.—The third rock is from the Coast Ranyes of British Columbia, where it forms large exposures on the Stikine River not very far from its mouth. It is of medium grain, grey and porphyrtic with numerous small plagioclase crystals. It is composed of quartz, plagioclase, orthoclase, biotite and hornblende, and should be classed either as a quartz diorite or a biotite hornblende granite, according to the relative amounts of plagioclase and orthoclase present in the rock, amounts which can only be determined by a separation of the constituents by means of heavy solutions or by chemical analysis. The rock is interesting from the occurrence in it of allanite in rather large brown pleochroic crystals with well marked zonal structure which must be rather abundant, as they were found in three of the six thin sections of this rock which were prepared. Conclusions.—The origin of the epidote and muscovite, as well as of the calcite above described, is a question of con- siderable interest. We may suppose these minerals to have been produced in one of three ways. They might be:— 1, Original minerals which were crystallized from a granitic magna and subsequently corroded, eaten away and partially reabsorbed as in the case of the quartz phen- ocrysts in quartz porphyries, or the biotite and horn- blende in many volcanic rocks. 2. Minerals which have been developed during a complete re-crystallization of the original rock, owing to pressure or Granites from British Columbia, etc. 350 some other metamorphic agency, but which did not com- plete their growth. 3. Minerals which have grown in the rock after its solidification, but without re-crystallization of the other constituents. The first hypothesis does not seem to be tenable in the present case, for not only is epidote a mineral which occurs but very rarely in granites, except as a decomposition product, but a careful examination under the microscope would seem to show that, as above mentioned, the apparent corrosion of the crystals, whether epidote, muscovite or calcite, is quite different in character from that produced by the corrosion and partial resolution of a caustic magma. If the muscovite were so corroded, the biotite should also have been attacked with the removal of the muscovite molecule at least. Further, if a crystal of muscovite were eaten away until the merest skeleton alone remained, or until the crystal had actually been separated into several pieces, it would be im- possible for the entire skeleton and even the several dis- connected portions to preserve exactly the same orientation had there been the slightest motion in the molten magma, and we cannot but suppose that there would be a certain amount of motion when such extensive resolution was taking place. Moreover, as above mentioned, there is reason to*believe from their similarity in mode of occurrence and close associa- tion, that the epidote, muscovite and calcite, have had a similar origin, but we would hardly expect calcite as an original mineral in so acid a rock, much less crystallized in large individuals in actual contact with quartz. Neither does there seem to be reason to believe, after a careful study of the thin sections of the rock, that anything like.an entire crystallization of the granite has taken place as supposed in the second hypothesis. Were it not for the epidote, muscovite and calcite, the rocks would be considered normal granites probably somewhat crushed. Their character is that of eruptive rocks, not of ereralane schists. 356 Canadian Record of Science. The third hypothesis, namely that the minerals in question have been developed in the rock after its solidification, perhaps by dynamic action, and indicate a first stage of metamorphism but without complete re-crystallization, is not nearly so startling as it might seem at the first glance. We have examples of such a development in a number of cases, and it may be that the growth of minerals in this way is a much more common factor in development of crystalline schists than is generally supposed. It is what takes place in almost every case of pseudomorphism by alteration. “All the rocks situated at considerable depths in the earth’s crust must be subject to great pressure resulting from the weight of the superincumbent masses. Under these pressures, liquids and gases may be made to penetrate between the molecules of the solid crystals. The evidence that such permeation of solid crystals by liquids and gases has taken place is overwhelming. In the words of Van der Waals, ‘ All bodies can mix with one another when the pressure exceeds a certain value.’”' That by the action of such solutions secondary minerals may be developed is a ~ very reasonable supposition, and that they have been so developed in the rocks at present under consideration seems to be the explanation which best accords with facts observed. As a good example of the growth of one mineral in and through another after the solidification of the rock of which it is a component part, the development of wollastonite in the plagivclase, ofa plagioclase-pyroxene rock from Brittany ‘described by Dr. Whitman Cross may be cited.’ Another example is the alteration of quartz into steatite described by Dr. Weinschenk.’ In this case the steatite was found to grow in the crystals of quartz which were traversed by very fine capillary cracks, thus forming a net work 1 Chemical changes in rocks under Mechanieal Stresses’’ by Prof. J. W- Judd, Journal of Chemical Society. May, 1890. (p. 410). 2 “Studien uber bretonische Gesteine Tschermach’s Min. u. Pet. Mittheil, 1880, iii.. 369.” ®“ Ueber die Umwandlung des Quarzes in Speckstein.”’ Zeit. fur Kryst, 1888. (p- 305). Granites from British Columbia, etc. Bia enclosing angular bits of quartz which were finally com- pletely altered to soapstone. It was found, moreover, that the process could be repeated artificially. By boiling finely powdered rock crystal in a solution of carbonite of potass and sulphate of magnesia, the quartz grains were found to become corroded and converted along their outer portions into ascaly aggregate, rich in magnesia, undecom- posed by aqua regia, and having the optical properties of talc. The development of andalusite and staurolite in contact zones might in many cases also serve as an excellent example of this mode of growth, since in many cases such slates have not undergone complete re-crystallization. Lastly, there are the double zones of pyroxene and horn- blende, which have been described as surrounding the olivine where it would come in contact with the plagioclase in so many gabbros from various parts of the world. If these “rims” are really the result of dynamic action as has frequently been asserted, they afford one of the best instances of the growth of one mineral in another in a-solid rock, for here we have the hornblende in many cases occurring in the most delicate acicular crystals, distinctly growing out into the large unfractured plagioclase crystals onall sides. In the norite from Lake St. John,’ however, where these zones are especially well developed and which is the occurrence that I have been able to study most care- fully, there is practically no evidence of great dynamic action, and the zones seem to be due to the caustic action of the molten magma before the solidification of the rock. There is, however, one difference between occurrences described in this paper and those described by Cross and Weinschenk, namely, that in these Yukon rocks the minerals in question penetrate and apparently grow into, not one mineral but several minerals. This third hypothesis seems, therefore, to be the one which best accounts for the very peculiar mode of occur- 1**On the presence of zones of certain Silicates about the Olivin occurring in Anorthosite rocks from the River Saguenay.” American Naturalist, Nov., 1885, 358 Canadian Record of Science. rence of these minerals in the rocks described in this paper. It is hoped that similar occurrences may present them- selves in more accessible localities so that a more thorough study of them may be made, since, if it could be shown that secondary minerals are commonly developed in this way much light would be thrown on the nature of the com- plicated processes at work during the metamorphosis of rocks, Puiniep HENRY GOSSE. By Carri M. Doricx, B.A. One of the earlier explorers in therich field of Canadian natural history, and a man who did much towards the popu- larization of scientific knowledge, the late Philip Henry Gosse, has been excellently portrayed in a recent biography by his son, the London poet, who not only brought to his task rare literary ability, but had at his command a great mass of biographical material collected by his father. From his *‘ Life” the materials for the following sketch have been obtained. In their married life, Thomas and Hannah Gosse pre- sented a curious picture of incongruity. He was a wander- ing miniature-painter, shy and unambitious, not an inspired artist but a good draughtsman with a keen appreciation of the beautiful, His wife was strikingly handsome, an un- educated, passionate woman, whose strong practical nature made her the ideal mainstay of the family under the most trying circumstances. Their second son, Philip, was born in Worcester in 1810. _ But his parents soon removed to Poole, where his childhood was passed. He obtained the rudiments of an education in an ordinary day-school, but the truly educative influence of these early days was constant association with his aunt, Mrs. Bell, who was a woman remarkable for her devotion to 1 The life of Philip Henry Gosse, by his son Edmund Gosse, London, Keegan, Paul, Trench, Trubner & Co., 1890. Philip Henry Gosse. 359 science, and filled with a passionate love of nature, with which she succeeded in so imbuing her nephew that scien- tific research remained for him the one unfailing charm of his existence. Mrs. Gosse, though herself uneducated, appreciated the talents early displayed by her son, and made strenuous efforts to advance his education, sending him for a short time to the Blandford School, where he received the only classical training he ever enjoyed. The extreme poverty of his parents forced them, in 1814, to place him in a large mercantile house in the Newfound- land trade. His duties were not heavy and he found much time for miscellaneous reading. The magic of romantic poetry took him captive. His chief amusement, however, was zoology, and from every source he added to his infor- mation in this department, searching for specimens, copying plates, reading descriptions. When he was sixteen, a tra- velling menagerie aroused in him one of the strongest pas- sions of his life, a love of tropical lepidoptera. The collec- tion contained one of the grand silver-blue butterflies of South America, and “ this created an extr aordinary longing in the boy’s heart to go out and capture such imperial creatures for himself.” The gratification of this desire was long delayed but in 1827, an appointment in a counting- house in Carbonear, Newfoundland, enabled him to begin his studies of the insect-life of the New World. The next five years were spent in work uncongenial but not arduous. A visit of six weeks to his old home was his only holiday, but his opportunities for pursuing his studies were many. The period is very important, marking as it does, his transition from boyhood to manhood, and the development not only of his scientific tastes but of that peculiar religious fervor which characterized him through- out his life. His studies were made without the aid of books or proper apparatus, so that he was largely thrown upon his own resources. Turning to nature, the great fountainhead, he so assimilated her teachings, that he was afterwards the better 360 Canadian Record of Science. able to profit by the records of the researches of others. His business duties were uninteresting, the comparatively minute and inconspicuous character of the insects of New- foundland failed to satisfy him, and his discontent was further increased by the social gloom that darkened the life of the colony. Little, therefore, was needed to make him sever his connection with Carbonear. Many circumstances combined to turn his thoughts towards Canada. It had the fascination of the unknown, the romance of the “ forest primeval,” its riches were described in glowing terms by emigration agents, its insect life was glorified in a popular work which fell into his hands. He felt destined for a suc- cessful farmer, skill being of secondary consideration in a land so wonderfully rich. Confident of success, he wrote to his brother asking him to join him in an Areadian life, say- ing: “ We would have all things in common; we could entomologize together in the noble forest, and, in the peace- ful and happy pursuits of agriculture, forget the toils and anxieties of commerce. Not that our lives will be idle, for we shall have to work with our own hands, but there will be the pleasing and stirring consciousness that our labor is for ourselves, and not for an unkind, ungrateful master. The land where I go is exceedingly fertile and productive, and, with little more than half the toil necessary on an English farm it will yield not only the necessaries, but even the luxuries of life.’ At first, he intended to go to the shores of Lake Huron, but acquaintances in Quebec dis- suaded him, and he made an excursion to Compton where he finally decided to buy a partially cleared farm ; doubt- less induced by the profusion of butterflies. Long after- wards, he wrote in regard to his settlement at Compton, “I felt and acted as if butterfiy-catching had been the one great business of life.” Ploughing and sowing, teaching in the district schools, failing in all his attempts, he nevertheless managed to retain his rosy dreams for many months. Rejoicing in the beautiful scenery, revelling in the novel riches of the animal life, he forgot his troubles and enthusiastically Philip Henry Gosse. 361 studied not only the insects, but all the natural objects, keeping copious notes which he afterwards embodied in the ‘Canadian Naturalist,” his first published book. “ The first encouragement from without which came to him in his career,” says his biographer, “the earliest welcome from the academic world, arrived in the spring of 1836, in the modest shape of a corresponding membership of the Lite- rary and Historical Society of Quebec. This was quickly followed by a similar compliment from the Natural History Society of Montreal. ‘Those elections indeed conferred in themselves no great honour, for these institutions in those early colonial days, were then in their boyhood and too inexperienced to be critical in their selection. It was none tho less a great gratification to the young man. He con. tributed papers to the Transactions of either societies, send- ing to Montreal a Lepidoptera Comptoniensa, and to Quebec an essay on The Temperature of Newfoundland and Notes on the Comparative Forwardness of Spring in Newfoundland and Canada. He also sent to the new museum at Montreal a Collection of the lepidoptera of Compton.” But poverty, fatigue, ill-health and a sense of failure at last overwhelmed him. He yielded to his misfortunes and sold his farm, blaming the country for the sad ending of his bright hopes. One turns with relief to the record of his scientific life. The “ Canadian Naturalist,” was intended by him to bea kind of “‘ Naturalist’s Calendar,” setting forth the praise of God and showing the delights he felt in study. Unfor- tunately, it is presented in the form of a dialogue between a father and a son, which is sometimes tiresome, always rambling, but which notwithstanding its crudity, shows the germs of those qualities which afterwards made Gosse a popular and useful writer:—“ picturesque enthusiasm, scrupulous attention to truth in detail, a quick eye and res- ponsive brain, and a happy gift in direct description.” It was one of the earliest books to call students from the labo- ratory and museum to the woods and streams and bid them ‘“‘ observe the living heart of nature.” Appearing ata time when little was known of the natural wonders and _ re- 362 Canadian Record of Science. sources of Canada, it was a valuable addition to the scien- tific knowledge of the land, and, doubtless, inspired. some of its sons to undertake a more systematic study of the. natural history of their native country. Looking with longing eyes towards the semi-tropical life of the Southern States, in 1838 Philip Gosse left Canada, the only trophy of his struggles there being a large cabinet of insects. . The next year he spent in Alabama, teaching a small school for the sons of planters. In his leisure, he continued his favorite pursuits in the midst of delightful natural surroundings. In a letter of July of that year, he says :—‘‘An eye accustomed only to the small and generally inconspicuous butterflies of our own country, can hardly picture to itself the gaiety of the air here, where it swarms with large and brilliant hued swallow-tails and other pat- rician tribes, some of which, in the extent and volume of their wings, may be compared to large bats. These occur, too, not by straggling, solitary individuals, in glancing over a blossomed field, you may see hundreds, including I think, more than a dozen species, besides other butterflies, moths and flies. A rather amusing incident is related as having occurred about this time. ‘In Alabama the squirrel question was one of great importance in local politics. These delightfully amusing animals are unfortunately wasters of the first order ; they are in the cornfield morning, noon and eve, from the time that the grain is growing in the sheath to the moment when what remains of it is housed in the barn. While Philip Gozse was at Mount Pleasant, a fellow from the north sent round an advertisement that he would lecture in a neighbouring village, and that the subject of his discourse would be to reveal an infallible preventive from the thefts of the squirrels. The announcement attracted great curi- osity, and the planters assembled from all sides. A deputa- tion started from Mount Pleasant itself, and Philip Gosse, thinking to hear what would be of interest to a naturalist, was of the party. A considerable entrance fee was charged but very willingly paid. At last the room was full, the Philip Henry Gosse. 363 doors. closed, and the orator appeared on the platform. He began by describing the depredations of the squirrels, the difficulty of coping with them, and various other circum- stances with which his audience was familiar. He was a plausible fellow and seemed to have mastered his subject. At last he approached the real kernel of the question.” -‘ You wish,” he said, “to hear my infallible preventive, the ab- solute success oF which | am able to guarantee. Gentlemen, Lhave observed that the squirrels invariably begin their attacks on the outside row of corn in the field. Omit the out- side.row, and they won’t know where to begin!” The money ' was in his pocket; he turned and vanished by the platform door; his. horse was tied to the post, he leaped into the sad- dle and was seen no more in that credulous settlement. The act was one of extreme courage as well as impudence in that Jand of ready lynching, but my father was wont to say that after the first murmur of dissatisfaction and words of anger, the disappointed audience dissolved into the most good-humoured laughter at themselves.” - Notwithstanding this delightful field for study and the kindly, rough-and-ready hospitality of the planters, after the first few months Gosse was utter ly miserable. As an Englishman, his prejudices clashed with those of his com- panions, and though no humanitarian, he was sickened by the horrors of slavery, which even to him, seemed indis- pensable in Alabama. In January, 1839, he, therefore, abruptly took his departure, seeking after a twelve years’ exile, his life-work in his childhood’s home. He was reduced to extreme poverty, and knew not where to turn, when his cousin, Prof. Bell, recommended the manuscript of the ‘‘ Canadian Naturalist ” so highly to Mr. Van Voorst, the publisher, that he offered one hundred guineas for the work. This offer was accepted with joy, and never again in his career as an author was Philip Gosse reduced to such straits. The next few years were full of intellectual effort, but little of his work during this period was published. Two books, however, “ An Introduction to Zoo- logy,‘ and the “‘ Ocean,” written for the Society for Pro- 364 Crnudiun Record of Science. moting Christian Knowledge, opened his eyes to the fact that he was destined to be a popular author. “The Ocean” showed a great advance in literary style, and was fully illus- trated by the author himself who, without imaginative power, was a correct and minute reproducer of animals and plants. Towards the close of 1844, a pleasant break occurred in the monotony of his life. He was sent upon an exploring expedi- tion to Jamaica,a land at that time almost unknown to natu- ralists. The two following years were spent in a careful, thorough investigation of the ornithology of that island. During his stay he made many important contributions to the science of zoology, proving two hundred species of birds to be indigenous to the country, and discovering twenty-four new species of mammalia, reptiles and fishes. His ‘“‘ Natu- ralist’s Sojourn in Jamaica” is probably the most delightful of his books. Full of lovely descriptions of the picturesque scenery of the island, it also shows his life there to have been crowded with scientific incident and valuable experiences. A more technical record of his work is found in “The Birds of Jamaica.” written shortly after his return to London; but, though well received by those best qualified to judge of its merits, the book was a financial failure. His religious life was always intense and of that stern character which brooks no compromise with the world. About this time, therefore, becoming dissatisfied with Methodism which he considered to have fallen from its for- mer high estate of unworldliness, he connected himself with the “Plymouth Brethren.” At these meetings, he frequent- ly met Miss Emily Bowes, whom he married in 1848. She was a woman of mature mind and sober tastes; of great tuct and wisdom, and during the nine years of her married life she did much towards developing the gentler side of her husband’s character, rendering him less shy and reserved, more sympathetic and genial. While sharing his religious views, she exercised an influence over him opposed to his naturally stern and fanatical temperament. The first year of their married life must have been one Philip. Henry Gosse. 365 of self-repression difficult to her social, cheerful nature, for Philip Gosse’s “ideal of life was to exist in an even tem perature of domestic solitude, absorbed in intellectual work, buried in silence.’ However, as time passed on, the two grew nearer together and daily became more harmonious in feelings and tastes. In 1849, their son Edmund was born. But an event of far greater interest to Gosse marked the year for in June, “he made his first independent examination of a rotifer under the microscope, and the date may be worth noting, as that of the opening of one of the most important of all the branches of his labours. The extreme ardour with which he took up subjects sometimes wore itself out rather rapidly. He grew tired of birds, afterwards he grew tired of his once well-beloved sea-anemones. But in the rotifers, the exquisite little wheel animalcules, whose history he did so much to elucidate, in these he never lost his zest, and they danced under his miscroscope when he put his faded eye to the tube for the last time.” For the last five years Gosse had been leading a life of severe work, almost without social interests and unbroken by holidays. Its monotony proved injurious to his health, and he consequently left London in 1852 and for a time established himself at St. Marychurch, South Devon. He remained there long enough to develop the idea of the marine aquarium, and to carry on the researches described in ‘A Naturalist’s Rambles on the Devonshire Coast.” After a few months however the climate proved enervating, and he removed to [lfracombe, where he threw himself with ardour into the work of exploration and made several dis- coveries recorded in ‘‘ The Devonshire Coast.” The chatty style of his books seems to have suggested the idea that he might prove a popular lecturer, and though he had never attempted such a thing, in 1853 he con- sented co make a few remarks about sponges which he was studying ut the time. He illustrated his lecture with large drawings in chalk upon the blackboard, and the suc- cess of the novel experiment was such that he continued lecturing for several years. 366 Canadian Record of Science. In 1854, Gosse gave to the world “The Aquarium,” a delightful record of eight months hard work on the Dorsetshire Coast, where he had been collecting material for the aquaria of Regent’s Park. The volume was reviewed by Charles Kingsley who subsequently expanded the review into that charming little book “ Glaucus,”’ the pages of which are full of the praises of Gosse, his recently acquired friend. Gosse further extended his acquaintance with the English coast by a visit in 1854 to Tenby in Pembrokeshire. “Tts honeycombed rocks and weedy basins’’ made his work there uniformly brilliant and successful, and a graphic account of his experience is given in ‘‘ Tenby,” a book which displays more than any other his “ air of taking us upon his knees like a grandpapa.” He was elected a “‘ Fellow of the Royal Society ” in 1856, and his treatise on the ‘‘ Manducatory Organs in the Class Rotifera,” published in the Society’s Transactions, brought him into further notice in scientific circles. But the joy of success was soon dimmed by a great sorrow, Emily Gosse, while helping her husband, attending to household duties, and occupied with the writing of popular Gospel Tracts, had been slowly failing, and in February 1855 she died. The loss of this noble woman and true wife marked a crisis in her husband’s career. Every year her influence had become more apparent, and had added to the brightness of their life; but now Gosse became more reserved than ever, and withdrawing to Sandhurst near St. Marychurch, he made there his solitary home. Given up to morbid musings and in a state of mental exhaustion, he turned his thoughts towards evolution, a subject to which previously he had paid but little attention. In 1855 he had been presented to Charles Darwin, and had, at once, yielded to the fascination of his simple, cordial nature. For some years he continued in correspondence with him, helping him by investigations and memoranda which tended to strengthen those evolutionary ideas, des- tined to stand opposed to his dearest beliefs. Gosse was not a philosophical thinker, but a minute observer and accurate Philip Henry Gosse. 367 describer of facts, and for sometime he did not concern him- self with the theories developed from the details he fur- nished. At last, however, his conscience forced him to en- ter a protest against the hypothesis of evolution. ‘The current interpretation of the Bible lay upon his judgment with a weight he could not throw off. Therefore, leaving his own field of research, he entered the list with scientific philosophers to his own discomfiture and the regret of his friends.” “Omphalos” was an attempt to reconcile the six-day theory of creation with the facts of geology. His theory was this: ‘“ Life is a circle, no one stage of which more than another affords a natural commencing point. Every living object points irresistibly to the existence of a previous living object of the same kind. Creation, therefore, must mean the sudden bursting into the circle, and its phenomena pro- duced full-grown by the arbitrary will of God, would cer- tainly present the stigmata of a pre-existent existence.” By many examples he strives to show that this has been the case with living forms and concludes that the various forma- tions of the earth’s crust with their fossils, are not records of past ages teeming with strange life, but mere marks upon the surface of a world, full-grown from its birth, representing links in the cycle of its development which had no existence except in the thought of the Creator. His argument is ingenious, but the book was an utter failure from the first, not even receiving the approval of the orthodox party. Kingsley’s criticism voiced their feel- ings. In a characteristic letter to Gosse, he said: “I do fear your book has given the ‘ Vestiges of Creation’ theory the best shove forward it has ever had.” The work, nevertheless, served a good purpose in remov- ing the author’s depression. He returned with enthusiasm to his proper sphere of observation and gave to the world in 186”, “ A History of the British Sea-anemones and Corals” As if for recreation, he then turned to the poetic side of nature, and his ‘‘ Romance of Natural History ” has, perhaps, more purely literary merit than any of his other 368 Canadian Record of Science. writings, and still possesses a charm for readers long accus- tomed to popular works on science. A kind of inertia had begun to creep over Gosse. One by one, he had dropped his old acquaintances, and daily retired more within himself. In 1860 however he married again, and Miss Brighton, who became his second wife, proved the good genius of his home. Orchids and coloured stars now became the objects of his devotion. In 1875 he wrote: ‘In enthusiasm, in the zest with which I enter into pursuits, in the interest which I feel in them, even in the delights of mere animal existence, and the sense of the beautiful around me, I feel almost a youth still.” His latter years were passed in the enjoyment of the new hobbies and of the old ones revived. Butterflies and rotifers again occupied his attention ; and at the close of his career, he had the great pleasure of sharing in the compilation of Dr. Hudson’s well-known work on ‘The Rotifera.” But the end of his labours was fast approaching. One night, while searching for double stars, he took a severe cold which resulted in his death on August 23rd, 1888. His works live after him and in them is found the fullest expression of his mind and character. His reserved and unsympathetic nature made it difficult for him to reveal himself to those about him. His friendships, therefore, were ephemeral. Even Charles Kingsley tired of constant efforts to come into closer touch with one entrenched behind an impenetrable wall of reserve. His peculiar religious views increased his isolation, but all who knew him respected him for his rigid adherence to his sacred beliefs, for his pure heart, and his reverential faith. Of him, as a careful student of the details of science, too much can hardly be said. ‘His extreme care in diagnosis, the clearness of his eye, the marvellous exacti- tude of his memory, his recognition of what was salient in the characteristics of each species, his unsurpassed skill in defining those characteristics by word and by pencil, his Philip Henry Gosse. 369 great activity and pertinacity, all these combined to make Philip Gosse a technical observer of unusually high rank.” NoTES ON THE FLORA OF St. HELEN’s ISLAND, MONTREAL. '! By D. P. PENHALLOW. In the latter part of June of the present year, a visit was paid to St. Helen’s Island, not so much in the expectation of discovering any striking features in the flora of that delightful park, as for a quiet afternoon’s enjoyment. It was, therefore, a matter of considerable surprise to find not only a rather rich flora for so smal! an area, but several species not found elsewhere or but rarely, growing in con- siderable abundance. Mr. Henry Mott has recently drawn my attention to a little book on St. Helen’s Island, by A. Achintre and Dr. J. A. Crevier, * in which an account of the plants is given. The list comprises ninety species for the entire season, a number probably much below what would actually be found by careful examination. So far as we are aware this is the only list published up to date. It is much to be hoped that the short list now given may be extended and made complete in the near future. It com- prises some plants not noted in the list above referred to. It may be noted that the peculiar situation of the Island, surrounded as it is by a large body of water, undoubt- edly tends to more equable conditions than obtain on the main land, and hence favor the establishment there of species which might not be found elsewhere in the neighbor- hood of Montreal. The former occupation of the Island as a military post by the British troops, would also sorve in large measure to account for the presence of several species which do not flourish elsewhere. As we follow the main walk leading from the landing to the band stand, and about two thirds way across the Island, 1 Contribution from the Botanical Club of Canada. 2L’Isle Ste. Helene, passé, présent et avenir, par MM. A. Achintre et J. A. Crevier, M.D., Montreal, des ateliers du journal Le National, 1876. 370 Canadian Record of Science. several species of the nettle tree (Celtis occidentalis, L.) will be observed. From this point to the band stand and as far beyond as the entrance to the fort, numerous specimens will be found. The only other locality near Montreal, where this species occurs, is at St. Anne’s. On the road from the station to Dr. Girdwood’s, and about half way to the latter place, a number of fine trees may be seen on each side of the highway. Again, about two miles beyond, near Mr. Forget’s, there are several more trees. The three thorned acacia (Gleditschia triacanthos, L.), is found within the fort, near the old officers’ quarters. The trees are fine specimens and stand in a row where planted for ornamental purposes. While this species is commonly cultivated in Southern Ontario, it is but rarely found in Quebec, the only other . known to me being Cote St. Antoine. The other trees found are chiefly those common to the vicinity of Montreal. They embrace the common beech (Fagus ferruginea, Ait.), white oak (Quercus alba, L.), an occa- sional specimen of the white hickory (Corya alba, Nutt.), one specimen of black walnut (Juglans nigra, i.) This tree is never found in Quebec in the wild state, and but few’instan- ces of its occurrence in Cultivation here are known to me. At the Botanic Garden, atthe top of Cote des Neiges hill, are one large tree and two small ones, all apparently thrifty. White birch (Betula populifolia, Ait.), sugar maple (Acer saccharinum, Wang.), and silver maple (Acer dasycarpum, Ehrh.), the latter planted along the road for shade purposes, are abundant, as also are the American basswood (T%lia americana, L.), white elm (Ulmus americana, L.), and but- ternut (Juglans cinerea, L.) . Slippery or red elm (Ulmus fulva, Michx.), and English elm (Uimus CAPIESUNS) are-met with occasionally. Of the smaller trees and shrubs, the hawthorns, so abun- dant everywhere about Montreal, are represented by Cra- tegus coccinea and Crategus tomentosa. The round leaved cornel (Cornus circinata, L’Her.), common elder (Sambucus racemosa, L.), choke cherry (Prunus Virginiana, L.), sumac Flora of St. Helen’s Island. 371 (Rhus typhina, L.), are all common. The common lilac (Syringa vulgaris,) and buckthorn (Rhamnus cathartica, L.), are found near the old officers’ quarters, where they were evidently planted for ornamental purposes. The common mountain maple (Acer spicatum, Lam.), is quite common through the woods, The other plants found present no other features of inter- est beyond their representation there, as shown in the follow- ing enumeration :— Acer dasycarpum, Ehrh. “ saccharinum, Wang. “ ~ spicatum, Lam. Achillxa millifolium, L. Ampelopsis quinquifolia, Michx. Anemone virginiana, L. Aquilegia canadensis, L., very common. Archangelica gmelini, DC., abundant. Artemisia vulgaris, L., very common. Arctium lappa, L. Asclepias cornutt, Decaisne, very common. Aspidium filix-mas, Swartz. Betula populifolia, Ait. Carya aiba, Nutt. Celtis occidentalis, L. Cnicus arvensis, Hoffm. Crateegus coccinea, L. “tomentosa, L. Crategus oxycantha, L. . Introduced here for ornament. One of the few places about Montreal where it has become established. Cornus circinata, L’ Her. Cynoglossum officinale, L. Erigeron philadelphicus, L. Fagus ferruginea, Ait. Geranium maculatum, L. Gleditschia triacanthos, L. Impatiens fulva, Nutt. Inula helenium, L., very common, Juglans cinerea, L., occasional. “nigra, L., rare. Lithospermum officinale, L., rather common. Menispermum canadense, L. Onoclea sensibilis, L. 10 372 Canadian Record of Science. Pastinaca sativa, L. Plantago major, L. Potentilla anserina, L., very common. ne norvegica, L.- Prunus virginiana, L. Quercus alba, L. Ranunculus acris, L. _ Rhamnus cathartica, L. Introduced, but apparently spread from the original location. Rhus typhina, L. Rosa blanda, Ait. Rubus odoratus, L. Rumez crispus, L. Sambucus racemosa, L. Sanguinaria canadensis, L. is es Scrophularia nodosa, L., very abundant within the fort’s limits. Solidago canadensis, L. Syringa vulgaris, Taraxacum dens-leonis, Desf. Tilia americana, L. Trifolium repens, L. Typha latifolia, L. Ulmus americana, L. “campestris 2 “ fulva, Michx. Urtica gracilis, Ait. Verbascum thapsus, L. Vicia sativa, L. ANNUAL PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS. By Pror. Barnarp J. HARRINGTON. I suppose that most of us have at some time stood at the stern of an Ocean steamship and gazed back at the great expanse of water left behind, and the long line marking the vessel’s course. Perhaps, too, we have gone forward and looked out upon the stretch of waters ahead, wondering as to the future calm or storm, or endeavouring to peer through rising mists and see the light on some distant headland. So we, as a Society may—and I think with advantage—from time to time, look backwards and then forwards, endeavour- ing to learn from the past lessons that may help us in the Flora of St. Helen’s Island. 373 future. I am not one of those who delight in calling attention to past failures, or who rejoice in gloomy fore- bodings as to the future. Nor would I, on the other hand, paint in golden hues what would be more accurately depicted by neutral tint. Hopefulness is an essential element of success in such a Society as ours, but croaking is not the parent of hopefulness, and exaggeration invariably begets disappointment. The Natural History Society of Montreal is now 64 years old, and considering the difficulties with which it has to contend, the mere fact of its continued existence is some- thing to be proud of. Like most organizations of the kind it has had its ups and downs; but on the whole its course has been one of progress. Beginning in 1827 with 26 mem- bers it now numbers, apart from corresponding members, 222. Then its property was entirely prospective, while to- day it is entirely free from debt, owns a building which originally cost nearly $11,000 apart from the land, and is now worth a much largersum. It has brought together large and valuable collections representing different depart- ments of natural history, ethnology and archeology, and a library containing over 3,000 volumes, many of them of very great value to the scientific man. I refer more particularly to the bound series of scientific journals and the transactions of many learned societies. But while our Society was founded in 1827, its true life dates from 1857, when it adopted the “‘ Canadian Naturalist and Geologist’’ as its organ of publication. It will be remembered that this journal was begun in 1856 by the late Mr. Elkanah Billings, at that time a barrister at Ottawa. The first volume was published by him, but on being called to Montreal to occupy the important position of Paleonto- logist to the Geological Survey, the continuance of the “ Naturalist’ was assumed by our Society. In 1884, owing to circumstances which it is unnecessary to detail here, the title of the journal was changed to that of the “Canadian Record of Science,” under which name it has been most ably edited by Prof. Penhallow.. Altogether we have pub- 374 Canadian Record of Science. lished 21 volumes with an aggregate of nearly 10,000 pages. Scientifically, the value of these pages is very great, and, but for our Society, a large proportion of the information which they contain would have been lost to Canada and the world. To-day, anyone working at Canadian science must make frequent reference to them, and the more he studies them the more he will be impressed with their value. This, at least, is my experience. Their usefulness, however,would be greatly enhanced by a general and properly classified index, and I may perhaps, be allowed to suggest to the in- coming editorial committee the advisability of preparing and publishing one. Our original constitution states that “the chief object of the Society shall be the investigation of the Natural History of Canada.” According to the original By-laws, too, we find provision made for a Committee of Publication, to whom “ all essays read before the Society shall be referred, to the end that they may select those which may appear of sufficient value to cause them to be published.” Great importance was obviously attached to the publica- tion of papers giving the results of original work, and this, it seems to me, is really our most important function, being the most lasting in its results and serving to connect us with the scientific world outside. There is, however, another portion of our work to which I attach very great value. I refer to our free popular lectures—the “Somerville Course.” Having been Chairman of the Lecture Committee for the past eight years, I have come to feel a deep interest in this department of the Society’s work, and it is not without much regret that I now—as I must—resign it to other hands. Previous to the bequest of Mr. Somerville, we find that popular lectures under the auspices of the Society had been attempted, though not always with success. The first course was during the winter of 1832-33. In 1835, a popular course on Botany was undertaken by Dr. Hall, but had to be given up for want of an audience. In 1837, the Rev. James Somerville, Minister of St. Annual Presidential Address. BD Gabriel Street Church died, leaving a sum of £1,000 currency to maintain an annual course of lectures in con- nection with the Society. Exactly how this money was utilised at first I am not aware, but we all know that eventually it was put into our building, the Society, how- ever, making itself responsible for the provision of an annual course of free lectures. JI do not say that this appropriation of the money was unwise, but I have long felt it to be the duty of this Society to raise an equal, or if possible, a very much larger sum, the interest of which could be made available in connection with the lectures. Had the Society means at its disposal, the usefulness of the lecture work could be greatly extended. It would, for. ex- ample, be possible to secure from time to time, services of distinguished lecturers from the neighbouring republic, and to hire a larger hall than ours for special occasions. During the past few years we have been able to induce scientific men to come from other cities of the Dominion to address us, but have been unable to offer them anything but their travelling expenses in return. Nor isit right that gentle- men from our midst should be called upon so often, not only to lecture without remuneration, but to pay the cost—often considerable—of the materials used to illustrate their lectures. It is to be regretted that our own hail is not larger; for on lecture evenings it is often overcrowded, and for the past five years we have been afraid to advertise our courses fully, knowing that it would be impossible to accommodate larger audiences. The interest shown by the public in our lectures convinces me that they are one of the needs of our growing city, and I sincerely hope that before long it may be possible to greatly expand the work. During the past five years we have done what we could to improve and systematise the courses, and in this we trust we have not wholly failed. Apart from our Somerville lectures, it would perhaps be worth while to try short courses on special subjects by one lecturer. Such courses have recently been tried in the 376 Canadian Record of Science. Manchester Museum, and have, we are told, been fairly attended. A course of evening demonstrations by the keeper in the museum there has also been attempted, but has been given up as it did not meet with satisfactory encouragement. We are sometimes told that our Society does little for the public; but such a statement can only arise from ignorance. Much more I admit might be done, but if we measure what has been accomplished by the support which we have received from the apathetic public of this city, then I say there is little ground for complaint on the part of the public. Let any fair-minded person study our Records with care, and I believe he will admit that they contain a history of self-sacrificing endeavour to benefit the community and advance the cause of science. If we have failed to accom- plish very grand results, it must be borne in mind that all along we have had to struggle for bare existence, that our work has, for the most part, been done by men harassed with the cares of business life or worried with the ever increasing duties of modern educational or professional work. I have referred to the value of our journal, to the import- ance of our lectures and museum as means of public educa- tion, but let me remind you that the inception of the Geological Survey of Canada was largely due to the energetic action of this Society in 1841; that the city owes the visits of the American Association for the advancement of science in 1857 and 1882, and of the British Association in 1834 to this Society. The Royal Society of Canada, too, holds its meeting here next week owing to an invitation from our body, and there is every reason to believe that good results will flow from this gathering. Speaking as one of the Fellows, I may say that, while I believe that Ottawa should be the permanent headquarters of the Royal Society and the place where most of its meetings should be held, an occasional gathering elsewhere will be beneficial both to entertained and entertainer. It was never, however, intended that the Royal Society should be peripatetic like Annual Presidential Address. 377 the British and American Associations, of which it is not the Canadian analogue. The French Academy and the National Academy at Washington, are rather the models after which our Royal Society was formed. The monthly meetings of the Natural History Society are its strictly scientific evenings, the Somerville Lectures its popular evenings. At the former the papers are of a technical character, and therefore, the mectings are apt to be small, though really not smaller than in the case of similar societies elsewhere, and now much larger than they have been at times in the past. If we look back at the Records of 1844 and 1845, we read of meetings with an attendance of six, five, or even four members. In 1848, again, after the Society had been in existence for more than 20 years, we find the council regretting that at several of the ordinary meetings business could not be proceeded with for want of a quorum. Now the question sometimes arises, ‘“ Would it not be better to make the monthly meetings less technical—more popular?” Personally I do not think so. What we want, it seems to me, is not fewer meetings for the discussion of purely scientific questions, but more occasions for the popular presentation of science. On such occasions, I am sure that our friends of the Microscopical and Entomological Societies would be willing and happy to give: us their kindly aid. Here let me say, that I regard the affiliation of the latter society with ours as a step in the right direction. In a community like this, what is needed is concentration of energy rather than multiplicity of organizations. In connection with the subject of meetings and members, I would suggest that an effort be made to get more lady associates and to have more of them at our meetings. From remarks which I have recently heard, it does not seem to be generally known that ladies may become asso- ciate members, and that the annual fee is only $1. Addi- tions should also be made to the number of our corres- ponding and honorary members, and unless we wish to be accused of holding intercourse with the spirit world the 378 Canadian Record of Science. roll of the former should be revised; for there remain upon it names of many who have long gone hence. The recent donation to the Museum by the Rev. Dr. Campbell of a collection of British plants, and the necessity of providing a proper place for its preservation, brings prominently before our notice the fact that this Society—a Natural History Society—has no herbarium. That it once had a nucleus of a herbarium we know; and it is a disgrace that it should have been allowed to go to destruction; for special interest attached to it on account of those who contributed to its formation. i am told that it once included the Macrae collection containing 2,000 specimens, the Holmes collection of 750 specimens, 300 specimens from the neighbourhood of Edinburgh collected by the late Dr. Hall, a collection of Canadian plants made and presented to the Society by Lady Dalhousie, &c., &e. It is not for me to enter into details with regard to the recent improvements in the museum, but I am sure that the Society is under great obligation, not only to the Honorary Curator, Mr. Brown, but to all the gentlemen who have so ably assisted him in the work of re-arrangement. In the museum too, as well as in all matters pertaining to the inter- ests of the Society, the services of Mr. Griffin the superin- tendent, have been invaluable, and I hope that before long the Society may be able to make his position a much better one than it is at present. The need of means for improving the museum and adding to our collections is, I know, deeply felt by the Honorary Curator ; for while some branches of Natural History are well represented, others require great additions to bring them up to date. Take our mineral collection for example, I suppose that it is little better now than it was forty or fifty years ago. In our library great improvements have been made by Mr. Chambers; but here again money is required. The additions consist almost entirely of miscellaneous journals - and pamphlets received in exchange for the Record of Science, and while these are of great value, the library Annual Presidential Address. 379 would be rendered far more attractive if we could now and then place on our shelves, or better still, upon our table, some of the more recent books on different branches of natural history. J am sure this would be a great boon, more particularly to our younger members. But it is easy to expatiate upon the needs of such a Society as this. Every advancing institution has ever increasing needs, and you may be sure that a society without needs is in a state of stagnation. Some of the improvements which I have suggested I had hoped to see carried out during my own tenure of office; but a year soon rolls by, and what I anxiously hoped to do I must leave to others to perform. I have so many claims upon my time and strength that I now wish to retire to the ranks of this Society, and in doing so, let me thank you heartily for the honour that you did me in making me your President, and for all the kind indulgence that you have shown me during the past year. Though unwilling longer to hold any office in the Society, I trust that indirectly I may be able to advance its interests in different ways. In conclusion, gentlemen, let me remind you of the great satisfaction which everyone may derive from a. study of nature, who, as Wordsworth puts it, “ Never did betray the heart that loved her.” Sometimes down at the sea-side I fall in with people who tell me that the time hangs heavily on their hands—there is nothing to do—nothing to see; and yet every wave that breaks upon the beach at their feet is filled with surpassing forms of beauty, whose study would make the hours all too short. One man some years ago asked me how | could endure the monotony of such a place as Little Metis. “I like,” said he, “ to go where I can see horse races every day and fire works every night.” Is there pity too deep for such a man ? “The soft blue sky did never melt into his heart.” The busiest among us are those most in need of change 380 Canadian Record of Science. of thought and scene, and nowhere can more complete change be found than in the fairyland of nature. The man who perpetually harps upon one string will no doubt be- come familiar with its vibrations, but he will never be a musician, and he who, year in and year out, keeps his nose on the same grindstone, is not likely to become a man of much breadth of view. I do not think that anyone’s business will suffer seriously because he devotes an occasional hour to the study of nature, and if occasional “sermons in stones” can make him ‘“‘see good in everything,” heought not to igrudge the loss of a few dollars. PROCEEDINGS OF THE SOCIETY. The annual meeting of the Society was held on Monday the 21st. of May, Dr. B. J. Harrington in the Chair. The following reports were read and adopted :— REPORT OF THE COUNCIL. GENTLEMEN :—The Council beg to submit their Report for 1890-91. Decided progress has been made by the Society during the session just closed, and great interest manifested in all its proceedings. Eleven meetings of Council have been held, and seven monthly meetings of the Society, at. which valuable and instructive papers were read. Fourteen ordinary members, and two associates, have been elected dur- ing the year. The Museum has been re-arranged, and a considerable amount of money spent upon it; the Hon. Curator’s report will contain all the details. The Library also has come in for a large share of attention and expendi- ture, and will be reported on. The building of the Society is in good order, and the hall has again been rented to the Congregation worshipping there. At the invitation of our Society, which has done much for the advancement of science and education in Montreal, the Royal Society of Canada will hold its next meeting in this city on the Proceedings of the Society. 381 twenty-seventh of May. This will be the first time the Royal Society bas held its meetings outside of Ottawa, and a large number of men of science are expected from all parts of Canada and the United States, It would have been a source of pleasure and profit if some of the savants of England and France who were invited, could have met with the Royal Society on this occasion, but, we regret to say, the time between the invitations and the meeting was too short to permit of their making suitable arrangements to be present. The several committees which have been appointed to re-_ ceive the Royal Society and the Governor General, who is to be present on this occasion, will, we are sure do every- thing in their power to make the meeting one of the most successful ever held by the Society, and we hope it may lead them to select other cities in the Dominion for future meetings. The Somerville Lectures were unusually interesting this year, and the attendance large. They were six in number, and delivered in the following order :— Thursday, March 12th—‘ A Popular talk about Birds.” By J M. Lemoine, Esq., F.R.S.C., Quebec. Thursday, March 19th—‘“ Ants—A Hone Study.” By Very Rev. Dean Carmichael, M.A., D.C.L. Thursday, March 26th—‘‘ The Squid and its Relations.” By Sir J. Wm. Dawson, C.M.G., F.RS. Thursday, April 2nd —‘ Coral Animals.” By F. D. Adams, M.A.Se. Thursday, April 9th—‘ Domestic Pets.” By Professor D. McEach- - ran, D.V.S. Thursday, April 16th—‘‘ Domestic Fowls.” By Dr. T. Wesley Mills. (Then follows an account of the Society’s Field Day at Lachute, a report on which will be found on page 199 et seq. of this volume.) The thanks of the Society have been tendered to the dis- tinguished gentlemen who gave their valuable time for the advancement of its interests. The next Field Day will be held at Calumet on Saturday May the 30th, leaving Wind- sor St. depot at 9.10 a.m. by special train. It is expected 382 Canadian Record of Sctence. that a number of the members of the Royal Society will join the excursion. The whole respectfully submitted. JoHn §. SHEARER, Chairman CuRATOR’S REPORT. To the President and Members of the Natural History Society, . GENTLEMEN :—I have the honor to report that the work of re-arranging the Museum which was commenced nearly two years ago, may now be said to have been completed— so far as space and accommodation would allow—in accord- ance with the plan outlined in my last Annual Report. During the year, three large cases have been added to the main floor of the museum and occupy the centre space, and in these the mammals have been appropriately arranged, labelled, and classified by Mr. Horace T. Martin. This arrangement has allowed more space to be devoted to the birds which were previously too crowded to be seen advan- tageously. A most complete classification of the Ornithological Col- lection has been made by Mr. Caulfield. The Canadian specimens have been kept separate, and the various families and groups so arranged as to be of the greatest scientific value to the student in quest of knowledge in this field. The classification of the Entomological Collection has been completed by Mr. Winn, and an examination of this cabinet will show, that not only has the work been done with scientific accuracy, but also with so much neatness and taste as to reflect no small Geet ee of credit on the efforts of this young worker. The fossils have been arranged in the floor cases to the left of the main entrance, while the sponges and corals will be found immediately following. The Conchological collec- tion has likewise been arranged to the right of the main entrance. The rocks and minerals now occupy a prominent place in the gallery. Duplicate specimens have been removed and Proceedings of the Society. 383 new ones introduced. Upwards of 2,000 neat white boxes have been made wherein to arrange the specimens, To Mr. EK. H. Hamilton we are indebted for the very complete re-arrangement of this important department. The Ferrier collection of Egyptian antiquities has been completely overhauled, the cases cleaned and relined and their contents carefully re-arranged. The Indian relics, Esquimaux implements and Mexican antiquities, together with various other specimens of an historic nature have also been re-arranged and placed in new, or renovated cases and are now to be found at the south end of the gallery, where acomplete re-arrangement of the cases having been made, and due regard to light having been paid, they are now seen to better advantage than ever before. This part of the work as well as that connected with the fossils and shells has been conducted by Messrs. John S. Shearer, EK. T, Chambers and myself. To these two gentlemen along with the others whose names I have al- ready mentioned am I specially indebted for the willing- ness and heartiness with which they have responded to the numerous demands made upon their time, and for their valuable assistance in aiding me to carry out these important changes. In this connection it is also my pleasing duty to refer to the assistance rendered by the Superintendent, Mr. Griffin, not only to me personally, but also to those who have been associated with me in this work, and to say ’ that Mr. Griffin by hard work and earnest endeavour, has shown an interest in the affairs of the museum, far beyond what might be termed the ordinary line of duty. During the alterations it was found necessary to close the museum for several months, and no accurate record of visi- tors was kept. The work remaining to be done consists chiefly in label- ing and placing a few new speeimens. The following specimens have been added to the museum during the year :— DONATIONS. Musk Rat, Fiber Zebethicus. — 384 Canadian Record of Science. Antlers of Virginian Deer. American Merganser, Merganser Americanus. American Bittern. Bobolink, Dolichonyx Oryzioorous. American Pipits, (pair.) Olive Backed Thrush. Varied Woodpecker. “ “ (young.) Cedar Waxwing, (male.) 3 (female. ) Semipalmated Plover. Buff Breasted Sandpiper. Rose Breasted Grosbeak, (young.) Cape May Warbler, Dendroica Tigrina. Virginian Horned Owl. Surf Duck. American Goshawk, Accipiter Antricapillus, (female.) Golden Wyandotte. Lake Trout. Three Cases Exotic Insects. Caterpillar Fungus, Sphaeria Robertsii, from New Zealand. Fossils from the Trenton formation. Concretions from the Connecticut Clay. Apatite, Renfrew, Ont. “Templeton, Que. Titanite, Renfrew, Ont. Phlogopite, Templeton, Que. Dawsonite, Montreal. Copper Ore and Boulder from the Conglomerite vein of the Calu- met and Hecla Mine, Michigan (Lake Superior.) Nickel Ore and Nickel Matte from the Blizard Mine, Sudbury, Ont. Specular Iron from the Republic Mine, Michigan. Magnetic Specular Ore (Iron) from the Champion Mine, Michigan. Japanese Tray. By Exchange. Buffalo Horns. Respectfully submitted, J. STEVENSON Brown, Hon. Curator. Proceedings of the Society. 385 REporT OF THE LIBRARIAN. GENTLEMEN :—In addition to our usual exchanges the following books have been added to your Library during the past year :— - The Mineral Resources of Ontario. Report of the Royal Society of Canada, vol. 7. Reports of the U. S. National Museum, 1886-87. Proceedings of the U. S. National Museum, vol. 12. Smithsonian Report, 1887. Reports of the U. S. Geological Survey, 1886-87, pts. 1 and 2. Monographs of the U.S. Geological Survey, vol. XV, pts. 1 and 2. ‘ e as co vol. XVI. Fishery Industries of the United States. Mineral Resources of the United States. __ Occasional Papers of the Californian Academy of Science Missouri Botanical Garden. Bulletins of the N. Y. State Museum. Proceedings of the Manchester Philosophical Society. The following were presented by the authors :— Birds of Greenland, by Andrews, T. Hagerup. Physiographical Geology of the Rocky Mountain Region in Canada, by Dr. G. Dawson. Sculptured Anthropoid Ape heads, by J. Terry. Useful and Ornamental Stones of Ancient Egypt, by Sir W. Dawson. Pleistocene Flora of Canada, by Sir W. Dawson and Prof. Pen- hallow. Geology of Quebec and its Environs, by H. M. Ami. The whole of the contents of the cases have been examined, the loose parts put up into volumes as far as they are com- plete, and 171 volumes have been bound and put on the shelves. The books have been classified in the cases as far as possible, and good progress is being made with the catalogue. The exchanges have been duly acknowledged by the hon. librarian, and the following have been added to the list :— Bulletins of Scientific Laboratory, Denison’s University ; West American Scientist and Zoe, published at San Fran- cisco; Bulletins Laboratory of Natural History State 386 Canadian Record of Science. University, Iowa; Proceedings of Academy of Sciences, Rochester; Journal of Comparative Neurology; Oregon Naturalist; Mining and Scientific Review. Although so many volumes have been bound, there are still a large number of valuable exchanges in the German, Italian and French languages which should be bound up. There are also several volumes in paper boards which certainly deserve better covers. So many volumes of ex- changes are completed in the course of the year that the Committee would suggest an annual appropriation from the funds of the Society for binding. The attention of your Committee has been drawn to the fact, that although your library contains most valuable treatises on the different departments of Natural History and interesting records of the progress of Science in all parts of the world, it is still somewhat deficient in modern works of reference, such as are continually asked for, particularly works on Entomology, Paleontology, Ornithology, Mineral- ogy and Botany. The Committee would therefore respect- fully suggest that such works as Dana’s “ Mineralogy,” Nicholson’s Paleontology, new edition of Gray’s works on Botany, Carpenter on the Microscope, etc., be added. Your Committee consider that as a new catalogue is being made, it offers a good opportunity to members and friends of the Society, to have included in it any number of works they may be inclined to present to the Library. Respectfu!ly submitted on behalf of Library Committee. E. T, CHAMBERS. REPORT OF THE EDITING COMMITTEE. The past year has witnessed very gratifying progress in the work of the Editing Committee. The plan of producing biographical sketches of Canadian men of science has been continued, and will be extended in the future. ‘The editors have felt that the increasing importance of the Record as a medium of scientific thought, and the possibility of securing Proceeding’s of the Society. 387 papers of superior merit justified a greater effort in pro- viding increased illustrations. Their work in this direction has met with gratifying encouragement from the Society, which has placed a small sum at their disposal. The amount thus provided has again been supplemented by a donation of fifty dollars from Mr. P. S. Ross. The exchanges have largely increased during the year, while requests for the Record either by purchase or ex- change have been constant and of increasing frequency, showing that the position of our publication abroad is annually becoming better. The editors would venture to remind the Society that the position now held by the Record has been obtained only by great effort and in the face of unusual difficulties. This publication constitutes, practically, the work of the Society and every effort should be made not only to continue it un- interruptedly, but to increase in every possible way the reputation it has now gained. As it is my intention to now resign the position I have held as chairman of this committee from the foundation of the Record, 1 would express my indebtedness to my associ- ates for the valuable assistance given me in this work. Respectfully submitted, D. P. PENHALLOW, Chairman. The Treasurer then presented the following statement :— ili Canadian Record of Science. 388 "1681 ‘Tz ABTA ‘[ea14 UOT, ‘T'WW “ONITHLLS “ML ‘NVTIHOV DPW “MA ‘qo01109 puNnoyZ puv pouTUMEXA, 66 OF & °° fomNsvoty, oONp dDUL[VG &G—T6R1 ‘1% ABIN 80 ELo‘es 80 SLa‘es €3 COT ogo uoOD ooo Ooo On ro Ono ee ent ne Costes rn ee ALeIQVT a 66 OF O85 Catan oO os cttsi Ola Torna IoInseoa4 enp aoueleg « COSOC Tray eee ee ee SUIp[Ing UO syueMoAOIdUT ,, TF i ile Sian na rags 2 aby Oe Py OO WNeSNU Soey ooUVAIUTT ,. Gg 6LS SHoato nooo oon ay 3 ArvUTpPIO BI XO = Ps OF 9 Glave thu brave esis shane ene) vibe) Alea a levale als bielelelevereeihin 480.104 UT in o008 toe oanqjipuedxe Aaeurpao uwMesnyl ,, (Sh jue eran vt TEE eDscIL LOO sm DIGEST OTTO sn{dans ep PIO i ORL Spee Ee ae a ea ps Q0UdTOG JO paooexy ,, OOOO Fc er aera: ques quoulutaAor - ac Ones ei ODED OS Cea ae eg $9.1N}99] O[[TATOUO ,, (M)eg a SRboPODNS “**-99NaT0G JO pxov0xT SuryRaysnqyyt (0. ees tN ae eae anes wee ce ea soinje19due4 [10S ,, SplVMmoy UOLeUOp jeIoeds “bsy ‘ssoy ‘Ss “gq ,, Tics Pea aa ce ep SE one SOX@], ,, QOS0Gae ae ee re ne uOsspoyT uvyyeuor ,, C00 ie ET eS eS oe aouRInsuUy ,, O0L0G emis cae i * AQUI jonureg ,, 2 O9L one con atch Getho-onant. Dees Ohoro.0 Ooe-oMGwdentcro 0 4y-b-0-Q-0-Gicen) Ott OO cho elu | ie 00 og eilefetarecelcens diysaoq ure ur OFT] “bso ‘oxeacy 1992 AA * cal 902 Fan pTreoonTO oD OOOO OOOO NON OD OO Goro oo ao AYSVT a 00 169 eee re ee ee eee ee suondrosqns yenuue (S19Q WOT, Gs sh (GY Sn aeaka cee ieiess te ce seanaTeree eens sosuodxo Aapun 3 0g ZIUL SICnCaCaC nC CnC ri nena ears Misiesesefuieresaiunbisielehanersie $j Uaxy es Ge egp & °° SUOTSSTUUIOD puv yuepuszuTIodng Aqeleg Ag COMTO TL Rh eee Ne tee “ead 4se] MOI oOURTeg OF, ‘SINHNASUNaASTA ‘Sd THOU ‘Sva, ‘IaUpIey Sovue{ YIM JUNODY U[—[evaIJUOW Jo AyaI00g ATOysIY [eINjeN Proceedings of the Society. 389 The rules being suspended, the following were elected ordinary members :—George Hague, G. Kinloch, John Mac- farlane and John C. Hodgson. Mrs, Horace T. Martin was elected an associate member. The following officers were then elected for the ensuing year :-— Honorary President—Sir J. Wm. Dawson. President—Dr. B. J. Harrington. Vice-Presidents—Hon. EH. Murphy, J. H. R. Molson, Jno. S. Shearer, Sir Donald Smith, Very Rev. Dean Carmichael, Rev. Dr. Campbell, Geo. Sumner, Rev. J. W. Smyth and J. H. Joseph. Recording Secretary—Frank D. Adams. Corresponding Secretary—Dr. J. W. Stirling. Curator—J.S. Brown. Treasurer—James Gardner. Members of Council—J. S. Shearer, Chairman; J. A. U. Beaudry, Major Latour, R. W. McLachlan, Dr. Ruttan, 8. Finley, P. S. Ross, H. R. Ives, Dr. Wesley Mills and Edgar Judge. _ Kditing and Exchange Committee—Dr. T. Wesley Mills, G. F. Matthews, J. F. Whiteaves, F. D. Adams and Rev. Dr. Campbell. Library Committee—E. T. Chambers, J. A. U. Beaudry, F. B. Caulfield, R. W. McLachlan and Joseph Fortier. Lecture Committee—Dr. T. Wesley Mills, Rev. Dr. Camp- bell and P. 8. Ross. House Committee—John S. Shearer, J. Stevenson Brown and Edgar Judge. Membership Committee—S. Finley, P. S. Ross, Dr. J. W. Stirling, Geo. Sumner, J. A. U. Beaudry, R. W. McLachlan, EK. H. Hamilton, J. H. Winn, HE. Judge and Rev. J. W. Smyth. 390 Canadian Record of Science. THE ANNUAL FIELD Day. The annual field day of the Natural History Society took place this year on the 30th of May, a date somewhat earlier than usual. This day was chosen in order that the mem- bers of the Royal Society of Canada, which had met in the city in the early part of the week and had ended its sittings the evening before, might be invited to share in the plea- sures and advantages of the occasion. It was a happy thought which led to the proposal to ask the Royal Society to be the guests of the Natural History Society, even though the time was a trifle early for seeing the country in the full glory of its verdure, or for capturing so many speci- mens of insect life, or witnessing so large a floral bloom as usual. Such members of the Royal Society as honoured the Natural History Society with their presence on the occasion expressed themselves as delighted with the excursion, feel- ing that it was a pleasant variety in the duties which had engaged their attention during the week, to turn from the dry details of scientific symbols, mathematical pro- cesses and musty manuscripts, to look at a page of the grand open volume of nature. It was to them a happy rounding off of the series of events by which the reception committee of Montreal citizens had sought to make the first visit of the Royal Society of Canada to the commercial metropolis of the Dominion an agreeable one. And it added immensely to the-pleasure and pr »fit of the members of the Natural History Society and their ordina.y patrons to have with them on their annual outing so many distinguished savants, who could help them to interpret better than usual the phenomena of nature. Letters of apology from the President of the Royal Society, Very Reverend Principal Grant, D.D., and others were read, regretting their inability, owing to previous en- gagements and the necessity they were under to leave the city, to accept the invitation of the Natural History Society. But there were a good many of the invited guests present, among others Monseigneur Tanguay, Prof. Prescott, of the Proceedings of the Society. 391 American Association tor the Advancement of Science; Prof. Bailey, of Fredericton ; Prof. Macoun, of the Geologi- cal Survey; Prof. McKay, of Halifax; Professors Pen- hallow, Johnston, Murray and Dr. Wesley Mills, of McGill College, Mr. Geo. Murray, of the High School; Revs. Dr. Patterson and Withrow, Thos. Mcllwraith, Esq., of Hamil- ton, one of the great ornithologists of the continent ; Jas. H. Coyne, Esq., of the Elgin County Pioneers; H. Ami, Esq., of the Geological Survey, and Messrs. W. D. Lighthall and A. E, Lyman, representing affiliated societies. Among the members of the Natural History Society ac- companying the excursion were Messrs. J. S. Shearer, Vice- President; Senator Murphy, Vice-President; J. S. Brown, President of the Microscopical Society ; Professor Cox and Mr. Adams, of MeGill College; Capt. Adams, Dr. McConnell, R. W. McLachlan, 8. Finley, H. T. Martin, H. McLaren, F. B. Caulfield, J. B. Goode, Edgar Judge, Hon. J. K. Ward, T. H. Carter, J. Harper, Rev. Dr. Smyth and Rev. Dr. Camp- bell, Vice-President. The citizens generally were repre- sented by Aldermen Rolland, Martineau, Shorey and Griffin, Rev. Principal Barbour, Messrs. Geo. Lighthall, E. H. Hamilton, Dr. E. H. Clarke, Eugene Beaudry and others, and a very larye number of ladies, who have always proved the most enthusiastic patrons of our annual field day. The excursionists filled five cars to their utmost capacity. The place selected for this year’s visit was Calumet, a station on the main line of the Canada Pacific Railway mid- way between Montreal and Ottawa. At this point the southernmost ridge of the Laurentians almost touches the north bank of the Ottawa river, and a lovelier spot, or one likelier to yield a day’s profitable search to the naturalist could not have been chosen. The weather proved most propitious and great was the delight of all the excursionists as the train bowled past numerous orchards white with fragrant blossoms and grassy meads dotted with the golden radiancy of the dandelion, and pastures enlivened with the brightest of buttercups. Calumet was reached at 11 a.m. and as the guests defiled from the train laden with baskets, 392 Canadian Record of Science. nets, vasculums, bottles, and the other appliances provided for the day’s enjoyment or work they were met and wel- comed by Mr. Brown, Mayor of the Parish, Rev. R. Hamil- ton, of Grenville, and other friends, who gave advice and directions as to the way in which each could best secure the end he or she had in view in coming to Calumet. The naturalists divided into three parties: The Geologists, under the direction of Mr. Adams and Mr. Tyrrell: the Ento- mologists, under the guidance of Messrs. Caulfield and Wynn, and the Botanists, superintended by Professors Macoun and McKay, accompanied by Rev. Dr. Campbell, with Rev. R. Hamilton who resides in the district as cicerone. A large party went off with Hon. J. K. Ward to his lumbering establishment near by, where they were entertained to a real shanty dinner. Carriages were in waiting for such as wished to drive to Grenville or Point du Chene, past the’ mouth of the River Rouge, and not a few took advantage of the opportunity of having a drive over the country roads. Lovers of scenery and those bent on securing sketches for their portfolios, fresh from nature, hovered around the picturesque little river, ascending to the foot of the cascade, which makes a leap of about 80 feet, but a short distance up, or climbing to the top of the hills near by, the sunny, well-wooded slopes of which tempted the more vigorous pedestrians to try their muscle, and which, when they suc- ceeded in scaling them, afforded a prospect that was a full reward for the labour of the ascent. The broken face of the ground in the neighbourhood gave promise of much variety, especially in the vegetable and mineral products of the dis- trict, and the day’s investigations made good this promise. The banks of the Rouge are well known haunts of the botanist, where his practised eye discerns a greatly mixed Flora, many species being found there far away from their native habitut, carried down from the north by the force of the current, but the fierceness with which the sun’s rays beat down upon perspiring pedestrians effectually barred the progress of all but a few ardent collectors. Conse- quently that interesting point was not reached by the main Proceedings of the Society. 393 body of the botanical party. Yet enough was seen and noted to show that the county of Argenteuil is a very para- dise for the botanist. The collections submitted in com- petition for the society’s prize embraced not a few speci- mens that are comparatively rare. The excursionists reas- sembled at the station at 5 p.m., when prizes for the collec- tions of the day in the several departments were adjudged, as follows : GuoLocicaL—Named specimens. Mv. F. 8. Jackson, 9; unnamed, Mr. G. Saxe, 16. BotanicaL— Named species (1), Dr. Edward H. Blackader, 87; (2), Miss Addie Van Horne, 62; unnamed, Master Percy Penhallow, 52. EnromoLogicat— Named specimens, Mr. J. F. Hausen, 40 ; unnamed, Mr. W. H. Adams, 145. Before boarding the train on the return journey a vote of thanks to the Mayor, Mr. Brown, was moved and seconded, in short speeches, by Rev. Dr. Smyth and Ald. Rolland. This done the train started at 5 p.m. and reached the Windsor station at 7.30 p.m. Everything was done to pro- mote the success of the excursion by the authorities of the C. P. Railway, whose chief engineer, Mr. Peterson, accom- panied the train and formally superintended the arrange- ments. Light refreshments were also served by the Railway Company to the Natural History Society and its guests. Altogether the day will be marked as a red letter one in the society’s annals. THE BotTanicaL CLUB oF CANADA. At the last meeting of the Royal Society of Canada, held at Montreal, an important measure was. introduced into Section IV, looking to the promotion of botanical study and research throughout Canada. Dr. George Lawson of Hali- 394 Canadian Record of Science. fax, presented a short paper outlining the present position of botanical studies here, and pointing out the necessity of some concerted action on the part of botanists similar to that undertaken by the United States botanists in connec- tion with the American Association, whereby greater inter- est in the study might be promoted, and more tangible results produced in the study of local floras. The sugges- tions were very heartily supported by the botanical mem- bers of the section, who forthwith organized themselves into a club under the patronage of the Royal Society, to be known as the Botanical Club of Canada. The organization is of the most simple character, the idea being to offer the least impediment to membership by mak- ing the duties and regulations as light as possible, it being held that each member acting as a free agent, would be capable of doing the best work. The officers for the present year are :— PRESIDENT: PROF. GEO. LAWSON, Pu. D., LL. D., F.R.S.C., Halifax, N. S. SECRETARY-TREASURER: A. H. MACKAY, B.A., B.Sc. F.R.S.C, Halifax, N. S. SECRETARIES FOR THE PROVINCES: ONTARIO: Pror. Jonn Macovun, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.S.C., Ottawa. QUEBEC: Pror. D. P. Pensautow, B.Sc., F.R.S.C., Montreal. NEW BRUNSWICK: Geuo. U. Hay, Pu. B., St. John. NOVA SCOTIA: E. J. Lay, Esq., Amherst. PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND: Francis Barn, Esq@., North- River. NEWFOUNDLAND: Rev. A. C. WacHornn, New Harbour. MANITOBA: —— Burman, Esq., Winnipeg. ALBERTA: W.H. Gaueraitu, Esq., Lethbridge. BRITISH COLUMBIA: Dr. Newcomn, Victoria. Membership is secured by the annual payment of twenty- five cents, or five years’ membership for one dollar, or life membership for five dollars. The Botanical Club of Canada. 395 _ Through the various local secretaries acting under the direction of the provincial secretaries, it is hoped to stimul- ate a spirit of study and research among scholars in the various schools, give aid to more experienced collectors and eventually to distribute accurate data concerning the vegetation of Canada through the publications of local floras. The Recorp oF ScrEenceE has been selected by the Club as the recognized medium through which all publications will appear. Notices oF Books AND PAPERS. THE GEOLOGY OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND. There are probably few areas of the same size in which are represented so many geological formations and which also shows such a diversity in surface configuration as does the State of Maryland. The geology of the northern portion of the state and especially that portion about Baltimore has been carefully studied and accurate geological maps are nearly ready for publication. The southern portion of the state has, however, attracted less attention, although one of the finest geological sections through the tertiary to be found anywhere is that exposed along the Chesapeake, Poto- mac and Patuxent rivers. The strata are also very highly fossili- ferous rivaling in this respect the classic tertiary deposits of the Paris basin and we are happy to be able to state that a large collec- _ tion of these fossils has recently been obtained for the. Peter Red- path Museum of the McGill University. For our knowledge of the geology of this region we are principally indebted to Mr. N. H. Darton, of the United States Geological Survey, whose paper in the last volume of the Transactions of the American Geological Society (vol. ii), entitled “The Mesozoic and Cenozoic Formations of Eastern Virginia and Maryland ” gives us the most complete ac- count that kas yet appeared of the geology of the “ Costal Plain ” in these states. A further contribution to the Geology and Paleontology of this region is that published in a recent circular of the John Hopkins University (June, 1891) in which Dr. W. B. Clarke gives a resumé of the results obtained by the expedition recently fitted out under the joint auspices of the Johns Hopkins University, the Maryland Agricultural College and the United States eC Survey to 396 Canadian Record of Science. examine: and report on the geology, agriculture and archzology of the southern portion of the state. Dr. Clark gives a geological section across the state from the highlands of the Piedmont Plateau to the Atlantic coast, the various deposits being classified as follows ;— { Recent. Pleistocene. - Neocene. | Eocene. Cretaceous. Potomac. The marked influence of the underlying formations on the soils of the country, described in this paper, is of especial interest as well a8 great practical importance. Referring to this Prof. Whitney, of the State Agricultural College, writes as follows. “The soils of each formation are so very characteristic and so uniform through- out that there will be little trouble in establishing the following soil types and showing the difference in the physical condition and properties in their relation to plant growth: 1, Neocene, forming the wheat and tobacco lands; 2, Eocene, the fruit and truck lands ; 3, Columbia (Pleistocene), the fertile river terraces ; 4, Appomatox (Pliocene?), the pine barrens; 5, Cretaceous. Mr. W. H. Holmes gives a brief description of the Kitchen-middens or great shell heaps marking the sites of ancient Indian villages or resorts at many points and some of which rank both as to mass and horizontal extent with some of the minor sub-divisions of the geological formations. A single one of these situated at the mouth of Pope’s Creek is about half a mile long and 100 yards wide, the shells in many places being heaped up to a depth of ten feet. This great shell heap overlies the miccene beds of this locality, not only in © the valley of the creek, but on the slopes and summits of the hills on either side and contains in addition to the shells a great many Indian remains. About 200,000 cubic feet of these shells have been burnt into lime for fertilizing purpose. This amount, how- ever, constituting but a very insignificant proportion of the whole. The “ oyster question” evidently attracted as much attention in Maryland in those early times as it does at present. Frank D. ADAmMs. Cenozoic. Mesozoic. Notices of Books and Papers. 397 NOTICES OF BooKs AND PaPpErRs. CATALOGUD OF THE Fossi, CaPHALAPODA OF THE British Museum, Part I, NAvuTILorppa. Lonpon, DEcaMBER, By Arruur H. Foorp, F. G. §. He 1888. This very handsome and important contribution to the history and classification of one of the most prolific groups of palozoic fossils which reached us some time ago, would deserve a more lengthy notice than can be given here. Its author, well known to most of the Canadian geologists, as late assistant Palzontologist to the Geological Survey of Canada, and formerly a member of our Society, has been zealously engaged in the work which is now before us, and made it an indispensable treatise for reference. ‘‘ Mr. Foord has diligently worked at the literature of the subject,” says Dr. Woodward, keeper of the British Museum, “and has spared neither time nor labour in clearing up the many difficult points connected with the priority of names and in the verifying of generic and specific determinations,” in all of which he has been eminently successful. The following species from Canadian localities are described or referred to in the text, and are therefore of especial interest :— LIST OF SPECIES FROM CANADA AND ARCTIC AMERICA. SPECIES. ORTHOCERATID4, Orthoceras decrescens,. «.++....++++Billings. af arcuoliratum, ..+++0.. vees Hall. a multicumeratum......+ Emmons. us lame!losum .....-- Trwslclaeesie Hall. a luqueatum 2....00.cec0e ees Hall. « ? ep. C2) ee OO AO OOMOGA SUneCOOD ty QT CEICUM. occ. ccceceece -.Foord. af GrAaGUtRd 2 acces covcess Houghton. si annUbutUm..vereeeeroes Sowerby. ef var. Americanum.. .....Kuord. Me ID} TAPIA Co BE OA CHO BUOOO BOC Billings. FORMATION. LOCALITY. . St. Joseph Island, Lake Black River............ } Enron Trenton Sibiieirns cocoadosoodaae } 4“ ‘ i ir) ee ee i i Niagara Formation. -.. } Allumette Island, Ottawa River. Grenville, Montreal. Hudson River .......--| W Montmorenci Falls. estern Ontario. Griffith’s Islund, Arctic Awerica. Offiey Island, Arctic Am- erica. Canada. Offiey Island, Arctic Am- erica. 398 Canadian Record of Science. LIST OF SPECIBS FROM CANADA AND ARCTIC AMERICA (continued). LOCALITY SPECIES. FORMATION. ENDOCERATIDZ. | Eindoceras Rottermundi. ..... . Barrande | Black River......-....- oe PTOCEUOTME .. 0000 - severe Hall. |Trenton........... sees * 2 Ommaneyi.....-- .-Salter. |Silurian...............- o (? Orthoceras) pe hie ator, _ Billings. See sine BE Pie Ae ie Calciferous.....-...--.. Piloceras Canadense .-++++- 101+... Billings. fe SSeS Moostseonerae ACTINOCERATIDA. Actinoceras Bigshyi..... +++... -+- Brown. | Black River. -...-....- 8 Belottense.-.+..:..... Whitfield. ie Woy bana iogonias Se remotiseptum ..++...-.. Hall, sp- Trenton...-..--.--.---+ L Richardsoni. _.....-«+- Stokes. Galena Limestone...... ss Biteleieis cee. ee apts Stokes. | Niagara Group....-...- fe BU ieee se fold steislolertvaessteKearts ce cee Ne Leeeee Mi Wieitddodoon sean ske Stone, sp. ry DA SeBabaeds Pe vertebratum .. - Hall, sp. CMe hee Baa Walaratatoh eis Bs spheroidale ......-.... Stone, sp. | “ BIN pons noe “ MODE Ciscoe eee awson. Carboniferous limestone Diseosurus consideus Seas --Hall. Niagara Group -------- fs TENUOUS» « = «02> =i HOord sa en oe eee ge fertspereels ONGC TA EN 2 .-. +..Foord. Niagara Group.- Huronia Bigsbyi......---0+ ee Stokessdlai pace Moe bee ee vertebralis. ............ Stokes. ES LAMAR ae cs MIUMUENE «+2000. - sss eeeee Barrande. & A seceocse “\ persiphonata Billings, sp. | ce ea Se SEM OPUMEIMAA nist sorceress Stokes.| ‘ Bet Sskesetnleleiocabe se turbinata ees Stokes. cs a CBBHEoe oe istinecta. .... . Barrande. og CN wis mndeciric GONIPLEOMATID £. Septameroceras inflatum ........ Billings, sp. ASCOCERATIDZ. Poterioceras constrictum..... .....Hall, sp. Trenton & Hudson Riv. } CYRTOCERATID. Cyrtoceras (Meloceras) falz ........ Billings. |Black River ...----..- (GENUS OF DoUBTFUL AFFINITIES.) SJovellania Murrayi . ....--+++ Billings, sp. Trenton .......-.-..+- II. | Lake Huron, Ont. Montreal, Que. ; Cornwallis Island, Arctic | America. | Mingan Islands, Que. § Igloolik Island, Arctic *. America. Thenalm Is., Lake Huron. Canada, probably. Lake Winnipeg. Cape Louis Napoleon, Smith’s Is., Dobbin Bay, Arctic America, etc. Drummond Is., L. Huron. “e “ec “ec Brookfield, N-S. Drummond Is LD Huron. * Pale! Montmoreaci and Notta- wasaga, Allumette Is. Riv. Ottawa. St. Joseph’s Island. IBID :—Part II, 1891, Containing the remainder of the Naovri- LOIDBA. The second part of this admirable work which Mr. Foord has undertaken and carried out so successfully, is an indispensable book of reference for all working paleontologists, well illustrated and with supplement. It contains 407 pages. Book Notice. 899 The following four species recorded from Canadian collections, and at present in the British Museum, (Nat. History Department) are of special interest to us, viz ;— TROCHOMBRATID ©. 1. Trochoceras boreale, Foord, from the Silurian Rocks of Wel- lington Channel, in British Arctic America, collected by Capt. Inglefield, p. 23 2. T Halli, Foord, (‘‘ Lituites undatus” of Hall, Chapman, Billings and others). From the “Black River” rocks of Lorette, near Quebec, Canada, of which two views of a good specimen with description of this new species are given. pp. 41-44. NAUTILIDZ. Trocholites planorbiformis, Conrad. This form is recorded from the Trenton limestone of Montmorenci and Lorette, Que., which were present- ed to the British Museum authorities by Dr. Bigsby. Mr. Foord gives interesting notes on the early and nepionic stages of growth of the Canadian example of T. planorbiformis after which he appends a list of references to the British fossils, which have been referred by different authors to Trocholites planorbi- formis, pp. 48-49. SUPPLEMENT. ACTINOCERATID&. Huronia, Portlocki Stokes :—From the Niagara Group of Drummond Island, Lake Huron, where Stokes obtain- ed the specimen from which he described and figured the species in ‘‘ Trans. Geol. Soc., London; Ser. ii, vol. V, pt. iii, p. 710, pl. TX, figs. 5, 1840. Henry M. Amt. _#\ 13 Ene Sear ere wet eed ¢ wii aq "S'O'4 ‘38WV7 ‘WoT "OHLID ‘OO 8 HAaWILYOW ‘JON3SIOS JO QHOOSY ‘| 3LW1d THE Oran) PAIN Ene Ol OF SCIENCE. VOL. IV. OCTOBER, 1891. NO. 8. DESCRIPTION OF A NEw SPECIES OF PANENKA FROM THE CORNIFEROUS LIMESTONE OF ONTARIO. By J. F. Wuirraves. ! LIBR A FR In August last four specimens of the shell of a lamel branchiate bivalve, of unusually large size, of a compressed, transversely elongated and subovate form. and with the. surface marked with numerous coarse radiating ribs, were collected by Mr. L. M. Lambe, of the Geological Survey, in the Corniferous limestone at St. Mary’s, Ontario. The Specimens consist of two nearly perfect und tolerably well preserved single valves, one a right valve and the other a left, and two imperfect right valves, all of which evidently belong to a single and undescribed species of Panenka. Although not mentioned in the latest manuals of paleontology, the genus Panenka was duly proposed and characterized by Barrande in 1881, in the sixth volume of his ‘‘ Systéme Silurien du centre de la Bohéme,” in which memoir no less than 231 species of this genus were de- scribed and figured. The word Panenka is there stated to be the equivalent of the Latin puwella, in “la langue tcheque,” 7. e., Czech or Bohemian. In Schmidt’s Polish dictionary Panienka is given as the diminutive of Panna, a girl. The genus was regarded by Barrande as peculiar to 1 Communicated by permission of the Director of the Geological Survey Department. i 402 Canadian Record of Science. his Fauna No. 3, the representative of the Silurian (Upper Silurian), as distinguished from what is now called the Cambro-Silurian or Ordovician System. In 1885, however, in volume V, part 1 (Lamellibranchiata) of the “ Paleon- tology of the State of New York,” Professor James Hall described and figured fifteen species of Panenka from the Devonian rocks of the United States. Some of these species had previously been referred to Pterina and Monotis by Conrad and S. A. Miller, and by Hall himself to Cardiola. The names of three additional species of Panenka from the Devonian of North America are given in S. A. Miller’s “North American Geology and Paleontology,’ published in 1889. This genus was, and still is, based exclusively upon the external characters of the shell, the hinge dentition, muscu- lar impressions and pallial line of the interior of the valves being unknown. It is described as having no distinct car- dinal area, like that of the Arcade, but some species are said to show obscure evidence of a ligamentary groove. The systematic position of Panenka is therefore quite uncer- tain. It is placed by Hall in the Cardiide, but Rudolf Hirnes has constituted a special family, which he calls the Precardiide, for the reception of Precardium, Panenkaand several other similar and apparently closely related genera described by Barrande. This latter view of its relations, which seems to be the most satisfactory one in the present state of our knowledge, is adopted by Dr. Paul Fischer in his ‘‘ Manuel de Conchyliologie.” In that volume the fam- ily Precardide is placed between the Grammysiide and the Pholadomyide, but its author states that it seems to him to have closer relations with the Anatinacea than with any other suborder of the Dibranchiata. The species indicated by the four specimens collected by Mr. Lambe may be described as follows. PANENKA GRANDIS. (Sp. nov.) Plate 1. Shell very large, attaining to a length of from six to nine New Species of Panenka. 403 inches, strongly compressed at the sides, though perhaps abnormally so, subovate in marginal outline, about one- third longer than high and highest posteriorly, the greatest height, exclusive of the beaks, being at or near the pos- terior termination of the cardinal border. Anterior side produced and somewhat pointed, its outer margin sloping obliquely and rapidly downward from the cardinal border above, and forming a rather narrowly rounded junction with the ventral margin below: posterior side about equal to the anterior in length, but broader in the direction of its height and much more broadly rounded at the end: ventral margin moderately convex and most prominent posteriorly, nearly straight but ascending very gradually in the centre and anteriorly: superior border rearly straight or but slightly convex on each side of the beaks, curving gradually and somewhat convexly down- ward at each end, but rather more rapidly so at the pos- terior end than at the anterior: umbones oblique, prominent, central: beaks curved inward and a little forward. Surface marked by from thirty-five to forty large, simple and rounded radiating ribs, which are nearly straight an- teriorly, but slightly curved in the centre and posteriorly, also by numerous and unequal concentric lines of growth. In some specimens an occasional intermediate and very much smaller rib is developed between two of the larger ones. Characters of the interior of the valves unknown. The figure on plate 1 is of the natural size. The speci- men which it represents is the most perfect of the right valves collected, and measures 16.2 cm., or six inches and four-tenths, in length, and 10.7 cm., or four inches and two- tenths, in maximum height, inclusive of the beak. It does not happen to show any of the smaller intermediate ribs nor the concentric lines of growth mentioned in the descrip- tion of the species, these being seen in other specimens. The shell attains to a much larger size than the specimen fiyured, for an imperfect right valve collected by Mr. Lambe was probably a little more than nine inches in 404 Canadian Record of Science. length, when entire, and not far from seven inches in its maximum height. Orrawa, October 9th, 1891. NoTE ON THE OCCURRENCE OF PAUCISPIRAL OPERCULA OF GASTEROPODA IN THE GUELPH FORMATION OF ONTARIO By J. F. Waurrpaves. ! Opercula of gasteropoda appear to be of rather rare occurrence in the paleozoic rocks of Canada. The best known and earliest described are those of Maclurea Logani, from the Black River limestone of Paquette’s Rapids, on the Ottawa River, which were first described and figured by Salter in 1851, in the first decade of “Canadian Organic Remains.” The operculum of this shell, which has for- tunately been found occupying its normal position in the aperture of the shell to which it belongs, is in many respects unlike that of any known gasteropod, whether fossil or recent, both in its internal and external characters. It was described by Dr. S. P. Woodward as “sinistrally subspiral, solid, with two internal projections for the attachment of muscles—one of them beneath the nucleus and very thick and rugose.” A specimen of another species of Maclurea, which has since been described and figured under the name M. Mani- tobensis, with its operculum in place, was collected by Prof. H. Y. Hind in the Trenton limestone at Punk Island, Lake Winnipeg, but this operculum is very imperfect and badly preserved. In 1874-82 several solid, calcareous and multispiral oper- cula were collected by Mr. Joseph Townsend in the Guelph limestone at Durham, Ont., but none of these were found in situ. These opercula, some of which are described and illustrated in a report on the fossils of the Guelph forma- 1 Communicated by permission of the Director of the Geological Survey. Paucispiral Opercula of Gasteropoda. 405 tion of Ontario,’ are circular in outline, their inner surface being flat, or nearly flat, and their outer surface convex. They vary considerably in the amount of their external convexity, some being nearly hemispherical and others conical externally, and probably belong to more genera than one. By analogy with similar specimens that have been found in place, in shells of the genera Polytropis, De Koninck (—Oriostoma, Munier Chalmas), and Cyclonema, Hall, in the Upper Silurian rocks of Gothland, these multi- spiral opercula from Durham are presumed to belong to species of those genera, the Huomphalus macrolineatus of Whitfield, and the Straparollus crenulatus of the present writer, both of which occur at Durham, being now known to be referable to Polytropis, and the genus Cyclonema to be represented at Durham by the C. sulcatum of Hall, though this latter shell also may be a true Polytropis. Both Poly- tropis and Cyclonema are referred by Lindstrém to the fam- ily Turbinide, partly because their shells ‘“ have retained the most evident traces of a nacreous layer,” and partly on accouut of their solid calcareous opercula. About five or six years ago, a few opercula of an entirely different character to any of those already mentioned were collected by Mr. Townsend in the Guelph formation at Durham. These, so far as the writer has been able to ascer- tain, are so unlike any opercula that have hitherto been described as occurring in palozoic rocks, that it is thought desirable to place a short description of them upon record. They are rather thin, nearly flat, but slightly concave exter- nally and as slightly convex internally, broadly subovate, about one-fifth longer than broad, obtusely pointed at the end corresponding to the posterior angle of the mouth of the shell whose aperture they closed, paucispiral and com- posed of from two and a-haif to three rapidly expanding volutions, the nucleus being subcentral. Only the outer or concave surface of each of these opercula is exposed to view, the inner side being buried in the matrix. The accompany- ” 1‘* Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada. Paleozoic Fossils, vol. III, pt. 1, Montreal, 1884, p. 33, pl. iii, figs. 10, 10 a-b and 11, and pl. vii, fig. 7. 406 Canadian Record of Science. ing woodeut represents the exterior of the best specimen known to the writer, of natural size. Its maximum length is twenty millimetres and its greatest breadth sixteen. Figure 1. Paucispiral operculum of a gasteropod, genus and species unknown, from the Guelph Formation of Ontario. It is at present quite impossible to determine to which of the known gasteropoda from the Guelph formation in Ontario these opercula should be referred, if, indeed, they are referable to any. Judging by the shapes of the aper- tures of the shells into which they may have fitted, the most likely species, perhaps, are the Holopea gracia or H. ' harmonia of Billings, or a small and undescribed naticoid shell from Durham, which, so far as can be ascertained from a few casts of the interior, seems to be closely related to the Holopea nux of Lindstrém, from the Upper Silurian of Gothland. The resemblance of the operculum here figured to that of Litorina and atica is very striking, and in this connection it is to be noted that Lindstrém places Holopea in the L:torinide. In the recent species of Litorina the ope:culum is invariably chitinous and extremely thin, while in Wutica proper it is calcareous and not nearly so thin. The one here figured is so highly dolomitized that it is difficult to estimate its exact thickness, but it gives the writer the impression of being thicker than that of a recent Litorina. At the distance of a millimetre from the edge, its thickness, at the somewhat truncated termination of the outer volution, is between one-half and three-quarters of a millimetre, but it seems to increase rather rapidly in thickness inward. The only other opercula known to the writer as occurring in the Palzozoic rocks of Canada are the depressed multi- Paucispiral Opercula of Gasteropoda. 407 spiral ones of Huomphalus Manitobensis, one of which was obtained in place. These were collected by Mr. J. B. Tyrrell, of the Geological Survey, in 1889, from limestones of Devonian age at Dawson Bay, Lake Winnipegosis, and are described and illustrated in the eighth volume of “Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada.” Orrawa, October 24th, 1891. NotTrEs ON TREES ON THE GROUNDS or McoGruu UNIVERSITY. By Sm Witir1am Dawson, F. R.S.,